VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT …vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in/tpoimages/vidc/tender/...Act XI of...

- 1 -

Contractor No. of Correction Executive Engineer

For Authorised use only B -1 Tender Form

VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, NAGPUR

(A Govt. of Maharashtra Undertaking)

CHIEF ENGINEER, GOSIKHURD PROJECT,

WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT, NAGPUR

GOSIKHURD PROJECT CIRCLE, NAGPUR

GOSIKHURD REHABILITATION DIVISION NAGPUR

TENDER DOCUMENTS VOLUME I- MAIN TENDER

Name of Work :- Construction of additional civic amenities at Bhiwapur (khas) & other 2

new rehabilitation villages.

Estimated Cost :- Rs. 58.41 Lakhs.

- 2 -


INDEX

NAME OF WORK : Construction of additional civic amenities at Bhiwapur (khas) &

other 2 new rehabilitation villages.

Sr. No.

PARTICULARS PAGE NO.

Press Tender Notice From To SECTION-I

DETAILED TENDER NOTICE, INFORMATION & INSTRUCTIONS FOR TENDERERS

1 Invitation 6 2 Eligibility 16 3 Details of work 16 4 Issue of Blank Tender forms 16 17 5 Pre-Tender Conference 17 6 Revision or Amendments of Tender Documents. 17 7 Manner of Submission of Tender and its accompaniments. 18 20 8 Opening of Tenders 20 9 Instructions for submission of Envelope No.1 20 23 10 Instructions for submission of Envelope No.2 23 24 11 Tender Units. 24 12 Corrections 24 13 Signing of Tender Documents 24 25 14 Acceptance of Tender 25 15 Validity period 25 26 16 Completion of Tender Documents 26 17 Language 26 18 License under Contractor Labour 26

ANNEXURE ‘A’ Description and status of project, scope of

work & other site conditions etc.

1 Description of the Project 27 2 Status of the Project 27 3 Climatic Conditions 27 4 Scope of the work 27

- 3 -


(ii)

Sr. No.


From To 5 Information About Work Site 27 6 Details of work 28 7 Information for obtaining Tender Pager and its submission 28 29 8 Work and site conditions 29 30 9 Period of completion and programme of works 30 10 Earnest money / security deposit 30 11 Price variation information 31 12 Cost of cement for mix variation 31

SECTION-II B-1 Tender Form, Schedule Of Works, Work Program.

32 34

1 B-1 Tender form and Tender for works. 35 38 2 Schedule ‘A’ 39 41 3 Schedule ‘B’ Part-I 42 50 4 Schedule ‘C’ 51 56 5 Month wise Work Programme 57 57

SECTION – III Forms

1 Appendix ‘A’ - Details of Technical Personnel with the Contractor

58

2 Appendix ‘B’ - Details of Plans and Machinery immediately available with the tenderer for use on this work.

59

3 Appendix ‘C’ - Details of works of similar type magnitude carried out by the contractor

60

4 Appendix ‘D’ - Details of other works tendered for and in hand on the date of submission of Tender.

61

5 Appendix ‘E’ - Details of plans & machinery proposed to used for the work but not immediately available.

62

6 Appendix ‘F’ - Declaration of the Contractor 63 7 Appendix ‘G’ - Bank Guarantee Bond 64 65 8 Appendix ‘H’ - Indenture for secured advance 66 69 SECTION-IV

Conditions of contract (B-1 tender form

1 Conditions of Contract (B-1 Tender Form) 70 93

- 4 -


(iii)

Sr. No.


From To SECTION-V

Special Conditions Of Contract 94 95

1 Special Conditions of Contract 96 96

SECTION –VI

1 Contractor to inform himself fully 96 2 Contract Drawings and Specifications 96 3 Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor 96 4 Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies 97 5 Use of site 97 98 6 Contractor not to dispose off soil etc. 98 7 Gold/Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relics etc. found on the site. 98 8 Access to site and work and co-operation with other

contractors 98

9 Cleaning up 98 99 10 Layout of construction roads 99 11 Period and hours of work 99 12 Signing field books, longitudinal section, cross sections and

measurement books 99

13 Programme of construction 100 14 Materials 100 101 15 Laboratory for testing work 101 16 Hire of construction equipments 102 17 Bills and payments 103 18 Security deposits 103 19 No Interest on money due to the contractor 104 20 Other contractor for the work 104 21 Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential 104 22 Access to the Contractor’s books 104 23 Breach on part of Corporation not to annual contract 104 105 24 Local Laws 105 25 Personal of the contractor 105 26 Death, Bankruptcy etc. 105 106 27 Notices, How to be given 106 28 Passing of foundation etc. 106 29 Reference to standard specifications 106 107 30 Communications and Notices by contractors 107

- 5 -


(iv)

Sr. No.


From To 31 Non compliance of contract conditions 107 32 Extra items 107 33 Price variation clause 108 111 34 Undertaking under Contract Labour Act 111 35 Photographs of the works 112 36 Fencing, lighting and ventilation 112 37 Liability for accidents to persons 112 113 38 The contractor to supply and be responsible for the

sufficiency of the means employed 113

39 Covering of work 113 40 Quantities of work 113 114 41 Accuracy of lines, levels and grades 114 42 Excavated materials 114 115 43 Safety Measures 115 44 Maintenance 115 45 Sundays and holidays 115 116 46 Bank Guarantee 116 47 Handling over of works 116 48 Instrumentation 116 49 Inspection of work 116 117 50 Opening out works 117 51 Removal of imperfect works 117 52 Jurisdiction of court for disputes 117 53 Mode of payment of the quantities of excavation, masonry

and concrete items executed in excess of 125% 117 118

54 Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill and final bill

119

55 Location and layout 119 56 Insurance for contract work 119 120

VOLUME – II SPECIFICATIONS

1 Index to Specifications 121 125 2 Specifications – Part 1 to 91 126 425 3 Specifications of work 426 455

- 6 -


SECTION I DETAILED TENDER NOTICE

VIDHARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION,

NAGPUR SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER GOSIKHURD PROJECT CIRCLE, NAGPUR

1.0 INVITATION : e Tenders in B-1 form are invited online from the contractors registered with

the Government of Maharashtra, Public Works Department in appropriate Class for the work as stated in Annexure “A” . General Information:

The functions and powers of the Corporation have been listed in the Maharashtra Act XXVI of 1997. In general, it has been entrusted with the work of investigation, planning , designing of projects, maintenance of completed project, construction of projects and irrigation management of the major, medium and minor projects in the Godavari and Tapi river Basin. The projects comprise multipurpose irrigation, hydroelectric project inclusive of command area Development. The projects are to be completed so as to utilize water in Godavari and Tapi basin (about 254.28 TMC) allocated to Vidarbha by Godavari Water Dispute Tribunal Award in Godavari basin and allocated water as per Master Plan of Tapi Valley. During the project time slice, it is planned to improve the performance efficiency of the completed projects and to complete further on going and new works, so as to utilize the 254.28 TMC of water from Godavari and Tapi Basin. Definitions & interpretations In this tender document, the following terms shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them, accept where the context otherwise requires.

a) “Corporation” shall mean the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur acting through its Executive Director, as defined in Maharashtra Govt. Act XI of 1997. Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur is a body corporate constituted under the Maharashtra Govt. Act XXVI and published in Maharashtra Govt. Gazette dated 28-04-1997. The Head quarters of the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur,(V.I.D.C.) Nagpur , for short , and hereafter referred to only as Corporation is Nagpur.

The official postal address for correspondence is

The Office of the Executive Director, Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur, Sinchan Sewa Bhavan, Civil lines, Nagpur- 440 001

(b) “Chief Engineer” shall mean Chief Engineer, Gosikhurd Project, Water Resources Department under V.I.D.C. Nagpur (c) “Superintending Engineer” shall mean Superintending Engineer of Circle to

whom Superintendence of the work as assigned by Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur. .

- 7 -


(d) “Engineer / Engineer-in-charge” shall mean the Executive Engineer, in charge of the works duly authorized by Vidarbha Irrigation Development

Corporation Nagpur. (e) “Engineer’s representative” shall mean the Sub Divisional

Engineer/Assistant Executive Engineer/ Assistant Engineer (Grade I)/ Sub - Divisional Officer, who has been assigned specific duties.

(f) “Contractor” shall mean the person, firm or company who enters into

contract with the Corporation and shall include their executors, administrators, successors and authorized assignees.

(g) “Contract” shall mean and include agreement having three volumes as below.

Volume -I Detailed Tender Notice, B-1, Conditions of contract Section I to V & Schedule A, B and C

Volume –II

Specifications

Volume –III Drawings h) “Work” shall mean the work to be executed in accordance with the contract. i) “Specifications” shall mean the specifications for materials and works as

Specified in volume-II the contract. j) “Drawing” shall mean prints of the maps, drawings, plans in Volume III of the

contract and shall include any or all modifications of such drawings and any or all further drawings as may be issued by the Engineer in charge from time to time.

k) “Site” shall mean the land and the other places on, under, in or through which

the works are carried out and any other lands or places provided by the Corporation.

l) “Defect(s) liability period” shall mean period of 12 months after commissioning

or 12 months after the completion of works whichever is later. m) Online shall mean online operation on website www.maharashtra.etenders.in

only, with reference to this work.

Singular and Plural Words imparting the singular number shall also include the plural and vice versa where the context requires.

Headings and Marginal headings The headings and marginal headings in the contract are solely for the Purpose of facilitating references and shall not be deemed to be part there of Or taken into consideration in the interpretation or construction there of or of The contract.

- 8 -


VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION

(A GOVERNMENT OF MAHARASHTRA UNDERTAKING)

THE CHIEF ENGINEER, GOSIKHURD PROJECT

WATER RESOURCES DEPARTMENT, NAGPUR

GOSIKHURD PROJECTS CIRCLE, NAGPUR

Gosikhurd Rehabiliatation Division,Nagpur

TAL : Bhiwapur DIST : Nagpur

System E - TENDER NOTICE NO. 1 FOR 2011-12 Online Tenders (e –tender) in B-1 form for the following work are invited by the Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division, Dist.Nagpur Phone No.(0712) 2561506 on Government of Maharashtra Electronic Tender Management System (http://maharashtra.etenders.in) through Sub Portal of http://vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in from the contractors enrolled with the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur in appropriate class mentioned. Sr. No

Name of Work Estimated Cost in (Rs.)

Earnest Money in (Rs.)

Time Limit for

completion (Months)

Cost of Blank tender

form(Rs.)

Class of Registration

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1

Construction of

water supply scheme

at Veltur for affected

village Gonha -

Chikhali

Rs.

80.59

Lakhs.

Rs 81000/- 6 months Including Monsoon)

Rs. 5000 /- Class IV

and above

2 Construction of additional civic amenities at Pachkhedi – 2 & other 3 new rehabilitation village

109.38 Rs 82000/- 6 months Including Monsoon)


and above

3 Construction of additional civic amenities at Borinaik – 1 & other 7new rehabilitation village 109.46 Rs 82000/-

6 months Including Monsoon)


and above

- 9 -


4 Construction of balance work open drain & additional civic amenities



and above

5 Construction of balance work of road & Primary school at Borinaik – 2 new gaothan 111.36 Rs 84000/-



and above

6 Construction of additional water supply scheme at Pachkhedi – 1 & 2



and above

7 Construction of additional civic amenities at Bhiwapur khas & other 2 rehabilitation village 58.41 Rs 59000/-



and above

* Note: For all items Detailed Additional Specifications Document is available at Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division, Nagpur for reference

2.0.0. e tendering Instructions to Applicants

1. Detail tender notice can be seen on the notice board in the Executive Engineers office. (Copy can be obtained free of cost from Executive Engineer on request). Blank tender booklets are available on the Government of Maharashtra website (http://maharashtra.etenders.in) through Sub Portal of http://vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in. The competent authority reserves all rights of rejecting tender without assigning any reason.

2. Bid Capacity qualification documents will be available on Government

of Maharashtra website (http://maharashtra.etenders.in) through Sub Portal of http://vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in from dt. 20/08/2011 to dt. 28/08/2011 The bidder has to submit the prequalification documents online as per key dates mentioned below.

- 10 -


3. The cost of Bid capacity Document is Rs. 500 /- only. It is necessary to draw the Demand Draft of Rs. 500 /- in favor of "The Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division Nagpur. '' And submit to the office of The Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division Nagpur.Plot No. 13 Civil Lines, Nagpur Dist.Nagpurbefore submission date, otherwise the documents loaded on site can not be considered for evaluation. ,mention of DR number and date in payment stage of purchase document is must.

4. Only those contractors who are short listed in Bid Capacity stage

are eligible for participating in main tender . the cost of main tender is Rs. 5000 /- only. It is necessary to draw the Demand Draft of Rs 5000 /- in favor of "The Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division Nagpur '' and submit it to above office on or before the date of submission.

5. It is necessary to give the undertaking as follows " Contractors are not

allowed to make any changes in tender documents downloaded from website. If it so the tender of such contractors will be rejected and the contractors who made such changes are liable for action as per Rules''. Tender documents published on Government website are considered as authentic and legal documents in case of any complaint about the tender.

6. It is necessary to give undertaking as follows "I have seen detailed

drawings of works on website. It is part of tender documents. I have filled tender by considering all these things. I am ready to sign on the drawings before depositing security deposit and taking work order if my tender will be accepted.”

7. In order to participate in the tenders floated using the Electronic Tender

Management System (ETMS), all contractors/bidders are required to get enrolled on the ETMS portal (http://mahrashtra.etenders.in)

8. The bids submitted online should be signed electronically with a Digital

Certificate to establish the identity of the bidder bidding online. The registered contractors has to obtain the Digital Certificate, the information required to issuance of Digital Certificate he may contact ETMS Help Desk. Phone no. 020-41466666

ADD : Office of the Superintending Engineer, Gosikhurd Project Circle, Nagpur, 3 rd floor, Sinchan Seva Bhavan, Near Divisional Commissioner’s Office, Civil Lines, Nagpur 440001.

9. For submitting the bids online, the contractors/bidders are required to

make online payment using the electronic payments gateway service Bid Submission Fee Rs 1024 The different modes of electronic

- 11 -


payments accepted on the ETMS is available and can be viewed online on the ETMS Website (httip://maharashtra.etenders.in).

10. The activities of Tender purchase/Download, Preparation of Bid (Submit

Bid Hash online), Submission of Bids, Submission of EMD and other Documents will be governed by the time schedules given under “Key Dates”.

11. The Bidders has to submit (Upload Scan Copies/fill) his offer/credentials

online as required in the tender/prequalification in the online templates in relevant envelopes The Scan copy of Earnest Money details to be submitted online and original EMD need to be submitted in Physical at above mentioned office.

12. The Bidders may refer E-Tendering Tool Kit available online to perform

their online activities http://maharashtra.etenders.in

Pre tender conference of qualified tenderer in pre-qualification, who have downloaded the blank tenders form will be held on dt. _ at _hours in the office of the Chief Engineer, Gosikhurd Project, 2nd floor, Sinchan Seva Bhavan, Near Divisional Commissioner’s Office, Civil Lines, Nagpur 440001.

- 12 -


13. KEY DATES

14. The contractor shall study the guidelines regarding e-tendering to get clarify e-tendering procedure

Executive Engineer

Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division, Nagpur

Seq No VIDC Stage Vendor Stage Start Date & Time Expiry Date & Time View Forms Envelops 1 Release Tender - 09-12-2011 10:00 09-12-2011 18:00 - -

2 - Tender Download 12-12-2011 10:00 20-12-2011 18:00 a

Commercial Envelope C1,Technical Envelope T1

3 - Bid Preparation 12-12-2011 10:00 20-12-2011 18:00 a


4 Close For Technical Bid - 21-12-2011 10:00 21-12-2011 18:00 - Technical Envelope T1

5 Close For Price Bid - 21-12-2011 10:00 21-12-2011 18:00 - Commercial Envelope C1

6 - Bid Submission 22-12-2011 10:00 30-12-2011 18:00 a


7 Technical Bid Opening - 31-12-2011 10:00 03-01-2012 18:00 - Technical Envelope T1

8 Price Bid Opening - 31-12-2011 10:00 03-01-2012 18:00 - Commercial Envelope C1

9 Tender Award - 04-01-2012 10:00 04-03-2012 18:00 - Commercial Envelope C1,Technical Envelope T1

- 13 -


Special Guidelines to Contractors Regarding Government of Maharashtra e-tendering system 1. These conditions will overrule the conditions stated in the Tender

Documents, wherever relevant and applicable. 2. Registration of the Contractors:

The Contractors registered with Maharashtra in relevant Categories and Classes are eligible to participate in Open Tenders processed by Maharashtra. Contractors are required to get Enrolled on the Portal http://maharashtra.etenders.in. and get and empanelled in relevant sub portal. After submitting their enrollment request online, the enrollment shall be required to be approved by the Representative of the Service Provider. After the approval of enrollment, the Contractors shall have to apply for empanelment online which shall be required to be approved by the Nominated Authority of Maharashtra/Department. Only after the approval in the relevant Category / Class, the Contractor shall be able to participate in the Open Tenders online. Maharashtra may process OPEN Tenders in which eligible Contractors may enroll on the Portal in OPEN category to participate in such Tenders. The online Enrollment of such Contractors shall be required to be approved by the Representative of the Service Provider. The approval of enrollment of Contractors is done by the Representative of the Service Provider upon submission of mandatory documents by the Contractors. The Contractors may obtain the list and formats of required documents from the Nodal Officer of e-Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra / Service Provider.

3. Obtaining a appropriate Class – Digital Signature Certificate:

The Bids required to be submitted online should be signed electronically with a appropriate Class –Digital Signature Certificate to establish the identity of the Bidder bidding online. These Digital Certificates are issued by an approved Certifying Authority, authorized by the Controller of Certifying Authorities, Government of India. A Digital Signature Certificate may be used in the name of Authorised Representative of the Organisation. A Digital Certificate is issued upon receipt of mandatory identity proofs. Only upon the receipt of the required documents, a Digital Signature Certificate can be issued. Bid for a particular Tender may be submitted only using the Digital Signature Certificate, which is used to encrypt the data and sign the hash during the stage of Bid Preparation and Hash Submission. In case, during the process of a particular Tender, the Authorised User loses his / her Digital Signature Certificate (i.e. due to virus attack, hardware problem, operating system problem); he / she may not be able to submit the Bid online. Hence, the Authorised User is advised to back up his / her Digital Signature Certificate and

- 14 -


keep the copies at safe place under proper security to be used in case of emergencies. In case of online tendering, if the Digital Signature Certificate issued to the Authorised User of a Firm is used for signing and submitting a Bid, it will be considered equivalent to a no objection certificate / power of attorney to that User. The Digital Signature Certificate should be obtained by the Authorised User enrolling on the behalf of the Firm on the e-Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra. Unless the Digital Signature Certificate is revoked, it will be assumed to represent adequate authority of the Authority User to bid on behalf of the Firm for the Tenders processed by the Maharashtra as per Information Technology Act 2000. The Digital Signature of this Authorized User will be binding on the Firm. It shall be the responsibility of Partners of the Firm to inform the Certifying Authority or Sub Certifying Authority, if the Authorized User changes, and apply for a fresh Digital Signature Certificate. The procedure for application of a Digital Signature Certificate will remain the same for the new Authorised User. · The same procedure holds true for the Authorized Users in a Private /

Public Limited Company. In this case, the Authorisation Certificate will have to be signed by the Directors of the Company. (process of procuring Digital Certificate will take minimum 4/5 days)

4. Set up of Computer System:

In order to operate on the e-Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra. the User’s Computer System is required to be set up. A Help File on setting up of the Computer System can be obtained from the Service Provider or downloaded from the Home Page of the Portal http://maharashtra.etenders.in. The Bidders may refer E-Tendering Tool Kit available online to perform their online activities as mentioned below. In case of any query he may contact Help Desk for the same.

5. Online Viewing of Detailed Notice Inviting Tenders:

The Contractors can view the detailed Notice Inviting Tenders and the detailed Time Schedule (Key Dates) for all the Tenders processed by Maharashtra using the e- Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra on http://maharashtra.etenders.in.

6. Online Purchase / Download of Tender Documents:

The Tender documents can be purchased / downloaded by registered and eligible Contractors from the e-Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra available on http://maharashtra.etenders.in.

- 15 -


7. Submission of Bid Seal (Hash) of Online Bids: Submission of Bids will be preceded by submission of the digitally signed Bid Seals (Hashes) as stated in the Tender Time Schedule (Key Dates) published in the Notice Inviting Tender.

8. Generation of Super Hash:

After the expiry of the time of submission of digitally signed Bid Seals (Hashes) by the Contractors has lapsed, the Bid round will be closed and a digitally signed Super Hash will be generated by the Authorised Officers of Maharashtra. This is equivalent to sealing of the Tender Box.

9. Decryption and Re-encryption Online Bids:

Contractors have to decrypt their Bids and immediately re-encrypt their Bids online and upload the relevant Documents for which they generated the respective Hashes during the Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage after the generation of Super Hash within the date and time as stated in the Notice Inviting Tenders (Key Dates). The Bids of only the Contractors who have submitted their Bid Seals (Hashes) within the stipulated time, as per the Tender Time Schedule (Key Dates), will be accepted by the e-Tendering System for Government of Maharashtra. A Contractor who has not submit his Bid Seals (Hashes) within the stipulated time will not be allowed to submit his Bid. For submitting the Bids online, the contractors/bidders are required to make online payment using the electronic payments gateway service Bid Submission Fee Rs 1024 The different modes of electronic payments accepted on the e-tendering portal

10. Submission of Earnest Money Deposit:

Contractors have to submit the Earnest Money Deposit in a Sealed Physical Envelope and the same should reach the Office of the concerned Official before the last Date and Time as Stated in Tender Documents. Contractors are required to keep their Earnest Money Deposit ready as the details of the Earnest Money Deposit instrument are required to be entered during the Bid Preparation and Hash Submission stage. The details of the Earnest Money Deposit shall be verified during the Tender Opening event and only those Contractors whose online Earnest Money Deposit details shall be found matching with the physical Earnest Money Deposit instrument shall be short listed for opening of other envelopes.

11. Opening of Electronic Bids: As per Tender / Prequalification Documents for details.

12. Key Dates:

The Contractors are strictly advised to follow the Dates and Times as indicated in the Time Schedule in the Notice Inviting Tender for each Tender. All the online activities are time tracked an the e-Government Procurement System enforces time-locks that ensure that no activity or transaction can take place outside the Start and End Dates and Time of the stage as defined in the Notice Inviting Tenders.

- 16 -


2.00 ELIGIBILITY Blank e tender papers will be made available online , on to those Contractors who would satisfy the following criteria, related to the estimated cost of the work put to tender. 2.1) Contractors registered in appropriate class with the, Govt. of Maharashtra P. W. Department who furnish following scanned certificates along with the e tender, The contractor shall satisfy conditions as per web site www.maharashtra.etenders.in. I) Certificate that the contractor has a registered office as on 01/04/2010 in the State of Maharashtra issued by Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra/Registrar of firms Maharashtra respectively under the Indian companies Act – 1932 ( Amended from time to time ) and in the case of sole proprietorship firm/individual contractor(s) latest valid I.T. return and PWD Registration in which the name of the sole proprietor firm/individual and address in the State of Maharashtra appears, supported by an affidavit to that effect. ii) Certificate of satisfactory completion in respect of at least one work costing Rs 80 Lakhs executed on contract in Maharashtra during the period between 01-04-2005 to 31-03-2010 issued by Executive Engineer ( In charge of the work ) of Government of Maharashtra in Irrigation Department/ PW Department / Public Undertaking. 2.2 Contractors registered in appropriate class IV to Class I ( A ) with Govt. of Maharashtra Public Works Department and who furnish valid certificate of registration in appropriate class from Public Works Department of Govt. of Maharashtra. 2.3 For works costing more than Rs 300 lakhs Contractor registered in appropriate class with P.W. Department of Govt. of Maharashtra along with the pre-qualification documents to be submitted by them as an application for pre-qualification. 2.4 The application form for the assessment of bid capacity or the pre-qualification document can be available online The cost of forms, period of issue & date of its submission etc. are in Annexure ‘A’ of this section. The contractors who have fulfilled the pre-qualification criteria will be short listed on the portal. 3. DETAILS OF WORK The estimated cost, earnest money Deposit, class of contractor, period of completion of work and other information is given in Annexure ‘A’ of this section. 4. ISSUE OF BLANK TENDER FORMS

14. Information regarding the work for which the tenders are invited as well as blank tender forms can be obtained online on the Government of Maharashtra website (http://maharashtra.etenders.in) through Sub Portal of http://vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in. It is necessary to draw the Demand Draft of Rs. __5000 /- in favour of "The Executive Engineer,

- 17 -


Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division Nagpur '' and submit to the office of The Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd Rehabilitation Division,Nagur,Plot No.13 Civil lines Nagpur, Dist.Nagpur before last date of issue of e tender form, otherwise the tender offer will considered for evaluation. Mention of DD number and Date online in payment stage of purchase document is must. The scanned copy of DD shall be uploaded while online bidding.

e tender forms shall be made available only to those contractors as explained in Para 2 above.

The name of office, the period of availability of tender forms and their costs. are given in Annexure ‘A’ of this section. Payment by a cheque will not be accepted. 5. PRE-TENDER CONFERENCE

(Applicable for the works costing above Rs. 50 lakhs) 1) .Pre-tender conference open to all prospective tenderer will be held in the office as stated in Annexure ‘A’ of this Section, wherein the prospective tenderer will have an opportunity to obtain clarifications regarding the work and the tender conditions. 2.) The prospective tenderer are free to ask for any additional clarification either in writing or orally and the reply to the same will be given by the Chief Engineer/Superintending Engineer in writing and these clarifications referred to as common set of conditions, shall form part of tender documents and which will also be common and applicable to all tenderer. 3) The e tender submitted by the tenderer shall be based on the clarification, additional facility issued (if any) by the Corporation and this tender shall be unconditional. Conditional tenders will summarily be rejected as non-responsive. 4) All tenderer are cautioned that the tenders containing any deviation from the contractual terms and conditions, specifications or other requirements and conditional Tenders will be rejected as non responsive.

6. REVISION OR AMENDMENT OF e-TENDER DOCUMENTS: Right is reserved to revise or amend the tender documents prior to last date notified for the issue of tenders and such revisions or amendments or extensions shall be communicated to all concerned online or displayed on the portal or by notice in the press as may be considered suitable. Tenderer shall be presumed to have carefully examined all documents, forms, statements, special conditions, schedules, drawings and specifications of contract available online and to have fully acquainted himself with all details of the site, his own quarries for rubble, metal, sand, earthwork etc. locations of materials, river and weather characteristics and labor conditions in general and with all the necessary information and data etc. pertaining to and needed for the work prior to tendering of the work.

- 18 -


7. MANNER OF ONLINE SUBMISSION OF e-TENDER AND ITS ACCOMPANIMENTS Tender is to be submitted online on the Government of Maharashtra website (http://maharashtra.etenders.in) through Sub Portal of http://vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in in two separate e-envelopes. The tenderer shall submit the e-tender and e-documents in two e- envelopes as below. (Technical Envelope T1 & Commercial Envelope C1) a) Technical Envelope T1. The first envelope mentioned on the portal as ‘Technical Envelope T1’ shall contain the following duly scanned documents. I) EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT in the form of Demand Draft of required amount on a Nationalized/ Scheduled Bank prescribed in para 9 at a branch situated in the state of Maharashtra, payable to the Executive Engineer as stated in 5.3 of Annexure “A”, of this, section shall be scanned &uploaded. enclosed. Certificates of exemption for payment of earnest money shall not be accepted.(Actual DD should reach to the office of the Executive Engineer before the time & date of submission) ii)Certificate in Original or a certified copy there of as a registered contractor with the Government of Maharashtra, Public Works Department shall be furnished even though submitted earlier while availability of tender form, valid on the date fixed for the online submission of the tender. iii)Audited balance sheet and profit loss A/c duly certified from Chartered Accountant as per Income Tax rule -1961 clause 44AB. Along with copy of acknowledgement of Income Tax return filed ( for contractor whose annual turnover is above Rs.40 lakhs)

OR Statement of total income contract receipt in the format acceptable to the income tax department duly certified by the chartered Accountant along with copy of acknowledgement of Income Tax return filed (for contractor whose annual turnover is below 40 lakhs) iv) Deed of Partnership or Article of Association and Memorandum of Association for limited Company duly registered with head office in Maharashtra. v) Details of Technical personnel with Tenderer (Proforma in Appendix “A” of the tender form). vi) List of machinery and plants immediately available with the tenderer for use on this work and list of machinery proposed to be utilized on this work but not immediately available and the manner in which it is proposed to be procured. (Proforma in Appendix “B” and “E” of the tender form).The Contractor shall have to attach the documentary proof in respect of machinery owned by him as below. I) RTO Registration. ii) Certificate of Taxation. iii) Goods carriage Permit in Form P-Gd C (See Rule 72(I) v) iv) Certificate of fitness in Form 38 (See Rule 62(I)7)

- 19 -


In case of Non-RTO machinery, if the machinery is new, the manufacturer’s sale certificate shall be produced. In case of second hand machinery, the purchase document with proof of payment and Balance Sheet certified by the Chartered Accountant shall be produced. In lieu of the certificate of the Chartered Accountant, a certificate from a Scheduled Bank of having financed the machinery will be acceptable. vii).Details of work of similar type & magnitude carried out by the contractor (Proforma in Appendix “C” of the tender form) duly certified by the head of the Office under whom the works were completed. viii) Details of other works tendered for and in hand with the Tenderer the value of work unfinished on the last date of submission of the tender. The certificates from the head of offices under whom the works are in progress should be enclosed (Proforma in Appendix “D” of the tender form). The performance of contractor should be satisfactory. ix) Power of Attorney. x) Professional Tax certificate (as shown and given on relevant page number of the

tender form) valid on date of receipt of the tender xi) Attested copy of registration under employee’s provident fund Act. I & II xii) Undertaking when there is shortage of funds in V.I.D.C Nagpur, I/we shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Corporation on account of delay in payment of bills. This condition will be treated as part and partial of the contract document. xiii) The respective required original copies of all scanned documents submitted online with e tender, shall be kept ready at the time of opening of tender. b) Commercial Envelope C-1 The second e-envelope mentioned on the portal as “Commercial Envelope C-1” shall contain the offer made on the screen online. The main tender (Volume I+II+III.) including the common set of conditions/ stipulations issued by the Corporation after the pre-tender conference shall be deemed to have been agreed by the contractor and will be a part of the contract. The scanned copy of Bank Guarantee for additional Earnest Money Deposit shall be uploaded along with offer if required. A tender submitted without this would be considered as invalid.

The tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage below or above the estimated cost given in Schedule-‘B’ of the Tender Document at appropriate place on screen in the portal. He should not quote his offer anywhere directly or indirectly in Technical Envelope T1,Commercial envelope C-1 failing which the Commercial Envelope C-1 shall not be opened and his tender shall stand rejected. The contractor shall quote for the work as per details given in the main tender and also based on the common set of conditions issued / additional stipulations made by the Corporation as informed to him online from the Superintending Engineer, of the office as given in Annexure ‘A’ of this Section, after pretender conference. This tender shall be unconditional. Documents, as required in detailed tender notice, if applicable, shall also be included.

- 20 -


c) E-SUBMISSION OF E-TENDER The tenders shall be submitted online as per instructions of e-tendering. 8. OPENING OF TENDERS On the date specified in the tender notice following procedure will be adopted for opening of the tender. 8.1 Technical Envelope T-1 First of all, Technical Envelope T-1 of the tenderer will be opened to verify its contents as per requirements. For the purpose of this particular contract, the tenderer shall meet the requirement as stated at Sr.No.7 (a) above of this Section. If the various documents contained in this envelope do not meet the requirements a note will be recorded accordingly by the tender opening authority and the said tenderer’s Commercial Envelope C-1 will not be considered for further action but the same will be recorded. Decision of the tender opening authority shall be final in this regard. 8.2 Commercial Envelope C-1 This envelope shall be opened immediately after opening of Technical Envelope T-1 only if the contents of Technical Envelope T-1 are found to be acceptable to the Corporation. The tendered percentage above or below shall then be read out and a computer print will be generated for the record. 9. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Technical Envelope T-1 Documents to be submitted in Technical Envelope T-1 shall conform to the instructions given below. i) (a) EARNEST MONEY All tenderers shall pay entire EARNEST MONEY DEPOIST as below: 1) Rs. 59000 /- in the form of DD as non interest bearing deposit with the

corporation (Rs Fiftynine Thousand only). . OR

2) The tenderer may pay the entire Earnest Money Deposit amount in the form of cash paid in the Bank of Maharashtra, Branch located in any of the eight districts covering the Corporation through a challan ( Four Copies) under the Head of Account “ Earnest Money Deposit, Corporation “. The tenderer shall attach one Bank of Maharashtra receipted copy along with the tender as a proof against payment of Earnest Money Deposit.

OR

The tenderer may pay the Earnest Money Deposit in the form of Corporation Cash Receipts / Certificates or Demand Draft from Nationalized / Scheduled bank in a branch situated in the state of Maharashtra, payable in the name of Executive Engineer as stated in Annexure ‘A’. A cheque or FDR will not be accepted.

- 21 -


This earnest money amount shall not carry any interest whatsoever. The earnest money will be refunded (and Bank Guarantee, if any, will be released) in the case of tenderers whose tenders are not accepted, only after completion of all formalities in respect of the accepted tender or in case of expiry of validity of offer, when specially withdrawn by the tenderer. In the case of successful tenderers, the earnest money will be refunded after completion of contract documents and payment of security deposit as per the provisions made in para (ii) Security Deposit, of converted into Security Deposit, if required. Scanned copy & DD or Receipt/challan, as case may be shall be uploaded along the tender documents. However physical or actual DD/Receipt Challan shall reach the concerned office of the authority before the last time & date of submission of the tender. ii) (a) SECURITY DEPOSIT A sum as mentioned in printed B-1 tender form at Para (e) (i) of Memorandum will have to be Deposited in cash by the contractor at the time of completing the contract documents, if his tender is accepted by the Corporation. OR The initial security Deposit may be paid in the form of Demand Draft irrevocable Bank Guarantee from any Nationalized or Scheduled Bank’s branch situated in the State of Maharashtra for a period equal to time limit plus the period of defects liability (Clause 20 of B-1 Tender Form, Vol.-I) OR In lieu of Security Deposit mentioned above , Corporation Securities , Corporation Bonds in the prescribed form as may be approved by Corporation from time to time , standing in the name of Tenderer shall be accepted if pledged as security Deposit in the name of Executive Engineer, as stated at serial No.2 .1 of Annexure -A of this section. OR The earnest money Deposited by the contractor with his tender will be retained by the Corporation as part of security Deposit if tenderer requests in writing to that effect. The balance to make up this security Deposit may, unless otherwise specified in the special conditions, be Deposited by the contractor in the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee or cash or in the forms of Bonds / Cash Certificates of Corporation. The security Deposit will be retained by the Corporation for the due and faithful fulfillment of the contract by the contractor. In addition to the sum as above, sums as Security Deposit will be deducted from running account bills at the rate shown at Memorandum Para (g) in B-1 tender form to total up to a sum mentioned at Memorandum Para (e)(ii) in B-1 tender form. The sum of Security Deposit

- 22 -


recovered from the running account bills, will remain in the form of cash of Corporation Securities standing in the name of the Executive Engineer. b) ADDITIONAL SECURITY DEPOSIT In case, contractor’s offer is less than 90 % of the updated estimated cost as stated at Sr.No.5 of Annexure ‘A’, Additional Security Deposit in the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee from a Nationalized or Scheduled bank’s branch situated in the state of Maharashtra for a period equal to period of contract, and for an amount equal to 10 % of the difference of the contractor’s offer and 90 % updated cost as stated above shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge at the time of completion of tender documents. Non submission of the above, Additional Security Deposit will be result into forfeiture of the Earnest Money Deposit. Security Deposit will be refunded after expiry of the defect(s) liability (maintenance) period as stipulated in the contract.

iii. INCOME TAX CERTIFICATE Income tax is to be deducted from the sums to be paid to the contractor for the works carried out at the rate of 2 % of the gross amount, or at the rates revised from time to time, and surcharge on Income Tax & Education Cess as per prevailing Government orders issued from time to time by Competent Income Tax Authority. iv. MAHARASHTRA VALUE ADDED TAX (VAT) Registration under clause 8 & 9 of Maharashtra Value Added Tax Act, 2005 from appropriate authority. T.D.S will be deducted at the rate of 4% of agreement value for contractors who are not registered under Maharashtra V.A.T. Act 2005 and at the rate of 2% of agreement value for contractors who are registered under Maharashtra V.A.T. Act 2005. v. JOINT VENTURE

1. Joint venture partnership deed should be registered with Registrar of Firms. It should be irrevocable & valid till all liabilities pertaining to the work are settled.

2. The percentage share of contractor/ firms registered In lower class should

not be more than the eligibility limit to quote for the work divided by the estimated cost of work put to tender & share of the contractor registered in higher category should not be less than 50%

vi. PROFESSIONAL TAX Valid Certificate of registration with the profession Tax officer of the district in form ‘IA’ certificate of registration under section 5(1) & 5(2) of Maharashtra State Tax on professions, trades, callings & Employment Act 1975 form is as below.

- 23 -


PROFESSIONAL TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE

This is to certify that M/s................................................................... ............................of (address of registered dealer under the Maharashtra Government Tax on professions . Trades, Callings and Employments Act No. XVI of 1975) holding Registration Certificate No...................................... and w.e.f...................................................................... and under section 5 (1)& 5 (2) respectively. The said dealer has paid all tax dues up to 31st March................................ (Previous year) under the act. The dealer has paid the professional tax dues for the employees mentioned below.

No Name of the Employee Designation

NO Name of owner carrying on profession

status Designation

There are no Professional Tax dues outstanding against the dealer under the Act. This Certificate is valid for ONE year from the date of issue Place: Signature....................... Date: Professional Tax Officer District:-

It should also be made clear that the employees shall be all those who receive the wages/ salaries from the tenderer and shall include the office and field staff and those operating the machinery/ equipment. He should also assure that the machinery said to be deployable for the subject work is really in the ownership of the tenderer.

10. INSTRUCTIONS FOR SUBMISSION OF Technical Envelope T1 Documents to be submitted in Technical Envelope T1 shall confirm to the instructions given below. i) CONTRACTOR TO INFORM HIMSELF FULLY: The tenderer shall be deemed to have fully acquainted himself with the work and site conditions are carefully examined the special conditions, the specifications, schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have fully informed himself regarding the local conditions. The tenderer shall also be deemed to have fully acquainted with the various leads and lifts involved in the works and materials of construction as well as shall be deemed to have fully acquainted with his quarries for various construction materials, their availability and adequacy etc.

- 24 -


ii) CONDITIONAL TENDER: Conditional tenders will be summarily rejected. The tenders which do not fulfill any of the conditions of the notified requirements laid down in this detailed tender notice, the general rules and directions for the guidance of the tenderer as mentioned in the B-1 form, or are incomplete in any respect, are likely to be rejected without assigning reasons therefore.

iii) TENDERED RATE: The Tenderer should quote his offer in the form of percentage at appropriate place in the portal, both in figures as well as in words in English. The tenderer has to quote only in figures. The words will be generated automatically from the entered figures, by the software to be installed by the tenderer. No alteration in the form of tender and in schedule of quantities will be permitted. The percentage mentioned in the tender shall be taken as applying to all conditions of tender and will be inclusive of all taxes if any. The percentage should be written in words in one line only as far as possible. iv) QUANTITIES PUT TO TENDER: The quantities given in Schedule-‘B’ as put to tender by the Corporation for various items therein are approximate as some of the items of works put to tender are likely to be executed departmentally, till the contract agency is fixed. Such quantities which would be executed till the fixation of contract agency, will stand deducted from the quantities entered in the Schedule-‘B’ at the time of completing the tender documents by the Contractor. The contractor should take cognizance of this fact and no claims will be tenable on account of such reduction in quantity. There may also be variation in quantities on account of change or modification in design and no claims will be tenable on account of such reduction/ increase in quantity. The quantities of items on which the corporation has carried out the work, as measured on the date of work order shall stand deducted from the quantities stipulated in schedule “B” as put to tender by the corporation for the purpose of application of the stipulation of Clause 38 of conditions of contract of the tender.

11. TENDER UNITS The tender has been invited under the Metric System of measurements. The tenderer should particularly note the units mentioned in Schedule-‘B’ on which rates are to be based. 12. CORRECTIONS No corrections should be made in the e-tender documents. 13. SIGNING OF TENDER DOCUMENTS: Successful bidder, after asking his is do so, shall submit down loaded hard copies of the tender, Common set of Conditions & drawings dually bound in required number of copies to this office Executive Engineer for completing contract formalities. In the system of e-tendering there is presumed that all the pages of the tender document have been signed by the authorized signatory and requires no physical signature.

- 25 -


An attested copy of the partnership deed shall be furnished as well as uploaded. Tender by submitted Company shall be signed with the legal name of the company and signed by the persons authorized to sign in the matter. Wherever, whether in the submission of the tender or later, in other matters, the signatures are made by one person on behalf of the company, the tenderer shall supply/upload an attested copy of the power of attorney. Witnesses shall be persons of status and probity and their names, occupations and addresses shall be stated below their signatures. All signatures on the documents shall be dated. The tender is also liable to be rejected outright, if while submitting i) The tenderer proposes any alteration in the work specified in the tender or

in the time allowed for carrying out the work / in any other conditions. ii) Any of the pages of tender are removed and/or replaced. iii) Cost of blank tender form and earnest money is not received in the office of

the Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd iv) Any erasures are made by the tenderer in the tender.

V) All corrections on the documents are not signed by the Tender.

vi) Tender in case of firm, each partner, or the person holding power of attorney authorizing him to do so thereof does not sign.

vii) Tenderer has not signed declaration at Appendix ‘F’. viii) All the guidelines mentioned in the e tendering instructions to tenderers are

not adhered to. ix) Uploaded information is not correct. x) Procedure laid down for e-tender is not followed. 14. ACCEPTANCE OF TENDER Acceptance of tender will rest with the authority as indicated in Annexure ‘A’ of this section; who reserves the right to reject any or all the tenders without assigning any reasons. The acceptance of tender may be intimated to the contractor by letter. Such intimation shall be deemed to be an intimation of acceptance of tender. The tenderer, whose tender is accepted, will have to complete the contract form within 15 days of being notified to do so and shall abide by all the rules and regulations and special conditions enumerated their in or attached herewith. In the event of failure of the tenderer to sign the agreement within the stipulated time, the earnest money including additional earnest money if any; paid by him, shall be liable to be forfeited to Corporation and the acceptance of the tender shall be liable to be considered as withdrawn. In that event, the work will be awarded to next or any other contractor to whom the Corporation deems to be suitable.

15. VALIDITY OF OFFER The offer shall remain valid for a period of 90 (ninety) days from the date of the opening of tender, and thereafter until is withdrawn by notice in writing by the tenderer, duly addressed to the authority as stated at Sr. No. 2.10 of Annexure ‘A’, of this section , and sent by RPAD. If the acceptance of tender is not communicated within 90 days or before and if the offer is withdrawn by the

- 26 -


contractor as mentioned above, earnest money paid in cash shall be refunded in full.

16 COMPLETION OF TENDER DOCUMENT While completing tender documents, the contractor must invariably complete appendices included in the tender documents giving correct information. However, this information shall have to be submitted by the contractor in prescribed formats separately in Envelope No.1 as per provision of Para 7 of the Detailed Tender Notice. 17. LANGUAGE The language of all correspondence regarding this work shall be English only. 18. LICENSE UNDER CONTRACT LABOUR (REGULATION AND ABOLITION ACT 1970) The successful tenderer should produce to the satisfaction of the competent authority accepting the tender a valid and current license issued in his favor under the provision of Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act, 1970, Maharashtra Contract Labor (R and A) Rules 1971, before signing the contract. On failure to do so the acceptance of the tenderer will be withdrawn and also the earnest money & additional earnest money deposit if any will be forfeited to Corporation. The contractor shall submit the certified copy of registration certificate under ESIC and PF act before payment of first R.A. Bill is made. Attached copy of certificate obtain from competent authority requisite remittances have been made under E.P. Fund act should also be produced.

- 27 -


ANNEXURE -A

A) DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT: Gosikhurd Irrigation Project Envisages the construction of dam about 11.35 Km. long and 22.5 m High across the river Wainganga, the biggest river of Vidarbha in Godavari Basin. The Dam is located near village Gosikhurd in Tahasil Pauni Dist. Bhandara about 12 Km. away from Pauni Town and 55 Km. away from Bhandara Town, 1,90,000 ha of Land will be brought Under Irrigation in 3 Districts Viz Bhandara, Nagpur and Chandrapur under this project.

Gosikhurd Project Comprises of 11.35 Km. long Dam as well as two main canals, L.B.C. & R.B.C., augmentation of Asolamendha Tank, Two mini hydro schemes and Concrete spillway in river course. The length of earthen Dam is 1.25 Km. on right flank and 9.2 Km. on Left flank on that of spillway 0.9 Km.

B) STATUS OF THE PROJECT: The Dam work including spillway is nearly completed. The Right Bank Canal work up to 77 Km. is nearly completed. The work 78 to 99 Km. is in progress. In order to achieve Irrigation Potential, the said work is essential. C) CLIMATIC CONDITIONS: Climate of the region is dry and great variation in temperature. In the winter the temperature drops as low as 50C, where as in summer this same shoots up to 450C. The precipitation in catchment is mostly due to south Monsoon from Jun to Oct. with some occasional post monsoon showers in the November to December. A few dry spell of a week or fortnight are generally experienced in August to Sept. The average annul rainfall is of the order of 1320 mm. D) SCOPE OF THE WORK: Construction of additional civic amenities at Borinaik – 1 & other 7 new rehabilitation villages. E) INFORMATION OF ABOUT WORK SITE The information on following points is given in this Annexure 1) Location of work : At 11 km from Tahasil place Bhiwapur

2) Nearest Railway Station : Bhiwapur

3) Roads : Nagpur – Bhiwapur

4) Telephone & Telegraph Facility : Bhiwapur 5) Petrol & Diesel Pumps : Bhiwapur 6) Land Acquisition : Land is in possession

- 28 -


1. DETAILS OF WORK: (Para of Detailed Tender Notice) 1.1 Name of work :

Construction of additional civic amenities at

Bhiwapur Khas & other 2 new rehabilitation

villages

1.2 Estimated Cost put to tender

: Rs. 58,41,098 /-

1.3 Earnest Money (EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT)

: Rs. 59,000 /-

1.4 Security Deposit Total : a) i) Initial (Para 9 (ii) (a)

of detailed Tender Notice) : Rs.116900 /-

ii) Through R.A. Bills

Para 9 (ii)(a) of detailed Tender Notice 2% b) Additional (if required) (To be assessed and paid as per 9(ii)(b) of Detailed Tender Notice)

: Rs. 1,16,900 /-

1.5 Date ,Time and place of Pre Tender Conference.

: Dt.15/11 /2011 @ 16.00 Hrs @ office of the Superintending Engineer Gosikhurd Project Circle, Nagpur

1.6 Class of Contractor : Class- IV and above

1.7 Period of completion of work.

: 6 Months including monsoon.

2. INFORMATION FOR OBTAINING TENDER PAPERS & ITS SUBMISSION:

(Para 4, 7, 9 of Detailed Tender Notice)

2.1 Name and address of the Executive Engineer in charge of work issuing tender papers / Bid assessment forms / Pre-qualification document and in whose name earnest money & security Deposit is to be pledged.

Executive Engineer Gosikhurd Rehabilitation,

Division, Nagpur

2.2 Period for making available online Online as per key date

- 29 -


of application forms for assessment of Bid – capacity / pre-qualification document.

2.3 Cost of application forms for Bid capacity / pre-qualification document.

Rs. 500 /- per set.

2.4 Time and date of online submission of Bid – capacity assessment forms / pre-qualification document.

Online as per key date

2.5 Name and address of the Officer receiving Bid – capacity assessment forms / pre-qualification document.

Executive Engineer , G.R.Dn. Nagpur from hr to hr

2.6 Period for making available online of blank tender forms.

Online as per key date .

2.7 Cost of blank tender forms Rs 5000/- 2.8 Time and date of online submission

of e-tenders.

Online as per key date

2.9 Name and address of the Officer

receiving and opening online the e-tender document.

Superintending Engineer Gosikhurd Project Circle Sinchan Sewa Bhavan, Civil Line Nagpur.

2.11 Time and date of online opening of tenders

Technical Envelope T1 Online as per key date Commercial Envelope C1 Online as per key date

2.12 The name of the authority for accepting the tender.

Superintending Engineer Gosikhurd Project Circle Nagpur

3) WORK AND SITE CONDITIONS: (Para 1.10, 1.2.1, 1.3.0 & 1.5.0 of section -1 General Specifications- vol – II)

3.1 Location : At 11km from Tahasil place, Bhiwapur

3.2 Nearest Railway Station

: Bhiwapur

3.3 Roads.

: Nagpur – Bhiwapur – Road

- 30 -


3.4 Nearest Telephone and telegraph facility.

: . Bhiwapur

3.5 Nearest Petrol and Diesel pump.

: Bhiwapur

3.6 Position of Land Acquisition.

: Land is in possession.

4) PERIOD OF COMPLETION AND PROGRAMME OF WORK

(Para 13 to special condition of contract)

4.1 Period of completion including monsoon period: 6 Months.

4.2 THE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME IS ENCLOSED AT THE END OF THE SCHEDULE ‘B’ OF TENDER DOCUMENT.BASED ON WHICH THE PHYSICAL PROGRAMME IS PREPARED. IF TENDERER DOES NOT AGREE WITH THIS PROGRAMME HE SHALL SUBMIT HIS OWN PROGRAMME WITHOUT CHANGING TOTAL PERIOD OF TENDER ALONG WITH TENDER DOCUMENTS INCLUSIVE OF THE PHYSICAL PROGRAMME. SUBJECT TO THE PROVISION THAT 50 % OF THE WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN 50% OF THE CONCTRACT PERIOD.

5.0 Earnest money (Para 9(I) and (ii) of detailed Tender Notice.)

5.1 E.M.D.

:

Rs. 59000 /-

5.2 Initial Security Deposit As per para 1page No. 8 of this tender form

: Rs. 1,16,900/- Any scheduled/ nationalized bank branch situated in state of Maharashtra

5.3 Name of Executive Engineer in- : charge of the work in whose name Demand Draft is to be drawn.

Executive Engineer, Gosikhurd Rehabilitation

Division, Nagpur

- 31 -


6.0 PRICE VARIATION INFORMATION. (Vide Para 33 (page 109) of special conditions of contract)

Sr. No.

Component Centre/Place Percentage

1 Labour component(KL)

Nagpur %

2 Cement (KC) All India average Actual

3 Steel (KS) All India average Actual

4

Other material (Km) All India average %

5 POL components (K3) Bramhapuri %

6 Bitumen Nagpur 0 %

7 C.I and D.I pipe Nagpur 0 %

7.0 Cost of cement for mix variation Rs 240/ - per bag 7.1 If the cement is procured by the contractor (to be Filled in contractor for work costing more than Nil 100 Lakhs)

- 32 -


B-1 TENDER FORM

PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER & CONTRACT FOR WORKS VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION NAGPUR CIRCLE: SUPERINTENDING ENGINEER, GOSIKHURD PROJECT CIRCLE,

NAGPUR DIVISION: EXECUTIVE ENGINEER, GOSIKHURD REHABILITATION DIVISION,

NAGPUR DIST. NAGPUR

GENERAL RULES AND DIRECTIONS FOR THE GUIDANCE OF CONTRACTORS

1) All works proposed to be executed by contract shall be notified in a form of invitation to tender pasted on a board hung up in the office of the Executive Engineer, and signed by the Executive Engineer.

This form will state the work to be carried out, as well as the date for submitting and opening tenders and the time allowed for carrying out the work, also the amount of the earnest money, to be deposited with the tender and the amount of security Deposit and additional security. Deposit, if required, to be Deposit by the successful tenderer and the percentage, if any, to be deducted from bills. Copies of the specifications, designs and drawings, estimated rates, scheduled rates and any other documents required in connection with the work shall be signed by the Executive Engineer for the purpose of identification and shall also be open for inspection by contractor at the office of the Executive Engineer during office hours.

Where the works are proposed to be executed according to the specifications recommended by a contractor and approved by a competent authority on behalf of the Corporation, such specifications with designs and drawings shall form part of the accepted tender. 2) In the event of the tender being online submitted by a firm, it is presumed that is signed by each partner there of, and in the event of the absence of any partner, it is signed on his behalf by a person holding a power of attorney authorizing him to do so.

2.A) i)The contractor shall pay along with the tender the sum as stipulated in Annexure A to Section-1 as and by way of earnest money. The contractor may pay the said amount by cash, Corporation cash receipt or demand draft on bank and in favor of Executive Engineer as indicated in Annexure ‘A’ of Detailed Tender Notice.

ii) If, after submitting the tender, the contractor withdraws his offer, or modifies

the same or if after the acceptance of his tender, the contractor fails or neglects to furnish the balance of security Deposit, without prejudice to any other rights and powers of the Corporation hereunder or in law, Corporation shall be entitled to forfeit the full amount of the earnest money deposited by him.

iii) In the event of his tender not being accepted, the amount of earnest money

Deposited by the contractor shall, unless it is prior there to forfeited under the provision of sub clause (iii) above, be refunded to him on his passing receipt there for.

- 33 -


3) Receipts for payments made on account of any work, when executed by a firm should also be signed by all the partners, except where the contractors as described in their tender as firm, in which case the receipt shall be signed in the name of the firm by one of the partners or by some other person having authority to give effectual receipts of the firm. 4) Any person who submits a tender shall fill up online e-tender form stating at what percentage above or below the rates specified in Schedule-B (Memorandum showing Items of work to be carried out) he is willing to undertake each item of the work. Only one rate or such percentage on all the estimated rates / Schedule rates shall be named. Tenderer which propose any alternation in the work specified in the said form of invitation to tender, or in the time allowed for carrying out the work or which contain any other conditions, of any sort will be liable to rejection. No printed form of tender shall include a tender for more than one work, but contractor, who wishes to tender for two or more works, shall submit separate tender for each. Tender shall have name and number of work to which they refer, online instructions will apply. 5) Tenderss will be opened online.

5) The officer indicated in Annexure ‘A’ to section 1 – Detailed Tender Notice, or his duly authorised assistant, shall open the tenders online in the presence of contractors who have submitted tenders, or their representatives who may be present at the time and he will enter the amounts of the each tenders in the comparative statement in a suitable form. In the event tender being accepted, the contractor shall for the purpose of identification sign copies of the specifications and other documents mentioned in Rule 1.In event of tender being rejected, the competent officer shall refund the amount of the earnest money Deposited by the contractor on his giving a receipt of the return of money. 6) The officer competent to dispose of the tenders shall have the right of rejecting all or any of the tenders without assigning any reason, therefore. 7) No receipt for any payment alleged to have been made by a contractor in regard to any matter relating to this tender or the contract shall be valid and binding on Corporation unless it is signed by the Executive Engineer. 8) No materials of any type required for the work shall be supplied by the Corporation, all the work shall be executed by the tenderer with contractor’s own material(s).The memorandum of work to be tendered shall be filled in and completed by the office of the Executive Engineer before the tender form is made available online . 9) All work shall be measured net by standard measure and according to the rules and customs of the Corporation and without reference to any local custom. 10) Under no circumstances shall any contractor be entitled to claim enhanced rates for items in this contract. 11) All corrections, additions or pasted slips should be initialed digitally physically/digitally.

- 34 -


12) “The measurements of work will be taken according to the usual methods in use in the Corporation and no proposals to adopt alternative methods will be accepted. The Executive Engineer’s decision as to what is the usual method in use in the Corporation will be final.” The measurements shall be recorded in the measurement book (MB) on the basis of Field Book (FB) for leveling purpose) in black ink. The measurement Book(s) & Field Book(s) shall be got issued from the Executive Engineer by the authorised Engineer & acknowledged by the contractor. The MB(s), FB(s) shall be the property of Corporation. The rules of measurements as stipulated in the MPW Manual shall be applicable “Mutatis- Mutandis”. On completion of the work / termination of contract the MB(s) & FB(s) shall be returned the Corporation.

The contractor shall submit certified ( certified by the concerned SDO/SDE/AE-1/AEE) copies of the measurement sheet(s) related to the R.A. bill/ Final Bill along with the R.A. bill/ Final Bill, without which the R.A. bill/ Final Bill shall not be considered for payment. In the case of loss of Measurement Book(s)/ Field Book(s) for any reason what so ever, while in custody of the contractor, he shall have to pay a penalty of Rs. 10,000/- ( Ten thousand only) per Measurement Book / Field Book. 13) In view of the difficult position regarding the availability of foreign exchange, no foreign exchange would be released by the Corporation for the purchase of plant and machinery required for the execution of the work contracted for. 14) The Contractor will have to construct shed for storing controlled and valuable materials at the work site having double locking arrangement. The materials will be taken for use in the presence of the Corporation persons. No materials will allow to be removed from the site of works, without prior permission of Engineer-In-Charge. 15) Successful tenderer will have to produce to the satisfaction of the accepting authority a valid and current license issued in his favor under the provision of the Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition Act, 1970) before starting work, failing which acceptance of the tender will be liable for withdrawal and earnest money will be forfeited to Corporation. The contractor shall also submit certified copy of registration under ESIS and PF act before payment of the first R.A. Bill is made. 16) The payment of bills will be made as and when funds are available with V.I.D.C. No claim will be entertained on account of delay in payment due to paucity of funds.

- 35 -


B-1 TENDER FORM

PERCENTAGE RATE TENDER AND CONTRACT FOR WORKS No manual rates fill-up there.Only Online rates consider for this work

Tender for Works 1. I / We hereby tender for the execution for the Vidarbha Irrigation Development

Corporation (here-in- before and here-in-after referred to as Corporation) of the work specified in memorandum as enclosed within the time specified in such memorandum at* in figures as Well as in words................. %.. ......................... percent below/above the estimated rates entered in Schedule ‘B’ (memorandum showing items of work to be carried out) and in accordance in all respects with the specifications, designs, drawings and instructions in writing referred to in Rule 1 hereof.

2. I / We agree that the offer shall remain open for acceptance for a minimum

period of 90 days from the date fixed for opening the same and thereafter until it is withdrawn by me/us by notice in writing duly addressed to the authority opening the tenders and sent by registered post AD or otherwise at the office of such authority.

Details of Demand Draft…..................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................…….................................................................................... Details of Bank Guarantee …………......................................................................................... .................................................................................................................... Or cash receipt of Corporation / Bank of Maharashtra in respect to the * Amount to be specified sum of * Rs.............................................................................................................. in words Rupees *......................................................................................... In words and figures ............................................................. representing the earnest money is herewith forwarded. The amount of earnest money shall not bear interest and shall be liable to be forfeited to the Corporation should I/We fail to (1) abide by the stipulation to keep the offer open for the period mentioned above or (2) sign and complete the contract document as required by the Engineer and furnish the security Deposit and additional security Deposit if any, as specified in item (e) and (f) of the memorandum enclosed within the time limit laid down in clause (1) of Conditions of contract. The tenderer should furnish an agreement in the enclosed format as per Annexure ‘B’ on a non-judicial stamp paper of Rs.100/- The amount of earnest money may be adjusted towards the security Deposit or refunded to me / us if so desired by me / us in, writing, unless the same or any part thereof has been forfeited as aforesaid.

3. Should this tender be accepted, I/We hereby agree to abide by and fulfill all

the terms and provisions of the conditions of Contract and Special Conditions of Contract included in this booklet so far as applicable and in default thereof to forfeit and pay to Corporation the sum of money mentioned in the said conditions.

- 36 -


MEMORANDUM

The above tender is herby accepted by me for & on behalf of the corporation

Signature of the officer by who accepted

Dated day of

· To be filled by tenderer

a.

General description

Construction of additional civic amenities at Bhiwapur khas & other 2new rehabilitation villages.

b. Estimated cost put to tender

Rs.5841098/-

c. Earnest money (EM) Rs.58900/- d. Security Deposit (SD)

i) Initial (in cash) Rs.116900/-

(ii) To be deducted from bills

Rs.116900/-

e. Additional SD (If required as specified in Para 9(ii) (b) in the form of Bank Guarantee

---

f. Percentage, if any to be deducted from bills so as 2% to make up the total amount required as security Deposit 2% by the time, Half the work as measured by cost is done.

g. Time allowed for the work from date of written 6 Calendar Months order to commence (including monsoon).

Signature of contractor

Signature of Witness

Address.............................................

Address........................................

............................................................ ...................................................................

Dated ............................ of ……..….....

Occupation....................................................

- 37 -


ANNEXURE-B

AGREEMENT

Articles of agreement executed on this ....................................................Day of............................................................. Two Thousand & .................................................................................... between the Executive Engineer, VIDC, (hereinafter referred to as VIDC of the one part and Shri..................................................................................... (Name and address of the tenderer) (hereinafter referred to as 'the bounden') of the other part whereas in response to the notification No. ............................... Dated....................................the bounden has submitted to the VIDC a tender for the work.................................................................... specified therein subject to the terms and conditions contained in the said tender.

Whereas the bounden has also Deposited with VIDC a sum of Rs. ................................. as earnest money for execution of and agreement undertaking the due fulfillment of the contract in case his tender is accepted by the VIDC.

Now these presents witness and it is mutually agreed as follows:

1. in case the tender submitted by the bounden is accepted by the VIDC and the contract for...................................... Is awarded to the bounden, the bounden shall within............................. Days of acceptance of his tender execute an agreement with the VIDC incorporating all the terms and conditions under which the VIDC accepts his tender.

2. In case the bounden fails to execute the agreement as aforesaid incorporating terms and conditions governing the contract, the VIDC shall have power and authority to recover from the bounden any loss or any damage caused to the VIDC by such breach, as may be determined by the earnest money is found to be inadequate the deficit amount may be recovered from the bounden and his properties, movable and immovable, in the manner hereafter contained.

3. All sums found due to the VIDC under or by the virtue of this agreement shall be recoverable from the bounden and his properties, movable and immovable, under the provisions of the Maharashtra Land Revenue Code for the time being in force as though such sums are arrears of land revenue and in such other manner as the VIDC may deem fit.

- 38 -


In witness where of Shri____________________________________ and designation) for and on behalf of the VIDC and Shri -----------------------------____________________ _________ the bounden have hereinto set their hands the days and year shown against their respective signature.

Signed by Shri.______________________________________

date_____________

In the presence of witness.

1.______________________________________

2. _______________________________________

- 39 -


Name of work – Construction of earthwork and structures of minor L – 1 of Dy – 4 of

R. B. C. of Gosikhurd Project.

SCHEDULE “A”

MATERIAL TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CORPORATION – Nil

Schedule showing approximate quantities of the various materials required for

the work.

Sr.

No.

Name of material Approximate

quantity

required

Remarks

1 2 3 4

1

2

Cement

Steel

(H.Y.S.D)/T.M.T.

3454 bags

19.218 mt.

Contractor has to make his own

arrangement for procurement

of all material at his own cost.

- 40 -


ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS FOR MATERIAL

(Cement, T.M.T. Bars etc. Brought by Contractor)

1. All materials such as Cement, M.S./ TMT bars etc. required for execution of work shall be brought by contractor at his own cost.

2. The contractor shall maintain the record of these materials (Cement, Steel etc.) in the prescribed Proforma and register as directed by Engineer-in-charge. These registers shall be signed by the contractor and representative of Engineer - in- charge. The register shall be written and completed up to date by the Corporation and shall be signed by both i.e. Corporation representative and contractor's authorised representative. The register shall be in the custody of Corporation and shall be maintained by the Corporation.

3. The material required only for this work shall be kept in godown at site. No material shall be shifted away from the site except for the work for which this agreement is entered, without prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

4 The material i.e. cement, steel, etc. brought, on the work site shall be accompanied with the necessary Company/Manufacturing firm's test certificates. In addition these materials shall be tested as per frequency prescribed by the corporation and the cost of such testing shall be borne by the contractor. If the results are satisfactory, then and then only the material shall be allowed to be used on the work. If the test results are not as per standard these materials shall be immediately removed from the work site at contractors cost. In case of cement, if so requested by the contractor in writing, material shall be allowed to be used before receipt of test result but this will be entirely at the risk and cost of the contractor.

5 The contractor shall produce sufficient documentary evidence i.e. bill for the purchase receipts etc. for the purpose of material brought on the work site at once if so requested by the corporation.

6. All these material i.e. cement, steel, etc. shall be protected from any Damages, rain etc. by the contractor at his own cost.

7. The contractor will have to erect temporary shed of approved specifications for storing of above material at work site having double lock arrangement (by double lock it is meant that godown shall always be locked by two locks, one lock being owned and operated by contractor and other by Engineer-in- charge or his authorised representative) and door shall be opened only after lock are opened.

8. If required, the weight of cement bags/steel etc. brought by the

Contractor shall be carried out by the contractor at his own cost.

9. The contractor shall not use cement and other material for the item to be executed outside the scope of this contract except for such ancillary small item as are connected and absolutely necessary for execution of this work as may be decided by the Engineer- in - charge.

10. The Corporation shall not be responsible for the loss in cement and steel

during transit to work site. The cement brought by the contractor at the work

- 41 -


site store shall mean 50 Kg. equivalents to 0.0347 cum per bag by weight. The rate quoted should correspond to this method of reckoning.

11 In case the material brought by the contractor became surplus owing to the

change in the design of the work or otherwise for any reason, the material should be taken back by the contractor at his own cost after permission of the Engineer-in-charge.

- 42 -


SCHEDULE- B Schedule of quantities & rates for items as estimated by corporation

Name of work: - Construction of additional civic amenities at Bhiwapur (khas) & other 2


Quantiy Item of Work Rate In Fig Rate in words Unit Amount

470.412

Item No.1 :Excavation for foundation in earth, soils of all types, sand, gravel and soft murum, including removing the excavated material upto a distance of 50 m. beyond the building area and stacking or spreading as directed, preparing the bed for the foundation and necessary back filling, ramming, watering, including shoring and strutting as necessary complete.

84.00 Rupees Eighty four & Paise Zero only

Cum 39515.00

202.558

Item No. 2 : Providing soling using 80 mm size granite / quartzite / gneiss / trap metal in 15 cm. layer including hand packing filling voids with sand / grit, ramming, watering etc complete.With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges.

951.40 Rupees Nine Hundred fifty one &

Paise fourty only

Cum 192714.00

125.580

Item No. 3 : Providing and laying in situ, cement concrete in 1:4:8 of trap/ granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for foundation and bedding including bailing out water, plywood/steel formwork, compacting, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface curing etc. complete. The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed.) With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

2904.40 Rupees Two thousand Nine

Hundred Four & Paise fourty only

Cum 364735.00

50.941

Item No. 4: Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of required grade of trap / granite/ quartzite / gneiss metal for R.C.C. work in foundations like raft, grillages, strip foundations and footings of R.C.C.columns and steel stanchions including bailing out water, plywood/steel formwork, compaction, curing and roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give smooth and even surface etc. complete. (Excluding reinforcement and structural steel, including cover block) The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed) With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

444459.20 Rupees Four thousand four

Hundred Fifty nine & Paise Twenty only

Cum 227156.00

40.016

ITEM NO. 5 : Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of required grade of trap / granite /quartzite/ gneiss metal for R.C.C. columns as per detailed design and drawings or as directed, including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork,

5560.30 Rupees Five thousand five

Hundred sixty & Paise thirty only

Cum 222501.00

- 43 -


compaction, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete. Including use of plastisizer wherever necessary as directed by Engineer (Excluding reinforcement, including cover block). The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed) With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

70688

Item No. 6: Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of required grade of trap / granite /quartzite /gneiss metal for R.C.C. beams and lintels as per detailed design and drawings or as directed,including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork steel props, compaction, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M.1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete. Including use of plastisizer wherever necessary as directed by Engineer-In-charge (Excluding reinforcement, including cover block). The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed) With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

5632.40 Rupees Five thousand Six

Hundred Thirty two & Paise Fourty only

Cum 398143.00

71.836 Item No. 7 :Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of required grade of trap / granite /quartzite /gneiss metal for R.C.C slabs and landings as per detailed design and drawings including steel centering, plywood /steel formwork, steel props, compaction, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided with fan hook box of 2 mm thick M.S.Sheet rectangular size 180 mm x 100 mm with required depth, with holes or notches, as required, bottom and top lids of 1.6 mm thick M.S.Sheet With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

6079.75 Rupees Six thousand Sevnty

nine & Paise seventy five only

Cum 436745.00

26.09 Item No. 8 :Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of required grade of trap / quartzite / granite/ gneiss metal for R.C.C. chajja as per detailed design and drawings including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork, steel props, compaction finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided and curing etc.complete.(Excluding reinforcement, including cover block) The Cement Mortar

5857.40 Rupees Five thousand Eight

Hundred Fifty seven & Paise fourty only

Cum 152820.00

- 44 -


1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only.Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed) With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

19.218 Item No. 9 : Providing and fixing in position reinforcement of various diameters for R.C.C. pile caps, footings, foundations, slabs, beams and columns, canopies, staircases, newels, chajjas, lintels, pardies, coping, fins, arches etc. as per detailed design and drawings and schedules including cutting, bending, hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack welding and supporting as required completed With constrator’smaterles .

46973.10 Rupees Fourty six thousand Nine

Hundred seventy three & Paise Ten

only

Mt 902729.00

94.368 Item No. 10 :Providing 2nd class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional/I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:6 in foundations and plinth of inner walls/in plinth of external walls including bailing out water, striking joints on unexposed faces, racking out joints on exposed faces and watering complete. With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

3051.75 Rupees three thousand Fifty one & Paise Seventy

five only

Cum 287988.00

284.813 Item No. 11 Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional/ I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:6 in super structure including striking joints, racking out joints wateringand scaffolding complete. With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

3097.45 Rupees three thousand Ninety seven & Paise Fourty five only

Cum 882194.00

200.472 Item No.12 :- Filling in plinth and floors with approved excavated materials in 15 cm to 20cm layers including watering and compaction etc. complete.

42.00 Rupees Fourty two & Paise Zero only

Cum 8420.00

121.141 Item No.13 :- Filling in plinth and floors with contractor's approved material / sand or murum in 15 cm. To 20 cm. Layers including ramming, watering etc. complete With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges.

364.40 Rupees Three Hundred sixty four & Paise fourty only

Cum 44144.00

13.136 Item no.14 :Providing and casting in situ cement concrete M-15 of trap/ granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for coping to plinth or parapet, moulded or chamfered as per drawing or as directed including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork compacting, roughening them if special finish is to be provided, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface and curing etc. complete. The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed.) With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

3773.95 Rupees three thousand

sevenHundred seventy three & Paise Ninety five

only

Cum 49575.00

1863.48 Item No. 15 :- Providing internal cement plaster 12mm thick to single coat in cm. 1:5 without niru finish to concrete or brick masonry surface in all positions including scaffolding & curing etc. complete. With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

101.35 Rupees One Hundred One & Paise Thirty five

only

Sqm 188864.00

1259.262 Item No16 : Providing internal cement plaster 20mm thick in a single coat in cement mortar 1:5 without neeru finish to concrete, brick surfaces in all positions including scaffolding and curing. Providing

169.20 Rupees One Hundred sixty nine & Paise Twenty only

Sqm 213067.00

- 45 -


groove at joint of B.B.Masonry and concrete members complete With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

534.64 Item No.17: Providing and laying cement concrete flooring 40 mm thick with 1:2:4 cement concrete laid to proper lev1el and slope in alternate bays, including compacting, PVC/ Glass/Aluminum strips at joints, marking lines to give appearance of tiles of 30 cm x 30 cm or other size laid diagonally/square etc. finishing smooth(with extra cement) in any colour as directed and curing complete. With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

266.70 Rupees Two Hundred sixty six &

Paise sevety only

Sqm 142588.00

266.40 Item No 18 :Providing and fixing rolling steel shutters fabricated from 18/20 guage steel laths with slide guides, bottom rail, brackets, door suspension shaft, housing box at the top including mechanical gear operation arrangement and one coat of red lead primer etc. complete.

2084.70 Rupees two thousand eightyfour

& Paise Sevety only

Sqm 555364.00

10.95 Item No. 19: Providing and fixing steel ventilator fully glazed partly top hung and partly fixed as per detailed drawing without hot dip zinc coating including fabricating glazing with plain obscured glass panes of approved type and quality and fastening without teak wood boxing and architecture and oil painting two coats etc. complete. (Sample to be got approved from Ex.Engineer before use)

1816.50 Rupees one thousand Eight Hundred sixteen

& Paise Fifty only

Sqm 19891.00

1551.60 Item No. 20 : Providing and applying colourwash of approved colour and shade in two coats to new surface including scaffolding and preparing the surface by brushing and brooming down (including base coat of white wash) etc. complete.

9.10 Rupees Nine & Paise Ten only

Sqm 14120.00

1039.67 Item No. 21 :Providing and applying two coats of water proof cement paint of approved manufacture and of approved colour to new plastered surfaces including scaffolding if necessary, cleaning and preparing the surface, watering for two days complete. (Sample and brand is to be got approved from Ex. Engineer before use)

32.00 Rupees Thirty two & Paise Zero only

Sqm 33269.00

27.52 Item No. 22 Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional / I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:4 in half brick thick wall including mild steel longitudinal reinforcement of 2 bars of 6 mm. diameter/2 hoop iron strips 25 mm x 1.6 mm placed at every third course, properly bent and bounded at ends scaffolding, racking out joints and watering complete With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges.

477.50 Rupees four Hundred seventy seven & Paise fifty

only

Sqm 13141.00

4.32 Item No 23 :Providing and fixing in position after hoisting, precast 1:2 cement mortar reinforced jali 50 mm thick of approved design on both sides fixing in cement mortar 1:3 and curing complete. (with 3 mm diameter mild steel bar reinforcement)

328.95 RupeesThree Hundred Twenty eight & Paise Ninety five only

Sqm 1421.00

81.60 Item No. 24:- Providing & fixing factory made precast door / window frames of C.C. M40 grade of section 100 x 60 mm. including reinforcement as per I.S. 6523 with polymeric blocks having screw holding capacity of 250 kg / screw fixed in

241.00 RupeesTwo Hundred Fourty One & Paise Zero

only

Rmt 19666.00

- 46 -


position in R.C.C. frame as per requirement and as per specifications without fan light including holdfast , carting and erecting in position and two coats of oil paint etc. complete.

343.62 Item No.25 : Providing internal cement plaster 6mm thick in a single coat in cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish to concrete surface in all positions including scaffolding and curing.Providing groove at joint of B.B.Masonry and concrete members complete With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges.

91.95 Rupees Ninety one & Paise Ninety five

only

Sqm 31596.00

26.24 Item NOo. 26: Providing and fixing solid core flush door in single leaf 32mm thick commercial type of exterior grade as per detail drawing approved commercial plywood facing on both side without glazing and ventians all necessary beads moulding and lipping, iron oxidised fixtures and fastening handles on both side and finish with one coat of primer completed(without frame).

850.00 Rupees Eight Hundred fifty & Paise Zero only

Sqm 22304.00

464.00 Item No. 27 : Providing and applying whitewash in two coats on old / new plastered or masonry surfaces and asbestos cement sheets including scaffolding and preparing the surface by brushing and brooming down complete.

7.50 Rupees Seven & Paise Fifty only

Sqm 3480.00

5000.00 Item No. 28 :Providing, hoisting and fixing in position of approved make high density polyethylene UV stabilized conforming to I.S.12701, water storage tank with necessary connections, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

6.00 Rupees Six & Paise Zero only

Lit 30000.00

208.00 Item No 29 :. Providing and fixing in position ultra violet stabilised UPVC plumbing pipe of specified outer diameterof required standard thickness conforming to I.S. 4985 including necessary fittings conforming to I.S. 7834 such as PVC bends, tees, reducers, clamps, plugs etc. including necessary excavation trench filling, necessary drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. and making good the surface complete.(For 10 kg/Sq.cm Pressure) (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.

67.00 Rupees Sixty seven & Paise Zero only

Rmt 13936.00

32.00 Item No. 30 :Providing and fixing 15 mm dia. Screw down bib/stop tap of brass including necessary sockets, union nut, testing etc. complete.(Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

186.00 Rupees one Hundred Eighty six & Paise Zero only

No 5952.00

16.00 Item No. 31: Providing and fixing 10 cm. Rigid PVC. Nahani Trap including P.V.C. grating, bend, connecting piece of UPVC pipe up to the outside face of the wall, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.)

274.00 Rupees Two Hundred Sevemty four & Paise Zero

only

No 4384.00

16.00 Item No. 32 : Providing and fixing Indian type white glazed earthenware 635 mm water closet pan including 'S' trap with earthenware foot rests, UPVC soil and vent pipe upto outside face of the wall 1:2:4 brick bat lime concrete bedding

1172.00 Rupees one thousand one

Hundred seventy two & Paise Zero

only

No 18752.00

- 47 -


without flushing tank and its accessories etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

Item No 33 :Providing and fixing UPVC SOIL / VENT / WASTE SWR pipe of required diameter conforming to I.S.-13592, and I.S.-4985 to withstand continous internal hydroulic pressure of 4 kg/cm2 including necessary fixtures and fittings, such as bends, tees, single junctions, double junctions and joining with rubber rings and lubricants, on wall by means of clips or in ground including necessary excavation, laying refilling, trench testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.)

80.00 a) 110 mm Dia pipe

332.00 Rupees three Hundred Thirty two & Paise Zero only

Rmt 26560.00

36.00 b) 160 mm Dia pipe

504.00 Rupees five Hundred Four & Paise Zero only

Rmt 18144.00

48.00 Item No. 34 :Providing and laying 100 mm dia. half round white glazed earthenware pipes in 1:5:10 cement concrete bedding including bends, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.)

107.00 Rupees one Hundred seven & Paise Zero only

Rmt 5136

10.00 Item No. 35 : Providing soak pit of size 120 cm x 120 cm x 120 cm including excavating and filling with brick bats as per drawing etc. complete.

746.00 Rupees seven Hundred fourty six & Paise Zero only

No 7460.00

16.00 Item No 36 Providing and fixing in postion unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (UPVC) ultra violet stabilized 110 mm outer diameter cowl dome conforming to I.S.4985 including making joints with solvent cement etc. complete.

35.00 Rupees Thirty five & Paise Zero only

No 560.00

147.85 Item No. 37 :- Providing & applying three coats of lead / zinc base oil paint / bituminous paint of approved colour and shade to new wood work and fibre boards including preparing the surface, knotting , scaffolding if necessary, including primer coat complete.

35.45 Rupees Thirty five & Paise Fourty five

only

Sqm 5241.00

149.76 Item No. 38 :- Providing sand faced plaster for external portion in cement morter using kharsali / Kasaba or similar type of sand, in all positions including base coat of 15 mm. thick in C.M. 1:4 using water proofing compound at 1 kg per cement bag. curing the same With constrator’smaterles including royalty charges

245.20 Rupees two Hundred fourty five & Paise twenty only

Sqm 36721.00

299.76 Item No. 39 :- Providing and applying washable oil bound distemper of approved colour and shade to old and new surfaces in two coats including scaffolding, preparing the surfaces (excluding the primer coat) complete.

16.30 Rupees Sixteen & Paise Thirty only

Sqm 4886.00

18.90 Item No. 40 :- Providing and fixing pressed steel door box frame of M.S. sheet made of 18 guage thick of required section with rebate of 10 mm for required thickness of shutters and tie rod of 12 mm square bar at bottom as per specifications

758.00 Rupees seven Hundred fifty eight & Paise Zero only

Sqm 14326.00

- 48 -


with or without ventilators including holdfasts, hinges welded to the frame, filling in box frame in C.M. 1:10 and finishing with 2 coats of oil painting etc. complete.

18.90 Item No. 41:- Providing and fixing 25 mm thick 3 layers flat pressed T.W. particle board shutters with B.W.P. type exterior grade phenol formaldehyde resin conforming to I.S. 12823-1990 both sides laminated and covered with M.S. box frame. (Sample to be got approved from Ex. Engineer before use)

2185.05 Rupees Two thousand one

Hundred Eighty Five & Paise five

only

Sqm 41297.00

15.12 Item No. 42 :- Providing and fixing steel windows of various sizes as per detailed drawings with welded square bars 12 mm at 10 cm centre to centre without hot dip Zinc coating without / with ventilator including fabrication glazing with non-acetinic/plain/obscured glass panels of approved type and quality, all fixtures and fastenings without teak wood boxing, and architraves and finishing with one coat of primer complete. (with flash butt welding) (Sample to be got approved from Ex. Engineer before use)

2491.00 Rupees Two thousand four

Hundred ninety one & Paise zero only

Sqm 37664.00

10.08 Item No. 43 :- Providing and fixing double leaf steel shutter with frame to wall cupboard of 18 gauge M.S. sheet as per standard drawing including oxidised fixtures and fastenings with locking arrangment including G.I. Sheet shelves at 40 cm center to center including primer coat and three coats of enamel paint of approved colour and pattern finishing fixing in position complete.

1015.95 Rupees one thousand fifteen &

Paise Ninety five only

Sqm 10241.00

8.88 Item No. 44 :-Providing & fixing in position shelves of polished Kadappa of required thickness including making grooving invlave concrit surface filling joints with slury puring polishing rounding edges as required concrit. a) Kadappa sheives 25 mm to 30 mm thick

560.00 Rupees five Hundred Sixty & Paise Zero only

Sqm 4973.00

4.80 Item No. 45 :- Providing and fixing shelf of 25 mm thick black board 30 cm wide with C.T.W. Wood brackets of 45 x 35 mm at 1.2 m C/C without filletes including primer coat complete.

982.10 Rupees Nine Hundred Eighty two

& Paise ten only

Sqm 4714.00

59.46 Item No. 46 :- Providing and laying hand cut polished kota stone Flooring 20 mm to 25 mm thick plain pattern on a bed of C.M. 1:6 including cement float, filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing rubbing, polishing and cleaning complete.

657.55 Rupees six hundred fifty seven & Paise

fifty five only

Sqm 39098.00

1.98 Item No. 47 :- Providing and laying ceramic tiles of approved quality, required size and 5.5 mm thickness for flooring in required position laid on bed of C.M. 1:4 including cement float, filling joint with white/colour cement slurry, cleaning, curing, complete.

826.25 Rupees Eight Hundred twenty six & Paise Twenty five

only

Sqm 1636.00

5.66 Item No. 48 :- Providing and fixing ceramic tiles of approved quality, required size and 5.5 mm thickness for dado and skirting in required position with ready made adhesive mortar of approved quality in required position after making the wall portion in level in plaster of C.M. 1:4 including joint filling with white/colour cement slurry clening curing complete.

865.20 Rupees Eight Hundred Sixty Five

& Paise Twenty only

Sqm 4897.00

- 49 -


3.60 Item No. 49 :- Providing and laying 25 mm. thick precast polished chequered cement tiles for treads of size 20 mm. x 32 cm. and 20 mm. Thick plain cement tiles for risers of steps and staircase with nosing of treads moulded as per drawing or as directed on a bed of 1:4 cement mortar in required position including cement float filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing, polishing and cleaning complete.

296.10 Rupees Two Hundred Ninety Six

& Paise Ten only

Sqm 1066.00

2.00 Item No. 50 :- Providing and fixing white glazed earthenware sink 600 mm x 450 mm x 200 mm including all connections of the G.I. supply and UPVC waste pipe and trap upto the outside face of the wall, cold water chromium plated screw down bib tap, rolled steel or C.I. brackets, rubber plug with chain and stop tap, bottle trap, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use)

2452.00 Rupees Two thousand four

Hundred fifty two & Paise Zero only

Sqm 4904.00

2.00 Item No.51 :- Providing and fixing 1st class "Orissa Type" colour Glazed earthenware 600 x 400 mm W.C.PAN including P or S trap UPVC soil and vent pipe upto the out side face of wall, including 100 mm dia. UPVC plug bend, 10 litre UPVC high level flushing cistern with fittings, inlet pipe with stop tap, brackets, 32 mm dia. UPVC flush pipe with fittings and clamps, 20 mm dia. UPVC over flow pipe with mosquito proof coupling, UPVC chain and pulley, painting to cistern and exposed pipes, cutting and making good to the walls and floors, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

3539.00 Rupees Three thousand five

Hundred Thirty nine & Paise Zero only

No 7078.00

4.00 Item No. 52 :- Providing and fixing scerw down required dia. Wheeled stop tap of brass including necessary sockets, union nut, testing etc. complete.(Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

325.00 Rupees Three Hundred Twenty Five & Paise Zero

only

No 1300.00

4.00 Item No. 53:- Providing and fixing screw down 15 mm dia. Metre wheeled stop tap of brass including necessary sockets, union nut, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

251.00 Rupees Two Hundred Fifty one & Paise Zero only

No 1004.00

30.00 Item No.54 :- Providing and laying in trenches medium grade (type) galavanised iron pipe having embossed ISI Mark on it, of required diameter with screwed, sockets, joints, necessary galvanised iron fittings such as sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs, clamps etc. including necessary excavation, back filling fixing with clamps, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

203.00 Rupees Two Hundred Three & Paise Zero only

Rmt 6090.00

4.00 Item No. 55 :- Providing and fixing 8 cm C.I. Nahani Trap (long arm) including symet grating, bend, connecting piece of C.I. pipe upto the outside face of the wall, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of

586.00 Rupees Five Hundred Eighty six & Paise Zero only

No 2344.00

- 50 -


sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

4.00 Item No.56 :- Providing and fixing 15cm x 10 cm salt glazed stoneware gully trap in cement concrete 1:4:8 outside the building including symet grating in the sink, connecting glazed stoneware pipe, brick masonry chamber with R.C.C. lid and symet grating for the gully trap, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

650.00 Rupees six Hundred fifty &

Paise Zero only

No 2600.00

12.00 Item No. 57 :- Providing and fixing asbestos cement soil/vent/waste pipe of required diameter with necessary fixtures and fittings such as benss, tees, single junction, double junction, slotted vent, offsets on walls or in the ground including filling joints with cement mortar 1:2, painting with red lead oil base coat and two coats of anticorrosive paint including fixing pipes on walls by means of nails, driven through wooden lugs in wooden holder battens, fixed with concrete block and supported on ground floor by C.C. 1:2:4 block of 30 x 30 cm size, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

207.00 Rupees Two Hundred seven & Paise Zero only

Rmt 2484.00

10.00 Item No. 58 :- Providing effluent channel 1.00 M. x 1.00 M., filling with boulder 6 cm to 20 cm Size, hand packing and spreading murum at top etc. complete.

280.00 Rupees Two Hundred Eighty & Paise Zero only

Rmt 2800.00

20.00 Item No.59 :- Providing and fixing 150 mm dia. Salt Glazed Stoneware pipe including fittings such as bends, tees, single junctions, double junctions, laying, jointing (Excluding excavation and refilling the trenches) etc. complete (Cement : 2.24 kg per m)

235.00 Rupees Two Hundred Thirty Five & Paise Zero only

Rmt 4700.00

Total Rs. 5841098.00

Exeutive Engineer

G . R . Dn Nagpur

.

- 51 -


SCHEDULE- C

Schedule of quantities & rates for items as estimated by corporation

Name of work: - Construction of additional civic amenities at Bhiwapur (khas) & other 2


ItemNo.

Items of Work Applicable Specification

1 Item No.1: Excavation for foundation in earth, soils of all types, sand, gravel and soft murum, including removing the excavated material upto a distance of 50 m. beyond the building area and stacking or spreading as directed, preparing the bed for the foundation and necessary back filling, ramming, watering, including shoring and strutting as necessary complete.

Spec.No. : Bd.A.1/Page No.259

Item No. 2 : Providing soling using 80 mm size granite / quartzite / gneiss / trap metal in 15 cm. layer including hand packing filling voids with sand / grit, ramming, watering etc complete.

Spec. No. : As directed by Engineer-in-

charge. 2 Item No. 3 : Providing and laying in situ, cement concrete in 1:4:8 of trap/

granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for foundation and bedding including bailing out water, plywood/steel formwork, compacting, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface curing etc. complete. The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed.)

Spec. No. : Bd.E. 1/Page No. 287/I.S. 456 (2000)

3 Item No. 4 : Providing and laying in situ cement concrete of M-20 grade of trap / granite/ quartzite / gneiss metal for R.C.C. work in foundations like raft, grillages, strip foundations and footings of R.C.C. columns and steel stanchions including bailing out water, plywood/steel formwork, compaction, curing and roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give smooth and even surface etc. complete. (Excluding reinforcement and structural steel, including cover block) The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed)

Spec.No: Bd.F.3/Page No.298/I.S.456 (2000)

Item No. 5 : Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-20 grade of trap / granite /quartzite/ gneiss metal for R.C.C. columns as per detailed design and drawings or as directed, including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork, compaction, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete. Including use of plastisizer wherever necessary as directed by Engineer (Excluding reinforcement, including cover block). The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed)

Spec.No.: Bd.F.5/Page No. 300/I.S. 456(2000)

Item No. 6 : Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-20 grade of trap / granite /quartzite /gneiss metal for R.C.C. beams and lintels as per detailed design and drawings or as directed,including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork steel props, compaction, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M.1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening if special finish is to be provided and curing etc. complete. Including use of plastisizer wherever necessary as directed by Engineer-In-charge (Excluding reinforcement, including cover block). The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed)

Spec.No.: Bd.F.6/Page No.300/I.S. 456 (2000)

- 52 -


Item No. 7 : Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-20 grade of trap / granite /quartzite /gneiss metal for R.C.C slabs and landings as per detailed design and drawings including steel centering, plywood /steel formwork, steel props, compaction, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided with fan hook box of 2 mm thick M.S.Sheet rectangular size 180 mm x 100 mm with required depth, with holes or notches, as required, bottom and top lids of 1.6 mm thick M.S.Sheet fixed with 3.5 mm dia. round headed screws together with 12 mm dia. M.S.bar bent to shape with hooked ends for fan hook and painting to exposed surface and curing etc. complete. (Excluding reinforcement, including cover block) The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honey combed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed)


Item No. 8 : Providing and casting in situ cement concrete of M-20 grade of trap / quartzite / granite/ gneiss metal for R.C.C. chajja as per detailed design and drawings including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork, steel props, compaction finishing uneven and honeycombed surface with C.M. 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening the surface if special finish is to be provided and curing etc.complete.(Excluding reinforcement, including cover block) The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only.Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed)


Item No. 9 : Providing and fixing in position reinforcement of various diameters for R.C.C. pile caps, footings, foundations, slabs, beams and columns, canopies, staircases, newels, chajjas, lintels, pardies, coping, fins, arches etc. as per detailed design and drawings and schedules including cutting, bending, hooking the bars, binding with wires or tack welding and supporting as required completed. a) Mild steel / HYSD bars

Spec.No.: Bd.F.17/Page No.306

Item No. 10 : Providing 2nd class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional/I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:6 in foundations and plinth of inner walls/in plinth of external walls including bailing out water, striking joints on unexposed faces, racking out joints on exposed faces and watering complete.

Spec.No.: Bd.G.1/Page No.313

Item No. 11 : Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional/ I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:6 in super structure including striking joints, racking out joints wateringand scaffolding complete.


Item No. 12 : Filling in plinth and floors with sand of approved excavated materials in 15 cm to 20cm layers including watering and compaction etc. complete.

Spec. No. : Bd.A. 10/Page No. 262

Item No. 13 : Filling in plinth and floors with contractor's approved excavated material / sand or murum in 15 cm. To 20 cm. Layers including ramming, watering etc. complete.

Spec. No. : Bd.A. 11/Page No. 263

Item No. 14 : Providing and casting in situ cement concrete M-15 of trap/ granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for coping to plinth or parapet, moulded or chamfered as per drawing or as directed including steel centering, plywood/steel formwork compacting, roughening them if special finish is to be provided, finishing uneven and honeycombed surface and curing etc. complete. The Cement Mortar 1:3 plaster is considered for rendering uneven and honeycombed surface only. Newly laid concrete shall be covered by gunny bag, plastic, tarpaulin etc. (Wooden centering will not be allowed.)

Spec. No. : Bd.E. 3/Page No. 288/I.S. 456 (2000)

Item No. 15 : Providing internal cement plaster 12mm thick to single coat in cm. 1:5 without niru finish to concrete or brick masonry surface in all positions including scaffolding & curing etc. complete.

Spec.No.: Bd.L.2/Page No.368

Item No. 16 : Providing internal cement plaster 20mm thick in a single coat in cement mortar 1:5 without neeru finish to concrete, brick surfaces in all positions including scaffolding and curing. Providing groove at joint of B.B.Masonry and concrete members complete


Item No. 17 : Providing and laying cement concrete flooring 40 mm thick with 1:2:4 cement concrete laid to proper lev1el and slope in alternate bays, including compacting, PVC/ Glass/Aluminum strips at joints, marking lines to give appearance of tiles of 30 cm x 30 cm or other size laid diagonally/square etc. finishing smooth(with

Spec.No. : Bd. M. 7/Page No. 383

- 53 -


extra cement) in any colour as directed and curing complete.

Item No. 18 : Providing and fixing rolling steel shutters fabricated from 18/20 guage steel laths with slide guides, bottom rail, brackets, door suspension shaft, housing box at the top including mechanical gear operation arrangement and one coat of red lead primer etc. complete.

Spec.No.: Bd.T.56/Page No.511.

Item No. 19 : Providing and fixing steel ventilator fully glazed partly top hung and partly fixed as per detailed drawing without hot dip zinc coating including fabricating glazing with plain obscured glass panes of approved type and quality and fastening without teak wood boxing and architecture and oil painting two coats etc. complete. (Sample to be got approved from Ex.Engineer before use)

Spec.No.: As directed by Engineer- in-charge.

Item No. 20 : Providing and applying colourwash of approved colour and shade in two coats to new surface including scaffolding and preparing the surface by brushing and brooming down (including base coat of white wash) etc. complete.

Spec.No.: Bd.P.2/Page No.412

Item No. 21 :Providing and applying two coats of water proof cement paint of approved manufacture and of approved colour to new plastered surfaces including scaffolding if necessary, cleaning and preparing the surface, watering for two days complete. (Sample and brand is to be got approved from Ex. Engineer before use)

Spec.No.: Bd.O.8/Page No.406

Item No. 22 : Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional / I.S. type bricks in cement mortar 1:4 in half brick thick wall including mild steel longitudinal reinforcement of 2 bars of 6 mm. diameter/2 hoop iron strips 25 mm x 1.6 mm placed at every third course, properly bent and bounded at ends scaffolding, racking out joints and watering complete.


Item No. 23 : Providing and fixing in position after hoisting, precast 1:2 cement mortar reinforced jali 50 mm thick of approved design on both sides fixing in cement mortar 1:3 and curing complete. (with 3 mm diameter mild steel bar reinforcement)

Spec.No.: Bd.F.20 / Page No.307

Item No. 24 : Providing & fixing factory made precast door / window frames of C.C. M40 grade of section 100 x 60 mm. including reinforcement as per I.S. 6523 with polymeric blocks having screw holding capacity of 250 kg / screw fixed in position in R.C.C. frame as per requirement and as per specifications without fan light including holdfast , carting and erecting in position and two coats of oil paint etc. complete.


Item No. 25 : Providing internal cement plaster 6mm thick in a single coat in cement mortar 1:4 without neeru finish to concrete surface in all positions including scaffolding and curing.Providing groove at joint of B.B.Masonry and concrete members complete.


Item NO. 26 : Providing and fixing solid core flush door in single leaf 32mm thick commercial type of exterior grade as per detail drawing approved commercial plywood facing on both side without glazing and ventians all necessary beads moulding and lipping, iron oxidised fixtures and fastening handles on both side and finish with one coat of primer completed(without frame).

Spec.No.: As directed by Engineer incharge

Item No. 27 : Providing and applying whitewash in two coats on old / new plastered or masonry surfaces and asbestos cement sheets including scaffolding and preparing the surface by brushing and brooming down complete.

Spec.No.: Bd.P.1/Page No.411

Item No. 28 : Providing, hoisting and fixing in position of approved make high density polyethylene UV stabilized conforming to I.S.12701, water storage tank with necessary connections, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)


Item No. 29 : Providing and fixing in position ultra violet stabilised UPVC plumbing pipe of specified outer diameterof required standard thickness conforming to I.S. 4985 including necessary fittings conforming to I.S. 7834 such as PVC bends, tees, reducers, clamps, plugs etc. including necessary excavation trench filling, necessary drilling holes in walls, slabs etc. and making good the surface complete.(For 10 kg/Sq.cm Pressure) (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use. (i) 15 mm dia.


Item No. 30 : Providing and fixing 15 mm dia. Screw down bib/stop tap of brass including necessary sockets, union nut, testing etc. complete.(Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

Spec.No.: Bd.V.8/Page No.554

- 54 -


Item No. 31 : Providing and fixing 10 cm. Rigid PVC. Nahani Trap including P.V.C. grating, bend, connecting piece of UPVC pipe up to the outside face of the wall, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.)

Spec.No.: As directed by Er- in-charge

Item No. 32 : Providing and fixing Indian type white glazed earthenware 635 mm water closet pan including 'S' trap with earthenware foot rests, UPVC soil and vent pipe upto outside face of the wall 1:2:4 brick bat lime concrete bedding without flushing tank and its accessories etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

Spec. No.; As directed by Engineer- in-charge.

Item No. 33 : Providing and fixing UPVC SOIL / VENT / WASTE SWR pipe of required diameter conforming to I.S.-13592, and I.S.-4985 to withstand continous internal hydroulic pressure of 4 kg/cm2 including necessary fixtures and fittings, such as bends, tees, single junctions, double junctions and joining with rubber rings and lubricants, on wall by means of clips or in ground including necessary excavation, laying refilling, trench testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.)

a) 110 mm Dia pipe Spec.No.: As directed by Engineer

b) 160 mm Dia pipe Spec.No.: As directed by Engineer

Item No. 34 : Providing and laying 100 mm dia. half round white glazed earthenware pipes in 1:5:10 cement concrete bedding including bends, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex.Engineer is necessary before use.)


Item No. 35 : Providing soak pit of size 120 cm x 120 cm x 120 cm including excavating and filling with brick bats as per drawing etc. complete.


Item No. 36 : Providing and fixing in postion unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (UPVC) ultra violet stabilized 110 mm outer diameter cowl dome conforming to I.S.4985 including making joints with solvent cement etc. complete.

Spec.No.: As directed by Engineer- in-charge

Item No. 37 : Providing & applying three coats of lead / zinc base oil paint / bituminous paint of approved colour and shade to new wood work and fibre boards including preparing the surface, knotting , scaffolding if necessary, including primer coat complete.

Spec.No.: Bd.O.1/Page No.403

Item No. 38 :- Providing sand faced plaster for external portion in cement morter using kharsali / Kasaba or similar type of sand, in all positions including base coat of 15 mm. thick in C.M. 1:4 using water proofing compound at 1 kg per cement bag. curing the same

B D L/7 P No 357

Item No. 39 :- Providing and applying washable oil bound distemper of approved colour and shade to old and new surfaces in two coats including scaffolding, preparing the surfaces (excluding the primer coat) complete.

BDP-5 P No 397

Item No. 40 :- Providing and fixing pressed steel door box frame of M.S. sheet made of 18 guage thick of required section with rebate of 10 mm for required thickness of shutters and tie rod of 12 mm square bar at bottom as per specifications with or without ventilators including holdfasts, hinges welded to the frame, filling in box frame in C.M. 1:10 and finishing with 2 coats of oil painting etc. complete.

17BDT as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 41:- Providing and fixing 25 mm thick 3 layers flat pressed T.W. particle board shutters with B.W.P. type exterior grade phenol formaldehyde resin conforming to I.S. 12823-1990 both sides laminated and covered with M.S. box frame. (Sample to be got approved from Ex. Engineer before use)

18BDT as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 42 :- Providing and fixing steel windows of various sizes as per detailed drawings with welded square bars 12 mm at 10 cm centre to centre without hot dip Zinc coating without / with ventilator including fabrication glazing with non-acetinic/plain/obscured glass panels of approved type and quality, all fixtures and fastenings without teak wood boxing, and architraves and finishing with one coat of primer complete. (with flash butt welding) (Sample to be got approved from Ex. Engineer before use)

32BDT-53(B) P No 477

- 55 -


Item No. 43 :- Providing and fixing double leaf steel shutter with frame to wall cupboard of 18 gauge M.S. sheet as per standard drawing including oxidised fixtures and fastenings with locking arrangment including G.I. Sheet shelves at 40 cm center to center including primer coat and three coats of enamel paint of approved colour and pattern finishing fixing in position complete.

2BDQ as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 44 :- a) Kadappa sheives 25 mm to 30 mm thick

55BDM as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 45 :- Providing and fixing shelf of 25 mm thick black board 30 cm wide with C.T.W. Wood brackets of 45 x 35 mm at 1.2 m C/C without filletes including primer coat complete.

BDQ/13 412

Item No. 46 :- Providing and laying hand cut polished kota stone Flooring 20 mm to 25 mm thick plain pattern on a bed of C.M. 1:6 including cement float, filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing rubbing, polishing and cleaning complete.

BDM3 P No 364

Item No. 47 :- Providing and laying ceramic tiles of approved quality, required size and 5.5 mm thickness for flooring in required position laid on bed of C.M. 1:4 including cement float, filling joint with white/colour cement slurry, cleaning, curing, complete.

BDM44 as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 48 :- Providing and fixing ceramic tiles of approved quality, required size and 5.5 mm thickness for dado and skirting in required position with ready made adhesive mortar of approved quality in required position after making the wall portion in level in plaster of C.M. 1:4 including joint filling with white/colour cement slurry clening curing complete.

BDM45A as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 49 :- Providing and laying 25 mm. thick precast polished chequered cement tiles for treads of size 20 mm. x 32 cm. and 20 mm. Thick plain cement tiles for risers of steps and staircase with nosing of treads moulded as per drawing or as directed on a bed of 1:4 cement mortar in required position including cement float filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing, polishing and cleaning complete.

BDM33A P No.376

Item No. 50 :- Providing and fixing white glazed earthenware sink 600 mm x 450 mm x 200 mm including all connections of the G.I. supply and UPVC waste pipe and trap upto the outside face of the wall, cold water chromium plated screw down bib tap, rolled steel or C.I. brackets, rubber plug with chain and stop tap, bottle trap, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use)

BDV/31 P No.525

Item No.51 :- Providing and fixing 1st class "Orissa Type" colour Glazed earthenware 600 x 400 mm W.C.PAN including P or S trap UPVC soil and vent pipe upto the out side face of wall, including 100 mm dia. UPVC plug bend, 10 litre UPVC high level flushing cistern with fittings, inlet pipe with stop tap, brackets, 32 mm dia. UPVC flush pipe with fittings and clamps, 20 mm dia. UPVC over flow pipe with mosquito proof coupling, UPVC chain and pulley, painting to cistern and exposed pipes, cutting and making good to the walls and floors, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

BDV77 as directed by Engr in charge

Item No. 52 :- Providing and fixing scerw down required dia. Wheeled stop tap of brass including necessary sockets, union nut, testing etc. complete.(Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

BDV9A P No.514

Item No. 53:- Providing and fixing screw down 15 mm dia. Metre wheeled stop tap of brass including necessary sockets, union nut, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

10BDV9/ P NO.514

Item No.54 :- Providing and laying in trenches medium grade (type) galavanised iron pipe having embossed ISI Mark on it, of required diameter with screwed, sockets, joints, necessary galvanised iron fittings such as sockets, back nuts, elbows, bends, tees, reducers, enlargers, plugs, clamps etc. including necessary excavation, back filling fixing with clamps, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

3BDV5 P No.551

Item No. 55 :- Providing and fixing 8 cm C.I. Nahani Trap (long arm) including symet grating, bend, connecting piece of C.I. pipe upto the outside face of the wall, making good the damaged surface, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

45BDV32/ P NO526

Item No.56 :- Providing and fixing 15cm x 10 cm salt glazed stoneware gully trap in cement concrete 1:4:8 outside the building including symet grating in the sink, connecting glazed stoneware pipe, brick masonry chamber with R.C.C. lid and symet grating for the gully trap, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

BDV38 P NO.531

- 56 -


Item No. 57 :- Providing and fixing asbestos cement soil/vent/waste pipe of required diameter with necessary fixtures and fittings such as benss, tees, single junction, double junction, slotted vent, offsets on walls or in the ground including filling joints with cement mortar 1:2, painting with red lead oil base coat and two coats of anticorrosive paint including fixing pipes on walls by means of nails, driven through wooden lugs in wooden holder battens, fixed with concrete block and supported on ground floor by C.C. 1:2:4 block of 30 x 30 cm size, testing etc. complete. (Prior approval of sample and brand by Ex. Engineer is necessary before use.)

BDV36 P NO.530

Item No. 58 :- Providing effluent channel 1.00 M. x 1.00 M., filling with boulder 6 cm to 20 cm Size, hand packing and spreading murum at top etc. complete.

BDV126 as directed by Engr in charge

Item No.59 :- Providing and fixing 150 mm dia. Salt Glazed Stoneware pipe including fittings such as bends, tees, single junctions, double junctions, laying, jointing (Excluding excavation and refilling the trenches) etc. complete (Cement : 2.24 kg per m)

BDV39 P NO.532

- 57 -


MONTHWISE CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME

Sr No

Items of Work TOTAL Amount

PERIOD IN MONTHS 1 2 3 4 5 6

1

Construction of all building work

5841098 10% 20% 20% 20% 20% 10%

Executive Enginee G.R.Dn.Nagpur

- 58 -


SECTION III FORMS

APPENDIX 'A'

DETAILS OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL WITH THE CONTRACTOR Vide Para 7 (VI) of Detailed Tender Notice

Sr. No

.

Description Name Length of Service in the firm

Qualifications

Professional experience and details of works carried out

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 Project Manager

2 Works Manager

(Senior Civil Engineer)

3 Engineers (Civil)

4 Supervisors

Note: If there is no technical personnel with your firm please give details (in remark column) as to how your firm can manage the construction work?

- 59 -


APPENDIX 'B' DETAILS OF PLANTS & MACHINERY IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE WITH THE

TENDERER FOR USE ON THIS WORK

vide Para 7 (vii) of Detailed Tender Notice

.

Sr. No

Name of equipment

No. of units

Kind and

make

Capacity

Age and condition

Present Location

Remarks

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Note: If no machinery is available with the firm, please give details (in remark column) how your firm will manage the same

- 60 -


APPENDIX ‘C’

DETAILS OF WORK OF SIMILAR TYPE AND MAGNITUDE CARRIED OUT BY THE TENDERER

Vide Para 7 (VIII) of detailed Tender Notice

Sr. No

Name of work Place

Tendered cost Rs. in lakhs

Time in Months by which completed

Stipulated date of completion /Actual date of completion With reasons.

Principle features

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

- 61 -


APPENDIX ‘D’

DETAILS OF OTHER WORKS TENDERED FOR AND IN HAND ON THE DATE OF SUBMISSION OF TENDER

(Vide Para 7 (ix) of detailed Tender Notice)

Sr. No

Name of work

Place Works in hand Works tendered for Remarks

Tendered cost Rs. in lakhs

Cost of remaining work Rs. in lakhs

Anticipated date of

completion

Estimated cost Rs. in lakhs

Date by which decision is expected

Stipulated date or period of completion

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

- 62 -


APPENDIX 'E'

DETAILS OF PLANTS & MACHINERY PROPOSED TO BE USED FOR WORK BUT NOT IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE

Vide Para 7 (vii) of Detailed Tender Notice

Sr. No.

Name of equipment

No. of units

Kind or make

Capacity If already owned If to be purchased (When? month and year)

Remarks

Age And condition

Location Probable date of availability

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

- 63 -


APPENDIX ‘F’ (Vide Para 36 of special conditions of contract)

DECLARATION OF THE CONTRACTOR

1. I/We........................................................................................... Contractor(s)

hereby undertake that I/We shall pay the labors engaged on the work as

indicated in Annexure ‘A’ to Section I – Detailed Tender Notice, wages as

per Minimum Wages Act, 1948 and amendments thereto applicable to the

zone in which work lies and act accordingly. I/We also undertake to abide by

the various laws in force and extend necessary facilities and amenities to

the staff and workers employed by me/us.

2. I/We hereby declare that I/We have made myself/ourselves thoroughly

conversant with the local conditions regarding all materials and labor on

which I/We have bided my/our rates for this work. The specifications of this

work have been carefully studied and understood by me/us before

submitting this tender.

3. I/We hereby undertake to indemnify and hereby indemnify the Corporation

against all liabilities arising out of application of all labor laws viz the

Minimum Wages Act, ESIS and PF Act etc. with reference to labor engaged

on subject work.

4. All leads and lifts charges for Construction material required are included in

the rates of items under the contract and are agreed by me /us

unconditionally. No claim for lead and lifts will be admissible is clear to

me/us and I/We give an undertaking that no claim on this issue will be

performed by me/us, in this contract.

(Signature of the Contractor)

Date:

- 64 -


APPENDIX 'G'

(Vide Para 9 of Detailed Tender Notice)

MODEL FORM OF BANK GUARANTEE BOND

(ON STAMP PAPER OF RS. 100)

GUARANTEE BOND

1) This deed of Guarantee is made on the........................................................

By...........................................................................................having his head office

at........................................................................................

[Hereinafter called the 'said Contractors)'] from the demand under the terms and

conditions of Agreement dated....................................................................

Made between…………………………………………….................................

And....................................................................................................

for...................................................... (Here in after called 'the Agreement) of

additional Security Deposit for the due

Fulfillment by the said Contractors of the terms and conditions contained in the

said Agreement on production of a Bank Guarantee for Rs..................

(Rs................................................................................................

...............................only) We..............................................................................

(Hereinafter referred to as 'the Bank') at the request of.....................................

(Contractor) do. Hereby undertake to pay to the Vidarbha Irrigation Development

Corporation, NAGPUR hereinafter referred to as Corporation, an amount not

exceeding Rs..................................... against any loss or damage caused to or

suffered by the Corporation by reasons of any breach by the said Contractor of any

of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement.

2) We,.........................................................................(indicate the name of bank)

do hereby undertake to pay the amount due and payable under this guarantee

without any demur, merely on a demand from the Corporation stating that the

amount claimed is due by way of loss or damage caused to or would be caused to

or suffered by the Corporation by reason of breach by the said Contractor(s) of any

of the terms or conditions contained in the said Agreement or any reason of the

contractor(s) failure to perform the said agreement. Any such demand made on the

Bank shall be conclusive as regards to the amount due and payable under this

Guarantee shall be restricted to an amount not exceeding Rs...................................

- 65 -


3) We undertake to pay to the Corporation any money so demanded not withstanding any dispute or dispute raised by the Contractor(s)/ Supplier(s) in any suit or proceeding sending before any court or tribunal relating thereto, our liability under this present work being absolute and unequivocal. The payment so made by us under this bond shall be valid or discharge of our liability for payment there under and the Contractor(s) / Supplier(s) shall have no claim against us for making such payment.

4) We..............................................................(indicate the name of Bank) further agree that the guarantee herein contained shall remain in full force and effect during the period that would be taken for the performance of the said Agreement and that it shall continue to be force able till all dues of the Corporation under or by virtue of the said Agreement have been fully paid & its claims satisfied or discharged or till.....................(office/ Corporation)of............................................................... (Indicate the name of Administrative Officer) Certifies that terms and conditions of the said Agreement have been fully and properly carried out by the said Contractor(s) and accordingly discharges this Guarantee. Unless a demand or claim under this guarantee is made on us in writing on or before the .................................................... we shall be discharged from all liabilities under this Guarantee thereafter. 5) We........................................................(indicate the name of Bank) further agree with the Corporation that the Corporation shall have the fullest liberty without consent and without affecting in any manner our obligations hereunder to vary any of the terms and conditions of the said Agreement or to extend time of performance by the said contractor from time to time or postponed for any time or from time to time any of the powers exercisable by the Corporation against the said Contractor(s), and to forth or enforce any of the terms and conditions relating to the said Agreement, and we shall not to be relieved from our liability by reason of an such variation, or extension being granted to the said Contractor(s)l or for any forbearance, Act or Commission on the part of the Corporation or any indulgence by the Corporation to the said Contractor or by any such matter or thing whatsoever which under the law relating to surety would, but for this provision, have effect of so relieving us. 6) This Guarantee will not be discharged due to the change in the constitution of the Bank or the change in the constitution of the Contractor/ suppliers. 7) We.......................................................................... (Indicate the name of Bank) lastly undertake not to revoke this Guarantee during its currency except with the previous consent of the Corporation in writing.

Dated the...................................... Day of............................. 200

For ............................... (Indicate the name of bank)

- 66 -


APPENDIX 'H'

INDENTURE FOR SECURED ADVANCES

(For use in cases in which the contract is for finished work and the

Contractor has entered into an Agreement for the execution of certain specified

quantity of work in a given time).

THIS INDENTURE made the ___________ day of _______________

between ______________________________ (hereinafter called 'the contractor'

which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be deemed to

include his executors, administrators and assigns) of the one part and The

Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur (hereinafter called as the

Corporation which expression shall where the context so admits or implies be

deemed to include his successors in office and assigns) of the other part.

WHEREAS by an agreement dated _____________ (hereinafter called 'the said

Agreement') the Contractor has agreed.

AND WHEREAS the Contractor has applied to the Corporation that he be

allowed advances on the security of materials absolutely belonging to him and

brought by him to the site of the works, the subject of the said Agreement for use in

the construction of such of the works as he has undertaken to execute at rate fixed

for the finished work (inclusive of the cost of material and labor and other charges).

AND WHEREAS the Corporation has agreed to advance to the Contractor

the sum of Rupees _________________ (in words, Rupees

_______________________) on the aforesaid security and has reserved to

himself the option of making any further advance or advances on security of

aforesaid nature, the quantities and other particulars of the materials on the

security of which the advance or advances are made being detailed in Part-II of

the running account bill for the said works, signed at the time being by the

Contractor on.

NOW THIS INDENTURE WITNESS that in pursuance of the said

Agreement and in consideration of the sum of Rs. _______________ on or before

the execution of these presents paid to the Contractor by the Corporation (the

receipt whereof the Contractor both hereby acknowledge) and of such further

advances (if any) as may be made to him as aforesaid,

The Contractor does hereby covenant and agree with the Corporation and declare

as follows:

- 67 -


1. That the said sum of Rs. __________________ so advanced by the Corporation to the Contractors as aforesaid shall be employed by the Contractor in or towards expediting the execution of the said works and for non other purpose whatsoever.

2. That the materials detailed in the said running account bill which have been

offered to any accepted by the Corporation as security are absolutely the

Contractor's own properly and free from encumbrances of any kind and the

Contractor will not make any application for or receive a further advance on

the security of materials which are not absolutely his own property, and free

from all claims to any materials in respect of which an advance has been

made to him as aforesaid.

3. That the materials detailed in the said running account bill and all other

materials on the security of which any further advance or advances may

hereafter be made as aforesaid (hereinafter called 'the said materials') shall

be used by the Contractor solely in the execution of the said works in

accordance with the directions of the Divisional Officer, Division (hereinafter

called 'the Divisional Officer') and in the terms of the said Agreement.

4. That the Contractor shall make at his own cost all necessary and adequate

arrangement for the proper watch, safe custody and protection against all

risks of the said materials and that until used in construction as aforesaid,

the said materials shall remain at the site of the said works in the Contractor

custody and on his own responsibility and shall at all times be open to

inspection by the Divisional Officer or any officer authorised by him. In the

event of the said materials or any part thereof being stolen, destroyed or

damaged, the Contractor will forthwith replace the same with other

materials of like quality or repair and make good to same as required by the

Divisional Officer.

5. That the said materials shall not on any account be removed from the site

of the said works except with the written permission of the Divisional Officer

or an officer authorised by him in that behalf.

6. That the advances shall be repayable in full when or before the Contractor

receives payment from the Corporation of the price payable to him for the

said works under the terms and provisions of the said agreement, provided

that if any intermediate payments are made to the Contractor on account of

work done, then on occasion of each such payment, the Corporation will be

at liberty to make a recovery from the Contractor's bill for such payment by

deducting there for the value of the said materials then actually used in the

- 68 -


construction and in respect of which recovery has not been made

previously, the value for this purpose being determined in respect of each

description of materials, at the rates at which the amounts of advances

made under these percents were calculated.

7. That if the Contractor shall at any time make any defaults in the

performance or observance of any of the terms and provisions of the said

agreement or of these presents, the total amounts of the advance or

advances that may still be owing to the Corporation shall immediately on

the happening of such defaults be repayable by the Contractor to the

Corporation, together with interest thereon at 20 (twenty) percent per

annum from the date of respective dates of such advance or advances to

the date of repayment and with all costs, charges, damages expenses

incurred by the Corporation in or for the recovery thereof or the enforcement

of this security or otherwise by reason of the default of the Contractor and

the Contractor hereby convenience and agrees with the Corporation to pay

and pay the same respectively to him according.

8. That the Contractor hereby charges all the said materials with the

repayment to the Corporation of the said sum of Rs. _______________ and

any further sum of sums advanced as aforesaid and all costs, charges,

damages and expenses payable under these presents PROVIDED

ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that notwithstanding

anything in the said Agreement and without prejudice to the powers

contained therein, if and whenever the covenant for Payment and

Repayment hereinbefore contained shall become enforceable and the

money owing shall not be paid in accordance therewith, the Corporation

may at any thereafter adopt all or any of the following courses as it may

deem best :

a) Seize and utilize the said materials or any part thereof in the completion of

the said works on behalf of the Contractor in accordance with the provisions

in that behalf contained in the said agreement, debiting the Contractor with

the actual cost of effecting such

Completion and the amount due in respect of advances under these presents and crediting the contractor with the value of work done as if he had carried it out in accordance with he said agreement and at the rates thereby provided. If the balance is against the Contractor, he is to pay the same to the Corporation on demand.

b) Remove and sell by public auction the seized materials or any part thereof and out of the moneys arising from the sale, retain all the sums aforesaid

- 69 -


repayable to the Corporation under these presents and pay over the surplus (if any) to the Contractor.

c) Deduct all or any part of the money owing out of the Security Deposits or

any sum due to the Contractor under the said Agreement.

9. That except in the event of such default on the part of the Contractor as

aforesaid, interest on the said advance shall not be payable.

10. That in the event of any conflict between the provisions of these present and the said Agreement, the provisions of these presents shall prevail and in the event of any dispute or difference arising over the construction or effect of these presents, the settlement of which has not been herein before expressly provided for the same shall be referred to the Superintending Engineer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the said ______________________ and ______________________________ by the order and under the direction of the Corporation have hereinto set their hands the day and year first above written. Signed, sealed and delivered by the said Contractor in the presence.

Witness

Signature

Name :

Address :

Signed by ________________

by the order and direction of the Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation Nagpur in presence of

Witness :

Signature :

Name

Address

- 70 -


SECTION IV

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

B-1 TENDER FORM

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CLAUSE 1: (A) Security Deposit: The person / persons whose tender may be accepted (hereinafter called the contractor, which expression shall excluded by or repugnant to the context include his heirs, executors, administrators, and assigns) shall (A) within 10 days (which may be extended by the Superintending Engineer concerned up to 15 days if. Superintending Engineer thinks fit to do so) of the receipt by him of the notification of the acceptance of this tender deposit with the Executive Engineer in the form of the Bank guarantee endorsed in favor of the Executive Engineer a sum sufficient which will, make up the Initial security deposit specified in the tender form at Para (e) (I) of memorandum it shall be lawful for Corporation at the time of making any payment to the contractor for work done under contract to make up the full amount of security deposit as specified In memorandum at Para (e) (ii) by deducting a sufficient sum at the rate specified at(g) of memorandum from every such payment as last aforesaid until the full amount of the security deposit is made up. AII compensation or other sums of money payable by the contractor to Corporation Under the terms of his contract may be deducted from or paid by the sale of sufficient part of his security deposit or from the interest arising there-from or from any sums which may be due or may become due by Corporation to the contractor under any other contract or transaction of any nature on any account whatsoever and in the event of his. security deposit being reduced by reason of any such deduction or sale as aforesaid the contractor shall within ten days there-after make good in cash or Corporation securities endorsed as aforesaid any sum or sums which may have been deducted from or raised by sale of his security deposit or any part thereof. The security deposit referred to, when paid in cash may, at the cost of the depositor, be converted into interest bearing Corporation securities provided that the depositor has expressly desired this in writing. (B) Additional Security: In case contractor’s offer is less than 90% of the updated estimated cost as stated at Sr. No 5 of Annexure ‘A’, additional Security Deposit in the form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee for a period equal to period of contract, and for an amount equal to 10% of the difference of the contractor’s offer and 90% of the updated estimated cost as stated above shall be submitted to the Engineer-in-charge at the time of completing tender documents. Non submission of the above Additional Security Deposit will result into forfeiture of the E.M.D. If the amount of Security deposit to be paid in a lump sum and additional Security Deposit in form of irrevocable Bank Guarantee is not paid within the period specified at (A) above the tender /contract already accepted shall be considered as cancelled and legal steps taken against the contractor for recovery of the amounts. The amount of the Security Deposit lodged by the contractor shall be agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. If such date is not over, the SD at the time of final bill may be converted into an

- 71 -


irrevocable BG from Nationalized or Scheduled bank’s branch situated in the State of Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur. The amount of Security Deposit retained by the Corporation shall be released after expiry of period up to which the contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order is over. In the event of the contractor failing or neglecting the complete rectification work within the period up to which the contractor has agreed to maintain the work in good order, then subject to provisions of clauses 17 and 20 hereof the amount of Security Deposit retained by Corporation shall be adjusted towards the excess cost incurred by the corporation on rectification work the corporation shall be at liberty to recover any cost of rectification in excess of Security Deposit from any amount due to the contractor under this work or any other work or as arrears of land revenue The Additional Security Deposit shall be refunded to the contractor on issuing of the completion certificate by the Engineer-in-charge as stipulated in the Clause No. 7 of the contract provided that the Engineer-in-charge, if demanded in writing by the contractor shall, from time to time release the Additional Security Deposit in parts which are in proportion to the amount of the completed work. CLAUSE 2: Compensation for delay:

The time allowed for carrying out the work entered in the tender shall be strictly observed by the contractor and shall be reckoned from the date on which the order to commence work is given to the contractor. The work shall through the stipulated period of the contract be proceeded with, with all due diligence (time being deemed to be the essence of the contract on the part of the contractor). And further to ensure good progress during execution of the work, the contractor shall be bound, in all cases in which the time allowed for any work exceeds one month to complete the part works in specified time slice as per the programmed given in Annexure ’A’ to Section I - Detailed Tender Notice / enclosed at the end of Schedule ’B. 1 If the contractor has not achieved the target as per physical programmed of all items with respect to time as given in Annexure ‘A’ to Section I- Detailed Tender Notice / enclosed at the end of Schedule ‘B’, then the compensation will be recovered with prior notice to the contractor till the achievement of particular target as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of the contractor failing to comply with the condition he shall be liable to pay as compensation an amount equal to one percent or such smaller amount as the Superintending Engineer (whose decision in writing shall be final) may decide of the said estimated cost of the whole work for every day that the due quantity of work remains incomplete, uncommented or unfinished after the proper dates, provided always that the total amount of compensation to be paid under the provisions of this clause shall not exceed 10 percent of the estimated cost of the work as shown in the tender. Superintending Engineer shall be the final authority in this respect.

CLAUSE 3: Action when whole of security deposit is forfeited.

In any case in which under any clause of this contract the contractor shall have rendered himself liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit as specified at Para (e) of the memorandum or in the case of abandonment of the work owing to serious illness or death of the contractor or any other cause, the Executive Engineer on behalf of the Corporation shall have power

- 72 -


to adopt following course. To rescind the contract (for which rescission notice in writing to the contractor under the hand of Executive Engineer shall be conclusive evidence) and in that case the security deposit and additional security deposit of the contractor shall stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation. In case the contract shall be rescinded under clause above, the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid, any sum for any work therefore actually performed by him under this contract unless and until the Executive Engineer shall have certified in writing the performance of such work and the amount payable to him in respect thereof and he shall only be entitled to be paid the amount so certified. The contractor shall have no claim to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased or procured any materials, or entered into any engagements or made any advance on account of or with a view of the execution of the work of the performance of the contract The contractor shall also be not eligible to tender for the work remaining unexecuted work under this contract. CLAUSE 4: Action when the progress of any particular portion of the work is unsatisfactory:

If progress of any portion of the work is unsatisfactory the Executive Engineer shall not with-standing that the general progress of the work is in accordance with the conditions mentioned in clause 2, be entitled to take action as under after giving the contractor 10 days notice in writing. The Engineer-in- charge will have to order that the work of the contractor be measured up and to take such part thereof as shall be unexecuted out of his hands, and to give it to another contractor to complete, in which case all expenses incurred on advertisements for fixing a new contracting agency, additional supervisory staff including the cost of work executed by the new contract agency will be debited to the contractor and the value of the work done or executed through the new contractor (including escalation due) shall be credited to the contractor under the terms of his contract. The certificate of the Executive Engineer as so all the cost of the work and other expenses incurred as aforesaid for or in getting the unexecuted work done by the new contractor and as to the value of the work so done shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. In case of the work executed through a new contractors, and other allied expenses exceeding the value of such work credited to the contractors, the amount of excess shall be deducted from any money due to the contractor by government or corporation under the contract or otherwise howsoever or from his security deposit & additional security deposit or the self proceed thereof provided however that the contractor shall have no claim against corporation even if the certified value of the work done through a new contractor exceeds the certified cost of such work and allied expenses. The contractor shall have no claims to compensation for any loss sustained by him by reason of his having purchased, or procured any materials, or entered into any engagements, or made any advances on account of or with a view to the execution of the work or the performance of the contract. The Contractor of the whole work shall not be considered eligible to tender for the execution of the work so withdrawn from this contract.

- 73 -


The contractor will have no claim for compensation, for any loss sustained by him owing to such action.

CLAUSE 5: Power to take possession of or required removal of or sell contractor’s plant:-

In any case in which any of the powers conferred upon the Executive Engineer by clause 3 and 4 hereof shall have become exercisable and the same shall not have been exercised the non-exercise thereof shall not constitute a waiving of any of the conditions hereof and such powers shall not withstanding the exercisable in the event of any future case of default by the contractor for which under any clause or clauses hereof he is declared liable to pay compensation amounting to the whole of his security deposit additional security deposit and the liability of the contractor for past and future compensation remain unaffected. In the event of the Executive Engineer taking action under clause he may if he so desires take possession of all or any tools, plant, materials and stores in or upon the work or the site thereof or belonging to the contractor or procured by him and intended to be used for the execution of the work or any part thereof, paying or allowing for the same in account at the contract rates or in the case of contract, rates not being applicable at current market rates to be certified by the Executive Engineer whose certificate thereof shall be final. In the alternative the Executive Engineer may, after giving notice in writing to the contractor or his clerk of the work foreman or other authorised agent require him to remove such tools & plant materials, or stores from the premises within a time to be specified in such notice and in the event of the contractor failing to comply with any such requisition the Executive Engineer may remove them at the contractors expense or sell them by auction or private sale on account of the contractor and at his risk in all respect and the certificate of the Executive Engineer as to the expense of any such removal and the amount of the proceeds and expense of any such sale shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. CLAUSE 6: Extension of time:

If contractor shall desire an extension of the time for completion of work on the ground of his having been unavoidably hindered in its execution or on any other ground he shall apply in writing to the Executive Engineer, before the expiration of the period stipulated in the tender or before the expiration of the 30 days from the date on which he has hindered as aforesaid or on which the cause for asking for extension occurred, whichever is earlier and the Executive Engineer may, with prior approval of the officer accepting tenders. If in his opinion, there are reasonable grounds for granting extension and grant such extension as he thinks necessary or proper. The decision of the Chief Engineer in this matter shall be final.

CLAUSE 6 (A):

In the case of delay in handing over the land required for the work due to unforeseen cause the contractor shall not be entitled for any compensation whatsoever from the Government on the ground that the machinery or labor

- 74 -


Was idle for certain period. Contractor may however apply to extension of time limit which may be granted on the merit of the case. CLAUSE 7: Final certificate:-

On the completion of the work the contractor shall be furnished with a certificate by the Executive Engineer (hereinafter called the Engineer-in-charge) of such completion; but no such certificate shall be given or shall the work be considered to be complete until the contractor shall have removed from the premises on which the work shall have been executed all scaffolding, surplus materials and rubbish and shall have cleaned off the dirt from all wood work, doors, windows, walls, floor or other parts of any building in or upon which the work, has been executed or of which he may have had possession for the purpose of executing the work or until the work have been measured by the Engineer-in-charge or where the measurements have been taken by his subordinates until they have received approval of Engineer-in-chargé, the said measurements being binding and conclusive against the contractor. If the contractor shall fail to comply with the requirements of this clause as to the removal of scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and cleaning of dirt on or before the date fixed for the completion of the work the Engineer-in-charge may at the expenses of the contractor, remove such scaffolding surplus materials and rubbish and dispose off the same as he thinks fit and clean off such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forth with pay such dirt as aforesaid and the contractor shall forthwith pay such amount of all expenses so incurred but shall have no claim in respect of any such scaffolding or surplus materials as aforesaid except for any sum actually realized by the sale thereof. CLAUSES 8: Payment on intermediate Certificate to be regarded as advances:- No payment shall be made for any work estimated to cost less than rupees thousand till the whole of work shall have been completed and a certificate of completion given. But in the case of works estimated to cost more than rupees one thousand the contractor shall on submitting a monthly bill therefore be entitled to receive payment proportionate to the part of the work then approved and passed by the Engineer-in-charge, whose certificate of such approval and passing of the sum payable shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. All such intermediate payments shall be regarded as payments by way of advance against the final payments only and not as payments for work actually done and completed and shall not preclude the Engineer-in-charge from requiring any bad, unsound imperfect or unskillful work to be removed or taken away and reconstructed or re-erected nor shall any such payment be considered as an admission of the due performance of the contract or any part thereof in any respect or the occurring of any claim nor shall it conclude, determine or effect in any other way the powers of the Engineer-in-charge as to the final settlement and adjustment of the accounts or otherwise or in any other way vary or affect the contract. The final bill shall be submitted by the contractor within one month of the date fixed for the

- 75 -


Completion of the work, otherwise the Engineer-in-charge’s certificate of the measurements and of the total amount payable for work shall be final and binding on all parties. CLAUSE 9: Payment at reduced rates on account of items of work not accepted as completed, to be at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. The rates for several items of work estimated to cost more than Rs. 1000/, agreed to within shall be valid only when the item concerned is accepted as having been completed fully in accordance with the standard specifications. In cases where the items of work are not accepted as so completed by the Engineer-in-charge, he may make payment on account of such items at such reduced rates as he may consider reasonable in the preparation of final or on account bills. CLAUSE 10: Bill to be submitted monthly.

A bill shall be submitted by the contractor each month on or before the date fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for all work executed in previous month, and the Engineer-in-charge shall check the measurement for the purpose of having the same verified, and the claim, so far as it is admissible, shall be adjusted, if possible, within 10 days from the presentation of the bill if the contractor does not submit the bill within the time fixed as aforesaid, the Engineer-in- charge may depute a subordinate to measure up the said work in the presence of contractor or his duly authorised agent whose counter signature to the measurements list shall be sufficient warrant and the Engineer-in-charge may prepare a bill from such list which shall be binding on the contactor in respects.

Payment of Bills shall be made subject to the availability of funds. No claim shall be entertained for any delay in payment of bills. CLAUSE 11: Bill to be on Printed form:-

The contractor shall submit all bills on the printed forms in the format approved by the Engineer- in-charge. The charges to be made in the bills shall always be entered at the rates specified in the tender. In the case of any extra work ordered in pursuance of these conditions, and not mentioned or provided for in the tender at the rates hereinafter provided for such work. CLAUSE 12: Stores Supplied by Corporation:-

If the specification or estimate of the work provides for the use of any special description of material to be supplied from the store of the Corporation or if it is required that the contractor shall use certain stores to be provided by the Engineer-in-charge, (such material and stores and the prices to be charged therefore as hereinafter mentioned being so far as practicable for the convenience of the contractor but not so as in any way to control the meaning or effect of this contract specified in the Schedule or memorandum here to annexure),

- 76 -


the contractor shall be supplied with such materials and stores as may be required from time to time to be used by him for the purpose of the contract only, and value of the full quantity of the materials and stores so supplied shall be set off or deducted from any sums then due, or thereafter to become due to the contractor under the contract, or otherwise, ‘or from the security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof if the securities deposit is held in ‘Corporation securities, the same or sufficient portion thereof shall in that case be sold for the purpose. All materials supplied to the contractor shall remain the absolute property of Corporation and shall on no account be removed from the site of the work, and shall at all time be open for inspection by the Engineer in charge. Any such materials unused and in perfectly good condition at the time of completion or termination of the contract shall be returned to the Corporation store if the Engineer-in-charge so requires by a notice in writing given under his hand but the contractor shall not be entitled to return any such materials except with consent of the Engineer-in-charge and he shall have no claim for compensation on account of any such material supplied to him as aforesaid but remaining unused by him or for any wastage in or damage to any such materials. CLAUSE 12 (A):

All stores of controlled materials such as cement, steel etc. if supplied to the contractor by Corporation should be kept by the contractor under lock & key and will be accessible for inspection by Executive Engineer or his authorised agent at all the times.

CLAUSE 13: Works to be executed in accordance with specifications, drawings, orders etc.

The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial and workman like manner, and both as regards materials and every other respect in strict accordance with specifications. The contractor shall also conform exactly, fully and faithfully. To the designs, drawing and instructions in writing relating to the work signed by the Engineer-in-charge and lodged in his office and to which the contractor shall be entitled to have access for the purpose of inspection at such office or on the site of the work during office hours. The contractor will be entitled to receive three sets of contract drawing and working drawing as well as one certified copy of the accepted tender along with the work order free of cost. Further copies of the contract drawings and working drawings if required by him, shall be supplied at the rate Rs. 500/- per set of contract drawings and Rs. 100/- per working drawing except where otherwise specified. CLAUSE 14: Alterations in specifications and designs not to invalidate contracts Rates for works not entered in estimate or Schedule of rates of the district

The Engineer-in-charge shall have power to make any alterations in or additions to the original specifications, drawings, designs and instructions that may appear to him to be necessary or advisable during the progress of the work and

- 77 -


the contractor shall be bound to carry out the work in accordance with any instructions in this connection which may be given to him in writing signed by the Engineer-in-charge and such alteration shall not invalidate the contract and any additional work which the contractor may be directed to do in the manner above specified as part of the work shall be carried out by the contractor on the same conditions in all respects on which he agreed to do the main work and at the same rates are specified in tender for the main work. And if the additional and altered work includes any class of work for which no rate is specified in this contract, then such class of work shall be carried out at the rates entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division or at the rates mutually agreed upon between the Engineer-in-charge and contractor which ever are lower. If the additional or altered work for which no rate is entered in the Schedule of Rates of the Division in order to be carried out before the rates are agreed upon then the contractor shall within seven days of the date of receipt by him of the order to carry out the work, inform the Engineer-in-charge of the rate which it is his intention to charge for such class of work. And if the Engineer-in-charge does not agree to this rate he shall buy notice in writing be at liberty to cancel his order to carry out such class of work and arrange to carry out in such manner as he may consider advisable provided always that if the contractor shall commence work or incur any expenditure in regard thereof before the rates shall have been determined as lastly herein before mentioned, then in such case he shall only be entitled to be paid in respect of the work carried out or expenditure incurred by him prior to the date of the determination of the rate as aforesaid according to such rate or rates as shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. In the event of a dispute, the decision of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle will be final. Where, however, the work is to be executed according to the designs, drawings and specifications, recommended by the contractor and accepted by the competent authority the alteration above referred to shall be within the scope of such designs drawings and specifications appended to the Tender.

Extension of time in consequence of additions or alterations:-

The time limit for the completion of the work shall be extended in the proportion that increase in its cost occasioned by alterations or additions bears to the cost of the original contract work and the certificate of the Engineer-in-charge as to such proportion shall be conclusive. However such an extension will be governed by provisions of Clause 6. CLAUSE 15: No claim to any payment or compensation for alternation in or restriction of work.

1) If at any time after the execution of the contract documents the Engineer shall for any reason what-so-ever (other than default on the part of the contractor for which the Corporation is entitled to rescind the contract) decides that the whole or any part of the work specified in the tender should be suspended for any period or that the whole or part of the work should not be carried out at all, he shall give to the contractor a notice in writing of such desire and upon the receipt of such notice the contractor shall forthwith suspend or stop the work wholly or in part as required, after having due regard to the appropriate state at which the work should be stopped or suspended so as not to cause any damage or injury to the work already done or endanger the safety thereof provided that the decision of the Engineer as to the stage at which the work or any part of it could be or would have

- 78 -


been safely stopped or suspended shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. The contractor shall have no claim to any payment or compensation whatsoever by reason of or in pursuance of any notice as aforesaid, on account of any suspension, stoppage or curtailment except to the extent specified hereinafter.

2) Where the total suspension of work ordered as aforesaid continues for a continuous period exceeding 90 days the contractor shall be at liberty to withdraw from the contractual obligations under the contract. so far as it pertains to the unexecuted part of the work by giving a 10 days prior notice in writing to the Engineer, within 30 days of the expiry of the said period of 90 days of such intention and requiring the Engineer to record the final measurement of the work already done and to pay final bill. Upon giving such notice the Contractor shall be deemed to have been discharged from his obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under his contract. On receipt of such notice the Engineer shall proceed to complete the measurements and make such payment as may be finally due to the contractor within a period of 90 days from the receipt of such notice in respect of the work already done by the contractor. Such payment shall not be in any manner prejudice the right of the contractor to any further, compensation under the remaining provisions of this clause.

3) Where the Engineer requires the contractor to suspend the work for a period in excess of 30 days at any time or 60 days in the aggregate, the contractor shall be entitled to apply to the Engineer within 30 days of the resumption of work after such suspension for payment of compensation to the extend of pecuniary loss suffered by him in respect of working machinery remained idle on the site or on the account of his having to pay the salary or wages of labor engaged by him during the said period of suspension provided always that the contractor shall not be entitled to any claim in respect of any such working machinery, salary or wages for the first 30 days whether consecutive or in the aggregate of such suspension or in respect of any suspension whatsoever occasioned by unsatisfactory work or any other default on his part. The decision of the Engineer in this regard shall be final and conclusive against the contractor. 4) In the event of –

i) Any total stoppage of work on notice from the Engineer under sub clause (1) in that behalf.

ii) Withdrawal by the contractor from the contractual obligation to complete the remaining unexecuted work under sub-clause (2) on account of continued suspension of work for a period exceeding 90 days.

OR

iii) Curtailment in the quantity of item or items originally tendered on account of any alteration, omission or substitution, in the Specifications, drawings, designs or instruction under clause 14 where such curtailment exceeds 25% in quantity and the value of the quantity curtailed beyond 25% at the rates for the item specified in the tender is more than Rs. 50,000/-.

OR It shall be open to the contractor within 90 days from the service of (i) the

notice of stoppage of work or (ii) the notice of withdrawal from the contractual obligations under the contract on account of the continued suspension of work or (iii) Notice under clause 14 resulting in such curtailment to produce to the Engineer Satisfactory documentary evidence that he had purchased or agreed to purchase material for use in the contracted work before receipt by him of the notice of

- 79 -


stoppage, suspension or curtailment and require the Corporation to take over on payment such materials at the rates determined by the Engineer, provided however, such rates shall in the no case exceed the rates at which the same was acquired by the contractor. The Corporation shall thereafter take over the materials so offered, provided the quantities offered, are not in excess of the requirements of the unexecuted work as specified in the accepted and are of quality and specifications approved by the Engineer. CLAUSE 15 A: No Claim to Compensation on Account of loss due to delay in supply of materials.

The contractor shall not be entitled to claim any compensation from Corporation for the loss suffered by him on account of delay by Corporation in the supply of materials where such delay is caused by -

i) Difficulties relating to the supply or railway wagons. ii) Force-majeure. iii) Act of God iv) War or Act of enemies of the State or any other reasonable cause

beyond the control of Corporation. In the case of such delay in the supply of materials, Corporation shall grant

such extension of time for the completion of the work as shall appear to the Execution Engineer to be reasonable in accordance with the circumstances of the case. The decision of the Executive Engineer as to the extension of time shall be accepted as final by the contractor and will be governed by the provision of clause 6.

CLAUSE 16: Time limit for unforeseen claims:-

Under no circumstances whatever, shall the contractor be entitled to any compensation from Corporation on any account unless the contractor shall have submitted a claim in writing with all documentary evidence in support of the claim to the Engineer-in-charge within one month of the case of such claim occurring, subject to provision in Clause (30) and (40). CLAUSE 17: Action and compensation payable in case of bad work:-

If at any time before the security deposit or any part thereof is refunded to the contractor it shall appear to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the work, that any work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or unskillful workmanship or with materials of inferior quality, or that any materials or articles provided by him for the execution of the work are unsound or of a quality inferior to that contracted for, or are otherwise not in accordance with the contract, it shall be lawful for the Engineer-in-charge to intimate this fact that the work, materials or articles complained of may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, the contractor shall be bound forthwith to rectify, or remove or

- 80 -


reconstruct the work so specified in whole or in part, as the case may require or if so required, shall remove the materials or article so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at his own charge and cost and in the event of his failing to do so within period to be specified by the Engineer-in-charge in the written intimation aforesaid, the contractor shall be liable to pay compensation at the rates of one percent on the amount of the estimate for everyday not exceeding 10 days, during which the failure so continues and in the case of any such failure beyond ten days the Engineer-in-charge may rectify or remove and re-execute the work or remove and replace the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the risk and expense in all respects of the contractor should be Engineer-in-charge consider that any such inferior work or materials as described above may be accepted or made use of it shall be within his discretion to accept the same at such reduced rates as he may fix therefore subject to Clause 9. Clause 18: Work to be open to inspection. Contractor or responsible agent to be present

All works under or in course of execution or executed in pursuance of the contract shall at all times be open to the inspection and supervision of the Engineer-in-charge and his subordinates and the contractor shall at all times during the usual working hours and at all other times at which reasonable notice of the intention of the Engineer-in-chargé and his subordinate to visit the work shall have been given to the contractor either himself be present to receive order and instructions or have a responsible agent dully accredited in writing present for that purpose. Orders given to the contractor’s duly authorised agent shall be considered to have the same force and effect as if they have been given to the contractor himself Contractor should provide safe arrangement for inspection of work at his cost. CLAUSE 19: Notice to be given before work is covered up.

The contractor shall give not less than five days notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in charge of the work before covering up or otherwise placing beyond the reach of measurement any work in order that the same may be measured and correct dimensions there of taken before the same is so covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement, and shall not cover up or placed beyond the reach of measurement any work without the consent in writing of the Engineer-in-charge or his subordinate in chargé of the work, and if any work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement without such notice having been given or consent obtained, the same shall be uncovered at the contractor’s expense and in default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for the materials with which the same was executed. CLAUSE 20 Contractor liable for damage done and for imperfections or 12 months after certificate

- 81 -


If during the period of 12 months from the date of completion as certified by

the Engineer-in-charge pursuant to Clause-7 of the contract 12 months after commissioning the work, whichever is earlier in the opinion of the Executive Engineer, the said work is defective in any manner whatsoever, the contractor shall forthwith on receipt of notice in that behalf from the Executive Engineer, duly commence execution and completely carry out at his cost in every respect all the work that may be necessary for rectifying, and setting right the defects specified therein including dismantling and reconstruction of unsafe portions strictly in accordance with and in the manner prescribed and under the supervision of the Executive Engineer. In the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to commence execution of the said rectification work, within the period prescribed therefore in the said notice and or to complete the same as aforesaid, as required by the said notice the Executive Engineer get the same executed and carried out departmentally or by any other agency at the risk on account and at the cost of the contractor. The contractor shall forthwith on demand pay to the Govt. The amount of such costs, charges and expenses sustained or incurred by the Government of which the certificate of the Executive Engineer shall be final and binding on the contractor. Such costs, charges, and expenses shall be deemed to be arrears of land revenue and in the event of the contractor failing or neglecting to pay the same on demand as aforesaid without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Government; the same may be recovered from the contractor as arrears of land revenue. The Government shall also be entitled to deduct the same from any amount which may then be thereafter become payable by the Government to the Contract either in respect of the said work or any other work whatsoever, or from the amount of the Security Deposit retained by Corporation.

However, for the purpose of security towards the maintained in the defects

liability period the SD at the time of final bill shall be converted into an irrevocable BG from any branch of a Nationalized / Scheduled Bank in the State of Maharashtra. The BG shall be for a total period of 30 months with value being adjusted as below from the date of completion certificate.

(Please see clause 7 of Conditions of Contract) i) From 0 to 12 months 100% value of SD II) From _--___to_--___ months value of SD

CLAUSE 21: Contractor to supply plant, ladders, scaffolding etc.

The contractor shall supply at his own cost all materials (except such specials, materials if any as may in accordance with the contract be supplied from the Corporation stores,) plant, tools, appliances, implements, ladders, cordage, tackle scaffolding and any temporary works which may be required for the proper execution of the work, in the original, altered or substituted form, and whether included in the specification; or other documents forming part of the contract or referred to in these conditions or not and which may be necessary for the purpose of satisfying or complying with the requirements of the Engineer-in-charge as to any matter on which under these conditions he is entitled to be satisfied, or which he is entitled to require together with carriage therefore, to and from the work. The contractor shall also supply without charge the requisite number of persons with

- 82 -


the means and materials necessary for the purpose of setting out works, and counting, weighing and assisting in the measurement or examination at any time and from time to time of the work or materials. Failing this the same may be provided by the Engineer-in-charge at the expense of the contractor and the expenses may be deducted from any money due to the contractor under the contract or from his security deposit or the proceeds of sale thereof or of a sufficient portion thereof. The contractor shall provide all necessary fencing and lights required to protect the public from accident and shall also be bound to bear the expenses of defense every suit, action or other legal proceedings, at law that may be brought by any person for injury sustained owing to neglect of the above precautions of and to pay damages and costs which maybe awarded in any such suit, action, or proceeding to any such person, or which may with the consent of the contractor be paid in compromising any claim by any such person. The contractor indemnities the Corporation against all such claims CALUSE 21(A):

The contractor shall provide suitable scaffolds and working platforms. Gangways and stairways and shall comply with the following regulations in connection therewith:- a) Suitable scaffolds shall be provided for workmen for all work that cannot be safely done from a ladder or by other means. b) A scaffold shall not be constructed, taken down, or substantially altered except :- i) under the supervision of a competent and responsible person; and

ii) as far as possible by competent workers possessing adequate experience in this kind of work.

c) All Scaffolds and appliances connected therewith and all ladders shall :- i) be of sound material. ii) be of adequate strength having regard to the loads and strains to which they will be subjected; and iii) be maintained in proper condition

d) Scaffolds shall be so constructed that no part thereof can be shall displaced in consequence of normal use. e) Scaffolds shall not be overloaded and so far as practicable the load shall be

evenly distributed. f) Before installing lifting gear on scaffolds special precautions shall be taken

to ensure the strength and stability of the scaffolds. g) Scaffolds shall be periodically inspected by a competent person. h) Before allowing a scaffold to be used by his workmen the contractor shall

whether the scaffold has been erected by his workmen or not, take steps to ensure that it complies fully with the regulations herein specified.

i) Working platforms gangways and stairways shall - i) be so constructed that no part thereof can sag unduly or unequally ii) be so constructed and maintained having regard to the prevailing conditions as to reduce as far as practicable risks of persons tripping or slipping; and iii) be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction.

j) In the case of working platforms, gangways working places and stairways at a height exceeding 3 meters.

- 83 -


i) every working platform and every gangway, working, place and stair ways at a height exceeding 3 meters. ii) every working platform and gangway shall have adequate width; and iii) every working platform, gangway, working place and stairway shall be suitably fenced.

k) Every opening in the floor of a building or in a working platform shall except for the time and to the extent required to allow the access or persons or the transport of shifting of material, be provided with suitable means to prevent the fall of persons or material.

I) When persons are employed on a roof where there is a danger of failing from a height exceeding 3 Meters suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent the fall of persons or material.

m) Suitable precautions shall be taken to prevent persons being struck by articles which might fall from scaffolds or other working places.

n) Safe means of access shall be provided to all working platforms and other working places.

o) The Contractor(s) will have to make payments to the laborers as per Minimum Wages Act, and will have to strictly follow all relevant labor laws.

CLAUSE 21(B):

The contractor shall comply with the following regulations a regards the Hoisting Appliances to be used by him:-

a) Hoisting machines and tackle, including their attachment anchorages and supports shall:- i) Be of good mechanical construction, sound material and adequate strength and free from patent defect; and ii) Be kept in good repair and in good working order.

b) Every rope used in hoisting or lowering material or as a means of suspension shall be of suitable quality and adequate strength and free from patent defect.

c) Hoisting machines and tackle shall be examined and adequately tested after erection on the site and before use and be re-examined in position at intervals to be prescribed by the Government. Intervals to be prescribed by the Corporation,

d) Every chain, ring, hook, shackle, swivel, and pulley block used in hoisting or lowering materials or as means of suspension shall be periodically examined.

e) Every crane driver or hoisting appliances operator shall be properly Qualified f) No person who is below the age of 18 years shall be in control of any

hoisting machine, including any scaffold which gives signals to the operator. g) In the case of every hoisting machine and or every chain, ring, shackle,

swivel, pulley block use in hoisting or lowering or as a means of suspension the safe working load shall be ascertained by adequate means.

h) Every hoisting machine and all gear referred to in preceding regulations shall be plainly marked with the safe working load.

I) In the case of a hoisting machine having a variable safe working load, each safe working load and the conditions under which it is applicable shall be clearly indicated.

j) No part of any hoisting machine or of any gear referred to in regulations (g) above shall be loaded beyond the safe working load except for the purpose of testing.

- 84 -


k) Motors, gearing, transmission, electric wiring and other dangerous part of

hoisting appliances shall be provided with efficient safeguards. I) Hoisting appliances shall be provided with such means as will reduce to

minimum the risk of the accidental decent of the load, m) Adequate precaution shall be taken to reduce to minimum the risk at any

part of a suspended load becoming accidentally displaced. CLAUSE 22: Measures for prevention of fire:-

The Contractor shall not set fire to any standing jungle, trees, brush wood or grass without a written permit from the Executive Engineer. When such permit is given and also in all cases when destroying out or dug up trees, brushes wood, grass etc. by fire the contractor shall take necessary measures to prevent such fire spreading to or otherwise damaging surrounding property. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for drinking water, & other necessary facilities for the labor employed by him. CLAUSE 23: Liability of contractor for any damage done in or outside work area:-

Compensation for all damage done intentionally or unintentionally by contractor’s labor whether in or beyond the limits of Corporation property including any damage caused by the spreading of fire mentioned in clause 22 shall be estimated by the Engineer-in-charge or such other officer as he may appoint and the estimates of the Engineer-in-charge subject to the decisions of the Superintending Engineer on appeal shall be final and the contractor shall be bound to pay the amount of the assessed compensation on demand, failing which the same will be recovered from the contractor as damages in the manner prescribed in clause 1 or deducted by the Engineer-in-charge from any sums that may be due or become due from Corporation to contractor under this contract or otherwise.

The contractor shall bear the expenses defending any action or other legal proceeding that may be brought by any persons for injury sustained by him owing to neglect of precautions to prevent the spread of fire and shall pay any damages and cost that may be awarded by the court in consequences. The contractor indemnifies the Corporation against all such legal actions and consequences thereof. CLAUSE 24: Employment Female Labor

The Employment of female labors on works in the neighborhood or Soldier’s barracks should be avoided as far as possible. CLAUSE 25: Work on weekly holidays.

- 85 -


No work shall be done on weekly local holidays without the sanction in writing of the Engineer-in-charge. CLAUSE 26: Contractor may be rescind and security deposit forfeited for subletting without approval or for a bribing a Corporation officer or if contractor becomes insolvent:-

Contract shall not be assigned or sublet without the written approval of the Engineer-in-charge. And if the contractor shall assign or sublet his contract or attempt so to do or become insolvent or commence any proceedings to get himself adjudicated as insolvent or make any compositions with his creditors or attempt so to do or if bribe, gratuity gift, loan, requisite reward of advantage, pecuniary or otherwise shall either directly or indirectly be given promised or offered by the contractor or any of his servants or agents to any Corporation officer or person in the employment of Corporation in any way relating to his office of employment or if any such officer or person shall become in any away directly or indirectly interest in the contract the Engineer-in-charge may thereupon by notice in writing rescind the contract and the security deposit of the contractor shall thereupon stand forfeited and be absolutely at the disposal of Corporation and same consequences shall ensue as if the contract had been rescinded under clause 3 here of and in addition the contractor shall not be entitled to recover or be paid for any work therefore actually performed under the contract. CLAUSE 27: Sum payable by way of compensation to be considered as reasonable compensation without reference to actual loss:-

All sums payable by a contractor by way of compensation under any of these conditions shall be considered as a reasonable compensation to be applied to the use of Corporation without reference to the actual loss or damage sustained and whether any damage has or has not been sustained. CLAUSE 28: Changes in the constitution of firm to be notified:-

In case of tender by the partners any change in the constitution of a firm shall be forth with notified by the contractor to the Engineer-in--charge for his information. CLAUSE 29: Direction and control of the Superintending Engineer:-

All work to be executed under the contract shall execute under the direction and subjected to the approval in all respect of the Superintending Engineer of the Circle for the time being who shall be entitled to direct at what point or points and in what manner they are to be commenced and from time to time carried out.

- 86 -


Clause 30.1

Except where otherwise specified in contract and subject to the powers delegated to him by Corporation under the code, rules then in force, the decision of Superintending Engineer of the Circle for the time being shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties of the contract upon all questions relating to the meaning of the specifications, design, drawing and instructions herein before mentioned and as to the quality of workmanship or materials used on the work or as to any other questions claim, right, matter or thing whatsoever if anyway arising out of or relating to the contract, designs, drawings specifications, estimates, instructions, orders or these conditions or otherwise concerning the works, or the execution or failure to execute same, whether arising during the progress of work or after the completion or abandonment thereof. CLAUSE 30.2:

The contractor may within 30 days of receipt by him of any order passed by the Superintending Engineer of the circle as aforesaid appeal against it to the Chief Engineer concerned with the contract work or project provided that - a) The accepted value of the contract exceeds Rs. 100 Lakhs (Rs. One Hundred Lakhs) b) Amount of claim is not less than Rs. 1.00 Lakhs (Rs. One Lakhs) CLAUSE 30.3

If the contractor is not satisfied with the order passed by the Chief Engineer as aforesaid the Contractor may within 30 days of receipt by him of any such order appeal against it to the Executive Director, Vidarbha Irrigation Development Corporation, Nagpur. Who, if convinced that prima-facie the contractor’s claim rejected by the Superintending Engineer / Chief Engineer is not frivolous and that there is some substance in the claim of contractor as would merit a detailed examination and decision by the Executive committee (Claim committee at Corporation level for suitable decision. CLAUSE 31: Stores of European or American manufacturer to be obtained From Corporation.

The contractor shall obtain from the Corporation all stores and articles of European or American manufacture which may be required for the work or any part thereof or in making up any articles required therefore / or connection therewith unless he has obtained permission in writing from the Engineer-in-charge to obtain such store and articles elsewhere. The value of such stores and articles may be supplied to the contractor by the Engineer-in-charge will be debited to the contractor in his account at the rates shown in Schedule “A”, attached to the contract and if they are not entered in the said schedule, they shall be debited to him at cost price which for the purpose of this contract shall include the cost of carriage and other expenses whatsoever which shall have been incurred in obtaining delivery of the same at the stores aforesaid.

- 87 -


CLAUSE 32: Lump sum in estimate:-

When the estimate on which a tender is made includes lump sums in respect of part of works the contractor shall be entitled to payment in respect of the item of work involved or part of the work in question at the same rates as are payable under this contract for each item. Or if the part of the work in question is not in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge capable of the measurements, the decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final and conclusive against the contractor with regard to any sum or sums payable to him under the provisions of this clause. CLAUSE 33: Action where no specifications

In the case of any class of work for which there is no such specification as is mentioned in Rule I such work shall be carried out in accordance with the Divisional specifications and in the event of there being no Divisional specifications then in such case the work shall be carried out in all respects in accordance with all instructions and requirements of the Engineer-in-charge CLAUSE 34: Definition of work

The expression ‘work’ or ‘works’ where used in these conditions, shall unless there be something in the subject or context repugnant to such construction be constructed to mean the work or works contracted to be executed under or in virtue of the contract whether temporary or permanent and whether original altered, substituted or additional. CLAUSE 35: Contractor’s percentage whether applied to net or gross amount of bill. The percentage referred to in the tender shall be deducted from / added to the gross amount of the bill before deducting the value of any stock issued. CLAUSE 36: Payment of quarry fees, and Royalties:- All quarry fees, royalties, Octroi dues and ground rent for stacking materials, if any should be paid by the contractor. The tendered rates shall be inclusive of all liability under Maharashtra minor mineral extraction rules and the contractor shall take all steps necessary as are essential in terms of Maharashtra minor mineral extraction rules.

- 88 -


CLAUSE 36 (A)

The bill wise royalty charges for constructing material payable to the contractor shall be calculated separately from payment made to the contractor the amount of royalty charges so calculated shall be withheld in the form of deposit. The withheld amount shall be return to the contractor on production of proof of payment for royalty charges to the Revenue Department. The contractor shall be solely responsible for payment of quarry fees royalty charges etc. CLAUSE 37: Compensation under workmen’s compensation Act:-

The Contractor shall be responsible for and shall pay any compensation to his workmen Payable under the Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923 (VII of 1923) (therein after called the said Act) for injuries caused to the workmen if such compensation is payable and or paid by Corporation as principal under sub-section (I) of section 12 of the said Act on behalf of the contractor It shall be recoverable by Corporation from the contractor under sub-section (2) of the said section such compensation shall be recovered in the manner laid down in clause I above. The contractor indemnifies the Corporation against such compensation. CLAUSE 37 (A):

The Contractor shall-be responsible for and shall pay the expenses towards providing medical aid to any workmen who may suffer a bodily injury- as a result of an accident. If such expenses are incurred by Corporation the same shall be recoverable from contractor forth with and be deducted without prejudice to any other remedy available to the Corporation from any amount due or that may become due to the contractor. CLAUSE 37 (B):

The contractor shall provide all necessary personals safety equipment and first aid apparatus available for the use of the persons employed on the site and shall maintain the same in condition suitable for immediate use at any time and shall comply with the following regulation in connection therewith. - i) The workers shall be required to use the equipments so provided by the contractor and contractor shall take adequate steps to ensure proper use of the equipment by those concerned. ii) When work is carried out on in proximity to any place where there is a risk of drawing all necessary equipments shall be provided and kept ready for use and all necessary steps shall be taken for prompt rescue of any -person in danger. iii) Adequate provision shall be made for prompt first aid treatment of all injuries likely to be sustained during the course of the work. CLAUSE 37 (C):

The contractor shall duly comply with the provision of the Apprentices Act 1961 (III of 1961) and the rules made there under and orders that may be issued from time to time under the said Act and said rules and on his failure or neglect to

- 89 -


do so he shall be subject to all the liabilities and penalties provided by the said Act and said. Rules etc CLAUSE 38: Claim for Quantities entered in the tender. 1) Quantities in the tender are approximate and no claim shall be entertained

for quantities of work executed being either more or less than those entered in the tender.

2) Quantities in respect of the several items shown in the Schedule ‘B’ part-1 of the tender are approximate and no revision in the tendered rates shall be permitted in respect of any of items so long as subject to any special provision contained in the specification prescribing different percentage of permissible variation the quantity of the item does not exceed the tender quantity by more than 25% and so long as the value of the excess quantity beyond this limit at the rate of the item specified in the tender is not more than Rs. 50,000/-.

3) The contractor shall if ordered in writing by the Engineer so to do, also carry out any quantities in excess of the limit mentioned in sub clause (2) hereof on the same condition as and in accordance with the specification in the tender and at the rates (I) derived from the rates entered in the current schedule of rates and in the absence of such rates (ii) at the rate prevailing in the market. The price variation clause shall be applicable with the initial basic index existing. on the date when quantity exceeds/ decreases more than 25% in Schedule ‘B’ Part-1. The rates once decided as above shall not be revised till completion of the quantity under that item.

4) In case the quantity of any item reduced by more than 25% the rates of such item shall be revised as per provisions of sub clause 3 of clause 38. However, the total payment of such item shall be limited to 75% of estimated cost of that item put to tender.

5) Payment for quantities in excess of 125% for tendered quantities in respect of excavation, masonry & concrete will be regulated as per the provision of Para 55 of special conditions of contract.

6) For quantities above 125% V.I.D.C’s prior sanction shall be essential. V.I.D.C’s Decision on the issue will be binding on the contractor.

CLAUSE 39: Employment of famine labor etc.

The contractor shall employ any famine, convict or other labor of a particular kind of class if ordered in writing to do so by the Engineer-in-charge. CLAUSE 40: Claim for compensation for delay in starting the work.

- 90 -


No compensation shall be allowed for any delay cause in the starting of the work on account of any acquisition of land or in the case of clearance of work on any account.

CLAUSE 41: Claim for compensation for delay in execution of work.

No compensation shall be allowed for any delay in the execution of the work on account of water standing in borrows pits or compartments. The rates are inclusive for hard or cracked soil, excavation in mud sub-soil water or water standing in borrows pits and no claim for an extra rate shall be entertained unless otherwise expressly specified in this regard. CLAUSE 42: Entering upon or commencing any portion of work.

The contractor shall not enter upon or commence any portion of work except with the written authority and instruction of the Engineer-in-charge or of his subordinate in charge of the work failing such authority the contractor shall have no claim to as for measurement of or payment of work. CLAUSE 43: Minimum age of person employed the employment of donkeys and or other animals. i) No contractor shall employ any person who is under the age of 18 years. ii) No contractor shall employ donkeys or other animals with breeching string or

thin rope. The breeching must be at least three inches wide and should be of tape (Nawar).

iii) The Engineer-in-charge or his Agent is authorised to remove from the work any person or animal found working which does not satisfy these conditions and no responsibility shall be accepted by Corporation for any delay cost in completion of the work by such removal.

iv) The contractor shall pay fair and reasonable wages which will not be below the minimum wages to the workmen employed by him, in the contract undertaken by him. In the event of dispute arising between the contractor and his workman on the grounds that the wages paid are not fair and reasonable, the dispute shall be referred without delay to the appropriate Government authority concerned with labor who shall decide the same. The decision of the said authority shall be conclusive and binding on the contractor but such decision shall not in any way affect the conditions in the contract regarding the payment to be made by Corporation at the sanctioned tendered rates.

v) Contractor shall provide drinking water facilities to workers. Similar amenities shall be provided to the workers engaged on large work in urban areas.

- 91 -


vi) The contractor shall take precautions against accidents which takes place on account of labor using loose garments while working near machinery.

CLAUSE 44: Method of payment:-

Payment to contractors shall be made by cheque drawn on Bank of Maharashtra provided the amount exceeds Rs. 500/- Amounts not exceeding Rs. 500/- will be in cash. CLAUSE 45: Acceptance of condition compulsory before tendering the work:- Any contractor who does not accept these conditions shall not be allowed to tender for works. CLAUSE 46: Employment of scarcity labour:-

If Government declares a state of scarcity or famine to exist in any village situated within 16 km of the work, the contractor shall employ upon such parts of the work as are suitable for unskilled labor any person certified to him by Executive Engineer or be any person to whom the Executive Engineer may have delegated this duty in writing to be in need of relief and shall be bound to pay to such person wages not below the minimum which Government may have fixed in this behalf. Any disputes which may arise in connection with the implementation of this clause shall be decided by the Executive Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on contractor. CLAUSE 47:

The price quoted by the contractor shall not in any case exceed the control price, if any fixed by Government or reasonable price which it is permissible for him to charge to a common purchaser for the same class & description the controlled price or the price permissible exceed the controlled price or the price permissible under Hoarding and Profiteering Act, 1948 as amended from time to time. If the price quoted exceeds the controlled price or the price permissible under Hoarding and Profiteering Prevention Act, the contractor will specifically mention this fact in his tender along with the reasons for quoting such higher price. The purchaser at his discretion will in such case exercise the right of revising the price at any stage so as to conform to the controlled price as permissible under the Hoarding and Profiting Prevention Act. This discretion will be exercised by the contractor CLAUSE 48: The rate to be quoted by the contractor must be inclusive of Sales Tax, Royalty & Maharashtra VAT %other taxes. No Extra payment on this account will be made to the contractor.

- 92 -


CLAUSE 49: In the case of materials, which may remain surplus with the contractor from these issued for the work contracted, the date of ascertainment of the materials being surplus will be taken as the date of the sale to the contractor, for the purpose of sales tax and the sales tax will be recovered on such sale. CLAUSE 49A:

The tendered rate shall be inclusive of all taxes, rates, cesses and are also inclusive of the livable tax in respect of sale by transfer of property in goods involved in the execution of a works contract under the provision of Rule 58 of Maharashtra Value Added. Tax Act 2005, for the purpose of levy of Tax T.D.S will be at 2% of agreement value for the contractors who are registered under Maharashtra VAT act 2005 CLAUSE 50 :

The Contractor shall employ the unskilled labor to be employed by him on the said work only from locally available labors and shall give preference to those persons enrolled under Maharashtra Government Employment and self Employment Departments Scheme.

Provided however that if the required unskilled labors are not available locally the contractor shall in the first instance employ such number of persons as is available and thereafter may with previous permission in writing of the Executive Engineer-in-charge of the said work obtain the rest of requirement of unskilled labor from outside the above scheme.

CLAUSE 51: Wages to be paid to the skilled and unskilled laborers engaged by the contractor:

The contractor shall pay to the laborers according to the wages prescribed by the Minimum Wages Act of 1948 applicable to the area in which the work of the contractor is located.

CLAUSE 52:

All amounts whatsoever which the contractor is liable to pay to the Corporation in connection with the execution of the work including the amount payable in respect of (I) material and/or stores supplied / issued hereunder by the Corporation to the contractor (ii) hire charges in respect of heavy plant machinery and equipment given on hire by the Corporation to the contractor for execution by him of the work (iii) any outstanding advances have been given by the Corporation to the contractor shall be deemed to be arrears of the Land Revenue and the Corporation may without prejudice to any other rights and remedies of the Corporation recover the same from contractor as arrears of land revenue. CLAUSE 53:

The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the contract labor (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, (37 of 1970) and the Maharashtra contract

- 93 -


labor (Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971 as amended from time to time and all other relevant statutes and statutory provisions concerning payment of wages particularly to workmen employed by the contractor and working on the site of the work. In particular the contractor shall pay wages to each worker employed by him on the site of the work at the rates prescribed under the Maharashtra Contract Labor (Regulation and Abolition) Rules, 1971. If the contractor fails or neglects to pay wages at the said rates or makes short payment and the Corporation makes such payment of wages in full or part there of less paid by the Contractor, as the case may be, the amount so paid by the Corporation of such workers shall be deemed to be arrears of Land Revenue and the Corporation shall be entitled to recover the same as such from the contractor or deduct the same from the amount payable by the Corporation to the contractor hereunder or from any other amount payable to him by the Corporation.

CLAUSE 54:

The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Maharashtra State Tax on Professions Trades. Calling and Employment Act 1975 (See Rule 3 (2)) The Contractors shall obtain certificate of registration under this act and shall produce to Corporation clearance certificate as and when demanded. CLAUSE 55:

The contractor shall duly comply with all the provisions of the Maharashtra Sales Tax on the transfer of goods involved in the execution of works contract (re-enacted)Act 1989. He shall obtain registration under this act that he is a registered dealer {(inform, II rule 4(i))} His final bill under this contract will not be paid unless all the dues of Sales Tax under the act are paid by him in the district treasury. The Corporation will inform to the concerned Dy. Sales Tax Commissioner about the details of the contract awarded to the Contractor.

T.D.S will be @4% of Agreemented value for contractors who are not registered under Maharashtra VAT Act 2005 & 2% of Agreemented value for contractors who are registered under Maharashtra VAT 2005

Clause 56

Building & Other Construction Employee Welfare Cess under rule 1996 (Employment & Service Clauses Regulation) @ 1% of the agreement value of the work shall be recovered from bills payable to contractor.

- 94 -


SECTION V

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT CONTENTS

Sr. No.

PARTICULARS

Page No. From To

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

8

9 10 11 12

13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33

34 35

Contractor to inform himself fully Contract Drawing and Specifications Data and Drawing to be furnished by the Contractor Error, Omission. Discrepancies Use of site Contractor not to dispose off soil etc Gold/ Silver, Minerals , Oils ,Relies etc. found on the site Access to site and work and co-operation with other Contractor Cleaning up Layout of construction roads Period and hours of work Signing field books, longitudinal section, cross sections and measurements books Programmed of construction Materials Laboratory for testing work Hire of construction equipments Bills and payments Security deposits No Interest on money due to the Contractor Other Contractor for the work Contract documents and matters to be treated as confidential Access to the Contractor's books Breach on part of Corporation not to annual Contract Local Laws Personal of the Contractor Death, Bankruptcy etc. Notices, How to be given Passing of foundation etc. Reference to standard specifications Communications and Notices by contractors Non compliances of contract conditions Extra Items Price variation clause Deleted Co-ordination with other contractors

89 89 89 90 90 91 91

91

91 92 92 92

93 93 94 95 96 96 97 97 97

97 97 98 98 98 99 99 99

100 100 100 101 101 104

90

91

92

94

96

98

99

100

104

105

- 95 -


Sr. No.

PARTICULARS

Page No. From To

36 37 38 39 40

41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55

56

57 58

59 60 61

Undertaking under Contract Labor Act Photographs of the works Fencing, lighting and ventilation Liability for accidents to persons The contractor to supply and be responsible for the Sufficiency of the means employed. Covering of work Quantities of work Accuracy of lines, levels and grades. Excavated materials Safety measures Maintenance Sunday and holidays. Bank Guarantee Handing over of works Instrumentation Inspection of works Opening out work Removal of imperfect works Jurisdiction of court for disputes Mode of payment of the Quantities of excavation, masonry and concrete items executed in excess of 125% Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill and final bill Location and layout Insurance of contract work and Necessary Equipment for this project Special condition Lead Welfare Cess

105 105 105 105 106

106 106 107 107 108 108 108 109 109 109 109 110 110 110 110

112

112 112

113 113 113

106

107

108

109

110

112

113

- 96 -


SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 1. Contractor to inform himself fully:

The contractor shall be deemed to have carefully examined the work and site conditions, the special conditions, the specifications, schedules and drawings and shall be deemed to have visited the work site, his own quarries for rubble and sand and to have fully informed himself regarding The availability of construction materials, local conditions materials, local conditions ancillary works required to be done etc. before quoting the offer.

If he shall have any doubts as to the meaning of any portion of the special conditions or the scope of work or the specifications or any other matter concerning the contract, he shall in good time, set forth the particulars thereof and submit them to the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer-in charge generally means the Executive Engineer directly in charge of the work, but also means, the Superintending Engineer, Chief Engineer of Corporation, for exercising powers under this contract.

2. Contract Drawings and Specifications:- 2.1 On acceptance of the tender, three sets of contract drawings and working drawings as well as one certified copy of the accepted tender will be supplied to the contractor free of charge ‘within one week. On request by the contractor and at the discretion of Engineer-in-charge, the contractor may be supplied additional copies of contract documents to be charged at the rate of Rs. 3000/- (Rs, Three thousand only) per set. - 2.2 The drawings which form part of this contract show the works to be done in such details as possible to do for the present. They will be supplemented or superseded by such additional detailed drawings as may be necessary as the work progresses. The contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with these additional and / or revised drawings as the case may be at applicable rates as per the contract. The contractor shall be supplied maximum number of three copies of each of such working ‘drawings free of charge. Should be contractor require any additional copy for his use, the same may be supplied at the discretion of Engineer-in-charge and the contractor will be charged Rs. 500/- per set of contract drawings and Rs. 200/- for each of such additional copy of each drawing. 2.3 The contractor shall check all drawings carefully and intimate the Engineer-in-charge immediately any errors or omissions discovered. The contractor shall not take advantage of any kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied. 3. Data and Drawings to be furnished by the Contractor:- a) Prior to the commencement of the work, the contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval, drawings or prints on white ammonia paper of size 1020mm x690 mm or 510mm x 345 mm as may be suitable in triplicate showing the location of major plant workshop, if any, roadways, temporary bridges, unloading facilities and storage yards, etc. which he proposes to put up at the site. b) Then contractor shall submit to the Engineer-in-charge for approval within 7 days from the date of his receiving notice to start work, a layout plan of construction plant and equipment of the execution of the work which the contractor proposes to adopt at site.

- 97 -


c) Any changes in the approved layout will be subject to further approval. d) The approval of the drawings, however, will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility from any errors or omissions. 4. Errors, Omissions, Discrepancies: a) In case of errors, omissions and / or disagreement between written and scaled dimensions on the drawings or between the drawings and specifications, the following orders or preference shall apply. * Between actual scaled and written dimensions or description on drawing and corresponding one in the specifications, the latter shall be adopted. * Between the quantities in the schedule of quantities and those arrived at from the drawings, the former shall apply. * Between the written description of the item in the schedule of quantities and the detailed specifications of the same item, the latter shall be adopted. b) The information in connection with the works and work site as well as specifications are contained in this book of contract in general and in particular in two parts, viz. special conditions and specifications for item of work. In Case of any discrepancy or repugnancy in the clauses in these sections the specifications will prevail over special conditions. c) The special conditions of contract and the specifications shall prevail over various clauses of B-1 tender form. d) In all cases of omission and / or doubts or discrepancies; in the dimensions or description of any item, a reference shall be made to the Engineer-in-charge whose elucidation, elaboration of decision shall be considered as authentic and final subject to the Clause 30 of B-1 form. The Contractor shall be held responsible for any errors that may occur in the work through lack of such reference and precaution. 5. Use of Site: a) All land required shall be arranged by the contractor from private land owner/Revenue department at his own cost and no this account shall be entertained. b) All areas of operation, including those of his staff and labor colonies, in case handed over to the Contractor shall be cleared and handed over back in good condition to the Engineer-in-charge, except the areas under works constructed from the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall make good, to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, any damage or alterations made to areas which he has to hand over back or to other property or land handed over to him for the purpose of this work. c) The lands shall as herein before mentioned, be handed over back to the Engineer-in-charge within three months after the completion of the work under this contractor the termination of the contract whichever is earlier. Also no land shall be held by the contractor longer than the Engineer- in-charge shall deem necessary and the Contractor shall, on due notice by the Engineer-in-charge vacate and return the land which the Engineer-in-charge may certify as no longer required by the Contractor for the purpose of the works. In case the lands are not handed over back to the Corporation within the time limit; specified above, penal rent as may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge will be recoverable.

- 98 -


d) The vegetation and forest is noticeable in project area. The contractor should take almost care for the preservation of this vegetation and forest. Any damage in this vegetation and forest will have to be compensated by the contractor and decision from Engineer-in-charge will be final and binding on contractor 6. Contractor Not to Dispose off Soil etc:

The contractor shall not sell or otherwise dispose off or remove except for the purpose of this contract, sand, stone, clay ballast, earth, rock or other substance or materials which may be obtained from the excavation made for the purpose of this contract or any produce from the site. All such substance, materials and produces shall be the property of Corporation and shall be disposed off in a manner and at a place shown in the drawings or as and where the Engineer-in-charge may direct. 7. Gold / Silver, Minerals, Oils, Relies, etc. found on the site: All gold, silver, oil or other minerals of any description and all precious stones, coins treasure, relics, antiquities and other similar things which shall be found in or upon the site, shall be property of Government and the Contractor shall duly preserve the same to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in- charge and shall from time to time, deliver the same to such person or persons as the Engineer-in- charge may appoint.

8. Access to site and work and co-operation with other contractors:

The Engineer-in-charge may, if he considers fit, from time to time, enter on any lands which may be in the possession of the Contractor under the contract for the purpose of executing any works not included in the contract and may execute such works not included in this contract by agents or by other contractors at his option and the contractor shall in accordance with the requirements of Engineer-in- charge afford all reasonable facilities for execution of the works, including occupation of lands by structures or otherwise to any other contractor employed by the Corporation and his workmen or for the workmen of the Corporation who may be employed in the execution on or near the site of the work not included in the contract, or of any contract in connection with or specially to the works and in default, the contractor shall be liable to the Corporation for any delay or expenses incurred by reason of such default. The contractor shall not however, on account of any such modified, new or extra work erected by or for the sake of corporation be entitled to claim relief from the obligation to execute the works the contract shall also co-operate with other contractors with all fairness and mutual understanding and use the common facilities like access roads to quarries, water supply arrangements etc.

The contractor shall also not cause advertently or inadvertently any obstruction or impediments in the progress of the other works being executed by Corporation or through other agencies. In the event of dispute regarding the claim, the responsibility, liabilities etc. in respect of such facilities, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final.

9. Cleaning up:

- 99 -


a) The contractor shall at all times keep the construction areas and his colony and storage free from accumulation of waste or rejected materials. b) Prior to the completion of the work, the contractor shall remove all rubbish from and around the premises and all tools, scaffolding equipment and materials which are not part of permanent structures except otherwise asked for or as provided under any other clauses of this contract, the premises will be left in a manner fully satisfactory to the Engineer-in-charge 10. Layout of construction roads. The contractor shall have to submit detailed plan to the Engineer-in-charge, showing the layout of the work site, roads and approach roads proposed by him, before he starts the actual work. Such a road layout plan will be scrutinized by the Engineer-in-charge and any modifications suggested by him will be binding on the contractor. If it is decided by the Engineer-in-charge to have some of the, roads proposed by the contractor as common roads for common use of Corporation and other contractors or convenient and for compact and planned layout of work site, the contractor will be bound to construct them and allow them to be used simultaneously by other contractors and departments. In case of disputes, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the contractor. 11. Period and hours of work: The work shall be done usually during the day time. In the interest or progress if it is felt necessary to work during night, the contractor shall obtain specific permission of the Engineer-in-charge, for the work to be done at night and adequate lighting arrangement shall be made as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 12. Signing Field Books, Longitudinal Sections, Cross Sections and Measurement Books:

Before starting the work, and at the end before the work is covered, levels for plotting the longitudinal section (along the axis as decided by the Engineer-in-charge of his authorised representative) and cross sections of the portion of the work shall be or his duly authorised representative and the same shall have to be got attested from the Engineer-in-charge or his authorised representative in token of acceptance.

If the contractor fails to take measurements and sign them the measurements recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative in the authorised books shall be final and binding on the contractor. For this purpose, suitable date or dates shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge and intimated to the contractor at least three days in advance. If the contractor or his duly authorised agent fails to attend on the appointed date or dates, the levels shall be taken in his absence and such levels and longitudinal sections and cross sections based there on shall be final and binding on the contractor. The levels will be taken on such alignment and cross sections as will be useful for reference permanently and described under specifications for ‘Excavation.’ The point of locations for the level will depend, upon the roughness of the area and will also be at least in conformity with requirements of specifications for ‘Excavation’ as far as possible.

- 100 -


13. Programmed of Construction: Work and Progress Schedules: The construction programmed is given in Annexure ‘A’ to Section I -

Detailed Tender Notice is enclosed at the end of Schedule ‘B’ of tender document based on which the physical programmed is prepared. If the tenderer does not agree with this programmed, he shall submit his own programmed without changing total period of tender along with tender documents inclusive of the physical programmed as stated above, subject to the provision that 25% of the work shall be completed in 25% of the contract period and 50% of the work shall be completed in 50% of the contract period.

In case, it is subsequently found necessary to alter this programmed agreed in contract document, including the changes in the sequence of the items, the contractor shall submit in good time a revised programmed incorporating necessary modifications proposed and get the same approved from the Engineer-in-charge.

Additional detailed programmed for each working season, beginning from October, showing the progress to be achieved month by month for controlling items shall also be submitted to the Engineer- in-charge not later than the 31st August preceding the working season and got approved. The Engineer-in-charge is further empowered to ask for more detailed programmed, say week by week, for any items of special importance and Contractor shall supply the same as and when asked for without delay.

The submission of the works programmed and approval to it by the Engineer-in-charge shall not relieve the contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the contract, like timely completion, the damages due to flood or other natural calamities etc. The contractor shall not be entitled for any claims for any damages caused, due to particular works programmed. It is the entire responsibility of the contractor to frame the programmed after anticipating the rains, floods etc. Actual work turned out shall be mainly taken into account and not just the sum total of the various payments made to the contractor. The advance on the material brought to the site of the work will be Accounted for while arriving at the progress achieved by the contractor in terms of proportion of the total work tendered for 14. Materials: a) Cement:

The cement shall conform to I.S. 269-1967 & subsequently revision for Portland Cement & I.S. 1489-1976 subsequently revision for Pozzolana Cement. All cement required for the work under this contract shall be procured, well in advance by the contractor in polythene bags of twenty to a metric tone as received from the cement factories. The cement bags shall be branded by words ‘GOVERNMENT OF MAHARASHTRA’ with 80 mm high and 15 mm thin letters on one side of the bag. The Engineer in-charge may exempt the contractor from this condition upon his written request, depending upon the requirement of cement of the works. The contractor shall be written application collect the authorization letter indicating contract number, quantity of cement, from the Engineer-in-charge to the Corporation approved cement factory, from where the contractor intends to purchase the cement to brand the cement bags stipulated above. Following

- 101 -


cement factories have been approved by the Corporation. (1) ACC Ltd. (2) Manikgarh, (3) UltraTech, (4) Rajashree.

The contractor shall produce proof of purchase of cement from the cement factories authorised dealers. The purchase bill supported by Delivery Challan and Excise Gate Pass shall constitute adequate proof of purchase.

Cement shall be stored in such a way as to allow the removal and use of cement in chronological order of receipt i.e. first received being first used.

Cement shall be kept in a store under double locking arrangement (one lock to be operated by contractor and second lock to be operated by the authorised person of Corporation) so that it can be taken out or fresh stock admitted with the knowledge of supervising staff of the Corporation. The watch and ward of the cement stores shall be the responsibility of the contractor.

If godown facilities are available with the Corporation, the same will have to be utilized by the contractor as per the terms and conditions as decided by the Engineer-in-charge.

In the event of cement in branded bags remaining surplus due to authorised reduction in quantity of work certified by the Engineer-in-charge and as noticed after the issue of completion certificate, the contractor may choose any of the following three alternatives. 1. To transfer the cement in branded bags, with prior written permission from the Engineer-in- charge, to any of the contract work with the Corporation and account for the same therein. 2. To sell the cement in branded bags with prior written permission from the Engineer-in-charge, to any of the contractors carrying out the works on contract with the Corporation, at a price to be negotiated by both the contractors and account for the same. 3. To sell the cement in branded bags with prior written permission from the Engineer-in-charge. To the Corporation at the Ex-factory price + Sales Tax + Octroi, if any delivery at Corporation godown as directed by the Corporation If the purchase price paid by the contractor plus delivery at Corporation godown is less than the above the lower of the two shall be considered. The Corporation will accept the cement in branded bags only if the same is as per the specifications and of acceptable quality. Steel: The H.YS.D. Shall confirm to I.S. 1786-1979 and M.S, steel shall confirm to I.S. 932-1966 both I.S. as amended from time to time. 15. Laboratory for testing work:

Whenever the testing of materials, concrete mixes, mortar and also of foundations of completed works are required as per the detailed specifications or otherwise required by the Engineer-in- charge, the same shall be carried out at the laboratory selected by the Engineer-in-charge at Corporation’s cost and the results given by this laboratory shall be considered correct and authentic by the contractor.

The materials, mixes and any other arrangements, including laborers, shall be supplied by the contractor or the Corporation free of cost. The samples for testing shall be taken in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his representative present on site.

The contractor or his authorised representative shall have a free access in these laboratories, to get himself satisfied about procedures of testing etc. Even if the contractor or his representative fails to remain present while collecting samples or testing the results will be considered as authentic and binding on the contractor.

- 102 -


16. Hire of Construction Equipments:

Construction equipment owned by the Corporation, if available and can be given on hire conveniently, will be made available on specific request, to the contractor at rates that will be prescribed by Corporation from time to time. Supervision charges will also be levied as prescribed by the Corporation from time to time, the contractor shall execute the agreement bond as prescribe by the corporation and shall agree to the specific rates of hire and supervision charges in force on the day of transaction in writing before machinery is taken out of the Corporation’s yard by him. The contractor shall pay irrevocable bank guarantee for the value equal to 25% of the cost of similar new machinery for a period equal to period of hire plus three months. Some such items of equipment are indicated below:

Rated Equipment i) Tanker ii) Diesel road rollers iii) Tippers iv) Dozers v) Loader vi) Seismopactor. The machinery shall be entirely in the custody of the Corporation. It shall be

issued to the Contractor at the yard where they are stationed. The machinery will not be allowed to leave the work area on any account. All machinery so hired will be entirely operated and maintained by the Corporation in consideration of the hire charges to be paid by the contractor. If any equipment is to be used in excess of 8 (eight) hours per day, permission of the Engineer-in-charge shall be obtained in advance.

Reckoning of working hours will start from the time the machinery leaves Corporation yard, where it has to return to it daily, and in other cases, when the machinery actually starts working. Closing time of working will be when it returns to the Corporation yard or actually ceases working for day, respectively. Log books shall be maintained by the Engineer or his authorised representative for each piece of equipment in the form laid down by the Engineer. The Contractor or his duly authorised agent shall verify and sign in the log book or on the machinery duty slip in lieu thereof, daily. If the contractor’s representative fails to sign the log book, the entries made by the Corporation’s representative shall be binding on the contractor. Any complaint or representation regarding the recorded working hours must be submitted in writing within 24 (twenty four) hours of the close of the shift. The Engineer’s decision regarding such disputes pertaining to working hour shall be final and binding on the Contractor. Complaints or representations made after lapse of 24 (twenty four) hours limit shall not be considered. The log books shall form the basis for raising debits against the Contractor.

All expenses in respect of oil, fuel, grease, cotton waste etc. shall be borne by the Corporation. Crew for operating the equipment shall be provided by the Corporation.

All minor and major repairs shall be carried out by the Corporation, to keep the equipment in working condition. However, in case of any breakage, damages, slips etc. which may occur due to the negligence of contractor’s labor, equipment or staff or by reason, for which Corporation personnel are not responsible, the cost

- 103 -


of such damages shall be recovered from the contractor. The decision regarding fixing of responsibility for any damages shall rest with the Engineer-in-charge and decision given by him shall be binding on the Contractor.

Equipment shall be given on hire only when these can be spared. No claim on account to sickness or non availability of machinery shall be entertained.

In case of damage to the equipment during haulage to site of work from Corporation stores servicing yard, full cost of repairs shall be recovered from the contractor when damage is due to rough handling. That damage to trucks/tippers due to bad haulage roads will also be recovered from the contractor. Decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding of repairs and cause of damage shall be final and binding on the contractor.

A truck, tipper, tanker and any other equipment may be hired for a single day at a time and the minimum charges to be levied will be 8 (eight) hours plus mileage or for 8 (eight) hours when mileage is not applicable.

Compressor and concrete mixers shall not be hired for less than a day time and minimum charges for hire will be that for four hours per day. Crusher shall not be hired for a period less than month at a time. The minimum charges for hire will be those for 25 (twenty five) days and 8 (eight hours per day) 17. Bills and Payments 1) One running Bill in a month is permitted. The Bill shall be submitted by the

contractor on or before the date fixed by Engineer-in-charge. Payment of this bill shall be effected as stated in Clause 10 of B - 1 form. Non-submission of the bills on the scheduled dates will absolve the Corporation of the liability to make payment.

2) The format of running bill on which the bills are to be submitted by the contractor will be supplied to the contractor by the Corporation. Printed copies of the bill forms as per this format shall be arranged by the contractor at his cost. The bills in five copies shall be submitted to the concerned Deputy Engineer, in the standard Proforma only.

3) The final bill shall be submitted within one month of the date of issue of completion certificate; the final bill shall be paid as per the availability of funds.

4) Payment of Bills shall be made subject to the availability of funds. No claims shall be entertained for any delay in payment of bills.

18. Security Deposit

The security deposit accumulated from deductions from the running account bills may from time to time and at any time, on application by and at the cost of the Contractor, be converted into interest bearing Corporation securities, approved by and in the name of the Corporation. Should the market value of the securities fall, for any reason whatsoever below that specified, the contractor shall make good the same in cash or as may otherwise be acceptable whenever called upon to do so or to replace the security by other acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge.

The contractor shall bear all charges for commission and brokerage incidental to the purchases, safe custody, withdrawal and collection of interest on these securities.

- 104 -


19. No Interest on money due the contractor.

No omission by the Engineer to pay the amount due upon measurements or otherwise shall vitiate or make void the contract nor shall the contractor be entitled to interest on any guarantee bond or payment in arrears nor no any balance which may on the final settlement of his account be found due to him. 20. Other Contractor for the work:

Corporation has the right to split-up the project work detailed in the Work and Site Conditions, into distinct items and this contract shall apply only to those items which shall have been specified in this contract.

Should Corporation enter into other contactors for specified items of the project work, each contractor shall co-operate with others to the fullest extent and shall allow others every facility and cooperation for execution of their works simultaneously and satisfactorily, as intended in the designs, specifications and drawings.

Should there be a dispute or disagreement between the contractors for any cause whatsoever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding the co-ordination, co-operation and facilities to be provided by any of the contractors to others shall be final and binding on all parties and such a decision or decisions shall not vitiate any contract nor absolve the contractor of his responsibilities under the contract nor form the grounds for any claim of compensation.

21. Contract document and matters to be treated as confidential:

All documents, correspondence, decision and other matters concerning the contract shall be considered as of confidential and restricted nature by the contractor and he shall not divulge there to any unauthorized person. 22. Access to the Contractor’s Books

Whenever it is considered necessary to the Engineer-in-charge to ascertain the actual cost of execution of any particular item of work or supply of plant or material he shall direct the Contractor to produce the relevant documents, such a pay-rolls, records or personnel, invoices of materials and any/all other data and documents relevant to the item or necessary to determine it’s cost etc. and the contractor shall when so required furnish information to the aforesaid items in the mode and manner that may be specified. 23. Breach on part of Corporation Not to Annual contract.

No breach or non-observation on the part of corporation of any of the conditions contained herein shall annual this contract or discharge the ‘contractor from the observance and performance thereof, but on application to the Engineer-in-charge, an extension of time may be given to the Contractor in respect of such breach or non-observance by the Corporation, which shall be governed by Clause 6 of B -1 form

The Contractor shall not, however, be entitled to consideration or any extension of time for any item of the work unless the contractor shall have made an application in writing to the Engineer-in- charge within one month of the arising of

- 105 -


the cause needing such extension, but the Engineer-in- charge may at his discretion, which shall be conclusive, waive the condition regarding this period of one month. 24. Local Laws

All local laws in force at the time of entering into the contract and those enacted thereafter shall be binding on the Contractor and he shall abide by the same.

All import and excise duties, sales tax, local panchayat tax and other taxes shall be borne by the Contractor and they shall be deemed to have been covered by his quoted tender rates, except that the contractor shall not be liable to any land tax for the land handed over to him for the operation in connection with this contract or for his colony or appurtenant works constructed by him for the purpose of this contract.

The contractor shall also be liable to all relevant provisions of the Indian Income Tax Act, and other Tax laws and labor laws which may be applicable to him from time to time. The contractor shall protect and indemnify Corporation against all claims or liabilities arising from on based on the violation of such laws, ordinances and regulations, by laws by him or his employee. 25. Personnel of Contractor:

The Contractor shall, at all times, maintain on the work, a staff a duly qualified engineers and supervisors of sufficient experience of similar other jobs, to assure that the quality of work turned out shall be as intended in the specifications. The Contractor shall also maintain at the work, a Works Manager of sufficient status, experience and office, and duly authorize him to deal with all aspects of the day to day work. All communications to and commitments by this Works Manager shall be absolutely binding on the Contractor.

The Contractor shall supply to the Engineer-in-charge details of names,

qualifications and experience in regard to all supervisory staff employed by the Contractor and notify charges when made, and satisfy the Engineer-in-charge regarding the quality and sufficiency of staff thus employed.

The Engineer-in-charge will have the unquestionable right to ask for changes in the quality and number of contractor’s staff. The contractor shall on the written directives of the Engineer-in-charge, remove from the works any person employed thereon, who may in the opinion of the Engineer-in- charge be incompetent or has misconduct himself. Such person shall not be employed again, on the work, without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge.

26. Death, Bankruptcy etc.:

If the contractor shall die or commit any act of bankruptcy or being a corporation, commences winding up except for reconstruction purpose or carry on its business under a receiver, the executors , successors or other representatives in law of the contractor or any such receiver, liquidator or any person whom the Corporation and shall for one month, during which he shall take all reasonable steps to prevent a stoppage of work, have the option of carrying out this contract subject to his or their providing such guarantee as may be required by the

- 106 -


Corporation, but not exceeding value of the work for the time being remaining unexecuted.

In the event of stoppage of work, the period of the option under this clause shall be fourteen days only. Should the above option be not exercised, the contract may be terminated by Corporation, by a notice in writing to Contractor or his successor. The power and provision reserved to Corporation in this contractor of taking of the work out of the contractor’s hand shall immediately become operative. Copy of such notice shall be pasted on work site and advertised in newspaper

27. Notices, How to be given:

Where any legal or other notice or any other document or any other direction is to be given to or served upon the Contractor, it shall be deemed to be duly given or served, if it shall have been either delivered to him personally or to his recognized agent or Works Manager (including in the case of company, the Secretary of such Company) or delivered at or sent through the post, addressed to the last known place of business, or abode or the Contractor, a notice or other documents which shall be so given to or so served on any one of the partners in such firms, shall be deemed to have been given or served on all of them. Work Order Book:

The contractor shall maintain bound work order book at work site as the Engineer-in-charge may direct. This work order book shall have machine numbered pages in triplicate. The contractor shall make them available to the Engineer-in-charge or his representative, whenever called for.

Executive Engineer or his representative may record order about works, in this book, leaving the original copy in the book and removing the second and third copy with him, the contractor or his authorised representative, shall also sign this work order, in token of its acceptance.

All orders recorded in these work order book, shall be deemed to have been served on the contractor. On completion of the work all the work order books may be handed over to the Executive Engineer.

In the event of refusal the Contractor’s representative on the spot to sign the work order book, Engineer-in-charge shall take the necessary further steps in respect of further communication and control, modification or stoppage of work as deemed fit at the entire responsibility of the contractor. 28. Passing of Foundation etc.:

After the completion of the work of excavation, the same will be checked and passed by the Executive Engineer. No masonry or concrete or back filling shall be laid unless the foundation is so passed. No concreting shall commence unless the centering and the reinforcement is checked and passed by the Engineer-in-charge. 29. Reference to Standard Specification:

The specifications of the work as enclosed with the contract document are drawn with a specific reference to site conditions and do not every where include the details of the standard tests and procedures which are already laid down and available in the current Indian Standard Specification. Wherever such details are

- 107 -


not specified in this contract, the provision under current Indian Standard Specifications and / or the Standard Specifications (1970) of the Government of Maharashtra shall be deemed to be applicable. 30. Communications and Notices by Contractors:

All communications and / or notices pertaining to work and concerning matters, such as passing and approving of foundation, reinforcement and framework, measurements, mark outs, etc. shall not be addressed by the Contractor to an Officer below the rank Sub-Divisional Officer. All such notices communications, etc. shall be addressed in good time so as not to hold up the work. 31. Non-Compliance of Contract Conditions:

If the contractor shall neglect or fail to proceed with the works, with due diligence or he violates any of the provisions of the contract, the Engineer-in-charge may give notice to the contractor, identifying deficiencies in performance and demanding corrective action. The Engineer-in-charge, shall also clearly state in the notice the nature of action that shall be taken, if contractor fails to fulfill by necessary corrective action.

Depending on nature of default the Engineer-in-chargé at his discretion, shall have two options regarding action to be taken in case of default by contractor. He shall withhold any of the payments due to the contractor or shall terminate the contract in whole or in part. But Engineer-in-charge shall, clearly mention in his notice, the action that shall be taken if the contractor fails to take the corrective action. The period of 14 days shall be given to the contractor to take such corrective action after the issue of such notice.

No claims for compensation of any sort, from contractor will be entertained for withholding the bills indefinitely till specified requirements are complied by the contractor.

After the issue of the notice about default by the contractor, the contractor

shall not remove, from the site any plant, equipment and’ materials. The Corporation shall have a lien on all such plants, equipments and materials, from the date of such notice, till deficiencies have been corrected.

32. Extra items

Extra items of work shall not vitiate the contract. The contractor shall be bound to execute extra items of work as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The rates for extra items will be governed by the provisions of clause 14 and 30 of conditions of contract.

However no extra items can be started without prior written permission for the Engineer- in- charge.

The escalation is payable for extra items, since the rates for them are to be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed without yearly revision.

The price variation clause shall be applicable with the initial basic indices of the calendar month in which the order for caring out extra item is issued by the Engineer-in-charge.

- 108 -


33. Price Variation Clause:- If during the operative period of the contract as defined in condition (i)

below, there shall be any variation in the Consumer Price Index (New Series) for Industrial workers for Nagpur centre as per the Labor Gazette published by the Commissioner of Labor, Government of Maharashtra and/or in the whole sale Price Index for all commodities prepared by the Office of the Economic Advisor, Ministry of Industry Government of India, or in the price of petrol / Oil and Lubricants and major construction materials like bitumen, cement, steel, various types of metal pipes, etc. then subject to the other conditions mentioned below, price adjustment on account of..

1) Labor Component

2) Material Component

3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricants Component

4) Bitumen Component

6) HYSD and Mild Steel Component

6) Cement Component.

7) C. I. and D. I. Pipes Component

Calculated as per the formula hereinafter appearing shall be made. Apart from these, no other adjustments shall be made to the contract price for any reasons whatsoever, component percentage as given below are as of the total cost of work put to tender. Total of Labor, Material, and POL Components shall be 100 and other components shall be as per actual. 1) Labor Component - K1 ( 29.41 %) 2) Material Component - K2 ( 59.36 %) 3) Petrol, Oil and Lubricants Component - K3 ( 11.23 %) 4) Bitumen Component - N . A . 5) HYSD and Mild Steel Component - Actual 6) Cement Component - Actual 7) C.l. and D. I. Pipes Component - N . A .

Note: - If Cement, Steel, Bitumen C.l. & D.I. Pipes are supplied on Schedule ‘A’, then respective component shall not be considered. Also if particular component is not relevant same shall be deleted.

- 109 -


1. Formula for Labor Component:

V1 = 0.85P K1 x [ L1 –Lo] 100 Lo

Where, V1 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Labor component P = Cost of Work done during the quarter under consideration minus the cost of Cement, HYSD and Mild Steel, Bitumen, C.I, & D.l. Pipes; calculated at the basic star rates as applicable for the tender, consumed during the quarter under consideration. (These star rates shall be specified here)Cement = 4360 per MT Steel = 34900 per MT K1 = Percentage of Labor Component as indicated above L0 = Basic Consumer price index for Nagpur centre shall be average consumer

price index for the quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

L1 = Average consumer price index for Nagpur centre for the quarter under consideration.

2. Formula for Materials Component:

V2 = 0.85P [K 2 x M1 - M0] 100 M0 Where, V2 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Materials Component. P = same as worked out for Labor Component. K2 = Percentage of Materials Component as indicated above. M0 = Basic Wholesale price index shall be average wholesale price index for the

quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls.

M1 = Average wholesale price index during the quarter under consideration. 3. Formula for Petrol, Oil and Lubricant Component:

[ K 3 x P1 - P0] V3 = 0.85P 100 P0

Where, V3 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for POL Component. P = same as worked out for Labor Component. K3 = Percentage of Petrol, Oil and Lubricant Component. P0 = Average price of HYSD at Mumbai during the quarter preceding the month

in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls. P1 = Average price of HYSD at Mumbai during the quarter under consideration.

- 110 -


4. Formula for Bitumen Component:

V4 = QB ( B1 – B0 ) Where,

V4 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for Bitumen Component. QB = Quantity of bitumen (Grade) in metric tonne used in the permanent works

and approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration. B0 = Basic rate of Bitumen in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working

out value of P or average ex-refinery price in rupees per metric tonne including taxes ( octroi , excise , sales tax ) of Bitumen for the grade of Bitumen under consideration prevailing quarter preceding the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender , falls whichever is higher.

B1 = Current average ex-refinery price per metric tonne of Bitumen (Grade) under consideration including taxes ( octroi , excise , sales tax ) during the quarter under consideration.

5. Formula for steel Component:

So x [ SI1 - SI0] V5 = x T SI0

Where, V5 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for steel Component. So = Basic rate of steel in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out

value of P SI0 = Average of steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter preceding the

month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls. SI1 = Average steel index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under

consideration. T = Tonnage of steel used in the permanent works for the quarter under

consideration. 6. Formula for cement Component:

Co x [ CI1 - CI0] V6 = x T CI0

Where, V6 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for cement Component. Co = Basic rate of cement in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working

out value of P SI0 = Average of cement index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter preceding

the month in which the last date prescribed for receipt of tender, falls. SI1 = Average cement index as per RBI Bulletin during the quarter under

consideration. T = Tonnage of cement used in the permanent works for the quarter under

consideration.

- 111 -


7. Formula for C. I. / D. I. Pipe Component:

V7 = Qd ( D1 – D0 ) Where,

V7 = Amount of price variation in Rupees to be allowed for C.I./D.I. Component. Qd = Tonnage of C.I. / D.I. in metric tonne used in the permanent works and

approved enabling works during the quarter under consideration. D0 = Pig Iron basic price in rupees per metric tonne as considered for working out

value of P . D1 = Average ex-refinery Pig Iron price in rupees per metric tonne during the

quarter under consideration.( published by IISCO) The following conditions shall prevail: i) The Operative Period of the contract shall mean the period commencing from the date of work order issued to the Contractor and ending on the date on which the time allowed for the completion of the works specified in the contract for work expires, taking into consideration the extension of time, if any, for completion of the work granted by Engineer under the relevant clause of the conditions of contract in cases other than those where such extension is necessitated on account of default of the contractor. The decision of the Engineer as regards the Operative Period of the contract shall be final and binding on the contractor. Where compensation for liquidated damages is levied on the contractor on account of delay in completion or inadequate balance of work from the date of levy of such compensation shall be worked out by pegging the indices L1, M1, C1, P1, B1, S1 and Cl1 to the levels corresponding to the date from which such compensation is levied. ii) This price variation clause shall be applicable to all contracts in B1 / B2 & C

form but shall not apply to piece works. The price variation shall be determined during each quarter as per formula given above in this clause. iii) The escalation is payable for the extra items or the excess quantities under Clause 38 since the rates for them are to be fixed as per the current DSR or as mutually agreed without yearly revision. iv) This clause is operative in both ways, i.e. if the price variation as calculated above is on the plus side, payment on account to the price variation shall be allowed to the contractor and if it is on the negative side the Corporation shall be entitled to recover the same from the contractor and the amount shall be deductible from any amount due and payable under the contract. v) To the extent that full compensation for any rise or fall in costs to the contractor is not entirely covered by the provision of this or other clauses in the contract, the unit rate and prices included in the contract shall be deemed to include amounts to cover the contingency of such other actual rise or fall in costs. 34. DELETED 35. Co-ordination with other contractors

The contractors should note that there will be other agencies including Corporation, working in the same area for works other that included in this

- 112 -


contract. The contractor shall co-operate with these agencies to the fullest extent and shall allow them reasonable facility and co-ordination for execution of works simultaneously and satisfactorily as intended in the contract conditions, specifications and drawings. Agencies for any cause what so ever, the same shall be referred to the Engineer-in-charge whose decision regarding Co-ordination and facilities to be provided by all the contractors to others shall be final and binding on all parties and such decision shall not vitiate any contract or absolve the contractor of his responsibility under the contract and shall not form ground for any claim or compensation. 36. Undertaking under Contract Labor Act

The contractor shall furnish the undertaking towards implementation of contract Labor Act as given in Appendix - ‘F’. 37. Photographs of the works

The contractor will not be allowed to take photographs showing field work or the general location of the work. The Engineer, may however, at his discretion, allow a few construction photographs to be taken for the purpose of the contractor’s record. Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge should be obtained in such cases and also in case such photographs are to be exhibited in public literature and calendars etc. in all such cases, negatives of the photos shall be submitted to the Engineer, after taking approved number of copies and the negative will become the absolute property of the Corporation, 38. Fencing, Lighting & Ventilation

a) The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper lighting, fencing, guarding and necessary health and safety measures while executing all works under this contract and for proper provision of temporary roadways, guards, footways, fences, caution notices, etc. as far as the same may be rendered Necessary by reasons of the work, for the accommodation of Workmen, foot passengers or other traffic and of owners and occupiers of adjacent property and of the public and shall remain responsible for any accidents that may occur on account of his failure to take proper and timely precaution.

b) Maintenance of Services.

After all the work Under this contract is completed and accepted as such, in case the Engineer-in-charge so directs, the contractor shall maintain the lighting, ventilation, communication facilities etc. up to date determined by the Engineer-in-charge, but not longer than for a period of twelve months. All reasonable charges for such maintenance otherwise not required by the Contractor for his purposes under the contract will be borne by Corporation As regards the reasonableness of such charges, the decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor. 39. Liability for accidents of Persons

It shall be contractor’s responsibility to protect against accidents on the work site. He shall indemnify the Corporation against any claims for damage to the property, injury to workers or any other persons, deaths etc.

- 113 -


On the occurrence of an accident resulting in death or which is so serious as to be likely to result in death, the contractor shall within 24 hours, report in writing to the Engineer-in-charge, the facts stating clearly about the circumstances in which accident has occurred and the subsequent action taken. Other minor accidents causing minor injuries and loss to property should be communicated in writing, promptly to the Engineer-in-charge. In all cases the contractor shall indemnify the Corporation against all losses or damage resulting directly or indirectly from the contractor’s failure to report in the manner aforesaid to otherwise arising from such occurrences. This includes penalties or fines, if any, payable by the Corporation as a consequence of failure to give notice under Workmen’s Compensation Act or failure to confirm to the provisions of the said Act in regard to such accidents.

In the event of accident in respect of which compensation may become payable under the Workmen’s Compensation Act. VIII of 1923 including all subsequent modifications thereof, Engineer-in- charge may retain the sums of money as may in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge be sufficient to meet such liability out of the amounts payable to the contractor. These sums shall be recovered from the immediate payment due to the contractor in one installment or in more than one installment. The decision of the Engineer-in-charge regarding this shall be final and binding on the contractor. On receipt of award from the Labor Commissioner, the balance amount shall be reimbursed to or recovered from the contractor.

It should be noted that though the Corporation is a Principal employer, the complete responsibility of compensation shall be on the contractor. 40. The contractor to supply and be responsible for the sufficiency of the

means employed.

The Contractor shall supply and take upon himself the entire responsibility of the sufficiency the scaffolding, timbering, machinery, tools, and implements and generally of all the means irrespective of whether such means may or may not have been approved of or recommended by the Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor must accept and discharge all risks of Accidents or damages from whatever cause they may arise, until the completion of this contract.

41 Covering of work.

The Contractor shall give not less than seven days notice in writing to the Engineer-in-charge of the work which is proposed to be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements so that the measurements may be taken before the work is covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements. No work shall be covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurement, before ensuring that the measurements of work to be covered up are recorded. Any work covered up or placed beyond the reach of measurements without such notice have been given and consent obtained the same shall be uncovered at the Contractor’s Expenses and in Default thereof no payment or allowance shall be made for such work or for materials with which the same was executed. 42. Quantities of work:

The Quantities of work under the various items in the Schedule ‘B’, Part - I, Schedule of quantities and bid rates as estimated by Corporation, have been

- 114 -


provided as could be reasonable anticipated and should be taken as indicative only. The amount of work will depend upon the actual conditions that will be encountered in the construction and the results of detailed designs which will continue to be defined as more field data end information comes to hand. If the work is started by the Corporation, the quantities put to tender shall be reduced to the extent the work is done by the Corporation up to the date of starting the work by the contractor. No claims due to reduction in quantity on his account will be entertained. 43. Accuracy of lines, levels and Grades setting out: a) The contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting out of the

work and for the correctness of the position, levels, dimension, and alignment of all parts of the work and for the provisions of all necessary instruments, appliances and labor in connection with this.

b) For the purpose of setting out, one permanent bench mark shall be established by the Corporation near the site, the value of which shall be given to the contractor, by the Engineer-in-charge on demand by the contractor. Similarly the reference line in the form of centre line of junction wall and of some other components, if found by the Engineer-in-charge for complete setting out of the structure shall be given. All the setting out shall be with reference to this bench mark and reference line.

c) If at any time during the progress of works the error shall appear or arise in the position, level, dimension or alignment of any part of the work, the contractor shall rectify such error to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge without any extra cost to the Corporation.

d) The periodical checking of these by Corporation staff shall not absolve the contractor of his responsibility regarding accuracy. In case of deviation, the contractor shall make good to the discrepancy at his own cost and without any compensation for the additional work involved. Wherever such discrepancies, if any are found to arise between the work of different contractors at the junction of their works, the relative liability to set right their respective discrepancies shall be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge whose decision shall be final & binding on the contractor concerned the engineer-in-charge shall further have the unquestioned right to rectify the discrepancies and recover the costs from the contractor or contractors according to proportions as he may consider reasonable.

e) It is the responsibility of contractor to preserve the bench mark and the reference points established for setting out.

44. Excavated Material.

All the materials available from excavation will be the property of Corporation and shall be disposed off only as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials of approved quality available from the excavation including that carried out by the Corporation may be used by the contractor in the items of works included in Schedule ‘B’ or for ancillary or preparatory work, free of cost Prior approval of Engineer-in-charge of such use shall, however, be taken. The Contractor shall make proper arrangements for sorting out and stacking material of approved quality that he proposes to use as aforesaid. Corporation will be free to make use other materials not required or not likely to be required for use by the contractor as will be determined by the Engineer-in-charge.

- 115 -


The excavated material not be used by the contractor as above or stacked for his use, but remaining unused to site after completion of works, shall be disposed off by the contractor at his own cost in a manner and at place shown the drawings or as and where the Engineer-in-charge may direct.

The contractor should utilize material available from excavated stuff for backfilling.

45. Safety Measures:

The Contractor shall arrange for the’ safety in his operations as required including the provisions in the safety manual published by the Central Water and Power Commission New Delhi. (Jan, 1962 Ed) In case the contractor fails to make such arrangements the Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to cause them to be provided and to recover the cost thereof from the contractor. The following are some of the measures listed, but the same are not exhaustive and the contractor shall add to and suggest improvement to these precautions on his own where necessary and should comply with the directions issued by the Engineer-in-charge in this behalf from time to time and at all times. Providing protective head guard to workers in the works like deep excavation to protect them against fall of overburden materials.

Getting the workers in such jobs periodically examined for chest trouble due to too much breathing in fine dust.

Taking such normal precautions like fencing and lighting to excavations or trenches, not allowing, nails or metal parts or useless timber spread around, marking danger area for blasting whistles etc.

Providing sufficient suitable and safe, accesses to all work, spots including ladders, gangways, platforms, etc. avoiding naked wires, etc. such would electrocute the worker.

Taking necessary steps towards training the workers concerned on the use of machinery before they are allowed to handle them independently and taking all necessary precautions in and around areas where machines hoists and similar units are working.

46. Maintenance:

After the works are completed in all respects in accordance with the contract condition, a completion certificate will be issued by the Engineer-in-charge.

From the date of issue of the completion certificate, till the expiry of 12 calendar months, the Contractor shall be liable for the replacement of any part of plant or work found to be defective form the causes arising from faulty materials or workmanship or other causes, for making good any damage arising there from. 47. Sundays and Holidays:

No work shall be done on, weekly local holidays or on other Government holidays duly gazette or on. Holidays observed by local usage without the prior sanction of the Engineer-in-charge. Withholding of such sanction shall not form any grounds for compensation of time limit.

If on the other hand, the Engineer-in-charge directs that the work shall be proceeded with on days and during hours otherwise not permissible under this

- 116 -


contract, the Contractor shall proceed with the works as directed, without, in any way violating this contract or forming any grounds for compensation or claim.

The Contractor shall, in his dealing with labor at all times during the period of this contract, have due regard to local festivals, religious and other customs and all relevant laws.

48. Bank Guarantee:

Bank guarantee shall be given on the stamp paper of Rs.100/- in the form prescribed by the Corporation. The bank guarantees shall be valid for the entire period of contract, including defect liability period. It will be the responsibility of the contractor to get validity of Bank Guarantee extended at least one month prior to expiry date from time to time, failing which the Bank guarantees shall be encased by the Corporation one month before expiry date of Bank guarantees and cash accrued will be at the disposal of the Corporation, without interest. 49. Handing over of work:

All the work and materials, before finally taken over by Corporation will be the entire liability of the contractor for guarding,, maintaining and making good any damages of any magnitude. Interim payments made for such work will not alter this position. The handing over by the contractor and taking over by the Executive Engineer or his authorised representative will be always in writing of which copies will go to the Executive Engineer or his authorised representative and the contractor. It is however, understood that before taking over such work, Corporation will not put it into regular use as distinct from casual or incidental one, except as specifically mentioned else where or as mutually agreed to. 50. Instrumentation

In case, it is proposed to have any instrumentation, in work, the instruments and their accessories will be procured and installed by the Corporation as per programmed framed by the Engineer-in- charge. Care should be taken by the Contractor to protect these instruments as well as their connection during various constructions operations.

The Contractor shall also extend all facilities for installation and observation of these instruments. All the operations required for facilitating the installation of the instruments shall stand included in the relevant items of tender. No claim however shall be entertained due to any delay or obstruction that might be created due to installation or observation. 51. Inspection of Works:

The Engineer or his duly authorised representative shall have at all times full power to inspect the work, whenever in progress either on the site, in the contractor’s premises or the work site. Further, contractor shall not without written authorization, permit entry on site of work of any person except authorised representative of the Corporation or the Engineer or the Contractor’s staff and labor directly engaged on and in connection with the work.

The contractor shall, at his cost, provide all necessary facilities for proper inspection and supervision of the work gangways, platforms, scaffolding and ladders, etc. of suitable dimensions and sufficiently strong at appropriate locations

- 117 -


and all accesses to passage etc. shall be well light and maintained in good order. The Engineer’s decision about the sufficiency and adequacy thereof shall be final.

The contractor shall, during working hours, maintain supervisor of sufficient training and experience to supervise various items and operations of the work and the said supervisors shall remain present during inspections of the Engineer. All orders and directions given to such supervisors or other staff of the contractor shall be deemed to have been given to the contractor directly. Further the Engineer may, by due notice to the contractor, he shall then remain present on any specified inspection and the contractor, he shall then remain present on any specified inspection and the contractor shall comply with such directions. 52. Opening out works:

Should the Engineer consider, if necessary, in order to satisfy himself as to the quality of work the contractor shall at any time during the continuance of the contract pull down or cut. into any part of the work, and make such opening into and to such an extent through the same as the Engineer may direct and the contractor shall make good the same at his cost and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 53. Removal of Imperfect work:

If it shall appear, that the work has been executed with unsound, imperfect or of an inferior quality or otherwise not in accordance with contract documents, the contractor shall at his own cost rectify, reform, remove or reconstruct the same, wherein whole or in part as may be, directed by the Engineer, whether or not, the value of any such work of material shall have been included in any payment made to the contractor. The Executive Engineer may if he thinks fit, allow provided further that the rates fixed by the Engineer, be not acceptable to the contractor, he shall have the option to replace the defective work or materials with once in accordance with the specified standards. 54. Jurisdiction of court for disputes:

Disputes, if any, arising out of this contract shall be subject to the jurisdiction of the High Court of Mumbai. 55. Mode of payment of the quantities of excavation, masonry and

concrete items executed in excess of 125%.

Clause No. 38 of B-1 Tender Form pertains to payment of quantities of different items of Schedule ‘B’ in excess of 125 % of the tendered quantities. It is to be clarified that in the case of item of excavation in soft strata and hard strata, in the present tender, this clause will become applicable only if the total quantity of excavation (i.e. quantity executed in excess of 125% of total i.e. quantity given in schedule “B” of excavation in soft strata plus quantity given for excavation in hard strata) exceeds 125% during execution. For payment of quantity executed in excess of 125% of total quantity of excavation following procedure will apply.

Case 1: Where quantity of excavation executed exceed 125% of total of tendered quantity of items of excavation in soft strata and in hard strata, but quantity executed of any one of the individual items is less than or equal to the tendered

- 118 -


quantity for that item. All the excess quantity beyond 125% total tendered quantity in items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata; taken together, will be paid by revising the rate of only that item where excess has occurred. Case 2: Where total quantity of excavation executed for both items (excavation in soft strata and hard strata) exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantity of items of excavation quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered quantity will be distributed in the Ratio of Executed quantity of individual items of excavation Total executed quantity of items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as per clause 38 (2), subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond the tendered quantity. In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of excavation in soft strata and hard strata, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above. Case 3: Where total quantity of all masonry items taken together exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantities of all masonry items quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered quantity will be distributed in the Ratio of Executed quantity of Individual item of masonry Total executed quantity of all masonry items taken together and will be paid by revising the rate of Individual item as per clause 38 (2), subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond the tendered quantity. In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of all masonry item taken together, these will be treated on similar lines as in case (1) and (2) above. Case 4: Where total quantity of all concrete items taken together exceeds 125% of the total tendered quantities of all concrete items quantity in excess of 125% of total tendered quantity will be distributed in the Ratio of Executed quantity of individual item of concrete Total executed quantity of all concrete items taken together and will be paid by revising the rate of individual item as per clause 38 (2), subject to the provision that the revision of rate will be applicable only for the quantity of individual item executed beyond the tendered quantity. In case of executed quantity is less than 75% of the total quantity of all concrete items taken together. These will be treated on similar limes as in case (1) and (2) above. For payment of quantities in excess of 125% of tendered quantity for items

- 119 -


other than excavation masonry and concrete items provision of clause 38 (2) & (B) of B-1 Tender Form will be applicable. 56. Mode of payment of excavation quantities in running bill and final bill.

Payment of work done under items of excavation in soft strata and hard strata will be made of 90% of the contract rate in R.A. Bills for all excavated quantities till the final designed cross section of component as decided by the Engineer-in-charge is reached. The component cross section as per design shall be deemed to have been reached only if no work remains to be executed between the two adjacent cross sections. 100% of payment at contract rate in R.A. Bills may be released only after the work of excavation is completed between two adjacent cross sections. 56 (A): In case of agreement for the “Construction of Earth work & structures on canal “the following provision shall apply. i) If the contractor has not achieved the targeted as per physical programmed one all items of work particularly with reference to, the structure on canals , where the progress on structures has not been hampered for want of land, detailed design , or any other difficulties ( which the contractor has pointed out before hand & duly acknowledged by the Engineer in charge ) twenty percent (20%) deduction shall be effected from the payment of items of earth work in the running bills, till the contractor achieves the desired progress on the work of structure and the payment so deducted will be released depending upon the progress on work of structure as detailed below. The total deduction (20% of earth work) so made will be restricted to 10 % of the estimated cost of work as shown in the tender. Sr. No. Progress on Structures Amount to be released 1 25 % of cost of work of structures 25 % of amount deducted 2 50 % of cost of work of structures 50 % of amount deducted 3 75 % of cost of work of structures 75 % of amount deducted 4 100 % of cost of work of structures 100 % of amount deducted 57. The VIDC reserves the right to change the location of different components of work, amend the layout, due to any reason what ever. No claim of any nature due to above change shall be entertained.

58. Insurance of Contract Work Contractor shall take out necessary insurance Policy/Policies (viz Contractors all risk Insurance policy, Erection all risk insurance policy etc as decided by the Directorate of insurance) so as to provide adequate insurance cover for execution of the awarded contract work for total contract value and complete contract period compulsorily from the "Directorate of insurance, Maharashtra State, Mumbai only Its Postal address for correspondence is 264. MHADA, First floor, Opposite Kalanagar Bandra [E] Mumbai 400051 [Telephone No. 26590403/26590690) and fax No 26592461/ 26590403] Similarly all workmen’s appointed to completed the contract work are required to insure under workmen's compensation Insurance Policy/ Policies taken out from any other company will not be accepted . If any Contractor has effected Insurance with any insurance company, the same will not be accepted and the amount of premium

- 120 -


calculated by the Government Insurance fund will be recovered directly from the amount payable to the contractor for executed contract work and paid to the Directorate of Insurance fund, Maharashtra State Mumbai .The Director of Insurance reserves the right to distribute the risk of Insurance among the other insures. 59. Special Condition:- The contractor has to carry out the work in planned manner. He should carry out work in reaches of 200 m. He has to complete work in this reach along with structures and then switchover to next reach. 60 % payment is only payable till completion of structures in that reach. The contractor has to bear all expenses of without any extra compensation for smooth irrigation in Kharif and Rabi season of existing canal system. 60. LEAD The lead for different construction materials required for this work included in estimate is assured and accepted to contractor. Hereafter wherever the item of lead of different construction material arises the above condition will be applicable to contractor.

61. Labour Walefare Cess Building and other construction employee welfare Cess under the rule 1996 ( employment and service clauses Regulation ) @ 1 % of the agreement value of the work shall be recovered from blls payable to contractor. 62. Stamp Duty Contractor shall pay the stamp duty on works contract , as per Mumbai Stamp Duty Act 1958 , clause 63 at the following rates

i) For works contract upto 10.00 Lakhs – Rs 100.00 ii) For works contract above Rs 10.00 Lakhs - Rs 100.00 + Rs 100.00

for Rs one lakh or part thereof above Rs 10.00 Lakh subject to maximum of Rs 5,00,000/-

No claim for reimbursement of this amount shall be considered on any ground . If the contractor fails to pay this amount the acceptance of tender shall be liable to be considered as withdrawn.

- 121 -


SCHEDULE SHOWING ITEMS OF WORK AND APPLECABLE SPECIFICATION

Sr. No.

Section No. Particulars Page No.

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

Section 1

Section 2

Section 3

Section 4

Section 5

Section 6

Section 7

Section 8

Section 9

Section 10

Section 11

Section 12

Section 13

Section 14

Section 15

Section 16

Section 17

Section 18

Section 19

Section 20

Section 21

Section 22

General Specification

Excavation

Embankment

Cement concrete

C.C.M-10 Bed lining and Top slab

C.C.M-10 Side lining

C.C.1:6:12 Back filing Behind side lining

U.C.R. Masonry for back filing

Masonry

Providing L.D.P.E. film/HM 100 Grade

Back filing

Reinforcement

Neoprene Pad bearing

P.V.C. Water stops

R.C.C. & G.I. Pipe railing

Providing & laying R.C.C. Pipes (NP2 and NP 3)

A.C. pipe for weep holes

M.S. Gate

Water spouts.

Providing & filling Foundation with rubber & H.M.

Constructing murum filling over Haunches & pipes

R.C.C. 1:2:4 ½ Km stone & km stone

119-127

128-146

147-153

154-174

175-178

179-183

184-185

186-194

195-216

217-217

218-220

221-226

227-232

233-234

235-237

238-240

241-241

242-242

243-243

244-245

246-246

247-247

- 122 -


23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

Section 23

Section 24

Section 25

Section 26

Section 27

Section 28

Section 29

Section 30

Section 31

R.C.C. 1:2:4 wheel guard stones

R.C.C. 1:2:4 chainage stones &canal bed stones.

Site clearance

structural steel works

Stripping

Dewatering

Stone pitching

Seepage Drain

Precast Rails

248-249

250-251

252-253

254-257

258-258

259-262

263-264

265-268

269-269

32

33

Section 32

Section 33

Picking the Road Surface including Sectioning Complete Tar Paper Bearing

Tar paper bearing

270-271

272-272

34 Section 34 Flexible Stone Mat 273-274

35 Section 35 G.I. Sheet Construction Joint 275-275

36 Section 36 Providing & Fixing Pre-Cast R.C.C. 1:2:4 Bench Mark/Stones of Standard size 900x150x150 mm.

276-277

37 Section 37 Providing Trap/Granite/Quartzite/Gneiss rubble Filling behind the Abutments, Returns or Wings

278-279

38 Section 38 Dismantling of B.T. Surface 280-280

39 Section 39 Hard Murum /Gritty Material Filling 281-281

40 Section 40 Providing & Fixing Pre-Cast R.C.C. 1:2:4 Boundary stones of Standard size 900x175x100 mm

282-283

41 Section 41 Providing Expansion Joints with 25 mm thick Bituminous Pad

284-286

42 Section 42 Providing & Fixing Marble Tablet 287-288

- 123 -


43

44

Section 43

Section 44

Providing & Fixing Informatory size Board in Rectangular Shape

Providing and filling sand below raft and box return

289-289

290-290

45 Section 45 Supplying 15cm./23cm. Tarp/Granite/Quartzite/Gneiss Stone Metal at the Road side

291-296

46 Section 46 Supplying 80cm (about 3”) trap/Granite/Gneiss Stone Metal at the Road side

297-298

47 Section 47 Supplying 60cm (about 2.5”) / Tarp/Granite/Quartzite/Gneiss Stone oversize metal at the road side

299-301

48 Section 48 Supplying 50cm (about 2”) / Trap/Granite/Quartzite/Gneiss Stone Metal at the Road side

302-304

49 Section 49 Supplying 40cm (about 1.5”)/ Trap/Granite/Quartzite/Gneiss Stone Metal at the Road side

305-306

50 Section 50 Supplying hard Murum/Kankar at the Road side 307-309

51 Section 51 Supplying Soft Murum at the Road side 310-311

52 Section 52 Supplying sand at the Road side 312-314

53 Section 53 Supplying Gravel at the Road side 315-316

54 Section 54 Laying 15cm (about 6”)/23cm (about 9”) Trap / Granite / Quartzite / Gneiss Rubble Soling

317-319

55 Section 55 Spreading Gravel over the rubble Soling 320-321

56 Section 56 Spreading Oversize (60mm) Metal 322-323

57 Section 57 Spreading sand over the oversize Metal Layer 324-324

58 Section 58 Spreading Blind age of Soft Murum over the oversize Metal Layer

325-325

59 Section 59 Compacting Sub-Grade Soling, Gravel Oversize Metal, Sand and Soft Murum Layer in wide with

326-328

- 124 -


Power Roller

60 Section 60 Spreading 40mm Metal including Sectioning complete.

329-329

61 Section 61 Compacting the Metal Layer With Power Roller. 330-331

62 Section 62 Spreading Blindage of

a) Sand

b) Soft Murum

332-332

63 Section 63 Spreading Hard Murum/Kankar on the Road Formation

333-334

64 Section 64 Compacting the Hard Murum / Kankar Layer____ m Wide with Power Roller

335-336

65 Section 65 Compacting the Hard Murum / Kankar Layer for the side widths

337-337

66 Section 66 Compacting the Hard Murum side width layer __m wide on Each side with power roller

338-339

67 Section 67 Excavation For Roadways in Earth, Soils of all Sorts Sand Gravel of Soft Murum

340-346

68 Section 68 Excavation For Roadways in Hard Murum 347-348

69 Section 69 Excavation For Roadways in Hard Murum and Boulders

349-351

70 Section 70 Excavation For Roadways in Soft Rocks 352-355

71 Section 71 Excavation For Roadways in Hard Rock by Blasting

356-358

72 Section 72 Watering and Compaction of Embankment Formed of Material Obtained from the Road Cutting

359-362

73 Section 73 Providing Earthwork in Embankment with Approved Materials

363-373

74 Section 74 Providing and Fixing Collapsible Steel Gates in One/Two Leaves with Channel Pickets Pivoted Flat Bars.

374-376

75 Section 75 Providing and Fixing Manhole 377-377

- 125 -


76 Section 76 Excavation for Foundation 378-390

77 Section 77 Aluminum Sheet Construction Joint 391-391

78 Section 78 Canal Lining 392-412

79 Section 79 Expansion Joint 413-413

80 Section 80 PVC work including Joints 414-416

81 Section 81 Porous Concrete Plug 417-417

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

Section 82

Section 83

Section 84

Section 85

Section 86

Section 87

Section 88

Section 89

Section 90

Section 91

Section 92

Filter materials, filter drain & filter mat

Dry Stone Pitching (Dam)

Providing Earth Back Fill

Sloping Filters (Dam)

Drilling and Grouting

Disposal of Excavated Material

Preparation of Foundation Surface

Carrying out water intake tests at every 1.50 m

Bituminous Bound Macadam

Rock toe

Fibre Reinforced Plastic Measuring Device

418-421

422-424

425-426

427-427

428-441

442-443

444-445

446-447

448-453

454-454

455-462

- 126 -


SECTION -1

GENERAL SPECIFICATION

1.00 SCOPE The general specifications shall apply to all the items of Schedule ‘B’ under this Tender.

1.1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT The information given in Annexure “A” to section 1 of Detailed

Tender Notice.

1.1.1 WORK AND SITE CONDITION It shall be presumed that the Contractor has acquainted fully

himself as to the nature and locations of works, general and local condition and particularly those having bearing on approaches to the site, location of stone and sand and sand quarries, availability and transport of material, tools and plants machinery disposal areas, availability of labour, weather condition and river stages etc and has estimated his cost accordingly. Corporation will bear no responsibility for any lack of such acquaintance with site conditions on the part of the contractor and the consequences thereof to the contractor. The information and data about site conditions shown in the drawings and mentioned herein is furnished as a rough guide only but Corporation will not be responsible for the accuracy thereof or for any deductions interpretations and conclusions drawn there from by the contractor

1.1.2 Results of trial pits and exploratory bore holes taken along the feeder canal are as shown in the drawings. The Corporation does not accept any responsibility for any variation in strata classification found in actual excavations.

1.1.3. CLIMATIC CONDITIONS

The information is given in Annexure “A” to Section 1 - Detailed Tender Notice.

1.1.4 LABOUR AVAILABILITY Some local unskilled labour may be available during non

agricultural season but skilled labour may not be available Contractor must however make his own enquiries.

1.1.5 LOCATION

- 127 -


The information is given in Annexure “A” to SECTION - 1 Detailed Tender Notice.

1.1.6 RAIL ROUTE The information is given in Annexure “A” to SECTION - 1 of

Detailed Tender Notice.

1.1.7 ROADS The information is given in Annexure “A” SECTION - 1 Detailed

Tender Notice.

1.1.8 WATER SUPPLY

The Contractor will have to make his own arrangements for the water supply required for his work, staff and labour. He will have to provide all arrangement for making water potable and safe for drinking by his staff labourers and other dependants on Contractors services. Disinfection of all drinking water by chlorination will be obligatory, on the part of the Contractor.

Fresh and potable drinking water shall be made available by the Contractor to all persons working at work spots in clean and hygienic earthen or other pots at all working places and in sufficient quantity.

1.2.0 ELECTRIC POWER Electric power, if required shall be arranged by the contractor at

his own efforts and cost and he shall have to make his own arrangements for laying, installation maintaining the power lines etc. he should observe all requirements of the Indian Electricity Act. 1910, 1948 Indian Electricity Rules 1956, and ruins in existence and framed from time, failure to which Corporation accepts no responsibility for any damage, injury or compensation.

1.3.0 TELEPHONE AND TELEGRAMS Nearest telephone and telegraph facilities are available at the

places indicated in Annexure “A” to SECTION -1 - of Detailed Tender Notice.

1.4.0 COLONY ESTABLISHMENT OF COLONY

- 128 -


The Contractor shall be allowed to construct his own colony for his workers and supervisory staff within the limits of Corporation land, if available.

The land used by the Contractor for his staff and labour colony shall be handed over back to the Corporation within three months after the physical completion of work or termination of the contract whichever is earlier duly cleared and fairly brought to the original condition. No structures or constructions shall be left on the land at the time of vacating it without the specific approval at the Engineer-in-charge The contractor shall prepare and submit his proposed plan of colony either or the Labourers or tar the supervisory staff. The Contractor or shall have to construct and maintain all access and approach roads etc. in his colony areas at his own cost. Any modifications, changes and alterations suggested by the Engineer-in-charge in respect at area at colony, layout of roads etc will be binding on the Contractor and shall have to be done at his cost

1.4.1 SANITATION AND UP-KEEP OF COLONY The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining satisfactory

water supply and sanitary facilities in his labour camp and for his other staff. He will take precautions not to allow any unhealthy and insanitary conditions in his camp. The Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to inspect the Contractors colonies at any time and to suggest improvement, modification etc with special regards to cleanliness and sanitation, sludge water and garbage disposal, any other nuisance, and proper layout, which shall be binding on the Contractor

The contractor shall provide adequate number of portable chemical closets for use, and urinals and water closets, and make proper lighting and scavenging arrangements to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge. Separate arrangements should be made for female labour

1.4.2 CAMP REGULATIONS The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining law and

order in his camp and on his work and to that end shall employ such officers, watchmen labour etc. as required. Unauthorized and undesirable persons shall be expelled from the camp and from the works. If the opinion of Engineer-in-charge any employee or agent of the contractor misbehaves or causes obstruction in proper execution at work or otherwise makes himself undesirable, the Contractor shall on receipt at instructions from the Engineer-in-charge remove him from premises.

MEDICAL AID:

- 129 -


The Contractor shall arrange all the necessary medical facilities for his staff and labour at his own cost and to the satisfaction at the Engineer-in-charge

GENERAL

The Cost for sanitation and supply of drinking water is deemed to have been included in the unit rates of items of work.

1.5.0 MATERIALS

1.5.1 PETROL OIL AND LUBRICANT The Contractor shall have to install his own supply for petrol

and diesel at the site the location of pumps shall have to be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge and usual precautions which are necessary for such installation will have to be taken.

1.5.2 STONE FOR RUBBLE MASONRY AND FOR METAL The Contractor shall make his own investigation regarding

location of quarries, quality of stone and adequacy of the various sources of stone in quarry areas known to him. Excavated material of hard rock excavation has been dumped on the canal dam site. Contractor can make use of this material. Material has to be sorted out by Contractor at his cost and should be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge before its use in the work. However it is for Contractor to investigate the quarries which will yield stone in sufficient quantities and of required quality. Over burden on quarry shall have to be removed by the Contractor at his own cost.

The locations of quarries have to be such that they do not affect permanent structures and should not be near the existing or proposed habitations. The locations and size of the quarries shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge, on it’s opening does not yield adequate or suitable stone, no claims can be raised against the Corporation. In that case other quarries will have to be established by the Contractor at his own cost and risk and the stone got approved from the Corporation for its quality before using it in the work.

If the quarries located are in private properties, the Contractor shall negotiate with the respective owners and shall attend to legal rights and attend to payments etc. to the concerned parties for operations of these quarries at his own cost. Similarly he shall make arrangements for roads leading to and from the stone quarries to the work site at his own cost.

- 130 -


1.5.3 SAND The Contractor is advised to make his own enquiries regarding

adequacy proper quality and cost of sand approaches to quarries etc. The sand quarry to be used and any change in location shall have prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

The Contractor shall, however obtain permission from Revenue and other authorities before removing the material and shall pay royalty and other taxes Octroi duty escort fee if any for sand which shall not be reimbursed

The Contractor shall have to make his own inquires regarding legal rights and attend to the aspect of payments due etc. for the operation of the quarries.

The extent of annual replenishment of the sand sources is unknown The Contractor may therefore choose to collect the sand in advance of its use for the work.

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements for quarrying and transport of sand from the quarries to the work site. Approach roads to the quarries shall also be constructed and maintained by the Contractor at his own cost.

All the cost of transport of sand shall be borne by the contractor and no claims on this account will be entertained.

Use of crushed sand conforming to the required gradation and specifications can be permitted with specific approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

1.6.0 PRECAUTIONS DURING THE FLOODS It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to preserve and maintain in

safe condition all materials, machinery and tools floods and rain and no compensation whatsoever will be payable to him on account of loss due to floods, rein and any other causes.

1.7.0 CONTRACT DRAWING WORKING DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS

On acceptance of the tender, sets of copies of contract conditions and drawing to a maximum of one, will be supplied to the Contractor free of charge. On request by the Contractor and in the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge, the Contractor may be supplied additional copies of contract documents and drawing to be charged at the rate of Rs.500/- Rs. Five Hundred Only) per set.

The drawings which form part of this contract show the work to be done in such details as is possible to for the present. They will be supplemented or superseded by such additional detailed working drawings as may be necessary as the work progresses. The

- 131 -


Contractor shall carry out the work in accordance with these additional or revised working drawing, as the case may be and at the applicable rates as per the contract. The Contractor shall be supplied a maximum number of four copies of each of all such working drawings free of charge. Should the Contractor require any additional copy for his use the same may be supplied at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge and the Contractor will be charged Rs. 100/- (Rupees One Hundred Only) for each of additional copy of each drawing.

The Contractor shall check all drawings carefully and advise the Engineer-in-charge immediately of any errors or omissions discovered. The Contractor shall not take advantage of any kind of errors or omissions in the drawings supplied.

1.8.0 EMBEDDED ITEMS Before placing concrete and or masonry care shall taken to see that

all embedded items are firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated on the drawings or as directed. All embedded items shall be cleaned free from all foreign matter such as scale, rust, oil paint etc. The Contractor shall be responsible for correctly embedding the parts as directed without any charge, the cost of such embedding being deemed to have been included in the items of concrete and or masonry as the case may be no extra payment will be made for the installations of this embedded work or for delays, or for interruptions arising there from.

1.9.0 SIGNING THE FIELD BOOKS, LONGITUDINAL SECTIONS, CROSS SECTIONS AND MEASUREMENT BOOKS

Before starting the work for intermediate payments and at the end before the work is covered, level for plotting the longitudinal section (along the axis as decided by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative) and cross sections of the portion of the work shall be taken by the authorized engineer of the contractor in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his duly authorized representative. The Contractor or his authorized engineer shall have to sign the field books and plans showing longitudinal sections and cross sections of the portion of the working token of acceptance. If the Contractor fails to sign them, the levels recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his representative in the authorized books shall be final and binding on the Contractor If the Contractor or his duly authorized agent fails to attend, the levels shall be taken in his absence and such levels and longitudinal sections and cross sections based thereon shall be final and binding on the Contractors. The levels will be taken on such

- 132 -


alignments and cross sections as will be useful for reference permanently and will be in harmony with the mode of the measurements for payments as described under specifications. The point locations for the levels will depend upon the raggedness of the area and will also be at least in conformity with the requirements of specifications.

1.10.0 CEMENT AND STEEL No material will be issued by the Corporation on Schedule “A”. The

Contractor is responsible for all materials including cement, steel, explosives etc.

1.10.1 CEMENT (A) Cement shall be confirming to IS 269-1967 and subsequent revision

for Portland cement & IS 1489-1976 & subsequent revision for Pozzolana cement, from recognized manufactures such as UltraTech, A.C.C., Narmada, CCI, Rajashree, Manikgarh etc. or any other recognized companies.

(B) The use of admixtures and agents shall be made as per instructions of the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of cartage/ storing/ handing/ batching/ mixing shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be included by them in unit prices tendered for concrete.

1.11.0 STEEL (A) The reinforcement steel shall conform to the specification laid down by

the Bureau of Indian Standards (side their specification Non. 1.6.432 (Part I) of (1966. 1139-1966, 1786 -1979) amended from time to time.

1.12.0 ROYALTIES The Contractor shall arrange for the materials from approved quarries.

It is necessary for the Contractor to obtain permission from Revenue Authorities or other relevant authorities before removing the materials, pay royalties etc.

1.13.0 ADVANCE ON CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

DELETED

1.14.0 PAYMENT

1.14.1 Generally the Corporation will pay one running bills in a month subject to availability of funds. The recoveries for various advances shall be effected from this bill. The total recovery on all accounts shall

- 133 -


be limited to 50 % (Fifty percent) of the gross bill and the balance, if any shall be recovered from the succeeding monthly bills.

1.15.0 NO INTEREST ON MONEY DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR

, No omission, by the Engineer-in-charge, to pay the amount due upon measurements or other wise shall vitiate or make void, the contract, nor shall Contractor be entitled to get interest on any guarantee bond or payment in arrears nor on any balance which may on the final settlement of his account be found due to him.

1.16.0 If due to difficulties in land acquisition, land does not become available, the same cannot be handed over to the Contractor. In such situation the Contractor shall not be entitled to any claim. If the lands do not become available up to 50 percent of the time limit of the tender, the execution of the quantities of works under various items pertaining to such, lengths shall be optional.

1.17.0 HANDLING OVER OF COMPLETED REACHES AND LETTING OUT WATER FOR IRRIGATION

1.17.1 On the request of the Contractor the continuous completed reaches of Distributor and Minors including sub-Minors would be taken over by the Corporation provided if it fulfils the conditions specified below:

1.17.2 The term “completed” under 1.17.1 above shall be deemed to be inclusive of structures and selective lining and ready to receive flow of water for irrigation.

The taking over (i) Distributary will be in stage with its completed Minors and Sub-minors (ii) one complete Minor with its sub-Minors from Head reaches (or starting point of contract length) taking off from completed Distributary lengths as described in sub-para (i) above Reaches of canal in continuous length as specified in (i) and (ii) above may be taken over by recording final measurements. In case silting of canal takes place or scouring damages due to the flow of rain water/flood water entered through incomplete reaches, it would be the responsibility of the Contractor to rectify it.

1.17.3 Water is likely to be let out in distributor and Minors including Sub-Minors in the completed reaches handed over to the Corporation for Irrigation purpose. However, in reaches not handed over to the Corporation maintenance liability of the contractor would continue to be for the entire period of contract with maintenance period of Six months after completion, while for reaches handed over the maintenance period of six months would commence from the date of

- 134 -


taking over by the Corporation irrespective of whether water is let out for Irrigation or not.

1.17.4 Water is available free of cost for use on works when water is let out in the Distributary/Minor for irrigation purpose. However, during closure periods the Contractor has to make his own arrangements for storage of water for use in works.

In case Distributary/Minors are closed for intervals the Contractor has to make his own arrangement of water at his cost. No claim of any kind will be entertained on this account.

1.18.0 The measurements for the work shall be taken by Contractors authorized engineer in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative and recorded in the authorized books. The contractor shall obtain the signature of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative on such recorded measurements in token of acceptance. If the contractor fails to take such measurements then the Engineer-in-charge will cause to record the measurements which will be final and bindings on the contractor.

This para is applicable to all items.

- 135 -


SECTION – 2 EXCAVATION

2.0.0. EXCAVATION: 2.1.0. SCOPE

The item shall include clearing site excavation to the designed section, removal of the material, their sorting out as specified and their depositing either in spoil banks or on canal banks in layers as specified including all leads and lifts.

2.2.0. CLEARING SITE

The site of excavation and canal banks shall be cleared of all grass vegetation. fencing, bushes. trees as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The materials. obtained from such clearance shall be the property of the corporation and shall be stacked as directed by the Engineer-in- charge so as not to cause obstruction to the work.

2.3.1 LINE OUT

All materials such as pegs. bamboos and strings and templates for marking out slopes. and labour required for line out shall be provided by the contractor at his own cost. The center line of excavation shall be clearly marked by pegs or by stones at each chain or change of direction or at shorter intervals on curves. in the beginning. The final line out will be done by fixing reference stone at suitable distances on either side of the center line. beyond the canal edges so that they are not disturbed during the construction period. The position of these stones will be marked on the cross section.

2.3.2. No change in the sanctioned plans and designs is permissible

without the written permission of Engineer-in- Charge. 2.3.3. Before starting the work. the Contractor shall have to sign the

field books and plans showing the working longitudinal sections and cross sections of the portions of the alignment. that he has to tackle. if the Contractor fails to sign them within three days of being called upon to do so. the levels and sections as recorded by Engineer-in charge or his Assistant will be final and binding on the Contractor.

2.3.4. Contractor shall provide and maintain the quarry roads and temporary roads required for conveying and transport of materials at his cost.

2.3.5. For the points which are not covered by these specifications. the instructions. given by the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the Contractor.

2.3.6. The material available from all excavation and remaining surplus after use on the work from adjacent reaches/canal works etc. can be used by the Contractor free of cost provided these materials are used solely for the specific contract work and prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge is taken.

2.4.0. EXCAVATION

- 136 -


2.4.1. SCOPE OF WORK Along the excavation and removal of excavated material and its

disposal in a manner hereinafter specified. the rate for the item of excavation will also include.

i. Clearing of site. ii. Setting out work. profiles etc. according to sanctioned plan. or as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge and setting up bench marks and other reference marks.

iii. providing and subsequently removing shoring and strutting if and when necessary.

iv. Bailing and pumping out water including continuous pumping till completion of excavation.

v. Necessary protection including labour. materials and equipments to ensure safety and protection against risk or accident.

vi. Supply of facilities for inspection and measurements at any time to the concerned Corporation officials.

vii. Compensation for injury to life and damage to property if any caused by Contractors operations connected with this item.

2.4.2. Canal section shall be excavated as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Both edges of the banks. specially the inner one shall be neatly aligned symmetrically to the center line of canal. They shall be absolutely straight reaches and smoothly curved at bends.

2.4.3. Suitable arrangements for drainage shall be provided to take surface water clear of excavation during the progress of work.

2.4.4. Excavation may be carried out by manual labour or by excavating machine.

2.4.5. EXCAVATION IN ROCK

Excavation in rock shall be such that all sharp points of rock are chipped off so as not to extend into the canal profile. Blasting in a manner which is likely to produce over-breakage which in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge is excessive. shall not be permitted. Special care shall be taken to prevent over-breakage. or loosening of materials on bottom and side slopes against which lining is to be placed. Excavation in excess of the prescribed canal section shall not be permitted. beyond payline no payment will be made for such excess excavation.

2.4.6 The material excavated in a chain of 20/30 meters shall be stacked on either side of the chain as specified on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

2.4.7 The excavation shall be carried out according to the design with accurately graded bed fall and side properly sloped as shown in the drawing and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The cross section adopted in cutting is likely to change in side slopes according to the depth of different strata during actual excavation. The Contractor

- 137 -


therefore. should get clear instructions from Engineer-in-charge. before commencing any cutting work.

No claim for any variations in quantity of excavation resulting from the deviation from the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge. would be accepted. To account for this. the central box cutting with the canal bed width as its width have to be taken to canal bed level first, before the side slopes are determined and attacked (except for deep cutting of more than 6 m. depth) in portions where deep cutting of more than 6 m. is to be done. the mode of excavation to be followed must be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. before starting the work in such not be reaches and in any case. width of excavation to be tackled initially shall not be more than bed width+depth.

The excavation should initially be carried out in steps. The steps should have such width and depth that after they are cut. the required final side slopes is attained. Cutting of steps should be done after bed level is reached and after one monsoon. if cutting is in soft strata. cutting of steps should be done just prior to preparing the side slopes for laying lining.

2.4.8 REMOVAL OF LOOSE ROCK ETC. Before any work of excavation is taken up. all loose rock. semi-

detached rock in/or close to the areas to be excavated. that is liable to fail or otherwise endanger the workmen on the project shall be stripped. The methods employed shall be such as will not shatter or render unstable and therefore unsafe any rock that was originally. sound or safe. Any material not requiring removal as contemplated herein. but which may later become loosened or unstable shall be promptly and satisfactorily removed. The cost of such clearing shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rates accepted under the different items under excavation.

2.5.0 CLASSIFICATION 2.5.1. The classification of strata shall be under. i) SOFT STRATA

This shall include all kinds of rock or shale. indurate clay. soil. silt sand and gravel soft average and hard murum and any other materials which can best be removed with a shovel after loosening with a pick and/or bar. It shall also include isolated boulders upto o.1 Cubic meter each. which does not need blasting and could be removed with a pick/bar and shovel.

ii) HARD STRATA This shall include all rock occurring in masses in all types of

geological formations which could best be removed by blasting. where such blasting is permissible. it shall also include rock which owing to the proximity of buildings/structures/electric lines public roads or for any other reasons has to be cut by means of chisels or wedges. it shall also include boulders in mass and isolated boulders over o.1 cubic meter each which requires blasting or wedging and breaking for easy removal merely the use of explosive in excavation shall not be

- 138 -


considered a reason for classification in hard strata unless regular blasting is clearly necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge. The hardness of strata or material to be excavated. presence of different type of Geological constituents requiring increased drilling efforts. consumption of explosives. labour and use of machinery shall not be considered as reason for claim/increase in contract rates.

2.5.3 PAYMENT LINE (PAY LINES)

The minimum excavation line is the line within which no unexcavated portion of any kind shall be allowed to remain i.e. a neat profile line for unlined and underside of the lining proposed of any for works of canal and disnet.

Payment shall be made for the work done as per the paylines prescribed in various strata and side slopes as below.

2.5.3.1 FOR SIDES a) In case of hard strata where side slopes upto o.5:1 are provided minimum thickness of 20 cm. chip masonry in c.m. (1.8) shall be provided. pay line for payments for excavation and back fill shall be limited to 30 cm. average. If any overcuts are more than this limit. no payment for additional overcuts and backfill will be paid for.

In case. excavation beyond minimum line of excavation (i.e. underside of lining) is in between o to 10 cm. payment for backfill with C.C. (1:3:6) proportion shall be limited to average 5 cm. for payment. and will be executed monolithically with C.C. (1:3:6) side lining.

In case the excavation exceeds the above limit of average of 5 cm. the extra work involved of backfill shall be carried out by the contractor at his cost or he shall have option for backfilling with chip masonry of 20 cm. minimum thickness at his own cost. b) in case of canal excavation with side slopes 1:1 in hard strata. pay line of 15 cm. shall be permitted for payment of excavation and backfill with C.C. (1:6:12) c) In case of canal excavation with side slopes 1:5:1 in hard strata pay line upto 15 cm. shall be permitted for payment of excavation. A part from the standards given above for the pay lines, the Contractor shall take care to see that the slopes are stable and no accidents or slips would occur.

Tolerance for over cut beyond pay lines arising out of peculiar nature of rock at the site Conditions shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge of the work. Payment for excavation beyond pay lines upto tolerance lines in such specific cases shall be made @60% Tender Rate of the particular item of the work. No tolerance shall however be permitted in soft strata.

2.5.3.2 FOR BED Payline in case of bed shall be 15 cm. Extra excavation in bed

beyond designed section shall be backfilled with murum. in case of soft strata no pay line is admissible. Extra excavation beyond designed section for sides in soft strata shall be backfilled with murum.

2.5.4.1 EXTRA EXCAVATION FOR BLACK COTTON SOIL

- 139 -


Wherever the canal bed and sides upto T.B.L. are in B.C. soil. extra excavation to 100 cm. depth is to be done for having murum back filling and this will be measured under respective items. Murum filling will be paid under item of casing.

2.5.4.2 While excavation in hard strata. if soft seams are struck. they will be considered as part of hard strata if the depth of individual seams is upto 15 cm. When depth of soft seams is more than 15 cm. it will be paid under item of casing.

2.6.0 MAINTENANCE OF SLOPES IN EXCAVATION. Slips shall be avoided. but if any slips occur on account of any

reason. the excavation shall be promptly restored to stability. No extra claims shall be entertained for such slips.

The Contractor shall have to make good the work at his cost. 2.7.0 USE OF EXCAVATED STUFF 2.7.1. Excavation shall be done systematically so that only those

excavated stuff which will be permitted for use will be used on the banks without double handling.

2.7.2 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED STUFF CLEAR OFF TRAFFIC LANES ETC.

Disposal of all material from excavation shall be as per approved disposal plan or instruction of Engineer-in-charge. regarding the location and deposition of the stock piles. spoil banks or embankment. Before any excavation is started the deposition of spoil shall be carefully planned so as not to obstruct normal traffic and traffic lines required for the construction materials. and shall be dumped sufficiently clear of the edges of the excavation so as not to endanger stability of the slopes of the Excavated portion and also to permit ample space for lorry paths. installation and lifting of pumping devices. stacking construction materials etc.

2.8.0 SORTING AND STACKING OF MATERIALS. Excavated materials shall be sorted out and stacked as under.

a) SOFT STRATA

All the excavated materials from the soft strata shall be sorted out. The material not useful for bank work shall be deposited as directed by the Engineer-in-charge Material useful in bank work shall be sorted out to be used in hearting or casing. Each stock pile of material not required shall be of regular size and not less than 5 m. in height.

b) HARD STRATA

Rubble and boulders from hard strata shall be stacked in separate areas as directed by the Engineer-in-charge stock piles shall be of regular shapes. allowing for easy measurement. No stock piles shall measure more than 200 Sq.m. in plan and more than 1.5 m in height. unless specifically permitted by the Engineer-in-charge in writing.

2.9.0 SURPLUS MATERIALS

- 140 -


The excavated materials. if not required for embankment. should be stacked in spoil banks with neatly made stable slopes at top and a suitable berm being left between the toe of bank. and edge of excavation. as directed. in partial banks. where a side embankments is required to retain water. its limit should be lined out before starting the excavation so that the soil may be disposed off properly.

2.9.1 STACKING IN STOCK AND WASTE PILES After sorting is done useful materials of various types shall be

stacked in stock piles and rest may be disposed off as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

Useful material shall be stacked in separate areas as directed with reference to the nature of the material. Stock piles shall be of regular shapes allowing for easy measurement. No stock pile shall measure less than 60 m. length and 5 m. height unless specially permitted by the Engineer-in-charge.

2.9.2 The excavated materials shall be stacked within the area approved by the Engineer-in-charge. If the excavated material is deposited in unauthorized land. such work will not be measured for payment unless suitable action as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge is taken by the contractor. In addition to non-payment of such work suitable amounts as directed by the Engineer-in-charge will be recovered from the contractor as deposited towards any extra cost which corporation may have to bear on account of the contractors unauthorized action. 2.9.2.1 All the materials available from excavation will be the property of corporation and shall be deposited as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The material of approved quality may be used by the contractor in the item of work included in schedule 'B' of the tender or on ancillary for preparatory work free of charge oven from the surplus laying in the adjoining reaches. Prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge for such free use shall however be taken. 2.10.1 Classification of the excavation will be made from the cross sections visible at the side of excavation and from measurements of ridges which shall be left at 20 m. or less as directed by the Engineer-in-charge which must be removed immediately after the final measurements have been taken except when orders are specially given to retain these ridges. No dead man would be allowed. The areas shall be worked out generally by trapezoidal formula. 2.11.0 SILTING OF EXCAVATION 2.11.1 SILTING OF CANAL DUE TO FLOODS-CORPORATION NOT RESPONSIBLE

If excavated pits get silted due to intervening floods slips or any other cause. till completion of the work. the contractor shall excavate and restore the pits and section to the required shape and dimensions without any extra cost.

2.12.0 Initially box excavation shall be carried out upto top of hard stratum. Thereafter stable slopes may be cut in strata as stated hereafter.

- 141 -


On striking hard rock in foundation trench the surface of this rock should be exposed on all area of the trench and it should be brought to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge by the contractor and contractors authorized engineer shall immediately take levels of the top of hard stratum along predetermined sections in the presence of Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative. If the contractor fails to take levels as above. then such levels will be recorded by the Engineer-in-charge or his authorized representative and the same shall be binding on the contractor. Thereafter further excavation in hard strata can be continued upto foundation level to be fixed by the Engineer-in-charge. failure to do so by the contractor will not entitle him to get payment for the work that may have been done under item of hard stratum.

2.13.0 EXCAVATION IN WET CONDITION AND DEWATERING.

Unless otherwise specified. no distinction will be made as to whether the material being excavated is dry. moist or in wet conditions. Dealing with the ground water or rain water collected and its disposal is covered under relevant items of excavations and will not be paid for separately.

2.13.1. CONTRACTOR TO DEWATER WHENEVER REQUIRED. The area under all the works pertaining to this Tender and

adjoining area as necessary shall be maintained free of water. The area shall also be maintained free of water after any part of

the work is completed for inspection. safety and installation by Corporation. or for any other reasons determined as necessary by the Engineer-in-charge. The sumps shall be well lighted and shall be readily accessible for inspection. The Contractor shall pump out all water from the site and appurtenant works and shall keep the foundations free of water. white excavating. concreting and placing masonry and continue to keep the works free of water for a period as may be required for proper setting of mortar or concrete or concrete or otherwise required for the completion of works.

The contractor shall have to construct and maintain during construction of structures cofferdams. diversion. channels and other diversions or protective works as necessary after approval from Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall not be entitled to any claims or damages on account of or by reason of any amount of water leaking through under or around cofferdams. diversion channels and other diversion of protective works or overtopping of diversion works.

2.14.0 PREPARING AND TESTING OF FOUNDATION 2.14.1 SCALING AND TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION

After rough excavation to the required depth is completed scaling and trimming operations for the removal of all pieces loosened during excavation or partly separated from main rock mass by seams or cracks shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

2.14.2 TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS.

- 142 -


All weathered or partly or decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not leave on the foundation any rock other than that which is an integral part of the rock mass. Areas of low bearing capacity. steep inclined seams. faults. and crushed zone in otherwise good foundation. if permitted to be kept shall be cleared out to a sufficient depth and refilled and plugged with masonry or concrete as directed by the Engineer-in-charge,

2.14.3 FINAL FINISHED SURFACE OF FOUNDATION The finally prepared foundation shall present a rough surface in

cross section to give added resistance to sliding. All smooth surface shall be roughened artificially to give a good bond. The surface shall be free from steep angles and the edges of beaches shall be chamfered approximately to 450 Pinnacles of sharp projection shall be knocked off and prominent knobs flattened.

2.14.4. TESTING FOR SOUNDNESS The finally finished foundation rock shall be tested by striking

with a heavy hammer and if loose portion of foundation rock is revealed by a hollow sound. it shall be excavated further(without blasting) till a clear ringing sound is obtained.

2.14.5 EXCAVATION OUTLINES AND PAYLINES. All excavation shall be performed in accordance with the lines,

grades, levels and dimensions shown in the drawing or established by the Engineer-in-charge. The dimensions shown in the drawing are tentative. During the progress of work it may be necessary or desirable to vary the slopes or the dimensions of excavation from those specified in the drawing. The side slopes of the excavation shall be as steep as would stand with safety as decided by the Engineer-in-charge. if the slopes established are found to be steeper and likely to slip. they shall be made flatter by removing the additional material and introducing suitable berms if possible and stable faces established. The additional will be paid at the rate accepted for excavation for particular class of material.

EXCESS EXCAVATION No payment shall be made for the work done beyond specified

pay lines. Normally pay lines for different strata for excavation are defined as the lines starting from the outer dimension of the masonry or concrete at foundation level and sloping up as specified below.

a) Soft strata : 1:5:1 b) Hard strata : 1/4 :1 c) Berms with prior approval.

If in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge the sides are unstable and prone to slip. modified pay lines will be laid down with flatter slopes and berms etc. as decided by him. Any or all excess excavation carried out by the contractor beyond approved pay lines for any purpose or reason. shall unless ordered in writing be at the expense of the Contractor. and if the unauthorized excavation has to be carried by the Contractor as per

- 143 -


specifications of the respective items of work at his own expense. Tolerances over cut beyond pay lines arising out of peculiar nature of rock at the site and other site conditions shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge of the work. payment for excavation beyond pay lines upto tolerance lines in such specific cases shall be made @ 60% Tender Rate of the particular items of the work. No tolerance shall however be permitted in soft strata.

2.14.6 OVER CUT Over cut is defined as the quantity of excavation beyond payment

lines and the unit rate for the volume potable within paylines covers the cost of over cut unless otherwise specified. Over cut in soft strata shall be filled (with the materials specified for the backfill) back to the same standard of placement as stipulated for the backfill and is covered by the payment under backfill item upto paylines unless otherwise specified.

2.14.7 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PATMENT The measurements shall be based on areas of cross-sections

taken normal to the axis of the structure of its part of the original ground surface and the surface of the finally completed excavation within the paylines. taken at every 10 meters along the axis of structure of its part. Where there is abrupt change in depth. additional cross sections may be taken at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. Levels along the cross sections shall be taken at every 15 to 20 meters of 5 meters as per necessity of work.

During the execution of the work running payment for the items

of excavation will be made to Contractor at 90 percent of his tendered rate for the items. The remaining payments for these items will be progressively released depending upon the progress of completion of the item of excavation. This part rate will be reviewed by the Engineer-in-charge when he feels necessary and decision of the Engineer-in-charge shall be final and binding on the contractor. During the execution of the work running payment for the items of excavation will be made to the Contractor on the basis of cross sectional measurements.

Quantities shall be computed from the cross sectional area by the trapezoidal formula.

2.15.0. BLASTING 2.15.1 OBSERVING RULES REGARDING BLASTING

In conducting blasting operation proper precautions shall be taken for the protection of persons. the work and property. All Government laws relating to the design and location of magazine transport and handling of explosives and other measures for the prevention of accident shall be strictly observed. warning signs shall be properly displayed on the magazines and warning signals given for each blast. specifications for blasting given under the separate section shall be carefully and rigidly observed.

2.15.2 STORING OF EXPLOSIVES

- 144 -


Explosives shall be stored in a safe place at sufficient distances from the work and under the special care of watchman so that in case of accidents no damages occurs to the other part of work. Explosives. detonators and fuses shall be each separately stored. No Objection Certificate from District Magistrate or inspector of Explosives shall be obtained as required by the Contractor.

2.15.3 RESTRICTIONS ON BLASTING a) Blasting which may disturb or endanger the stability. safety or the

quality of the foundation will not be permitted. b) Blasting within 30 meter of masonry work in progress or of a

permanent structure shall not be permitted. c) Progressive blasting shall be limited to two third of the total remaining

depth of excavation. d) No large scale blasting operation will be resorted to when the

foundation excavation reaches the last half meter. Only small charges preferably black powder may be allowed so as not to shatter the foundation.

e) Rules of blasting are as appended. 2.16.0 EXCAVATION IN HARD STRATA WITH CHISELLING AND/OR

CONTROLLED BLASTING 2.16.1 Here the canal excavation in hard strata is involved. since usual

blasting operation are likely to damage the adjoining houses. transmission lines or hinder the traffic on important roads. The excavation for a good length is required to be done under controlled blasting conditions and/or chiseling. The item will include excavation in hard strata to the correct section as shown in the drawings with chiseling and/or controlled blasting and depositing the excavated stuff as and where directed.

The contractor shall obtain written permission of the Engineer-in-charge before undertaking the work under this item for specific reaches.

In addition to the specifications under paras 2.1.0 to 2.12.0 of section 2 following specifications will apply to this item.

The holes for blasting will be drilled for a depth of only 40 cm thus increasing the number of holes and corresponding decreasing the charge required for each holes.

The holes as far as possible will be slant. All the holes after charging will be covered by grill of steel rods which will be suitably loaded by gunny bags filled with sand or murum.

The steel grill will be so lowered over the holes as not to cause any damage to the fuse wire or charges and care will be taken to see that the fuse wires remain free. The loading will be sufficient to prevent the overthrow of rock after blasting. In addition to the above loading. the steel grill will be securely anchored to the adjoining rock by chains. The steel grill shall extend at least 3 meters beyond the area to be blasted.

2.16.2. Chiseling manually or excavation by pneumatic rock breakers will be resorted to as directed by Engineer-in-charge where blasting cannot be permitted.

- 145 -


2.16.3 Any alternative technique approved by the Engineer-in-charge may be used. but approval to execute the work by the above mentioned method or alternative technique will not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of damage to the power line and properties.

RULES FOR BLASTING OPERATION GENERAL:

1. The Contractor shall acquaint himself with all applicable laws and regulations concerning storing. handling and the use of explosives All such laws. regulations and rules etc. and current from time to time. shall be binding on the Contractor.

2. The Provisions detailed in these rules are supplementary to above laws. rules and regulations etc. and are applicable except where they conflict with the aforementioned laws etc. from time to time. Further. the Engineer-in-charge may issue modification. alterations or new instructions from time to time. The Contractor shall comply with the same without these being made a cause for any claims.

MATERIALS 3. All materials such as explosives. detonators. fuses. tamping materials

etc. those are proposed to be used in the blasting operations shall have the prior approval of the Engineer-in-charge

4. Black powder and safe explosives shall be used wherever possible. Explosive with nitro-glycerin shall only be used under exceptional circumstances and where the above explosive are not effective.

5. The use of fuse with only one protective coat is prohibited. The fuse shall be sufficiently water resistant as to be unaffected when immersed in water for thirty minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and less than 4 seconds per 25 cm. of length with 10 percent tolerance on either side. Before use. the fuses shall be inspected. and the moist damaged or broken ones discarded. The rate of burning of all new types of fuses. or when they have been in stock for long shall be tested before use.

6. The detonators used shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the explosives. Moist or damaged detonators shall be discarded.

PERSONNEL 7. Excavation by blasting will be permitted only under personal

supervision of competent and licensed person as and trained workmen.

8. All supervisors and workmen in charge of making up. handling storage and blasting work. shall be adequately insured by the Contractor.

9. The storage shall be in charge of very reliable person approved by the Engineer-in-charge. who may. if necessary. cause police enquiries being made as to his reliability. antecedents etc. The Contractor shall

- 146 -


have to produce a security for the person in charge of explosive if and as required by the Engineer-in-charge or the Civil Authorities of the District.

10. The Contractor shall make sure that his supervisors and workmen are fully conversant with all the rules to be observed in storing. handling. and use of the explosive. It shall be assured that the supervisor-in-charge. is thoroughly acquainted with all the details of the handling of the blasting operations.

11. No tools or implements. other than those of copper. brass gun-metal or wood shall be allowed inside the magazine. All tools shall be used with extreme gentleness and care.

12. Boxes of explosives shall not be thrown or dragged along the floor and shall be stacked on wooden trestles. Where there are white ants. the legs of the trestles should rest in shallow copper. lead or brass bowls containing water. Open boxes of dynamite shall never be exposed to the direct rays of the sun.

13. Empty boxes or loose packing material shall not be kept inside the magazine.

14. The magazines shall have a lightening conductor which shall be got tested at least once a year by any officer authorized by the Engineer-in-charge. The testing fees shall be a charge on the Contractor. The Contractor shall. within 15 days comply with all the recommendations made by the officer testing the lightening conductor. failing which Engineer-in-charge shall be entitled to comply with the same at the Contractors expenses which shall not be open to question or may take any action that he may consider fit.

15. A notice shall be hung near the store prohibiting entrance of unauthorized persons.

16. The following shall be hung in the lobby of magazine. a) A copy of the rules both in English and in the language with which

the workers concerned are familiar with. b) A statement showing the up-to-date stock in the magazine. c) A certificate showing the last date of testing lightening conductor. d) A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited.

17. The magazine will be inspected at least twice a year by the officer representing the Engineer-in-charge. who will see that all the rules are strictly complied with he will notify all omissions etc. to the contractor. who shall rectify the defect within a period of 15 days from the date of receipt of the notice. failing which the Engineer-in-charge may take suitable action he considers suitable.

USE OF EXPLOSIVES

- 147 -


18. For the transport of the explosives and detonator between the stores and transported separately. For the conveyance of primer. special container shall be used.

19. Explosive and detonators shall be carried in separate boxes and transported separately. For the conveyance of primer, special container shall be used.

STORAGE OF EXPLESIVES 20. The contractor shall build a magazine for storing the explosive.

The site of the magazine. its capacity and design shall be subject to approval by the Engineer-in-charge and the inspection of the controller of Explosive before the construction is taken up. As a rule. the explosives should be stored in a clean. dry well ventilated bullet proof and fire proof building on the isolated site.

21. The explosives, detonator and fuses shall be separately stored. 22. A careful and day to day account of the use of explosives shall

be kept by the Contractor in an approved register and in approved manner. The register shall be produced by the Contractor for Inspection of the Engineer-in-charge when so required by the later. The Engineer-in-charge may also pay surprise visits to the storage magazine. In case of any unaccountable shortage of the explosive or if the account is not found to have been maintained in the manner prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge the Contractor shall be liable to be penalized with forfeiture of the security deposit lodged by him with the Corporation or his Tender shall be liable to be cancelled is which case he shall not be entitled to any compensation for the losses etc. The action taken under this clause shall be in addition to that which be taken by the Competent Civil Authorities in court of law.

23. The magazine shall at all times be kept clean. 24. No unauthorized person shall at any time be admitted inside the

magazine. 25. The magazine shall. when not in use of authorized person. be

kept well and securely locked. 26. The magazine shall on no account be opened during or in the

approach of thunderstorm and no person shall remain in the vicinity of the magazine during such period.

27. Magazine shoes without nail shall at all time be kept in the magazine and wooden tub or cement through 30 cm. high and 45 cms. in diameter filled with water shall be fixed near the door of the magazine.

Persons entering the magazine must put on the magazine shoes which shall be provided by the contractor for the purpose and be careful.

- 148 -


i) Not to put their feet on the clean floor unless they have the magazine shoes on.

ii) Not to allow the magazine shoes to touch the ground outside the clean floor.

iii) Not to allow any dirt or grit to fall on the clean floor.

28. Person with bare feet shall before entering the magazine. dip their feet in water and then step directly from the tub over the barrier (if there be one) on to the clean floor.

29. A brush or broom shall be kept in the lobby of the magazine for cleaning out the magazine on each occasion it is opened for the receipt. delivery or inspection of explosives.

30. No matches or inflammable material shall be allowed in the magazine. Light shall be obtained from an electric storage battery lantern.

31. No person having article of steel or iron on him shall be allowed to enter the magazine.

32. Workmen shall be examined before they enter the magazine to see that they have none of the prohibited articles on their person.

33. Cotton rags waste and articles liable to spontaneous ignition shall not be allowed inside the magazine.

34. The boxes and containers used shall be kept well closed. 35. Explosives shall be stored and used chronologically to ensure

the one received earlier being used first. 36. A make up house shall be provided at each working place in

which cartridge will be made up by a experienced man as required. The make up house shall be separated from other building. Only electric storage battery lamps shall be used in this house.

37. No smoking shall be allowed in the make up house.

DISPOSAL OF DETERIORATED EXPLOSIVES 38. All deteriorated explosives shall be disposed off in an approved

manner. The quantity of the deteriorated explosives to be disposed off shall be intimated to the Engineer-in-charge prior to its disposal.

PREPARATION OF PRIMERS 39. The primers shall not be prepared near open flames or fires.

The work of preparation of primers shall always be entrusted to same personnel. Primers shall be used as soon as possible after they are ready.

CHARGING OF HOLES

- 149 -


40. The work of charging shall not commence before all the drilling work at the site is completed and the supervisor has satisfied himself to that effect by actual inspection.

41. While charging open lamps shall be kept away. For charging with powdered explosives. naked flames shall not be allowed.

42. Only wooden tamping rods without any kind of metal on them shall be allowed to be used.

43. Bore holes must be of such a size that the cartridges can easily pass down them.

44. Only one cartridge shall be inserted at a time and gently pressed then with the tamping rod. The sand. clay or other tamping material used for filling the hole completely shall no be tamped too hard.

BLASTING 45. Blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day which

shall have the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The blasting hours once fixed shall not be altered without prior written approval of the Engineer-in-charge.

46. The site blasting operations shall be prominently demarcated by red danger flags. The order to fire shall be given only by the supervisor-in charge of the work and his order shall be given only after giving the warning signal three time to reach to safe shelter and after having ascertained that no body is within the danger Zone.

47. A bugle with a distinctive note shall be used to give the warning signals. The bugle shall not be used for any other purpose. All the labourers shall be made acquainted with the sound of the bugle and shall be strictly warned to leave the work immediately at the first warning signal and to make for safe shelter and not to leave the shelter until the clear signal has been given.

48. All the roads and footpath leading to the blasting area shall be watched.

49. In special cases suitable extra precautions shall be taken. 50. For lighting the fuses a lamp with a strong flame such as

carbide lamp shall be used. 51. The supervisor shall watch the time required for firing the fuses

and shall see that all the workmen are under safe shelters in good time.

ELECTRICAL FIRING 52. Only the supervisor in charge shall keep the key of the firing

apparatus and shall keep it always with himself.

- 150 -


53. Special apparatus shall be used as a source of current for the blasting operations. power lines shall not be tapped for the purpose.

54. All the detonators shall be checked before use. 55. For blasts in one series. only detonators of the same

manufacture and of the same group of electrical resistance shall be used.

56. Such of the electrical lines as could constitute danger for work of charging shall be removed from the site.

57. The firing cable shall have proper insulating cover so as to avoid short circuiting due to contact with metallic part of rock.

58. The use of the earth as a return line shall not be permitted. 59. The firing cable shall be connected to the source of current only

after ascertaining that nobody is in the area of blasting. 60. Before firing the circuit shall be checked by a suitable

apparatus. 61. After firing. with or without an actual blast the contact between

firing cable and the source of current. shall be cut off before any persons are allowed to leave the shelters.

62. During storms charging with electrical detonators shall be suspended. The charges already placed into the holes shall be blasted as quickly as possible after taking all safely precautions and giving necessary warning and signals. if this is not possible. the site shall be abandoned till the storm has passed.

PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLAST AND MISFIRE 63. If it is suspected that part of the blast has failed to fire or is

delayed. sufficient time shall be allowed to elapse before entering the danger Zone. When fuses and blasting caps are used. safe time should be allowed and then the supervisor alone shall leave the shelter to see the misfire.

64. Drilling near the hole that has misfired shall not be permitted until one of the two following operations have been carried out by the supervisor.

i) The Supervisor should very carefully (when the tamping is of damp clay) extract the tamping with a wooden scraper or jet of water or compressed air (using a pipe of soft material) and with draw the fuse with the primer and detonator attached. A fresh primer and detonator with fuse shall then be placed in this hole and fired.

ii) The Supervisor should get one foot of the tamping cleared off and indicate the direction by placing a stick in the hole. Another hole may then be drilled at nine inches away and parallel to it. This hole should then be charged and fired. The balance of the cartridge and detonators found in the rock shall be removed.

- 151 -


65. Before leaving his work. the supervisor should inform the Supervisor of the relieving shift of any case of misfire and shall point out the position with a red cross denoting the same and also state what action. if any. he has taken in the matter.

66. The Supervisor shall at once report to the office all case of misfire the cause of the misfire and the steps taken in connection therewith.

67. The names of Supervisor-in charge of day or night shift may be noted daily in Contractors office.

68. If misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamite the whole quantity of box from which the defective article was taken must be returned to the authority as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge for inspection to ascertain whether the whole box contains defective material.

69. Re-drilling the holes that have misfired either wholly or partly. shall not be permitted.

PRECAUTIONS AFTER BLASTING 70. After the blast. the supervisor shall carefully inspect the work

and satisfy himself that all the charges have been exploded.

- 152 -


SECTION -3 EMBANKMENT

3.0.0 EMBANKMENT 3.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK The item shall include contractors own material brought upto site of work. deposition spreading in final position and consolidations as hereinafter specified. Whatever the embankment is formed by utilizing excavated stuff from excavation. The item also includes re-handling and picking up of the excavated stuff and its sorting wherever necessary. 3.1.1 CLEARANCE OF SITE Before commencing the embankment. the site should be cleared of stones. sand shrub. vegetation etc. without any charges. If the soil on which the bank is to be placed is not suitable for laying banks. the whole or the portion of the same should be stripped off as directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge and materials so stripped if suitable shall be utilized for bank work or filling of the stripped up portion. as directed by Engineer-in-charge. 3.1.2 MATERIALS The embankment shall be constructed of contractors own soil. hard murum of approved quality as approved by the Engineer-in-charge and also laid as directed in the appropriate zones of the section. approved by the Engineer-in-charge. materials harder than soft rock shall not be used for casing except with the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge who may allow hard rock partly to be used on outer slopes of the bank. 3.1.3 ZONING OF EMBANKMENT The embankment shall consist of

1. Soil core 2. Murum casing as shown in the drawing.

SOIL CORE/HERTING MATERIALS The zone shall be formed with selected impervious soil as approved by the Engineer-in-charge available from excavation specified in para. No. 2.7.1, 2.8.0 (a) and 2.9.0 or available from borrow pits as the case may be. Earth for hearting zone shall be free from roots and vegetable or other organic matter. All clods and lumps upto and above 5 cm. cubes shall be broken up as the work proceeds. The earth to be used for hearting shall be from the contractor’s own quarry approved by the Engineer-in-charge. MURUM CASING Casing shall be of previous soils consisting of murum of approved quality for desired section. Materials for casing shall be free from roots and vegetables, mounds or other organic matter. All clods and lumps upto and above 10 cm. cubes shall be broken up as the work proceeds. The materials to be incorporated in the casing zone shall be got classified from the Engineer-in-charge with regard to its suitability before being used in bank work. 3.1.4 STRETCHES OF EMBANKMENT

- 153 -


The embankment shall be made of 150 to 250 meter in lengths and not in small bits. 3.2.0 ALLOWANCE FOR SETTLEMENTS 3.2.1 IN HEIGHT The banks will be made to extra height at a rate of 10 cm. per meter of designed height to allow for probable settlement of banks. The widths at base and top in this case remain unchanged. The extra work so done will be measured and paid for under the respective items of banking after deductions of specified shrinkage allowance. 3.3.0 USE OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS 3.3.1 All the materials required for the construction of the appropriate zones of the canal embankment shall come from following sources in order of priority. 1) The materials obtained from the excavation of canal and approved for use in the embankment by the Engineer-in-charge. 2) After utilizing the materials obtained as above the remaining materials required for construction of embankment shall be taken from the approved borrow areas of the contract. The materials obtained from the borrow area should also be got approved prior to its use. The material already excavation and stacked along side the cuts in the reaches will be permitted to be used free of cost in the respective zones of the embankment. In respect of suitability of use of such materials decision of Engineer-in-charge shall be final. The rate of this item includes cost of sorting out of material for casing from the spoil bank. 3.3.2 The quantity of earth work from borrow area mentioned above will be worked out by deducting the total usable soils of excavation in the appropriate zones whether actually used or not 10 percent wastage for utilization will be allowed in excavation quantities. The utilization of the excavated materials should be so planned that these materials shall be used directly in the embankment with the minimum lead. No changes will be paid for re-handling or if used with a longer lead when it can be used within a shorter lead. The quantities to be deducted for the utilization in embankment in appropriate zones as detailed above will be arrived on the basis of the following conversion table. Sr. No.

Type of Material Excavation measured in place

i.e. direct measurements of

cut

Converted compacted banks measurements

for the purpose of reduction

1 All soft material for hearting

1 Cubic meter 0.9 Cubic meter

2 Hard material for casing

1 Cubic meter 1.0 Cubic meter

3 Soft rock 1 Cubic meter 1.2 Cubic meter 4 Hard rock 1 Cubic meter 1.4 Cubic meter

- 154 -


3.4.0 BORROW PITS No borrow pits shall be allowed in the Corporation land acquired for the canal. branches. minors. and sub-minors. 3.5.0 DEPOSITION OF MATERIAL All materials obtained from excavation or contractor’s own materials shall be laid in regular layers not exceeding 23 cm. thickness loose. The layers of earth shall have a slight slope towards centre of bund which shall be formed by dumping earth from the sides towards the center. During monsoon. a small crown shall be maintained at middle of the bank work to facilitate easy drainage of rain water. The material shall be laid to the section inclusive of pride. The profiles shall show the total heights and slopes including allowances for settlement. The bank is to be constructed evenly to the full section of the set out. The finished bank work shall be dressed neatly to the sections and slopes shown by the profile. 3.6.0 WATERING AND COMPACTION 3.6.1 Compaction of bank shall be done by 8 to 10 tones rollers. Before consolidation the layer will be moistened with adequate quantity of water to bring the percentage of O.M.C. with variation of 2 percent of O.C.M. The rate of the item includes charges for rolling and for providing sprinkling water with all leads and lifts required for the purpose. Before laying the next layer the previous layers shall be scrapped and picking done if required compaction. the Corporation shall employ additional rollers at Contractor’s cost. The hearting and casing shall be raised simultaneously order that the whole embankment may be raised evenly. 3.6.2 The compaction will have to be uniform over the full width of the bank. The roller should be made to travel over the entire design section of each layer so that the earth is fully consolidated and leaves no visible marks on the surface or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Where. smooth rollers are used. the surface of each layer of compacted material shall be roughened with a borrow and thoroughly harrowed raked before depositing the succeeding layer of material and care shall be exercised to avoid the occurrence of horizontal seams. Earth work should be continuous from day to day. In case of break in consolidation exceeding four days. the dried surface shall be well watered and harrowed before a fresh layer of earth is laid on it. The spreading of the next layer shall be carried out only after the whole underlying layer has been properly consolidated. The Contractor shall arrange for the water required for the work and no extra charges will be allowed on this account. Water required to bring up the moisture content to its optimum figure shall be sprinkled uniformly over the entire area and not poured in ditches. The Contractor should give all facilities for the corporation staff to conduct the optimum moisture content and do density tests at site. 3.6.3. TAMPING COMPACTION

In those parts of the embankment inaccessible to the specified rolling equipment around and in account with structures and in proximity of structures where the rolling equipment shall not be permitted to operate, compaction shall be accomplished either with manual or mechanical tampers of approved type. Roller shall not be permitted to operate within one

- 155 -


meter of concrete or masonry structures and fill within this distance shall be tamped by manual or mechanical tampers.

All materials to be tamped shall be spread in layers not over 8 cm. thick when loose. The moisture content of the material may be +2 percent water than O.M.C. and amount of tamping shall be exercised to obtain a good contract and bond with surface of concrete and masonry structures. 3.6.4 In order to achieve compaction upto the edges of the embankment. the embankment section shall be widened on inner side by minimum 30 cm. or more to get width required for rolling as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The price so provided shall not be payable under the item of excavation. initially. However. the payment shall be made for removal of material from pride under the item of excavation of soft strata under canal earthwork and lining. The contractor may use this material for raising of embankment in the zone above free board. for which payment shall be made under the relevant item of embankment. Inner section of distributaries or minors (capacity less than 0.15 m3/Sec) and approaches of structure on canal as directed by Engineer-in-charge shall be completely filled and compacted with murum casing in layers. The quantity of this extra filling shall be paid under the relevant item of embankment. The removal of quantity extra filled material in the inner side of the section of canal. distributaries or minor shall be paid under the item of excavation for soft strata and the material so excavated shall be reused in the embankment and shall be paid under the relevant item of embankment to be constructed. This removal shall be done as per the instructions of Engineer-in-charge. 3.6.5 DRESSING DRESSING OF BANK After completion of work. the bank including spoil shall be dressed evenly to the required section as directed with no extra cost of Corporation. 3.6.6 The side slope shall be accurately dressed to required slope and section by stretching string between the template faces. Dressing should be accompanied by watering and ramming, including replacing or refilling the murum material. Dressing and removal of inner side pride should be done just before commencing the lining as per direction of the Engineer-in-charge. 3.7.0 LAYING AND TESTING 3.7.1 The material placed in the embankment shall be laid in 15 cm. layers if plain roller is used and 22 cm. layers if sheep foot roller is used and shall be properly watered and compacted to attain dry density of not less than 95 % of the proctor density for the material under consideration. The soil shall be brought to +2 percent of O.M.C. as determined in the laboratory by adding the required amount of water either at the borrow pits or on the embankment. In case of canal embankment a dry density up to 90% of optimum dry density (Standard proctor density) will be accepted but shall be paid at reduced rate to be approved by the Superintending Engineer. 3.7.2 FIELD DENSITY The field density tests shall be conducted to ascertain that a density of 95 percent of the proctor density is attained. The number of such tests shall

- 156 -


not be less than one for every 500 cubic meters of the rolled or compacted earthwork per layer or two per day whichever is more. 3.8.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND DEDUCTION IN SECTIONAL MEASUREMENTS ;

All measurements shall be taken on cross section of bank. For this purpose detailed cross section of the ground shall be taken at the interval of 30 m. or less as directed before a embankment of a particular reach starts. The quantities of bank work shall be worked out on the basis of areas and distances of these cross sections by trapezoidal formula. Deduction in quantities of bank work and C.N.S. bank shall be made for shrinkage at the rate of 10 percent of intermediate measurements. 7 percent after one monsoons and 5 percent for final measurements of earth work if the final measurements are taken two more monsoons. 3.9.0 PROVIDING PERVIOUS MATERIAL HAVING C.N.S. PROPERTIES

FOR SUBGRADE BEHIND LINING ; 3.9.1 Most of the proposed embankment quantity under banking item is required for preparing sub-grade behind lining in B.C. Zone As sub-grade in B.C. Zone requires a good foundation for good lining, special care will have to be taken for it. 3.9.2. The thickness of bed and side sub-grade shall be as per design and drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in writing. 3.9.3 Only approved quality of murum should be used. Murum shall be laid in horizontal layers of 15 to 23 cm and the same shall be laid for bed first and latter for sides. Murum shall be laid in long reaches at a stretch and in any case the reach shall not be less than 100 meter. 3.9.4 Each layer will be watered adequately and compacted as specified in this section. Mechanical slope compactors shall be used for compaction. In small section where mechanical device cannot be used. manual tamping is allowed provided that compaction is done to the requirement. 3.9.5 Sub-grade will be inspected by the Engineer-in-charge or his field officer before the lining work is started and certificate regarding the stipulated thickness and quality of sub-grade will be recorded and kept on records. Testing shall be done as per para 3.7.1 to 3.7.2 and test results shall conform to be standard requirement as stipulated in above paras. 3.9.6 Payment will be for one cum. of work done quantity which will be

computed by taking actual measurement.

3.9.7 Construction of service road along Canal/Distributary/Minor.

i) This work consist of leveling the ground after removing grass etc.

ii) Filling the ruts and depressions.

iii) Spreading available spoils for sub-grade and compaction.

iv) Spreading murum in layers and compaction.

3.9.8 After removing bushed and grass the ground will be leveled. Ruts and

depressions if any shall be filled with available soil and the entire width of

- 157 -


service road will be leveled. Available excavated material from cutting for

accommodation back fill should directly placed to act as sub grade for

murum road. this should be watered and compacted.

3.9.9 Murum shall be placed in layers uniformly. After sectioning according

to plan the surface will be watered and compacted as specified in this

section. After thorough compaction the surface of road will be finally leveled

and dressed according to plans or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

3.9.10 No payment for this work will be made to the Contractor unless and

until trimming to the canal section in that reach and service road in

compacted in all respect.

- 158 -


SECTION -4 CEMENT CONCRETE

4.0.0 CEMENT CONCRETE 4.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK The work covered by this item shall consist of

i) Furnishing all materials. equipments and labourers for the manufacture. transport. placing and curing of concrete and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto including the concrete to the required shape as per drawing.

ii) Installation of all embedded parts stands included in the rates. No extra payment will be made for the installation of this embedded metal work or for delays or for interruptions arising there from.

iii) Providing and removal of all form work comprising of furnishing all materials equipment and labor for the manufacture, transport, erection. keeping in place with necessary fixtures and supports oiling etc. complete

iv) Necessary samplings and tests for materials and concrete. v) Compensation for injury to persons and damages to work or property.

4.2.0 The following specifications will apply in general of all types of concrete work including R.C.C. work.

4.3.0 CEMENT Deleted. 4.4.0 SAND 4.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE The contractors own sand as per specification shall be used. The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. 4.4.2 QUALITY The sand shall consist of hard. dense. durable uncoated. gritty material obtained from rock fragment. it shall be free from injurious amounts of dust lumps. soft and flaky particles. shale. alkali organic matter. loam. mica and other deleterious substances. The maximum percentage of deleterious matter in sand as delivered for use in mortar shall not exceed the following values. PERCENTAGE BT WEIGHT

Materials passing 75 micron I.S. sieve Shale 1 Percent Coal 1 Percent Clay lumps 1 Percent

Total of other deleterious substances such as Alkali. mica coated grains. soft and flaky 2 Percent particles. The sum of percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed 5% by weight. The sand shall be free from injurious amounts of organic impurities. sand producing a calorimetric than the standard in the

- 159 -


calorimetric tests for organic impurities shall be rejected. If the impurities are beyond the acceptable limits stated above. the sand shall be washed with power or diesel driven sand washing machine to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge at the cost of the Contractor. 4.4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieve analysis of the sand shall conform to the following limits of gradations.

I.S.S. No. Cumulative percentage by weight retained on Sieve

10 mm. Nil 4.75 mm 1 to 8 2.36 mm 10 to 25 1.18 mm 25 to 45 600 micron 50 to 70 300 micron 75 to 90 150 micron 90 to 97

The gradation curve of the natural sand shall the enveloping curve of gradation specified as above. 4.4.4. a) FINENESS MODULES The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative percentages of and retained on the 6 standard screens from No. 4.75 to 150 micron inclusive ISS and dividing the sum by 100. Any deviation from the specified range of gradation and fineness modulus shall not be permitted without the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge corrective measures if any required for improving the fineness modulus shall be arranged by the Contractor at his cost as directed by Engineer-in-charge. B) NATURAL SAND Natural sand shall have fineness modulus ranging from 2.60 to 3.85 without any admixture. c) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE If the contractor’s own sand required to be washed or obtained after its washing is found to be moist. bulkage will be measured and allowed provided sand is stacked at site at least for 48 hours before use. Bulkage of such a stack will be measured regularly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and allowed according to these observations. Observations for bulkage will be made as per Indian Standard Procedure and allowance will be made as under.

BULKAGE OBSERVED ALLOWANCE TO BE MADE Below 5% Nil 5 to 10 5 percent 10 to 15 10 percent 15 to 20 15 percent 20 to 25 20 percent 25 to 30 25 percent 30 to 35 30 percent

4.5.0 COARSE AGGREGATE

- 160 -


4.5.1 Coarse aggregate for concrete shall consist of hard. dense. durable uncoated crushed rock and shall be free from injurious amount of soft. feeble thin. elongated or laminated pieces. alkali. organic matter or other deleterious substances. Flaky and weathered stones shall not be used. 4.5.2 IMPURITIES ; The broken stone shall be free from dust and dirt and shall be washed if necessary to ensure that all faces of the stones are perfectly clean. The maximum individual percentages by weight of deleterious substances of any size of coarse shall not exceed the following values. Materials passing through No. 150 microns I.S. sieve one percent by weight. shale 1 percent by weight

Coal 1 percent by weight Soft lumps 1 percent by weight Clay lumps 1/4 percent by weight Other deleterious 1 percent by weight

The sum of the percentage by weight of all the deleterious substances in any size shall not exceed five percent by weight. The aggregate containing impurities above the specified permissible limits shall be screened/Washed/or treated as directed before use in producing concrete. 4.5.3. GRADING The approximate range in grading of coarse aggregate shall be as under. Coarse aggregate shall be of such size as shall be retained on a mesh 5 mm. Sq.

Maximum size of

aggregate

Normal range mm.

Percentage if coarse aggregate fraction (mm) 40 to 80 20 to 40 5 to 20 10 to 20 5 to 10

20 mm 10 to 20 - - 100 50 to 67 33 to45 40 mm 20 to 40 - 40 to 50 50 to 60 28 to 40 18 to 30 80 mm 40 to 80 20 to 36 16 to 36 35 to 44 10 to 30 13 to 29

The grading between the limits specified above shall be such as shall produce a dense concrete of the specified proportions and consistency that will work readily in to position without segregation and without the use of excessive water content. The use of gravel fraction left behind after sieving river sand for winning fine aggregates shall be permitted in the blending of coarse aggregate if asked for after suitable experiments and without rate variations. 4.5.4. SIZE The maximum size of coarse aggregate for a particular grade of

concrete shall be as large as possible but normally not greater than ¼ the of

minimum thickness of the concrete member provided that in the case of

R.C.C. this size presents no difficulty to surround the reinforcement

- 161 -


thoroughly and fill up the corners of the form work fully and is less than the

minimum cover by 6 mm.

For heavily reinforced concrete members such a ribs of beams. etc.

the maximum size of aggregate shall be restricted to 6 mm less than the

minimum clear lateral distance between the reinforcement bars of 6 mm.

less than the cover whichever is smaller.

Generally a maximum size of 20 mm. should be found satisfactory for

reinforced concrete work.

The grading between the maximum size and minimum size of 5 mm

shall be such as to produce a dense concrete of the specified proportion and

consistency that will work readily into position without segregation and

without the use of excessive water content.

4.5.5 The Contractor shall at all times maintain a minimum storage of all

grades of the aggregate for the day’s requirements. at work site failing which

the work may not be commenced. The contractor shall furnish

representative samples of aggregates proposed for use in the work at least

two months before aggregates are required for use.

4.6.0 WATER Water used in concrete shall be clean and free from objectionable quantities of silt, organic matter. alkali. salt and other impurities which are likely to be injurious. The turbidity of water for mixing shall not be more than 200 parts per million and shall preferably be lower. 4.7.0 GRADING AND RELATIVE PROPORTION Grading of the aggregates ( fine and coarse) brought on the site shall be done by the contractor and shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. The grading of sand and coarse aggregate is liable to be modified beyond the limits specified above to suit local condition in order to obtain required strength and workability. The grading as well as relative proportion of sand and coarse aggregate are liable to be changed at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge. in order to produce dense concrete of required strength which can be worked readily into position without segregation in a given ratio of cement and total aggregate (sum of volume of sand and coarse aggregate) No compensation is payable for adjustment in relative proportion and grading of aggregates. 4.8.0 MIX VARIATION Cement variation in the concrete mix shall not constitute and extra item. In case the ratio of cement to total aggregate is modified by changing the cement content under specific orders of the Engineer-in-charge. the

- 162 -


Contractor shall be paid at increased or reduced rate according to the variation in the cost of cement alone resulting from change in mix proportion. calculated as per table given below. at the rate as given in Annex ‘A’ of Detailed Tender Notice. Sr. No.

Nominal mix proportion of the

concrete by volume

Equivalent I.S.S mixes (ISS 456-

1978)

Assumed cement consumption per one

cubic metre of concrete

1 1:1:2 M:25 375 Kgs. 2 1:1:5:3 M:20 355 Kgs. 3 1:2:4 (40 MSA) M:15 313.50 Kgs. 3A. 1:2:4 (20 MSA) M:15 347 Kgs. 4 1:3:6 M:10 220 Kgs. 5 1:4:8 M:7.5 170 Kgs. 6 1:0.75:1.50 M:30 400 Kgs. Fine and coarse aggregate shall be measured by dry volumes in suitable wooden boxes. Overall cement consumption for individual items during working season shall be within (+) or (-) 2% In case the cement consumption is less than 2% than that specified. the work shall be paid at reduced rates. 4.9.0 DESIGN MIX : (To be applicable for work costing less than Rs.1 crore.) The ratio of the volumes of the fine and coarse aggregate may be varied within limits of 1:1.5 to 1:2.5 as directed by the Engineer-in-charge to suit the maximum size of coarse aggregates. the grading density. workability and strength without extra cost. The quantity of water shall be just sufficient. but not more than sufficient to produce a dense concrete of required workability for its purpose. An accurate control shall be kept on the quantity of mixing water . An allowance shall be made for surface moisture present in the aggregates when computing water content is indicated in I.S. 456-1978. Nominal mix proportions of concrete are given in para 4.8.0 However. the exact proportions in which the materials are to be used for different parts of the work shall be determined by carrying out mix design to obtain the specified strength of the concrete. The design of mix. shall be submitted by the contractor and got approved from the Engineer-in-charge at least one month before the commencement of the work. The design may be changed at any given time at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge during progress of the work. The samples of aggregates and cement and the resulting concrete as well as the concrete mix design shall be tested as per relevant I.S. by the Engineer-in-charge. So as to secure the required workability density impermeability. strength and economy. All the materials going in each batch of concrete shall be weighed before use. The amount of each individual size of aggregate entering each batch of concrete shall be determined by direct weighing. The amount of water shall be added after weighing or volumetric measure. All measuring equipment shall be calibrated correctly and certificate from the competent

- 163 -


authority shall be obtained as and when demanded by the Engineer-in-charge. All measuring equipment shall be so designed and operated that the combined inaccuracies in feeding and measuring the materials will not exceed. One and half percent for water or cement and two and half percent for each size of aggregate. Any batch of concrete not satisfying this requirement is liable to be rejected. No cement older than 60 days from the date of dispatch from the manufacturer shall be used on the work. The cement to be used shall be in the older of its receipt so that no stock remains unused for duration longer than 60 days. Cement older than 60 days shall be removed from site as per the direct of Engineer-in-charge. The ingredients of concrete shall be property mixed in mixers, designed so as to positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component materials through the mass. at the end of the mixing period. The mixing of each batch shall continue about one and half to two minutes depending upon the revolutions per minute of the mixer and experience after all materials except for the full amount of water are added in the mixer. The minimum mixing period specified above assumes proper control of the rotation of the mixer and of introduction of the materials. including water. The mixing time shall be increased at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge when the charging operation fails to produce concrete of the required uniformity of composition and consistency within the batch and from the batch to batch. Contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment for such increase in mixing time. Excessive mixing requiring the addition of the water to preserve the required concrete consistency shall be avoided. If the mixing and charging operations are such that the required uniformity of the concrete is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum specified without sacrifice of needed workability. the mixing time may be shortened under order of the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done by mechanical means only. Materials corresponding to one bag mix or half bag mix (depending upon the mixer capacity) shall be placed in the skip in sequence of metal cement and sand. The skip shall then be emptied in to the drum and specified quantity of water added to material in drum. The following general principles shall be followed in operation of mixing.

a) The ingredient shall be fed into the mixer simultaneously. b) A portion of water (between 5 and 10 percent) shall precede and an

equal quantity shall follow introduction of the other materials. The remainder of the water shall be added uniformly and simultaneously with the other materials.

c) Care shall be taken that mixing of concrete in the mixer shall be uniform.

- 164 -


4.10.0 TEST FOR CEMENT CONCRETE 4.10.1 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH The crushing strength in Newton per square millimeter on works cubes. at 28 days for each nominal mix shall be as specified in 4.10.4. 4.10.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TEST Preliminary tests of cubes shall be carried out in the laboratory well in

advance of commencement of work. These tests should indicate in

adequate margin over the stipulated strength.

4.10.3 WORKS TESTS ON CONCRETE Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per

the relevant Indian Standard Specifications. For works tests samples shall

be taken on the job as when directed. For works tests. samples shall be

taken once for every 30 cubic meters of each type of concrete laid and at

least three times a day. if out put is more than 75 cubic meter. The samples

for work test is defined as a set of three cubes. The materials required for

the samples (concrete. cement, sand and coarse aggregate) shall be

supplied by the Contractor free of cost and collection of samples. casting

and testing shall be carried out at the contractors’s cost.

4.10.4 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA OF COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH

The concrete shall be deemed to comply with the strength

requirement when both the following conditions are met, as per IS:

456-2000 :

(a) The mean strength determined from any group of 4 non-

overlapping

Consecutive test results complies with the appropriate limits in

column 2 of the following table.

Any individual test results complies with the appropriate limits in

column 3 of the following table.

TABLE

Characteristic compressive strength compliance requirement

- 165 -


Specified grade Mean of the group of 4 non-overlapping consecutive test

results in N/mm2

Individual test results in

N/mm2 1 2 3

M15 ≥fck +0.825 x established standard deviation (rounded off to nearest 0.5 N/mm2)

≥fck – 3 N/mm2

Or ≥fck + 3 N/mm2 whichever is

greater

M20 or above ≥fck +0.825 x established standard deviation (rounded off to nearest

0.5N/mm2)

≥fck – 4 N/mm2

Or fck + 4 N/mm2 whichever is greater

In the absence of established value of standard deviation, the following

value may be assumed in the first instance and there-after established

values based on the requisite number of test results.

Grade of concrete Assumed standard

deviation

M10 and M15 3.5

N.mm2

M20 and M25 4.0

N/mm2

M30 4.0

N/mm2

fck = Characteristic compressive strength of 150mm cube at 28-days in

N/mm2.

4.10.5 SLUMP TESTS

In order to test the consistency of the mixed concrete, slumps test

shall have to be made by the contractor when and where required by the

- 166 -


Engineer-in-charge as per Indian Standard Specifications. The allowable

slumps shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge depending upon the

location of the concrete

4.10.6 In the case of reinforced concrete work. the workability shall be such

as the concrete will surround and properly grip all the reinforcement. Water

cement ratio will be such as will give concrete just sufficiently wet to be

placed and compacted without difficulty.

4.10.7 Concrete shall have a consistency such the it will be workable in the

required position and in the case of R.C.C. flow around reinforcing steel

also.

4.10.8 For vibrated concrete slump shall range between 2.5 cm to 5 cm.

The slump shall be the less permitted by workability. The slump shall be

determined as detailed in Appendix ‘G’ of I.S.456-1978 and maintained

throughout the concreting operation of member.

4.11.0 FORMS

4.11.1 GENERAL

Forms to confine the concrete and shape it to the required line shall

be used wherever necessary. The form shall have sufficient strength and

rigidity to hold concrete and to withstand the pressure of ramming and

vibration without excessive deflection from the prescribed lines the more so

when the concrete is in vibration. The Contractor shall have to get the

design and drawing of the centering approved from the Engineer-in-charge

before erection. Form work shall be of any of the following types.

a) Wooden shuttering with steel plates lining or plywood shuttering.

b) Steel shuttering.

For works costing more than Rs. One crore only steel shuttering to be used.

However as per need of site. wooden shuttering would be allowed only if it is

free from wrapping and is fabricated true to line and shape. The decision of

the Engineer-in-charge as to the suitability of wooden shuttering as per (a)

above to be used by the Contractor will be final and binding on the

Contractor. The surface of all forms in contact with concrete shall be clean.

rigid. watertight and smooth. Suitable devices shall be used to hold corners.

- 167 -


adjacent ends and edges of panel of other forms together in accurate

alignment.

4.11.2 DESIGN

The detailed designs of the form work and false work shall be

prepared by the Contractor and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge

well in time. Such an approval however will not relieve the Contractor of his

responsibility for the adequacy and strength of the form work and false work.

Forms shall be as designed and constructed as to be removable in

sections without damaging the surface of the concrete and with facilities of

removal in ascending order without disturbing the remaining forms required

to be removed later.

4.11.3.MATERIAL

The forms and false work shall be made of wood or metal.

In metal forms steel sheets of the designed gauge strengthened with

framing of angle or other sections shall be used.

4.11.4 FABRICATION

The joints should be made mortar tight. This may be done either by

providing tongued and grooved or riveted joint or by caulking or nailing to the

construction operations. The nuts and bolt heads in side the form work

adjoining the concrete should be countersunk. The form work should allow

finished concrete to have a smooth surface and conform to the shapes lines

and dimensions shown on the plans and true to line and grade. The effect of

vibration shall be taken into account in the design and fabrication of form

and false work.

4.11.5. TREATMENT OF THE INNER SIDES OF FORMS

Before placing concrete the inner side of the forms which come in

contact with the concrete shall be coated with mineral oil or any other

suitable materials approved by the Engineer-in-charge which will prevent

adhesion of concrete to the forms but will not discolor the concrete. When oil

is used. it shall be applied before reinforcement is placed. Care shall be

taken to see that reinforcement does not come in contact with coating. All

chipping. saw dust and other rubbish shall be removed from, the interior of

the forms before concreting.

- 168 -


4.11.6 FALSE WORK False work shall be built on foundation or base of sufficient strength to carry the loads without settlement. False work which can not be found on solid footing must be supported by piles or other similar devices. False work shall be designed to carry the full loads including that due to construction operation coming upon it. 4.11.7 ERECTION AND REMOVAL OF FORMS The false work and form work shall be erected with an eye for absolute safety of the form work and concrete work before and after pouring concrete. Watch should be kept to see that the behavior of centering and form is satisfactory during concreting. Erection should also be such that it would allow removal of forms in proper sequence without damaging either the concrete or the forms to be removed later. If there is failure of false work and/or form the Contractor shall be responsible for all consequent damages to work. injury to life and damage to property and make good the damage at his cost. i) Before placing concrete the surface of forms shall be oiled with a suitable non-staining oil such as raw linseed oil so as to prevent sticking of concrete and facilitate the removal of form. ii) The oil shall cover the forms fully and evenly without excess over drip. Care shall be taken to prevent oil from getting on the surface of the construction joints and on reinforcement bars. Special care shall be taken to oil thoroughly the forms strips for narrow grooves so as to prevent swelling of the forms and the consequent damage to concrete prior to or during removal of forms. Immediately before concrete is place, care shall be taken to see that all forms are in proper alignment and the supports and fixtures are thoroughly secured and tightened. iii) Where forms for continuous surface are placed in successive units. the forms shall fit tightly over the completed surface so as to prevent leakage of mortar from the concrete and to maintain accurate alignment of the surface. iv) Forms shall be left in place until their removal is authorized and shall then be removed with care so as to avoid injury to the concrete. v) Removal of forms shall never be started until the concrete is thoroughly set and hardened adequately to carry its own weight. Beside the live load which is likely to come on the work during constructions The length of time for which the forms shall remain in place shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge with reference to weather conditions. shape position of the structure or structural member and the nature and amount of dead and live loads. In normal circumstances forms shall be struck after the expiry of the following period

- 169 -


a) Walls. columns and vertical faces of all - 24 to 28 hours as may be decided by structural members. the Engineer-in-charge

b) Stabs(Props left under) - 3 days. c) Beam soffits (Props left under) - 7 days. d) Removal of props under slabs

1) Spanning upto 4.5 - 7 days. 2) Spanning over 6m - 14days.

e) Removing of props under beams and arches. 1) Spanning upto 4.5 - 14 days. 2) Spanning over 6m - 21days.

Note : The number of props left under their size and disposition shall be such as to be able to carry the full dead load of the slab, beam or arch as the case may be together with any live load likely to occur during curing of further construction. In no case shall forms be removed until there is assurance that removal can be accomplished without damaging the concrete surface. No loads will be allowed to damage the concrete surface. Heavy load shall not be permitted until the concrete has reached its designed strength. The forms shall be removed with great caution and without harming the structure or throwing heavy forms upon the floor. 4.11.8 RE-USE OF FORMS ETC. Forms required to be used more than once shall be maintained in serviceable conditions and shall be thoroughly cleaned and smoothened before reuse. Where metal sheets are used for lining forms. the sheets shall be placed and maintained on the forms with minimum amount of wrinkles. humps or other imperfections. All forms shall be checked for shape and strength before reuse. 4.11.9 INSPECTION The forms and false work will be inspected. checked and approved by the Engineer-in-charge before concreting commences. But this will not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for strength, adequacy and safety of the form and false work. 4.12.0 PLACING CONCRETE 4.12.1 Concrete shall be placed only locations where authorized and no concrete or mortar shall be placed until formwork installations of embedded pars. preparation of surface or necessary clean up has been approved. 4.12.2 ROCK SURFACE Rock surface upon or against which concrete is to be placed shall be prepared as specified in section of excavation for foundation. 4.12.3 MASONARY SURFACE

- 170 -


I) Masonry surfaces on which or against which concrete is to be placed. shall be prepared as described in para 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 or section 9 The unit rate for masonry shall cover the cost of such preparation. ii) If the old layer of masonry which has been paid for is required to be removed as mentioned in para 9.2.2 it shall be back filled with concrete along with upper concrete layer at no extra cost. 4.12.4 CONCRETE SURFACES Before laying of concrete the surface of the concrete in day to day work. shall be cleaned by a wire brush and jets of water. so that the surface is thoroughly cleaned and wetted but pools of water are avoided. If the old concrete surface has remained exposed for than two weeks. If shall be prepared not roughened by chipping to a depth of two centimeters and the surface coated or covered with a layer of cement mortar (1:2) for a depth of 5 to 8 cm. The unit rate of concrete shall cover the cost of such preparation and also the cost of cement mortar. The concrete removed for roughening shall not be paid for. 4.12.5 ALL SURFACES I) The cleaned rock. masonry of concrete surface shall be applied with cement slurry and then cement mortar coat as described in para 9.2.2. ii) The first few batches of concrete may. if as required contain half the regular size of coarse aggregate without any extra claims. iii) The cost of such preparation work stands included in the unit rate of cement concrete. 4.12.6 TIME FOF SETTING All concrete shall be placed directly in its final position within thirty minutes of mixing. Any concrete which has become so stiff that proper placing cannot be assured without re-tempering shall be wasted and shall not be paid for. All surface of forms and metal work including reinforcement that have become encrusted with dried mortar of grout concrete previously placed shall be cleaned of all such mortar or grout before surrounding or adjacent concrete is placed. 4.12.7 METHOD OF PLACEMENT Before starting placing of concrete. it should be made certain that the

transporting and placing equipment is clean in proper order and that

equipment along with the operating staff is arranged to deliver the concrete

in the final positions without undue delays and objectionable segregation.

The methods and the equipment used for transport and placing of concrete

shall be such as will permit the delivery of concrete of the required

consistency into the work without objectionable segregation porosity or

excessive loss of workability. Excessive segregation from whatever cause

shall be prevented in handling and placing operation by avoiding or

controlling lateral movement of the concrete as in dumping at an angle

- 171 -


depositing continuously at one point and allowing the concrete to flow.

Concrete shall not be dropped from excessive heights and free fall should

be kept to a minimum. Concrete shall be deposited in continuous horizontal

layers in a thickness of approximately 30 cm. in normal work to 45 cm. for

mass concrete except that nothing herein shall be construed to permit

placement of the additional horizontal layers of mass concrete before the

entire area to be concreted is covered by previous layers. On flat. horizontal

surfaces. where congestion of steel near the forms makes placing of

concrete difficult. a mortar of the same cement. sand ratio as used in the

concrete shall be firstly deposited to cover the forms and shall stand

included in the unit rate of concrete before the entire area to be concreted is

covered by previous layers is covered by previous layers.

4.12.8 RATE OF PLACING

Concreting should be continued without interruption until the structure of

section is completed or until satisfactory construction joints can be made.

Location of construction joint shall be as directed by engineer-in- charge.

concrete shall not be placed. faster than the placing crew can compact it

properly. In placing this members and columns, precautions shall be taken

against too rapid placement, which may result in movements, or failure of

the forms due to excessive lateral pressure. An interval of at least 12 hour

and preferable 24 hours should elapse between the completion of column

and walls and the placing of slabs beams or girders supported by them in

order to avoid cracking due to settlement. All concrete shall be placed in

approximately horizontal lifts not exceeding 1.25 meter in thickness per day.

Concrete in arches should be done in strips extending form one pier to

another. No through joints shall be kept in the span.

4.12.9 CONCRETING AT NIGHT TIME

If concrete is to be placed at night adequate lighting arrangements shall

be made as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

- 172 -


4.12.10 CONCRETING DURING RAINS

When concreting is required to be done or continued while it shall be

seem that the concrete is not damaged due to rain while it is being

transported and placed. After placing the green concrete it shall be

adequately covered for a period of 24 hours When it will be capable for

being cured by splash of water. The surface of fresh concrete should be

maintained on a slope sufficient for result in the self drainage of the water.

The work shall however be discontinue when the rain is so severe that the

water collects into pools or washes the surface of the fresh concrete and it is

not possible to provide adequate shelter.

4.13.0 COMPACTION

4.13.1 GENERAL

In all concrete works. required nos. of vibrators with stand by in working

condition will be kept ready at site as per the instructions of the Engineer-in-

charge.

4.13.2 All concrete shall be vibrated by mechanical vibrator of approved

type so as to ensure dense concrete. Hand tamping and rolling shall not be

used for compaction of concrete except in special circumstances with the

express permission of the Engineer-in-charge. When immersion type

vibrators are used, they shall be used vertically and at about 45 cm apart.

The vibration shall be inserted to the full depth of the newly laid concrete

layer. The concrete shall be thoroughly compacted during depositing to get a

dense concrete and thoroughly worked in to the edges and corners of the

form work and also along its faces and around reinforcement in the case of

R.C.C. by means of suitable tools such as trowel and rods to gets a good

- 173 -


finish without honeycombing. The vibrator shall however. not re-vibrate

concrete which as commenced its final set. Special care shall be taken to

see the vibrator touching the reinforcement of embedded part does not

disturb the concrete below which has commenced its final set. The concrete

shall not be vibrated excessively, so as to cause segregation.

4.13.3 Each layer of concrete, for surface which are required to be smooth

and for all surfaces which will be permanently exposed to the weather, and

for all surfaces next to embedded metal work shall be worked & vibrated

mechanical vibrator of approved type only so as to obtain a concrete of

maximum density and impervious ness and to assure close contact of the

concrete with forms, reinforcement bars and other embedded parts. If the

methods of transporting and placement have been conducive to air

entertainment segregation of stiffening. the work of compaction should

receive special attention.

4.13.4 For concrete surface exposed to flow of water special

precaution shall be taken to minimize and to prevent surface pitting and

protrusions without resorting to over manipulation of the concrete mix to the

forms. No plastering for getting a smooth finish shall be permitted at these

locations. Any protrusion shall be ground smooth.

4.14.0 CURING AND PROTECTION

All concrete shall be protected against injury until final acceptance.

Exposed finished surface of concrete shall be protected from the direct rays

of sun for at least 72 hours after placement. Concrete shall be kept

continuously moist for not less than 21 days. Construction joints shall be

cured in the same way as other concrete and shall be kept moist for at least

72 hours prior to the placing of additional concrete upon the joints.

Approximately horizontal surfaces shall be cured by sprinkling, pounding or

by covering by damp sand or may be cured by use of wet quills or mats.

Vertical surface shall be cured by covering with wet jute bags. If damp sand

or quilting is used for curing it shall be removed completely later should the

concrete that has become dry or powdery through neglect of curing the

Contractor shall rectify the work as his own extra as his own extra cost. If

- 174 -


curing arrangement by the contractor are not satisfactory the Engineer-in-

charge may in his discretion engage labour and provide material and

equipment for curing and recover expenditure thus involved from contractor.

4.15.0 FINISHING

4.15.1 GENERAL

Finishing of formed and uniformed surface shall be performed only by

skilled workmen. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be cleaned of all

encrustations of cement mortar or grout and unsightly stains shall be

removed.

4.15.2 FORMED SURFACES:

Surface of concrete finished against form shall be smooth, free form

projections and filled thoroughly with mortar. Immediately upon removal of

forms, all unsightly ridges of fines shall be removed and any local bulging on

exposed surfaces shall be remedied by tooling and rubbing. All holes left by

the removal of fasteners, shall after being reamed with tooth’s reamer, be

neatly filled with dry patching mortar. All porous and fractured concrete and

surface concrete to which additions are required to bring it to the prescribed

lines shall be sharp edged and keyed shall be filled to required line whit

fresh concrete used for filling the chipped openings, and these shall not be

less than 8 cm in depth and the concrete filling shall be reinforced and

doweled to the surface of the opening. Honey combed surfaces and

surfaces, which give a hollow sound, shall be rectified by guniting at the

contractors cost, within the unit rate accepted for concrete.

4.15.3 DRY PATCHING :

Dry patching mortar shall consist of one part of cement to 2 parts of

sand by volume and just enough water, so that the mortar as used, will stick

together on being molded into a ball by a slight pressure of the hands and

- 175 -


will not exclude water when pressed but will leave the hands damp. The

mortar shall be placed in layers of not more than 2 cm thickness. After being

compacted each layer shall be roughed by being scratched to provide and

effective bond with the succeeding layers. The last or finishing layer shall be

smooth to form a surface continuous with the surrounding concrete. All

patches shall be bonded thoroughly to the surface of the chipped opening

and shall he sound and free form shrinkage cracks.

4.15.4 FINISHING PERMANENTLY EXPOSED SURFACE:

Except as otherwise specified or directed all permanently concrete

surface and other water way surface requiring durability under water (except

the outlet) shall be finished in the following manner immediately upon the

removal of the forms, the surface shall be wetted and all surface pits and air

bubbles filled by rubbing mortar composed of cement and fine sand in

proportion (1:2) into the pits with burlap so as to secure a uniformly dense

and smooth face.

The rubbing shall be performed in such a manner as to leave the surface

free from mortar not used for filling the pits should the filling orations be

unduly delayed & the surface of the pits become coated with dirt or other

contaminating material, they shall be thoroughly cleaned & washed and shall

be maintained in a moist condition, until the mortar filling is placed. Such

cleaning shall be done by means of air and water jets and chipping or

brushing or other satisfactory means without damaging the surrounding

concrete. All operations in connection with the filling of surface pits shall be

handled as quickly as practicable to minimize the period during which the

concrete and mortar filling are exposed to drying. When the treatment of a

surface has been completed the surface shall be neat and of the same

colour and texture as the adjoining concrete.

4.15.5 FINISHING CONCEALED SURFACEARCHES.

For exterior concealed surfaces below ground or back fill level or like

surfaces not otherwise specified. no finish is necessary except that sand

streaks metal pockets, honey combing or other imperfections which are of

consequence affecting strength water tightness or protection of reinforcing

- 176 -


steel from corrosion, shall be corrected and repaired as prescribed for

formed surface.

4.15.6 FINISHING UNIFORMED SURFACE

Unformed surface shall be finished by one or more of the operations

of screeding, floating & toweling. of the surfaces should be done at proper

time employing experienced men and should be just sufficient to produce

the desired finished. Screeding which gives the surface its approximate

shape by striking of surplus concrete immediately after compaction shall be

accomplished by moving straight edge or template with a saving motion

across wood or metal strips that have been established as guides. Where

the surface is curved as special screed should be brought true to form &

grade by working it with wooden float. if a coarse textured finish is desired or

if the surface is to be steel toweled a section or final floating should be

performed after some stiffening has occurred and the surface moisture film

or shine has disappeared. Where a smooth dense finish is desired floating

shall be followed by steel trawling some time after moisture film, or shine

has disappeared from the floated surface and where the concrete has

hardened sufficiently to prevent fine material and water from being worked

out to the surface. Excessive trawling particularly at early time shall be

avoided.

4.15.7 CHIPPING AND ROUGHENING CONCRETE SURFACE

Surface upon or against which additional concrete is to be placed

shall be chipped and roughened to a depth not greater than 25 mm.

Roughening shall be performed by chipping or other satisfactory methods

and in such manner as not to loosen. crack of shatter any part of the

concrete beyond the roughened surface. After being roughened the surface

of the concrete shall be cleaned thoroughly of all loose fragments dirt and

other objectionable substances and shall be sound and hard in such

conditions as to assure good mechanical bond between old and new

- 177 -


concrete All concrete which is not hard. dense and durable shall removed to

the depth required to secure a satisfactory surface.

4.15.8 DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS - COPORATION NOT

RESPONSIBLE

In case of damage of any of the concrete works due to floods,

corporation will not be responsible and whatever corrective measures are

required to be adopted shall be done by the contractor at his cost.

4.17.0 PAYMENT

4.17.1 Payments shall be on the net quantity of concrete after

deducting quantities for openings and other class of work. No deduction

shall be made for anchor bars reinforcement grout holes and bore or weep

holes or any opening not exceeding 100 square centimeters in cross

section. Rate shall be subject to paragraph 4.10.4 above.. Measurements of

concrete shall be taken within the specified pay lines for the structure or as

indicated on the drawings. Any concrete placed in the excavation beyond

the line of structures to avoid use of forms shall not be paid for.

Payment at the rate of 1% shall be withheld in running payments.

Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work in relation to finishing level and

line of concrete laid and release such withheld payments suitably, if he is

satisfied with the work of finishing of the item.

- 178 -


SECTION -5

C.C.BED LINING AND TOP SLAB

5.1.0 GENERAL

The lining for canal bed shall consist of cement concrete of Nominal

mix by volumes in the proportion as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The

specifications for cement, sand, coarse aggregate and water as per relevant

paras of section 4 shall apply here also. The size of the coarse aggregate

shall be 40 mm. maximum of the gradation shown in para 4.5.3 and with any

modification therein to get a design mix as approved by the Engineer-in-

charge.

All relevant paras of Specifications in Section 4 of cement concrete

relating to materials, mixing, laying, ramming curing and finishing, tests and

form work for concrete shall also apply for this item.

5.2.0 PREPARATION OF BED FOR LAYING CONCRETE

5.2.1 EXCAVATION FOR LINING

Unless specified no over excavation in soft strata for the seating of the

lining below the underside of the lining shall be permitted. If any such over

excavation is done, then immediately prior to the lining, the Contractor shall

make good such over excavation is done, then immediately prior to the

lining, the Contractor shall make good such over excavation by refilling with

selected materials obtained from the spoil bank or contractor’s own borrow

area and finish to the grade and section up to the underside of the lining

including watering and compaction to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-

charge so as to provide a firm base for the lining . These operations have to

be done by the Contractor at his own expenses.

4.2.2 For excavation required for seating of lining in hard strata, a maximum

over break to the extent of 15cm. below the underside of the lining shall be

- 179 -


permitted and paid for under the item of excavation in hard strata. No rock

projection which protrude in to the thickness of lining shall be permitted.

Thus the minimum depth of excavation shall be strictly limited to the

underside of the lining and all rock projections into the lining shall be

removed at the Contractors expense.

4.2.2 a) The sub-grade shall be prepared and trimmed and tamped true to

level and grade according to the required cross section of the canal, to form

a firm compacted base to receive the lining. The preparation of sub-grade

shall be done just ahead of the lining work, so as to ensure a firm base for

the lining and to avoid delay in lining operations.

b) The Contractor shall prepare the earth base for concrete lining in a

manner to result in a firm sub-grade for the concrete lining. The bottom,

including the surface of compacted embankments, shall be finished

accurately to the dimensions shown on the drawings or prescribed by the

Engineer-in-charge, and surface so prepared shall be moistened with water

and tamped with suitable tools for the purpose of thoroughly compacting

them and forming firm base upon which the concrete lining is to be placed.

If at any point, the sub-grade has been excavated beyond the neat

line required to receive the lining, the over excavation shall be refilled and

finished to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

c) Any over break in hard stratum below the underside of the lining shall

be refilled completely up to underside of the lining with murum and properly

watered and consolidated. Payment for this murum filling to 15 cm. depth

will be made under item of embankment for casing at the Tender Rate of

that item.

5.2.4 If the area on which the concrete is to be placed is under water, it

shall be pumped and kept dry throughout the period of laying concrete and 2

hours after completing concreting, without causing damage to concrete. The

rate for concrete shall also include the cost of de-watering required.

- 180 -


5.3.0 LAYING CONCRETE IN BAYS

5.3.1 The base shall be thoroughly moistened, before laying concrete.

Alternate bay method should be adopted for laying the concrete. The length

of the bay along canal bed should be 2 meters and width equal to canal bed

width.

5.3.2 The bays should be laid alternately at an interval of one day.

5.3.3. Good finishing of concrete in canal lining is important. Hence

the concrete should be finished to an even and smooth surface free from

pockets or exposed aggregates. This should be obtained by careful use of

long handed steel trowel. The concrete laid which is not having desired

finish is liable for rejection and shall be removed and made good by the

Contractor at his own cost.

5.3.4 LAYING CAST-IN-SITU CONCRETE TOP-SLAB (KEY SLAB)

The concreting shall be done panel-wise and in alternate bays, the

size of panels being according to the drawing or as directed. Concrete shall

be in line with hydraulic section of the canal. After concrete is laid to full

depth, it shall be compacted thoroughly by tampers and/or wooden sleepers

to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge, or the concrete shall be

compacted by mechanical plate or screed vibrator. A day after completion of

the concreting of all the panels of side lining between two templates

concreting of key slab, shall be done in the same manner on the prepared

bed.

5.4.0 CURING

12 hours after laying of concrete, small bunds longitudinal cross wise

consisting of earth materials or lean mortar (1:15) shall be laid for a height of

8 cm. for purpose of curing. The water will be kept always pounded in these

bunds for continuous 14 days.

5.5.0 JOINTS

- 181 -


a) Joints between successive bays should be clear butt-joints. At every

tenth joint i.e. 20 meters apart (along the canal axis) the lining should

have an expansion joint of 12mm. thickness.

b) The joint should be filled with the mixture of following materials with

proportion specified against each. No extra payment on this account

will be made to the Contractor.

i) Asphalt 80/103 30% by volume

ii) Sand 51% by volume

iii) Cement 17% by volume

iv) Hemp cut into length not exceeding 3 mm 2% by volume

Total 100% by volume

5.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS

The rate for this item shall be for unit of 1.00 square meter. This rate

shall be in full compensation for furnishing hauling and placing all material

including the joint materials preparation and conditioning the base as

directed and specified and for furnishing all labour equipment, tools and

incidental necessary to complete the item.

Payment at the rate of 5% shall be withheld in running payment.

Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and

line of concrete laid, and release such withheld payment suitable, if he is


- 182 -


SECTION 6

PROVIDEING CAST-IN SITU C.C. SIDE LINING:

6.1.0. GENERAL

This lining is provided on the sides of the canal section every where and

consist of

i) Preparation of bed for laying the concrete

ii) Providing and laying of specified thickness cast-in-situ of specified

grade concrete for side lining laid in panels as shown in the

drawing.

iii) Providing construction and expansion joints as shown in the drawing.

6.2.0 PREPARATION OF CANAL SLOPS FOR LAYING LINING:

6.2.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN CUTTUNG IN SOFT STRATUM

AND BANKING:

No over excavation in soft strata for the seating of the lining below the

underside of the lining shall be permitted. If any such over excavation is

done then immediately prior to the lining. the Contractor shall make good

such over excavation by refilling with selected material obtained from the

spoil bank of contractor’s own borrow area and finish it to the grade section

upto the underside of the lining. including watering and compaction to the

satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge. so as to provide a firm base for the

lining. These operations have to be done by the Contractor at his own

expense. In the depth of the banking portion lip cutting shall be done to

exact slope and section.

6.2.1.1 In order to utilize the inner side pride material fully. initially the

embankment on IP and SR side shall be raised to such a height below TBL

that the full pride material from inner side is consumed. The initially laid pride

material should be removed just before lining is laid but after passing of at

least one monsoon season. For this removed and laid pride material. the

- 183 -


condition of passing one monsoon will be relaxed. However. adequate

compaction will be assumed.

6.2.2 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN HARD STRATUM 2.1 AND

1:5:1 SIDE SLOPES

For excavation in hard stratum over breaks of 15 cm. depth

perpendicular to the slope from underside of the lining are permitted. No

rock projections which protrude into the thickness of lining shall be

permitted. If the over breaks are limited to 15 cm. depth the space between

the underside of the lining and the rock face shall be filled with chip masonry

in C.M. 1:8/1:10 or with 16.12.C.C, if overcuts 15 cm shall be filled with

masonry 1:8/1:10 C.M. at the cost of the Contractor.

6.2.3 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN CUTTING IN HARD STRATUM

UP TO ½:1 SIDE SLOPE

For excavation in hard stratum over breaks of 30 cm. depth

perpendicular to the slope from underside of the lining. are permitted. All the

over breaks between underside of the lining and excavated face of rock shall

be filled with chip masonry in C.M. 1:8:/1:10 proportion. if overcuts are less

than 5 cm. Payment (restricted to 30 cm) for filling over breaks will be made

under separate items.

6.2.3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE IN CUTTING IN HARD STRATA

WHERE SIDE SLOPES ARE 1:1

For excavation in hard strata. where side slopes of 1:1 are

recommended the overbreaks at 15 cm. depth perpendicular to the slope

from underside of the lining are permitted. This is to be back filled with C.C.

1:6:12

6.2.4 ACCURATE FINISHING OF SUB GRADE

After the templates are laid and curved. finishing of the sub-grade

along the slope etc. shall be accurately done bringing the surface to the

required line and slope by fine cutting or by laying needed quantity of murum

tamping and watering in case of cutting in soft stratum and banking..

6.3.1 LAYING CAST-IN SITU SPECIFIED GRADE CONCRETE FOR

LINING IN PANELS

- 184 -


The bed for lining shall be profusely watered and tamped by a wooden

rammer of size 10cm×1.5 m with handles at the both the edges.

6.3.2 Para no 4.1.0 to 4.15.4 and 4.16.0 of the specification of cement

concrete shall apply to this item. The mix of the concrete shall be designed

in the laboratory before starting the work for which purpose. the Contractor

shall supply the required of materials he proposes to use free of cost. The

mix as designed shall be adopted by him as there is no change in materials.

6.3.3 The concreting shall be done panel wise along the slope and in

alternate bays. the size of the panels being according to the drawing or as

directed. Concrete shall be laid in one depth of specified thickness. The top

finished surface of the concrete shall be in line with hydraulic section of the

canal. After concrete is laid to full depth. it shall be compacted thoroughly by

tampers and/or wooden sleepers to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-

charge. or the concrete shall be compacted by mechanical plate or screed

vibrators.

6.3.4 If the part on which the concrete is to be placed is under water. it shall

be pumped dry and kept so throughout the period of laying concrete and 12

hours thereafter. without any damage to the concrete. The rate of the lining

items shall include the cost of any de-watering so required.

6.3.5 EXPANSION JOINTS

Expansion joints of 12 mm. shall be provided at every 20 m. interval

c/c or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be filled in by 12 mm.

thick asphalt pads. In case of structures 12 mm thick asphalt pads shall be

provided for each joint of R.C.C. slab as directed.

ASPHALTIC COMPOUND

on the exposed face of the cast-in-situ templates compound of

approved manufacture and grade shall be applied. It shall be applied in two

coats as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

- 185 -


6.3.6 FINISHING

Concrete shall be finished to even and smooth surface free from

pockets of exposed aggregates. This be obtained by careful use of long

handled steel trowel. Any remaining roughness shall be rendered smooth

with cement mortar 1:3 proportion without any time interval. after laying of

concrete and removal of shuttering if used.

6.3.7 DRAINAGE PIPES

Drainage pipes shall be provided only in hard rock cutting portions

where the side slopes are ½:1 proportion and also where the sub soil water

table is high at the rate of one per panel at a height of 0.30 meter from

bottom and at centre of the panel. An inverse filter of sand gravel and metal

of approved gradation and size of 10×10×10 cm. shall be provided below

each pipe as shown in the drawing. This item shall be paid separately.

6.4.0 CURING

The panels in which concreting is done the previous day shall be

covered with burlap or empty cement bags or gunny bags stitched end to

end for full slope width or lining in the morning at 7.00 hours of the next day.

All exposed area of concrete will be covered with gunny bags etc. and the

surface so covered shall be kept continuously watered.

For the purpose of curing steel water tanks of 5.000 liters capacity

shall be placed on platform at edge of service road at the rate of one for 500

m. length of lining. which shall be kept filled with water with arrangement of

out let and flexible house of at least 300 m. length. Water will be

continuously sprinkled on the gunny bags keeping them wet for 14 days.

Sprinkling will be done during night time also.

6.5.0 MINIMUM PERIOD BEFORE LINING

6.5.1 In position of banking. lining will be carried out after one monsoon is

allowed to pass. after the banking work is completed.

- 186 -


6.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS

The rate for this item shall be for a unit of 1.00 Sq. m. completed and

accepted canal concrete lining of specified proportion. strength and

thickness on the basis or surface area including the expansion joint. This

rate shall be in full compensation for furnishing. hauling and placing all

materials including jointing materials and conditioning the base as directed

and specified and for furnishing all labourers. equipment. tools and

incidentals necessary to complete the item including breakages or damages

if any.


Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work in relation to finishing. level and

line of concrete laid and release such withheld payment suitably if he is


- 187 -


SECTION -7

PROVIDING AND LAYING CEMENT CONCRETE 1:6:12 FOR BACK

FILLING BEHIND SIDE LINING FOR SIDE SLOPE WHEREVER

APPLOCABLE

Where canal is in cutting in hard strata with 2:1 side slopes or 1:1:

side slopes in soft rock, back billing between the face of the rock cut and the

back of the lining is done with cement concrete. (1:6:12)

7.1.0 MATERIAL

The material required for item will be cement. sand. coarse aggregate

and water. The specification for these as given in section 4 of the

specifications shall be applicable for this item too.

The coarse aggregate shall be of 40 mm. maximum size and shall

confirm to percentage gradation given in para 4:5:3 and as approved by the

Engineer-in-charge The concrete shall be of nominal mix. of one part of

cement. six parts of sand twelve parts of coarse aggregate by volume. All

the relevant specification for mixing laying and curing of cement concrete

from Section 4 shall be applicable to this item also.

7.2.0 Tests on concrete shall when directed by the Engineer-in-charge be

made in accordance with the standard practice. The testing will be at the

expense of Contractor.

7.3.0 PREPARATION OF SRFACE FOR LAYING CONCRETE

The exposed surface of the side slope of excavation behind the area

to be covered by lining shall be cleaned of all dust dirt and loose particles

and slightly moistened if dry to prevent absorption of water from the

concrete.

- 188 -


7.4.0 The necessary form work shall be rigidly erected and fixed in between

the two template inside face of form work being in line and slopes with the

top surface of the templates. The height of the form work shall not be more

than 1 meter. The concrete shall then be poured in the space between the

excavated rock face and the form work properly rammed with steel rods

and/or vibrated if necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge.

Concrete will be so laid and vibrated as not to disturb the line and

slope of the form work. Further heights will be tackled in the same manner.

progressively.

7.5.0 The rate for this item shall be for an unit of one cubic meter of work

accepted as per specified proportion and strength. The rate shall be in full

compensation for furnishing. hauling and placing in position all material

including form work and for furnishing al labour. equipment and tools

necessary and incidental to complete the work.

The quantity will be calculated on the basis of area of cast-in situ

lining in item applicable and thickness as per distance of the line form the

back of lining. measured perpendicular to the slope of lining irrespective of

the actual quantity used for filling the space between the excavation face

and back face of lining.

- 189 -


SECTION - 8

PROVIDING U.C.R. MASONRY IN C.M. 1:8/1:10 FOR BACK FILLING

8.0.0 MASONRY

8.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all materials.

equipments and labour for providing and laying masonry wherever

necessary with or without face work. curing and performing all the functions

necessary and ancillary thereto.

8.2.0 PREPARATION OF SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING MASONRY

8.2.1 CLEANING OF SUB-GRADE OR SURFACE WITH WATER ETC.

Immediately before masonry is started the sub-grade shall be

thoroughly cleaned of all loose material including all chips. sand dirt etc. This

shall be done with the help of stiff brooms and water.

8.2.2 LAYING OF MASONRY OVER MASONTY WHICH HAS NOT

HARDENED

Before laying of masonry. the surface of masonry in day to day work

shall be leaned with water jets so that the surface is thoroughly cleaned and

wetted but pools of water shall be avoided. The cost of such cleaning shall

be covered by the unit rate accepted for the item of masonry.

8.2.3 a) TREATMENT OF HARDENED MASONRY SURFACE

Masonry surface which have remained exposed for a period such that

the new masonry cannot be integrally incorporated with the previous one

shall be prepared in the same manner as indicated above. Before starting

the new layer of masonry over the old. the mortar shall be scrapped from

joints in lower layer to a depth of at least one centimeter. Cost of such

preparation shall be covered under unit rate accepted for masonry.

8.2.3.b) COST OF CEMENT MORTAR

Before laying masonry over the finally prepared surface as a base of

the old masonry which has remained exposed in monsoon. the surface shall

be wetted and coated or covered with layer of cement mortar (1:3)2 cm.

thick. This will be done by trowel to ensure good adhesion. This cost shall

stand included in the unit cost of masonry.

- 190 -


8.3.0. STOMES

8.3.1 QUALITY

All stones used on the works under these specification shall be

obtained from quarries approved by the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to the

quarry will not mean that any stones from the quarry is approved. The

stones shall be sound. hard and durable quality and shall be free from veins.

flaws. cracks and other defects.

8.3.2 SIZE

The dimensions of the stone to be used shall be suitable confirming to

the over cuts and chips of sizes varying from 8 to 15 cm. will be used to

make the masonry as dense as possible.

8.3.3 TEST FOR GOOD STONE

Before any stone in a quarry is approved. it shall be seen that besides

satisfying the specifications mentioned in para 8.3.1 the stone be such as

will not absorb water more than 5 percent of its weight after keeping it under

water for 24 hours.

8.4.0 SAND

8.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE

The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum

size shall be limited to 5 mm.

8.4.2 QUALITY

The sand shall conform to the specification vide para 4.4.2

8.4.3 MECHANICAL ANALYSIS

Specifications same as para 4.4.3

8.4.4 a) FINENESS MODULUS

Specifications same as per para 4.4.4 (a)

B) NATURAL SAND

Specifications same as per para 4.4.4 (B)

- 191 -


C) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE

Specifications same as per para 4.4.4 (C)

8.5.0 CEMENT

DELETED

8.6.0 WATER

8.6.1 QUALITY

Water used for making mortar shall be reasonably clean and free

from objectionable quantities of silt. organic matter. alkali. salts and other

injurious materials.

QUANTITY

The quantity of water to be used for mixing or mortar shall be

specified by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time depending upon the

quality of sand and cement to be used and the atmospheric conditions and

shall in no case be more than 0.7 times the weight of cement in mortar mix

and for the surface saturated dry conditions of materials.

8.6.2 TURBIDITY PERMISSIBLE

The turbidity of water for mixing mortar shall not be more than 2000

parts per million and shall preferable be as low as possible.

8.7.0 MORTAR-GENERAL

8.7.1 SPECIFICATION FOR INGREDIENTS

It shall be seen that ingredients going to form finished product of

mortar comply individually with the specifications separately laid out for each

of them.

8.7.2 TIME FOR USE

Mortar shall be used in masonry within the time specified for the initial

set of cement which shall not be more than 30 minutes as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

8.7.3 PROPORTION OF INGREDIENTS

The proportions of ingredients mentioned in the detailed specifications

for each type of mortar are nominal proportions. The mix proportion is liable

- 192 -


to be varied at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge to ensure the

requisite strength. If the nominal mix fails to give the requisite strength. the

mix shall be varied as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The mix

proportions stipulated are by volume. The volume of sand will be directly

measure prior to mixing. volume of cement shall be reckoned on the basis of

0.034 cum of cement per bag.

8.8.0 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH

8.8.1 The stipulated crushing strength of mortar used in any part of masonry

shall not be less than 80% of the final stipulated strength. at the end of 28

days in the case of cement mortar. In some cases there is appreciable gain

in strength beyond 28 days. also. In such cases if the strength is attained

after 45 to 90 days the masonry will be accepted as satisfactory.

8.8.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TESTS

Preliminary tests of cubes should be carried out in the laboratory well

in advance of commencement of work. These tests should indicate an

adequate margin over the minimum strength stipulated in para 8.8.1 of the

specifications.

8.8.3 (A) WORKS TESTS ON MORTAR

Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per

relevant Indian Standard Specifications. For work test’ samples shall be

taken on the job as and when directed. Generally for works test. samples

shall be taken for every 100 cum of masonry. Materials for the work’s test

(mortar, cement. sand as the case may be)shall be supplied by the

contractor free of cost and collection of samples. casting of cubes. and

curing and testing shall be carried out by the Corporation at its cost.

8.8.3 (b) STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE

Not a single sample of work test cubes shall have at the age of 28

days. a crushing strength less than the stipulated crushing strength of

concrete. The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion occasionally accept

- 193 -


the crushing strength of a sample which is less than the stipulated strength

but which is equal to or more than 85% of the stipulated strength. Each

sample of work test cubes shall assume to represent 30 m3 masonry and

corresponding quantity of masonry showing crushing strength less than

stipulated strength shall be paid at reduced rates as under.

1. Equal or more than 95 % At full rates in occasional

cases

2. Equal to or more than 90 % but less than 95% 5% reduced rates

3. Equal to or more than 85 % but less than 90 % 10% reduced rates

The reduced rates shall be approved by the Superintending Engineer.

If the crushing strength fall below 85 % of the stipulated crushing

strength then the quantity of masonry represented by these samples will not

be paid for. Defective parts if noticed shall be removed and redone by the

contractor at his cost.

In addition to the 28 days strength tests the Engineer-in-charge may

at his discretion take 7 days strength tests and/or 3 days(accelerated curing)

strength tests and fig up the relation between such strength and 28 days

strength after studying the actual values realized. If at any time the test i.e. 7

days or 3 days (accelerated curing) strength indicate that the strength may

not be achieved as specified by the Engineer-in-charge he shall have

authority to suspend the work of laying masonry until the reasons for low

strength have been investigated and corrected. The Contractor shall comply

therewith without such suspension of work being made a reason for any

claim. The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion also order suspension

of the work when the variation in the strength of the individual work test

cubes from average of the set is in his opinion excessive. The Contractor

shall comply with such suspension until the reason for the variations are

investigated and corrected and such suspension shall not be accepted as

reason for any claim.

8.9.0. CEMENT MORTAR

8.9.1 PROPORTION

- 194 -


The mortar shall be obtained by thoroughly mixing together the

ingredients in a mechanically operated mixer in specified proportions as

para 8.7.3.

8.9.2 MODE OF MIXING

The ingredients of mortar shall be properly mixed in mixers designed

so as to positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component material

throughout the mass at the end of mixing period. After all materials except

for the full amount of water are in the mixer the mixing of each batch shall

continue for about 1 to 2 minutes depending upon the revolution for the

mixer and experience. The minimum mixing period specified above assures

proper control of the speed of rotation of the introduction of the materials

including water. The mixing time shall be increased at the discretion of the

Engineer-in-charge when the charging operation fails to produce the

required uniformity of composition and consistency within the batch and from

batch to batch. The contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment for

such increase in mixing time. The excessive mixing requiring the addition of

water to preserve the required mortar consistency shall be avoided. If the

mixing and charging operations are such that the required uniformity of

mortar is obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum specified without

sacrifices of needed workability the mixing time may be shortened under of

the Engineer-in-charge mixing shall be done by mechanical means only. The

sequence of feeding of the ingredients into mixer shall generally be

50 Percent of requirement of water

50 percent of requirement of sand

Full quantity of cement

Balance quantity of sand

Balance quantity of water

8.10.0 MIX VARIATION

8.10.1 MIX VARIATION CLAUSE FOR CEMENT

Mix variation (cement: sand) shall not constitute an extra item.

If the proportion of cement to sand is varied. an addition or deduction

shall be made in the rate of masonry for the cement used in excess or short

- 195 -


of the stipulated requirements of cement per cubic meter of masonry at the

rate as given in Annexed ‘A’ of Detailed Tender Notice. For this propose the

volume of mortar in masonry shall be taken 35 percent of volume of

masonry.

8.11.1 MASONRY (GENERAL)

The clause under this shall apply to all types of masonry.

8.11.2 STONES TO BE WETTED BEFORE USE

All stones. chips etc. shall be clean and free from dust or mud to

ensure a good bond with mortar and shall be wetted before being laid. for

this purpose the stones that are immediately to be used shall be kept

sprinkled with good clear water. There shall be a good collection of stones

and spauls within easy reach of masonry to enable proper selection of stone

for the individual locations while laying and the stones shall be kept

continuously replenished.

8.11.3 DRESSING OF STONES

The stones shall be set in the work as received from quarry after early

knocking off weak comers and edges with a mason’s hammer and after

cleaning scales of foreign matter. if any.

8.11.4 LAYING

The stones shall be laid carefully on their natural flat bed so as to

break joints as much as possible. They shall be solidly bedded in mortar with

close joints. No joints shall exceed 4 cm. nor shall it be less than 12 mm. in

the thickness. Chips of stones and spauls shall be edged into the work

wherever necessary to avoid thick beds or joints of mortar and to give

masonry maximum density.

No dry work of hollow space shall be allowed. Every stone, whether

large or small shall be set flush in mortar. shaken and hammered down by a

mallet to sink into it. The smaller stones used in the filling shall be carefully

selected to fit snugly in to the interstices between larger ones. Mortar to be

added to fill the intervening space shall be well worked out by the trowel and

steel bar disturbing the mortar during the period of setting shall be avoided.

- 196 -


Mortar joints of top and sides of layer shall be pressed and brushed over by

coir brush as soon as masonry is laid so as not to leave ant loose mortar.

8.11.5 BONDING AND STONES For ensuring good bond masonry shall be finished uneven at the end of the days work or at the top surface of the work done in each lift. No mortar shall be allowed to remain over the masonry at its top. At the close of the day’s work all mortar on the top shall be removed. 8.11.6 PRECAUTION TO OBTAIN DENSE MASONRY In order to obtain dense masonry. the following precaution shall be taken

i) under pinning shall be avoided after a stone is laid as it tends to lift the stone and create air pockets.

ii) Putting chips in the intervening space before filling with mortar shall be avoided .

iii) Leveling of masonry on the top of the course by use of chips shall be

avoided. All chips on ends will be driven on one end only. which

will help to squeeze and compact the mortar in joints.

8.11.7 LIMIT ON HEIGHT OF MASONRY TO BE DONE IN DAY

The maximum height of masonry layer that will be allowed to be

constructed at a time shall be o.6 meter. No fresh masonry shall be laid over

masonry previously laid within 24 hours of its laying. In case sufficient

working space is not available at higher levels, this condition may be relaxed

by the Engineer-in-charge.

8.11.8 The work shall be built square. plump. curved or battered as

may be required by the design. It shall be carried out in a workman like

manner with the aid of moulds. templates, centers etc. which will be

provided by the Contractor at no extra cost.

8.11.9 QUANTITY OF MORTAR

Every effort shall be made to see that proper quantity of mortar is

used in the masonry. The quantity of mortar will be 33 to 37 percent of

masonry laid. If less mortar is consumed the rate of masonry will be

correspondingly reduced.

8.11.10 SCAFFOLDING TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR

All scaffolding required for the work shall be provided within the rates

quoted for the items of masonry.

- 197 -


8.11.11 PROVIDING PLANK WAYS

Plank walk-ways or other suitable arrangements shall be provided at

the Contractor cost promptly for the sue of necessary job traffic over freshly

laid masonry of the day.

8.11.12 CURING OF MASONRY

All masonry as it progresses shall be kept well watered on the top and

sides for a period of not less than 14 days from the date of build up in place.

The top of masonry is to be kept well watered. watering shall be done

carefully. so as not to disturb or wash out mortar where watering is done by

manual labour. night shift. it necessary shall be arranged for constant

watering. Masonry shall on no account be allowed to present a dry surface

during curing period. Should the mortar perish i.e. become dry through

neglect of watering. such work shall be demolished and rebuilt at no extra

cost. If the curing arrangement of the contractor is not satisfactory the

Engineer-in-charge in his discretion engage labour and provide material

equipment for curing, recover expenditure thus involved from the Contractor.

8.11.13 WEAK OR DEFECTIVE MASONRY

If any portion of masonry is found to be defective either in materials or

in construction shall be removed and rebuilt by the Contractor without extra

cost.

In the alternative at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge such

masonry shall be sufficiently grouted at Contractor’s cost in a manner

specified by the Engineer-in-charge and to his satisfaction.

8.11.14 CLEARING AFTER CONSTRUCTION

All masonry shall be cleaned after completion.

8.12.0 MEASUREMENT

Payment shall be made on the net quantity of masonry arrived at after

deducting quantities for openings and other class of work from the total

masonry. such deductions shall not apply to the anchor bars. grout holes,

bore volume of holes or weep holes or any other opening not exceeding 100

square cm. in cross section.

- 198 -


SECTION – 9

MASONRY

9.0.0 MASONRY

9.1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

The work covered by this shall consist of furnishing all materials

equipment and labour for providing and laying masonry in foundation or

superstructure with or without face work. curing and performing all the

functions necessary and ancillary thereto.

9.2.0 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION. CONCRETE OR MASONRY

SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING

9.2.1. CLEANING OF FOUNDATION WITH WATER ETC.

Immediately before masonry is started. the foundation shall be

thoroughly cleaned of all loose material. including all chips. dirt etc. This

shall be done with the help of stiff brooms and water.

9.2.2 LAYING OF MASONRY OVER MASONRY WHICH HAS NOT

HARDENED

Before laying of masonry. the surface of the masonry in day to day

work shall be cleaned with water jets so that the surface is thoroughly

cleaned and wetted but pools of water shall be avoided. The cost of such

cleaning shall be covered by the unit rate accepted for the item of masonry.

9.2.3 A) TREATMENT OF HARDENED MASONRY SURFACE

i) Masonry surface over which the floods have not passed and have

remained exposed for a period such that the new masonry can not be

integrally incorporated with the previous one shall be prepared in the same

manner as indicated for foundations. Before starting the new layer of

masonry over the old one the mortar shall be scraped from joints in lower

layer to depth of at least one centimeter. Cost of such preparation shall be

covered under unit rate accepted for masonry.

ii) Masonry surface over which the floods have passed and remained

exposed mat require removal of some portion thereof the extent of which

shall be decided by the Engineer-in-charge. The dismantling and

- 199 -


reconstruction work involved shall. however. not be paid for and deemed to

have been covered under unit rates. accepted for the masonry work. Where

dismantling is not ordered it shall be prepared in the same manner as

indicated – para (i) above.

III) Dry foundation surface. masonry and concrete surface exposed for more

than two week shall be kept. wet for at least 24 hours prior to laying of

masonry.

9.2.3 (B) TREATMENT OF HARDENED CONCRETE SURFACE

Concrete surface which has hardened shall be roughened by chipping

to a depth of 25 cm. so as to remove top mortar file and get a rough surface

for starting masonry in addition to preparation of foundation with air and

water jets. and standing pools of water. Cost of such preparation is covered

under the unit rate accepted for masonry.

9.2.3.(C) COST OF CEMENT MORTAR

Before laying masonry or concrete which has remained exposed in

monsoon the surface shall be wetted and coated or covered with layer of

cement mortar (1:2) 2 cm. thick. This will be done by trowel to ensure good

adhesion. This cost shall stand included in the unit cost of masonry.

9.3.0 STONES

9.3.1 QUALITY

All stones used on the works under these specifications shall be

obtained from contractor’s own quarries approved by the Engineer-in-

charge. Approval to the quarry will not mean that any stone from the quarry

is approved. The stones to be used in the masonry shall be tough. hard.

sound and durable, resistant to weathering action reasonably fine grained.

uniform in colour and texture and free from seams, cracks or other defects

which would adversely affect their strength. durability or appearance. They

shall also be free from weathered portion and skin.

9.3.2. SIZE

- 200 -


The dimension of the stone to be used shall not be less than 15 cm.

on any face stones used shall not weigh less than 35 kg. each. Chips

however will be used to make the masonry as dense as possible. The total

volume of chips will be 5 to 10% of masonry.

9.3.3 TEST FOR GOOD STONES

Before any quarry for a stone is approved, it shall be seen that

besides satisfying the specification mentioned in para 9:3:1 above the stone

shall be such as will not absorb water more than 5% of its weight after

dipping it under water for 24 hours.

9.4.0 SAND

9.4.1 SOURCE AND SIZE

The sand used for mortar shall be natural river sand. The maximum

size shall be limited to 5 mm.

9.4.2 QUALITY

The sand shall consist of hard. dense. durable uncoated gritty

material, obtained from rock fragments. It shall be free from injurious amount

of dust. lumps. soft and flaky particles. shale. alkali organic matter. loam

mica and other deleterious substances. The maximum percentage of

deleterious matter of sand as delivered for use in mortar shall not exceed

the following values.

PERCENTAGE BY WEIGHT

Materials passing 75 micron I.S. Sieve 3 percent

Shale 1 percent

Coal 1 percent

Clay lumps 1 percent

Total of other deleterious substances such as 2 percent

Alkali. mica coated grains, soft and flaky particles.

The sum of percentage of all deleterious substances shall not exceed

5% by weight. The sand shall be free from injurious amounts of organic

- 201 -


impurities. Sand producing a colour darker than the standard in the

calorimetric tests for organic impurities shall be rejected. If the impurities are

beyond the acceptable limits stated above. the sand shall be washed with

power/diesel driven sand washing machine to the entire satisfaction of

Engineer-in-charge at the cost of the Contractor.

9.4.3. MECHANICAL ANALYSIS

The natural sand shall be well graded and the sieve analysis of the

sand shall confirm to the following limits of gradation.

ASTM Sieve

No.

Equivalent I.S.S No Cumulative percentage by

weight retained on Sieve

3/8’’ 10 mm. Nil

4 mesh 4.75 mm. 1 to 8

8 mesh 2.36 mm. 10 to 25

16 mesh 1.18 mm. 25 to 45

30 mesh 600 micron 50 to 70



The gradation curve of the natural sand shall lie within the enveloping

curve of gradation specified as above.

9.4.4 (A) fineness modulus

The fineness modulus shall be computed by adding cumulative

percentages of sand retained on the 6 standard screen from No. 4 to No.

100 inclusive A.S.T.M. standard 00 (for 4.75 mm.2.36 mm. 1.18 mm. 600

microns. 300 microns. and 150 microns of the ISI specification) and dividing

- 202 -


the sum by 100. Any deviation from the specified range of gradation and

fineness modulus shall not be permitted without the written permission of the

Engineer-in-charge. Corrective measures if any required for improving the

fineness modulus shall be arranged by the Contractor at his own cost as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

B) NATURAL SAND

Natural sand shall have a fineness modulus ranging from 2.60 to 3.85

without any admixtures.

C) ALLOWANCE FOR BULKAGE

If the sand as obtained from quarry or after its washing is found to be

most bulkage will be measured and allowance provided. Sand is stacked at

site at least for 48 hours before use. Bulkage of such stack will be measured

regularly as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and allowed according to

these observations.

Observations for bulkage will be made as per Indian Standards

Procedure and allowance will be made as under.

Bulkage observed Allowance to be made

Below 5 % Nil

5 to 10 5 percent

10 to 15 10 percent

15 to 20 15 percent

20 to 25 20 percent

25 to 30 25 percent

30 to 35 30 percent

9.5.0 CEMENT

DELETED

- 203 -


9.6.0 WATER

9.6.1 QUALITY

Water used for making mortar shall be reasonably clean and free

from objectionable quantities of salt. organic matter. alkali. salts and other

injurious materials.

9.6.2 TURBIDITY PERMISSIBLE

The turbidity of water for mixing mortar shall not be more than 2.000

parts per million and shall preferably be as low as possible.

9.7.0 MORTAR-GENERAL

9.7.1 SPECIFICATION FOR INGREDIENTS

It shall be seen that the ingredients going to form the finished product

of mortar comply individually with the specifications separately laid out for

each of them.

9.7.2 TIME FOR USE

Mortar shall be used in masonry within the time specified for the initial

set of cement which shall not be more than 30 minutes as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

9.7.3 PROPORTION OF INGREDIENTS

The proportions of ingredients mentioned in the detailed specifications

for each type of mortar are nominal proportions. The mix proportion is liable

to be verified at the discretion of the Engineer-in-charge to ensure the

requisite strength. If the nominal mix fails to give the requisite strength the

mix shall be varied as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The mix

proportions stipulated are by volume. The volume of sand will be directly

measured prior to mixing. Volume of cement shall be reckoned on the basis

of 0.034 M3 of cement per bag.

9.8.0 STIPULATED CRUSHING STRENGTH

9.8.1 The stipulated crushing strength of various mortar proportions shall be

as below.

- 204 -


Mortar Mix {Cement: Sand} Stipulated crushing strength at the

end of 28 days kg/cm2

1:5 56

1:6 35

1:8 24

The crushing strength of mortar used in part of masonry shall not be

less than 80% of the final crushing strength. at the end of 28 days. In some

cases there is appreciable gain in strength beyond 28 day also. In such

cases if the strength is attained after 45 to 90 days the masonry shall be

accepted as satisfactory.

9.8.2 PRELIMINARY LABORATORY TESTS

Preliminary tests cubes should be carried out in the laboratory well in

advance of commencement of work. These tests should indicate an

adequate margin over the minimum stipulated in para 9.8.1 above.

9.8.3 a) WORKS TESTS ON MORTAR

Tests for crushing strength shall be made on standard cubes as per

relevant Indian when directed. Generally for works test, samples shall be

taken for every 100 cum. of masonry and at least once in a day. Materials

for the works test (mortar, cement, sand as the case may be) shall be

supplied by the Contractor free of cost and collection of samples, casting of

cubes, curing and testing shall be carried out by the Corporation at its own

cost.

9.8.3 b) STANDARD OF ACCEPTANCE

- 205 -


Not a single sample of work test cubes shall have at the age of 28

days, a crushing strength less than the stipulated crushing strength of

mortar. The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion occasionally accept

the crushing strength of sample which is less than the stipulated strength but

which is equal to or more than 85% of the stipulated strength. Each sample

of work test cubes shall assume to represent 100M3 masonry and

corresponding quantity of masonry showing crushing strength less than

stipulated strength shall be paid at reduced rates as under.

1) Equal to or more than 90% At full rates in occasional cases

2) Equal to or more than 80% 5% reduced rates but less than 85%

The reduced rates shall be approved by the superintending Engineer.

If the crushing strength falls below 85% of the stipulated crushing

strength then the quantity of masonry represented by these samples will not

be paid for Defective parts. if noticed shall be removed and redone by the

contractor at his cost. In addition to the 28 days strength tests. the Engineer-

in-charge may at his discretion take 7 days strength tests and/or 3 days

(accelerated curing)strength tests and fix up the relation between such

strength and 28 days strength after studying the actual values realized. If at

any time the test i.e. 7 days or 3 days (accelerated curing)strength indicate

that the strength may not be achieved as specified by the Engineer-in-

charge, he shall have authority to suspend the work of laying masonry until

the reasons for low strength have been investigated and corrected. The

Contractor shall comply there with without such suspension of work being

made a reason for any claim. The Engineer-in-charge may at his discretion

also order suspension of the work when the variation in the strength of the

individual work test cubes from average of the set is in his opinion

excessive. The Contractor shall comply with such suspension until the

reason for the variations are investigated and corrected and such

suspension shall not be accepted as reason for any claim.

9.9.0 CEMENT MORTAR

- 206 -


9.9.1 PROPORTION

The mortar shall be obtained by thoroughly mixing together the

ingredients in a mechanically mixer in specified proportions as per para

9.7.3

9.9.2 MODE OF MIXING

The ingredients of mortar shall be properly mixed in misers designed

so as to positively ensure uniform distribution of all the component material

throughout the mass at the end of mixing period. After all materials except

for the full amount of water in the mixer in mixing of each shall continue for

about 1 to 2 minutes depending upon the revolutions per minutes of the

mixer and experience. The minimum mixing period specified above assumes

proper control of the speed of rotation of the introduction of the materials

including water. The mixing time shall be increased at the discretion of the

Engineer-in-charge when the charging operation fails to produce the

required uniformity of composition shall not be entitled for any extra payment

of such increase in mixing time. The excessive mixing requiring the addition

of water to preserve the required mortar consistency shall be avoided. If the

mixing and charging operations such that required uniformity of mortar is

obtained in shorter mixing time than the minimum specified. without sacrifice

of needy workability the mixing time may be shortened under orders of the

Engineer-in-charge. Mixing shall be done by mechanical means only. The

sequence of feeding of the ingredients into the mixer shall generally be as

under.

50% of requirement of water.

50% of requirement of sand.

Full quantity of sand.

Balance quantity sand.

Balance quantity of water.

9.10.0 MIX VARIATION

- 207 -


9.10.1 MIX VARIATION CLAUSE FOR CEMENT

Mix variation (cement, sand) shall not constitute and extra item.

If the proportion of cement to sand is varied. an addition or deduction

shall be made in the rate of masonry for the cement used in excess or short

of the stipulated requirement of cement per cubic meter of masonry as

shown in table below at the rate shown in Annexure ‘A’ of Detailed Tender

Notice. For this purpose the volume of mortar in masonry shall be taken as

shown in column 3 of table below corresponding to proportions of mortar

and the volume of mortar will be taken to be equal to the volume of the sand

before mixing.

Sr.

No.

PROPORTION OF

MORTAR

% of volume of

mortar in masonry

Assumed cement

content in

kg/cum.

1 C.M.......................1:8

C.M.......................1:6

C.M.......................1:5

35

35

45

35

45

62.5

83.5

107

100

128.5

9.11.0 MASONRY (GENERAL)

9.11.1 The clause under this section shall apply to all type of masonry.

9.11.2 STONE TO BE WETTED BEFORE USE

All stones, chips etc. shall be clean and free from dust or mud to

ensure a good bond wish mortar and shall be kept sprinkled with good clean

- 208 -


water. There shall be a good collection of stones and spauls within easy

reach of masonry to enable proper selection of stone for the individual

location while laying. and the stones shall be kept continuously replenished.

9.11.3 DRESSING OF STONE

The stones shall be set in the work as received from quarry after early

knocking of weak corners and edges with a mason’s hammer and after

cleaning scales of foreign matter if any.

9.11.4 LAYING

The stone shall be laid carefully on their natural flat bed so as to break

joints as much as possible. They shall be solidly bedded in mortar with close

joints. No joints shall exceed 4 cm nor shall it be less than 12 mm. in the

thickness. Chips of stones and spauls shall be wedged in the work wherever

necessary to avoid thick beds or joints of mortar and to give masonry

maximum density.

No dry work or hollow space shall be allowed. Every stone, whether large or

small be set flush in mortar. shaken and hammered down by a mallet to sink

into it. The smaller stones used in the filling shall be carefully selected to fit

snuggly into the interstices between large ones. Mortar to be added to fill

the intervening spaces shall be well worked out by trowel and steel bar.

Disturbing the mortar during the period of setting shall be avoided . Mortar

joints of top and sides of a layer shall be pressed and brushed over by coir

brush as soon as masonry is laid so as not to leave any loose mortar.

9.11.5 (A) BONDING AND BOND STONES

- 209 -


For ensuring good bond. masonry shall be finished uneven at the end

of the days work or at the top surface of the work done in each lift. No mortar

shall be allowed to remain over the masonry and it’s top. At the close of the

day’s work all mortar on the top shall be removed.

Bond stone shall be at least 0.05 Sq.m. in face area and shall run

back in the work. at least 60 cm. or the full depth of the work if is less than

60 cm. If the wall be over 60 cm. thick, a line of headers overlapping each

other at least 15 cm. shall be laid right through the wall.

(B) A row of vertical headers shall be erected at above two meter centre to

centre both way so that there is at least one vertical header for every 4

square metre. in every layer. The headers shall be at least 60 cm. long.

9.11.6 PERCAUTION TO OBTAIN DENSE MASONRY

In order to obtain dense masonry. following precaution shall be taken.

i) Under pinning shall be avoided after a stone laid as it tends to lift the

stone and create air pockets.

ii) Putting chips in the intervening space before filling with mortar shall be

avoided.

iii) Leveling of masonry on the top of the course by use of chips shall be

avoided. All chips on ends will be driven on one end only. which will help to

squeeze and compact the mortar in the joints.

9.11.7 LIMIT IN HEIGHT OF MASONRY TO BE DONE IN A DAY

The maximum height of masonry layer that will be allowed to be

constructed at a time shall be 0.6 meter. No fresh masonry shall be laid over

masonry previously laid within 24 hours of its laying. In case sufficient

working space is not available at higher levels. This condition may be

relaxed by the Engineer-in-charge.

9.11.8 QUANTITY OF MORTAR

- 210 -


Every effort shall be made to see that proper quantity of mortar is

used in the masonry. The quantity of mortar will be +2% of the percent

stated in table under clause 9.10.1 depending upon the proportion. If less

mortar is consumed the rate of masonry will be correspondingly reduced.

9.11.9 SCAFFOLDING TO BE DONE BY CONTRACTOR

All scaffolding required for the work shall be provided within the rates

quoted for the items of masonry.

9.11.10 PROVIDING PLANK WAYS

Plank ways or other suitable arrangement shall be provided at the

Contractor’s cost promptly for the use of necessary job traffic over freshly

laid masonry of the day.

9.11.11 CURING OF MASONRY

All masonry as it progresses shall be kept well watered on the top and

sides for a period of not less than 21 days from the date of build up place.

The top of all masonry is to be kept well watered. watering shall be done

carefully. so as not to disturb or wash out mortar. Where watering is done by

manual labour, night shift if necessary. shall be arranged for constant

watering. Masonry shall on no account be allowed to present a dry surface

during curing period. Should the mortar perish i.e. become dry through

neglect of watering. such work shall be demolished and rebuilt and no extra

cost. if the cutting arrangement of the Contractor is not satisfactory the

Engineer-in-charge may in his discretion engage labour and provide

material, equipment for curing and recover expenditure thus involved from

the Contractor.

9.11.12 WEAK OR DEFECTIVE MASONRY

If any portion of masonry is found to be defective either in materials or

in constructions it shall be removed and rebuilt by the Contractor without

extra cost.

- 211 -


In the alternative at the direction of the Engineer-in-charge such

masonry shall be sufficiently grouted at contractor’s cost in manner specified

by the Engineer-in-charge and to his entire satisfaction.

9.11.13 CLEANING AFTER CONSTRUCTION

All masonry shall be cleaned after completion.

9.11.14 BLOCKOUTS AND SLOTS TO BE PROVIDED BY THE

CONTRACTOR

Block outs and slots necessary for embedding the foundation bolts

and other embedded parts shall be provided by the Contractor without any

extra cost.

9.11.15 DAMAGE DUE TO FLOODS. CORPORATION NOT

RESPONSIBLE

Any damages done to masonry due to the floods, passing over the

work completed in the previous working season pr caused due to floods

during construction. shall be covered by the rates quoted for the items. No

extra claim shall be entertained for such damages.

9.12.0 MEASUREMENTS

Payment shall be made on the net quantity of masonry arrived at after

deducting quantities for openings and other class of work from the total

volume of masonry. such deductions shall not apply to the anchor bars,

grout holes, bore holes or weep holes or any other opening not exceeding

100 square cm. in cross section.

Payment at the rate of 2% shall be with held in running payment.

Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work in relation to finishing, level and

line of masonry laid and release such with held payment suitably if he is


9.13.0 UNCOURSED RUBBLE MASONRY

- 212 -


Uncoursed rubble masonry in cement mortar of specified proportion

including striking joints. scaffolding, watering etc. complete and shall be

used for faces against which earth work rests. i.e. unexposed faces of

abutment, wings etc.

9.13.1 DRESSING AND SIZE

Stones to be set in the work shall be as received from the quarry after

merely knocking off weak corners and edges with a mason’s hammers. In

the case of face stones all the sides of the stones shall be dressed in

straight lines and all the sides shall be in one plane.

9.13.2 FACE STONES

The face stones shall be selected from the mass of quarry stones for

their greater size, good beds close grain and uniform colour. Individual

stones shall have thickness and width of not less than 15 cm. in its thickest

part and no stone shall be less in length than11/2 times its height.

9.13.3 THROUGH STONES

One through stone shall be provided per half square meter of facing

evenly distributed they shall be about 0.03 sq.mtr. in face area and shall

have a tailing of the full width of the masonry when the width is 60 cm. or

less. If the wall or masonry be over 60 cm. in width line of header

overlapping each other by at least 15 cm. shall be laid right through the wall

from face to back. The length of the interior headers shall not be less than

45 cm. and their average cross sectional area shall not be less than 0.025

Sq.m. Face header shall be distinctly marked on its face.

.13.4 VERTICAL HEADERS

For massive work with a width of a meter and above vertical headers

45 cm. long or depth of two course whichever is more shall be provided at

the rate of one for every sq. meter of area in plan. For every course new set

of headers shall be introduced at this rate in a staggered pattern. Their

average sectional area shall not be less than 0.03 Sq.m.

- 213 -


9.13.5 HEARTING AND BACKING STONES

In walls of 60 cm. and less about 30 percent of the stones shall not be

less than 0.010 cum. and for thicker walls about 33 percent of stones shall

not be less than 0.012 cum.

9.13.6 QUOINS

The quoins shall be of selected stones and shall be provided as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The faces of quoins shall be rough

tooled or provided with the same type of dressing as that of the face stones

or as directed.

The face stone shall be laid without any pinning on the exposed face.

In each course the headers or lines of headers as the case may be shall be

kept in position at specified intervals and with specified lap where such laps

are required before the masonry of the layer is commenced to ensure that

they are being laid properly and in required numbers and interval. They shall

be embedded in mortar as masonry in that layer progresses.

Quoins shall be laid stretcher and header wise as seen on each face and

shall correspond the arrangement of quoins in the same course.

9.13.7 JOINTS

No face joint shall exceed 2 cm.

STRIKING JOINTS

The face joints should be properly struck while the mortar is fresh.

Joints which cannot be so struck at the time of laying. shall be prepared for it

by raking joints to a depth of not less than 2 cm. when the mortar is fresh.

These joints should be properly cleaned of loose particle, wetted thoroughly

and filled with good fresh cement mortar 1:3 and finished off by being

toweled smooth.

9.13.8 RATE OF RAISING MASONRY

- 214 -


The rate of raising Uncoursed rubble masonry brought up in uniform

levels shall be limited to a height of 60 cm. per day. But no fresh course

shall be laid over masonry previously laid within 24 hours laying.

9.13.9 ITEM TO INCLUDE

1) Uncoursed rubble masonry laid in cement mortar of specified proportion

built in any position to any height or depth and to lines, levels, curves and

batters shown on the plans or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.

including quoins. headers etc. and striking joints and curing.

2) Erecting and removing all scaffolding. ladders and use of plant required

for execution of the item safety of the labour and inspection of the work

including compensation for any injury. damage etc.

3) De-watering to allow construction in the dry and proper setting of masonry

unless separately provided for in the Tender etc.

4) Clearing the site round the masonry.

5) All labour use of tools materials and other items incidental to satisfactory

completion of the item.

9.13.10 MODE OF MEASUREMENT

The item will be measured and paid on cubic meter basis.


Engineer-in-charge shall inspect the work in relation to finishing. level and

line of masonry laid and release such withheld payment suitably if he is


9.14.0 WEEP HOLES

Weep holes of suitable size shall be provided in the walls as and

where directed through the full width of masonry. The sides of the weep

holes shall be formed as uniform as possible. by using flat faces of stones

around the holes. The holes shall have the bedding at the specified grade.

The opening of each weep hole on the filled side shall be covered by graded

materials laid as reverse filter in order to obviate carrying away of the filled

- 215 -


material by the seeping water. No deduction will be made for the holes in

calculating the volume for payment. not any of masonry extra payment be

made for providing the holes or providing and laying the graded filter

material as stated herein.

9.15.0 POINTING

9.15.1 PROPORTION

All pointing shall be done with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise

specified. The cement shall be ordinary Portland cement procured by the

contractor at his own risk and cost. The sand to be used shall be fine. If shall

through No. 16 mesh A.S.T.M.(I.S. 120) The sand shall conform in all

respects to specifications under paragraph 9.4.

9.15.2 RAKING JOINTS

The joints in masonry to be pointed shall be raked square for a

minimum depth of 4 cm. within 24 hours of laying of masonry. In special

circumstance this period may be relaxed to 48 hours. The refilling and

pointing shall be done within 3 days of racking of the joints so as to ensure

good adhesion between the two mortars. If the racking is not done within the

period specified above the Engineer-in-charge may engage labourers to

racking joints. and recover the cost thereof from the Contractor.

9.15.3 CLEANING JOINTS

Before pointing the joints shall be thoroughly cleaned of any dirt or

loosely adhering cement or mortar and washed out properly and thoroughly.

9.15.4 FILLING JOINTS

The joints shall them be filled with cement mortar 1:3 unless otherwise

specified. Which shall be thoroughly rammed and caulked into the joints.

The pointing mix shall neither be too dry nor too wet. The mortar shall have

just enough water so that it will stay together on being molded into a ball by

a slight pressure of the hands but will not leave out free water when so

pressed and will leave the hands damp. Pointing shall be carried. as rapidly

as possible and not touched again after the mortar has begun to set.

- 216 -


9.15.5 FLUSH POINTING

The joints shall be filled with cement mortar which shall be thoroughly

rammed and caulked in to the joints. The pointing mix shall neither be too

dry nor too wet. The mortar shall have just enough water so that it will stick

together on being molded into a ball by slight pressure of a band but will not

leave free water when so pressed and will leave the hands damp. No line

shall be pressed on the joints but the joints shall instead be merely rubbed

smooth with the ‘’NAYLA’’ as soon as the mortar has begun to set. The extra

mortar on the edge shall be carefully scraped off to give a neat appearance.

Pointing shall be carried out as rapidly as possible and not touched again

after the mortar has once begun to set.

9.15.6 FINAL FINISH OF JOINTS

The joints shall be neat, defined, regular and of a uniform width.

9.15.7 The work pointed should be kept wet for 14 days after pointing is

completed.

9.15.8 MEASURMENTS

The cost of pointing is not covered in the unit rate of U.C.R. or C.R.

masonry. It should be paid separated on the basis of Sq.m. in pointing item.

The cost of pointing is covered in the unit rates of khandki, it should not be

paid separately.

9.16 PLASTER

9.16.1 SCOPE OF WORK

I) Erecting, dismantling and removing the scaffolding.

ii) Preparing the surface to receive the plaster.

- 217 -


iii) Providing cement plaster of the specified average thickness

iv) All labourers, materials use of tools and equipments to complete the

plastering.

v) Curing for 14 days.

9.16.2 MATERIALS

Sand. cement and water shall be as per para 9.4, 9.5 of this section.

9.16.3 PROPORTION

Cement and sand shall be mixed in the volumetric proportion of one

cement to 3 sand or one cement to 4 sand as directed, sand being

measured in measuring boxes. The proportions will be by volume on the

basis of 50 kg. per bag of cement being equal to 35 liters. The mortar may

be hand mixes or machine mixed. The specifications for cement, sand

course aggregate and water given under section 4 shall applicable.

Mixing platform shall be so arranged that no deleterious extraneous

material shall get mixed with mortar nor the mixing water of the mortar shall

flow out.

The mortar prepared shall be used within 30 minutes of adding water.

Only such quantity of mortar shall be prepared as can be used within 30

minutes. The mortar remaining unused after that period or mortar which has

partially hardened or is otherwise damaged shall not be re-tampered or re-

mixed. It shall be destroyed or thrown away.

9.16.4 SCAFFOLDING

Scaffolding required for facility of construction shall be provided by the

contactor at his expense.

Scaffolding will be double or single as is warranted for the particular

class of masonry. But the ends of poles should not be placed in the position

of header stones. Scaffolding shall be erected by ballies or bamboos of

- 218 -


adequate strength so as to be safe for all construction operations. The

Contractor shall take all measures to ensure the safety of the work and

working people. Any instructions of the Engineer-in-charge. in this respect

shall also be complied with. The contractor shall be entirely responsible for

any damage to property or injury to persons resulting from ill erected

scaffoldings, defective ladders and materials or otherwise arising out of his

default in this respect. Proper scaffolding shall be provided to allow easy

approach for every part of the work. Overhead work shall not be allowed.

Long holes in masonry shall be made good by stones to match to the

face work, when scaffolding is being removed after ensuring that all holes

behind are solidly filled in with 1:4:8 cement concrete.

9.16.5 PREPARATORY WORK

All joints in the face work that is to be plastered shall be raked out to a

depth equal to not less than the width of the joints or as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge. The raking shall be done with care not to allow any

chipping of masonry. in new work the raking out shall be done when the

mortar in the joints is green. Smooth surface of concrete. old plaster etc.

must be suitably roughened to provided necessary bond for the plaster. All

dirt, root, oil paint or any other material that might interfere with satisfactory

bond shall be removed. In the case of stone masonry, bushing on the walls

to receive the plaster shall not be more than 12 mm. The surface to be

plastered shall be cleaned scrubbed with fresh water and kept wet for 6

hours prior to plastering. It shall be kept damp during the progress of the

work. The plastering shall not be commenced unless the preparatory work is

passed by the Engineer-in-charge.

9.16.6 GAUGES

In all plaster work the mortar shall be firmly applied with some rubbed

and what more than the required thickness and well pressed into the joints

and on the surface and leveled with a flat wooden rule to give required

thickness. Long straight edges shall be freely used to ensure a prefect plain

- 219 -


and even surface. All corners must be finished to their true angles or

rounded as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The surface shall be finished

to plane or curved surface as shown on the plan directed by the Engineer-in-

charge and shall present a neat appearance.

The mortar shall adhere to the masonry surface intimately when set

and there shall be hollow sound when struck. Cement plastering shall be

done in square or strips as directed. Plastering shall be done from top to

downward.

9.16.7 FINISHING

In any continues face of wall finishing treatment of any type should be

carried out continuously for a period of 14 days to prevent excessive

evaporation on the sunny or windward side in hot dry weather, matting or

gunny bags may be hung over on the outside of the plaster in the beginning

and kept moist.

Should the Contractor fail to water the work to the satisfaction of

Engineer-in-charge the latter may engage requisite labour, materials and

equipment of the work properly at the cost of the contractor.

9.16.8 WATERING AND CURING

All plaster work shall be kept damp continuously for a period of 21

days. To prevent excessive evaporation on the sunny or windward side in

hot dry weather matting or gunny weather matting or gunny bags may be

hung over on the outside of the plaster in the beginning and kept moist.

Should the Contractor fail to water the work to the satisfaction of the

Engineer-in-charge the later may engage requisite labour, materials and

equipment to the work properly at the cost of the contractor.

9.16.9 BAD WORK

- 220 -


Should the mortar of the plaster porous through neglect of watering or

for any other default and if the work is not done as specified above the

plaster shall be removed and done at the Contractor’s expense.

9.16.10 MODE OF MEASUREMENT ANDPAYMENT

The contract rate shall be per square meter of plastering of specified

thickness. All work shall be measured in Sq.m. Dimensions shall be

measured and quantity worked out correct up to the place of decimal. If the

average thickness provided by the Contractor is more than what is specified

on any account no extra payment will be made.

SECTION – 10

10.0 SPECIFICATION OF POLYTHENE FILM :

The polythene film should be of high molecular grade and density it

should be manufactured from the raw materials of ‘A’ quality and not from

remolding or melting of used or scrapped polythene. The film should be

dense and should not be torn out at the time of placing and compacting

concrete over it. The film should be free from air bubbles. holes and cracks.

It should be uniform throughout its length. The film should be of natural

colour. It should satisfy laboratory test regarding elongation and tension.

1) Tensile strength prescribed for 450 kg/Sq. M. H.M. (100 gauge) polythene film.

2) Weight of film per Sq.M. 100 Gms/Sq.M. H.M. 100 gauge (‘A’ grade quality)

- 221 -


10.1 SPECIFICATION FOR LAYING POLYTHENE FILM :

The Contractor shall have to lay single layer of polythene film of H.M.

100 Gauge of required specification as above. It should be laid over the

Canal bed and side surface prepared to the designed level and grade as

specified. If film is available of lesser width an over-lap of at least 8 cm. shall

be provided on all sides so that the concrete laid over it should not come in

contact with the murum surface below shall not have any chance to come in

contact with the murum surface below. The corner polythene film shall be

brought up to side and anchored in position.

10.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :

Payment shall be given for laying polythene film in square meter.

- 222 -


SECTION - 11

BACK FILLING

11.1.0 GENERAL

Back-filling generally means excavation re-fill up to the ground level

by embankment material which is required to be placed in excavation after

the structure is built up above the normal ground level. All the back-fill shall

be carefully grade the lines and grades as shown on the drawings or as

directed. The item includes the quarrying, transporting servicing and such

other processing operations to produce the materials of desired quality,

laying, watering and compacting as directed. The materials obtained from

the excavation work in this contract will be allowed to be used for back-

filling, if of approved quality, free of cost.

11.2.0 PREPARING SURFACE FOR BACK-FILLING

All loose materials and surface debris shall be removed. The bed

sides shall be drenched with water sufficiently so as to prevent absorption of

water from back-fill material. Before placing the back-fill material, the surface

shall be tamped or otherwise consolidated sufficiently.

11.3.0 BACK-FILLING WITH IMPERVIOUS MATERIAL

The impervious material may be obtained from excavation stuff free of

cost or borrowed from outside from contractor’s own sources if required

without any limitation of lead or lift. The quantity of the impervious material

should be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge in advance. Water shall

be added to the embankment and mixed by suitable means to assure

uniform distribution of moisture and the desired standard of compaction.

11.4.0 COMPACTION

The proctor test of soil compaction with approved modification shall

govern the construction. Laboratory methods will be used to determine the

- 223 -


optimum moisture content, dry and wet density and permeability and the

contraction will be controlled by field tests and made to determine whether

adequate degree of compaction’ is being attained.

11.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :

The measurement of widths for payment will be taken as between the

accepted payment line of the excavation under the respective excavation

items and the face of the masonry or concrete structures. The back-filling

may not have to be done right up to the original ground level. The work will

be paid for only up to the depth of back filling as required and directed by the

Engineer-in-charge. If the Contractor chooses to provide filling above the

level desired for his own convenience like raising platform and erecting

temporary structures the work may be allowed to be done if not undesirable

from other considerations during or after construction. But the work so done

above the desired levels shall not be measured and paid for even though it

might have been done to the required specifications as for the rest of the

portions. The unit is cubic meter.

Deduction in quantities of back fill shall be made for shrinkage at the

rate of 10 percent of intermediate measurements, 7 percent after one

monsoon and 5 percent for final measurements of back fill if the same are

taken after two monsoons.

11.6.0 BACK-FILLING WITH PERVIOUS MATERIAL

The pervious material may ·be obtained from the excavated stuff, free

of cost or borrowed from contractor’s’ own sources if required without any

limitation of lead or lift. The quality of the pervious material should be got

approved from the Engineer-in-charge in advance. Care shall be taken to

see that materials in the different layers are compacted properly and the

finished surface shall have a neat appearance.

- 224 -


11.7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :

The mode of measurement and payment for back filling with pervious

materials will be same as for back-filling with impervious materials vide para

11:5 above.

- 225 -


SECTION -12

STEEL REINFORCEMENT


This item shall include supplying bending and erecting in position steel

reinforcement conforming to relevant Indian standard Specifications.

12.2.0 REINFORCEMENT BARS

12.2.1 Steel reinforcement bars and fabrics shall be placed in the concrete

as shown in the Drawing or ad directed. Before steel reinforcement is placed

in position the surface of the reinforcement shall be cleaned of rust. scale.

dirt and grease and other objectionable foreign substances (heavy flaky rust

and mill scale that cannot be removed by firm rubbing with burlap. or

equivalent treatment is considered objectionable) The fact that light or early

stage rust has no detrimental effect on bond and hence could be discharged

shall not be used as excuse of careless handling and storage of steel. In

storing bars of the same size. length shapes and grade shall be assembled

in racks and marked distinctly. Before the reinforcement bars are fixed in

position it shall be verified that they are of specific size and bent in

accordance with the plans and specifications. They shall be accurately

placed and secured in position by plans of built in concrete block, metallic

chairs, hangers. spaces and other suitable devices at sufficiently close

intervals so that they will not sag between supports not be displacing of the

concrete or by any operation of the work.

12.2.2 Special care shall be exercised to prevent any disturbance of the

reinforcement in concrete that has already been place. The reinforcement

after being placed in position shall be maintained in a clean condition until it

is completely embedded in concrete to prevent further damage to the

concrete or unsightly rust stains on exposed concrete surface.

12.2.3 Reinforcement shall not be straightened or bend in a manner that will

injure or weaken the materials. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on the

plans shall not be used. Bars shall be bent to the shape and dimensions

- 226 -


shown on the drawing or as directed, using a bar bender operated by hand

or power to attain the proper bending radius. The radius of bend shall not

less than 4 times the nominal size of the bar.

Heating of reinforcement bars to facilitate bending will not normally be

permitted when however, such heating is permitted in the case of large

diameter bars, the temperature of the steel shall not exceed the

corresponding to a cherry red colour.

12.3.0 BINDING

Wire for tying reinforcement shall be soft and annealed steel. The wire

may be of 1.22 mm to 1.63 mm and shall have to confirm to IS280-1962.

Metal support and spacers shall be fabricated from non – corrodible metal.

Dissimilar metals shall not be placed in concrete in intimate proximity with

each other or be jointed by a connector especially in the continued presence

of moisture unless it is know that galvanic action will not result.

12.4.0 DISTANCE BETWEEN REINFORCEMENT BARS

12.4.1 The distance between two parallel reinforcement bars shall be

except as provided below in 12.4.2 not less than greatest of the

following distances.

a) The diameter of either bar, if their diameters be equal.

b) The diameter of the larger bar if the diameters be unequal.

c) 6 mm more than the nominal maximum size of the coarse aggregate

comprise in such concrete.

Note : A greater distance should be provided when convenient.

12.4.2 The vertical distance between two horizontal main steel

reinforcement of the corresponding distance at right angles to two

inclined main, steel. Reinforcement shall be not less than 12 mm

except at shall splice or lap and except where one of such

reinforcement is transverse of the other.

- 227 -


12.4.3 The pitch of the main bar in a reinforcement concrete solid slab

shall be not more than three times the effective depth of such slab, or

60 cm, whichever is less.

12,5,0 SPLICING

Bar splices as indicated in the drawing or as specified by the Engineer

–in-charge shall only be allowed. The lapped ends shall be placed to

ensure full bond on each bar splicing of adjacent bars shall be

avoided as far as possible.

Welding of bars for splicing may be allowed in place of lapping at the

discretion of the Engineer –in-charge at approved locations. When

welding is resorted, instead of lapping, the bar to be spliced shall be

cleaned off all dirt. scales. rust paint and foreign matter before

welding.

All welding shall confirm to the relevant Indian Standard Specification

Any weld will be considered un-satisfactory if it fails to sustain a

tensile stress of at least 90%of the tensile stress of the bar in which

the weld has been. made. The contractor shall make necessary

arrangements for carrying out the tests as directed by the Engineer –

in-charge and with the accepted unit rate for reinforcement.

12.6.0 COVER

12.6.1 Sufficient concrete cover shall be provided to protect reinforcement

from corrosion or as indicated in the drawings. All protruding bars form

concrete or masonry to which other bars are to be spliced and which will be

exposed to action of weather for an indefinite period shall be protected form

rusting by a thin coat of neat cement grout.

12.6.2 The thickness of concrete cover. (exclusive of plaster or other

decorative finish) shall be as fallow

a) At each end of reinforcing bar, a cover should not less than 25 mm

nor less than twice the diameter of such rod or bar.

b) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a column, cover should not be less

than 40mm or less than the diameter of such or bar in the case of

- 228 -


column of minimum dimensions of 18 mm or under those bars which

do not exceed 12 mm diameter, 25 mm cover may be used.

c) For a longitudinal reinforcing bar in a beam a cover should not be less

25 mm nor less than the diameter of such rod or bar.

d) For tensile compressive, shear or other reinforcement in a slab a

cover should not be less than 12 mm not less than the diameter of

such reinforcement.

e) for all external for works against earth face and for internal work

where there exits particularly corrosive conditions the cover of the

concrete shall be increased by 12 mm beyond the figure given above

(a to d)

12.6.3 Where because of splicing. the thickness of concrete in between

reduces to less than the maximum size of the aggregate a concrete

with reduced maximum size of aggregate shall be used so as to allow

development of bond in the splice. The extra – cost of such special

concrete shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rate for

the main concrete and shall be paid at the same rate.

12.7.0 INSPECTION BEDORE CONCERETING

No concreting shall be started unless the reinforcement as laid is finally

checked and certified by the Engineer –in-charge or his authorized

representative. Before starting the concreting the Contractor shall

make certain that the measurements of the reinforcement placed in

have been recorded and that the Engineer–in-charge certifies the

correctness of reinforcement used. Failure to do so may mean no

payment or payment at the discretion of the Engineer –in-charge for

the reinforcement concrete.

12.8.0 ANCHOR BARS

The cost of anchor bars proper shall be paid under the item of

reinforcement.

12.9.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

Accurate records shall be kept at all times of numbers sizes, lengths &

wt of bars placed in position for different parts of work. The reinforcement

shall be paid as the weigh. of the actual quantity of steel reinforcement

- 229 -


placed in the structure arrived at the time of measuring the actual length of

the bars used placed as shown in the bar bending schedule including hooks.

bends and laps. The length of the bar shall be measured to the next nearest

10 cm. a fraction less than 5 cm being neglected and fraction of 5 cm more

taken as 10 cm. Weight shall be computed from the standard table of

weights.

12.9.1 The unit rate accepted for the reinforcement shall include the cost of

supplying, cutting, bending, cleaning, straightening fixing and maintaining in

position the reinforcement. Supplying and attaching binding wire, supports

separators, hangers etc. shall be deemed to be included in the unit rate for

reinforcement and shall not be measurement nor paid where welding is

permitted for splicing shall not be paid for separately. Chairs if any provided

as per instruction of Engineer–in-charge will paid separately.

12.9.2 TABLE OF WEIGHT FOR REINFORCEMENT.

Sr

No.

Diameter of bar in mm. weight in kg. per metre

M.S. round bars

2

Ribbed Tor steel

bars 3

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

14

16

18

20

22

25

28

32

0.222

0.300

0.395

0.500

0.617

0.750

0.888

0.210

1.580

2.000

2.470

2.980

3.850

4.830

6.310

0.222

-

0.395

-

0.617

-

0.888

1.208

1.578

2.000

2.466

2.980

3.850

4.830

6.313

- 230 -


17

18

19

36

40

45

50

7.990

9.850

12.500

15.400

7.990

9.864

-

15.410

12.9.2.2 TMT Steel

The reinforcement steel shall cinfirm with the specification laid down

by the Bureau of Indian Standard ( vide their specification Nos.I.S.432( part I

) of ( 1996,1139-1966 , 1786-2008 ) & ( IS 2062 : 2006 ) amended from time

to time . TMT bars from original manufacturers such as SAIL , TISCo &

RASHTRIYA ISPAT NIGAM LTD ( RINL ) etc shall be used .

- 231 -


SECTION – 13

PROVIDING AND FIXING IN POSITION RESTRAINED NEOPRENE PAD

BEARING AS PER DESIGN AND DRAWING INCLUDING ALIGNING ETC.

COMPLETE AS DIRECTED.

13.00 MATERIAL AND PROPERTIES

13.0.0 The Neoprene bearing pads. shall be made of the compound known

as ‘’Neoprene’’ with the properties specified below. The pads shall be cast in

mould under pressure and heat in single integral layer except that multilayer

pads separated by steel plates to restrain deformation in thick pads shall be

permitted when found necessary.

13.3.0 The material of the pads shall have the following physical propertied

according to the hardness in the given case.

Sr.

No.

Udometer Hardness Properties 50 60 70

1 Hardness ( ASTM. 676) 50+5 60+5 70+5

2 Tensile strength minimum (ASTM. 412) 175

kg/cm2

175

kg/cm2

175

kg/cm2

3 Elongation at break minimum percent 450 400 300

4 Accelerated test to determine long term

ageing characteristic over aged to hours at

212 f (100c)(ASTMD-573)

i) Hardness points change maximum 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 10

ii) Tensile strength percent change

maximum

+15 +15 +15

iii) Elongation at break percent change

maximum

25 25 25

5 Resistance to Ozone I.P.P.M IN Air No No No

by volume 20% strong 100 F+ 2 F

(A.S.T.M.D.- 114) After 100 hours.

cracks cracks cracks

6 Compression set 22 hours/158 F or

(A.S.T.M.D.-395 METHOD B) Percent

maximum.

25 25 25

- 232 -


Tear test ASTMD- 624 DIE-C kg. per linear

C.M.

40 40 40

Adhesion between two metallic faces Bond Between shims

shall not fail till breaking

point

Low temperature stiffness (ASTMD 797) at

40 F young modulus maximum kg. per sq.

cm.

700 700 700

13.3.0 TOLERANCE

13.3.1 The variation in thickness of the pad measured at any two points shall

not exceed 0.70 mm. except when the plan dimension of the bearing in the

direction of the span exceeds 45 in which case it may be upon 1.50 mm.

13.3.2 No negative tolerance on any of the dimensions of the bearing pad

shall be permitted. Positive tolerance on thickness shall exceed 0-7 mm. for

single layer pads. 0-8 N mm. for multiple layer bearings with N Layers.

13.3.3 Positive tolerance on any of the plan dimensions shall not exceed 2

mm.

13.3.4 No bearing with any visible defect like warp, twist, etc. shall be

accepted.

13.4.0 RESTRAINING STEEL PLATES

13.4.1 The steel plates used in bearing shall be of mild steel confirming to

I.S. specifications of No. 225 (Latest Edition)

13.4.2 The thickness of outer plates shall not be less than 3 mm. and that of

internal plates shall not be less than 1.5 mm. for multilayered bearings. For

single layered neoprene pads the thickness of outer plates shall not be less

than 1 mm.

13.4.3. The edges of all steel plates shall be lightly rounded or chamfered.

13.4.4. Where required the bond between the neoprene pads and the

restraining steel plates or between steel plates of multilayered bearing pads

shall be achieved by the use of and epoxy resin. in a test conducted to

check the bond the failure shall never occur in bond.

- 233 -


13.4.5 The exposed edges of steel plates in restrained or multilayered

bearing pads shall invariably be covered with an anticorrosive paint of good

quality.

13.5.0 Following tests shall be carried out in numbers and in the manner

specified The tests shall be carried out under the supervision of the

Engineer-in –charge.

13.5.1 COMPRESSION TEST

NUMBER OF SPECIMEN TO BE TESTED

2% Of the number ordered subject to minimum of one number.

PROCEDURE

The test shall be on the full scale specimen chosen at random from

the supply made. The specimen shall be subject to a vertical load equal to ½

times the designed maximum vertical load. Reading for compressive strain

shall be taken for increments of every 10 tones. Residing strain after 24

hours from complete unloading shall not exceed 2%.

13.5.2 SHEAR AND BOND TEST INCLUDING ELONGATION AT BREAK

Number of specimen to be tested 2% of the number ordered subject

to minimum of the number.

PROCEDURE

The required number of specimen shall be chosen at random by the

Design circle from the supply made. The above test shall be carried out on

small pieces of suitable size cut out from the specimen chosen.

The observations shall be made for following.

The shear stress and modulus of rigidity corresponding to shear strain

o.5,0.7, 1, 1.2,1.5 and further increments of 0.5 till break.

13.5.2.1 The elongation at break shall in no case be less than that

corresponding to 3 times the thickness of neoprene (excluding thickness of

shim) and the value of modulus of rigidity shall be between the neoprene

and the metallic shims shall fail.

13.5.2.3 RESISTANCE TO OZONE TEST

No of pieces 1 number per day’s manufactures.

PROCEDURE

- 234 -


This test shall be carried out as specified in ASTMD-1143 After 100

hours immersion in ozone 1 ppm, in air by volume 20% strong at 100+20 F,

the material shall show no cracks. Should the material from a batch fail to

satisfy the test requirements all bearings from the batch are liable to be

reject.

13.5.2.4 In addition to the above tests the Contractor/supplier shall give

certificates regarding the properties mentioned in para 5.2 above. In case of

any doubt the engineer-in-charge reserves the right to order and or all of the

tests mentioned at serial No. 1.2.4 and 8 which shall be carried out at the

contractor’s cost. The acceptance of the material will depend upon the test

result and the decision of the superintending Engineer be final and binding

on the contractor.

13.5.2.0 METHOD SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE

1) FOR SOLID SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE

I) Preparing seating

During concreting of the pier/abutment cap a continuous strip of width

slightly more than width of bearing and depth of 10 to 15 mm. shall be kept

in concrete. This can be done by removing concrete carefully when green.

ii) Leveling and placing the bearings in position

i) A few days before placing of superstructure concrete the strip with water

cement ratio not exceeding that of parent concrete of pier cap. Very fine

sand with size below 3 mm. shall be used for preparing this mortar. The top

surface shall be perfectly leveled.

ii) Centre line position of the bearings shall be marked accurately on pier

abutment caps in both the directions. The plan dimensions of the bearings

shall then be marked.

iii) The bearings shall be placed on the green mortar by light tamping if

necessary. The mortar shall be cured for at least 7 days.

lll) Erection of centering and casting the slab cast-in situ deck

The area around the beating shall be filled with well rammed. selected

fine damp sand. The thickness being equal to that of the bearing. The sand

shall be covered with thin polythene layer. The side gap between soffit and

pier cap may be sealed off by timber packing pieces.

- 235 -


The rest of the centering shall be erected as usual. The reinforcement

for the solid slab be fixed in position as usual. During concreting great care

shall be taken to avoid puncturing of polythene membrane and displacement

of bearings.

Iv) Draining out sand

After 14 days from casting of the solid slab the side timber packing

shall be removed and the sand shall be drained out by water jets.

2) FOR-T-BEAM AND SLAB SUPERSTRUCTURE

i) Preparing seating same as for l(l) above.

ii) Leveling and placing the bearings. (i)and(ii)same as for ll (i)and (ii) above.

iii) In cases where M.S. plate is to be placed below the bearing. the plate

shall be placed in position on the green mortar by light tamping. The position

of bearings shall then be marked on these plates. The bearings shall then be

placed in position. Epoxy grout shall be applied to the top and bottom

surfaces of the bearings wherever specified. The mortar shall be cured for

minimum 7 days.

3) Erection of centering and casting the superstructure.

i) For cast in situ decks.

The procedure will be same as for solid slab vide lll above.

The sand packing will be required only under the main girders and not all

over the pier cap.

13.7.0 MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENT.

13.7.1 The thickness of a bearing pad shall be measured as the thickness of

the neoprene layer only i.e. without the thickness of metal shims.

13.7.2 The length and breadth of the pads shall be measured exclusive of

the side cover if any.

The contractor rate shall be for one cubic centimeter of neoprene pad

including procuring, supplying and fixing in position.

- 236 -


SECTION ·14

P.V.C. WATER STOPS

14.00 PROVIDING AND FlXlNG 225 MM. WIDE CENTE BULB TYPE

P.V.C. WATER STOPS, COMPLETE AS DIRECTED


The strip should be of P.V.C. of specified gauge and as shown on the

drawing or otherwise it shall be of shape, size and quality as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge. These strips shall be jointed carefully at all joints to form

a continuous water tight diaphragm. The strip shall be properly secured into

concrete and adequately supported during concreting and due care shall be

exercised in the removal of forms to ensure that the bond between the strip

and concrete is not disturbed.

14.2.0 SPECIFICATIONS :

P.V.C. water stops shall confirm to IS 1838/61 and shall satisfy

following specification. They shall be self extinguishing anticorrosive

chemical resistant and shall have no effect of alkalis out of atmospheric

action and shall have good bondage with cement concrete. The water stops

shall be of approved manufacture and shall have.

i) Specific gravity 12.50

ii) Tensile Strength 140 kg/sq.cm.

iii) Elongation at break 350

iv) Shore hardness ‘A’ - 75

14.3.0 JOINTING

The process of heat fusion or Welding shall be used to provided butt joints

between length of water stops.. Wooden templates with suitable grooves at

450 and 900 angles shall be used for cutting the water stops.

14.3.1 P.VC. water stops shall be cut to required angle by sharp knife.

- 237 -


14.3.2 The metal strip shall be heated with a blow lamp to temperature of

200°C and both ends of P.VC. water stops shall be kept sticking to the hot

metal strip and edges shall be allowed to melt metal strip shall then be

removed, both :ends shall be pressed together and allowed to cool. . :

14.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT .

The unit of payment shall be per meter length arrived at by measuring

the length along the joint.

- 238 -


SECTION -15

R.C.C/G.I. PIPE RAILING

The item includes the following

i) Providing RC.C. cast-in-situ/precast concrete panels and cast-

in-situ/precast rails as shown in the drawing including from work and

5mm. thick plaster of cement mortar 1:3 mix of cast-in-situ members.

ii) Reinforcement for precast and cast-in-situ members

iii) All labour, materials, use of equipment, tools and plant,

scaffolding etc. necessary for the completion of the item satisfactorily.

No separate payment shall be made for concrete and reinforcement of

RC.C members, the rate per meter being inclusive of all necessary

materials mentioned above.

15.2.0 MATERIALS

Mild steel-bar reinforcement and wire shall comply with specification

given in Section 14. The diameter of the bars shall be as shown in the

working drawing.

15.2.1 Cement concrete for RC.C. shall comply with specification given

in Section 4. The concrete shall be of the nominal mix by volume of one part

of cement two parts of sand and four parts of coarse aggregate.

Maximum size of coarse aggregate for RC.C. panels shall be 6mm

and for railing and posts 20 mm. Water content shall be regulated to give the

required consistency and within the range specified in Section - 4 or as

ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Mixing of concrete shall be done

mechanically or by hand mixers.

15.3.0 CONSTRUCTION

The RC.C. railing shall be constructed to the size as per the detailed

drawings after the centering of decking is removed.

- 239 -


15.3.1 The RC.C. railing of the type mentioned in the item shall be built in

between cast-in-situ RC.C. posts of correct shape, dimensions and spacing

specified on the drawings ..

15.3.2 The concrete shall be cast to the shapes, sizes and spacing shown

on drawings, the forms shall be such as to give exact shape to the concrete

members shown in the drawings or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.

Cast-in-situ posts, panels and rails shall be’ plastered neatly with cement

mortar of 1:3 mix to 5 mm. thickness and finished smooth. Plastering shall

be done immediately after stripping the forms after roughening the concrete

suitably. The plaster and concrete shall be well cured for 14 days.

15.3.3 Precast panels shall be cast to the required design with specified

reinforcement and tamped and cured for 21 days. They shall originally present

smooth surface and shall be filled into the grooves left in to the kerb properly

supported and grouted. Thereafter the R.C.C, post and rail will be cast. Precast top

rails may also be used along with precast panels in which case only posts will be

cast-in-situ.

The cast-in-situ members shall be plastered with 1:3 cement mortar 5 mm.

thick to smooth finish immediately after stripping the forms after roughening and

cured for 14 days with cover of gunny bags.

15.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTAND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for one metre length of the parapet railing

completed to the shape and dimension shown on the drawings. The parapet shall

be measured between the inside of the end pillars over the abutments.

15.5.0 G.I.PIPE RAILING

Providing railing of mild steel angle/l/ tee Posts and galvanized iron pipes as

per detailed drawings including scaffolding and, painting.

15.5.1 GENERAL

The item refers to the provision of mild steel angle, I or tee’ section posts

and galvanized iron pipe railing shown on ‘the workings drawings.

- 240 -


Materials

1) Mild steel angles, I or tees as per the item, shall be of sizes shown on the

plans and shall comply with I.S.S.

2) Anchor bolts, nuts and check nuts to be as per I.S. code No. 1148-1957 and

of shape and size shown in the drawings or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge.

3) Galvanized iron pipes of diameter as shown in the drawings with coupling

shall be of the standard type. The diameter shall be the inside bore diameter.

15.5.2 CONSTRUCTION

The railing shall be constructed as per the detailed drawings. There shall be

three rows of pipes on each side.

The angle iron, I or tee Section shall be fixed to the projecting anchor bolts

which shall be placed in accurate positions at the time of concreting of the slab

and/or kerb and fastened securely by means of units and check nuts. Three rows

of galvanized iron pipes with coupling shall then be fixed on each side to lines.

levers and curves as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. and passing through the

holes cut in the angles. I or tees, it should be possible to move the pipes easily. All

ragged edges of posts shall be smoothened by filling. The pipes and posts shall

then be painted with one coat of red lead and two coats of approved shade good

enamel paint.


1) Providing fixing angles. I or tees as mentioned in the item. bolts. nuts

galvanized iron pipes with coupling including painting as shown in the drawings.

2) All labour materials, accessories use of equipment tools, plant, scaffolding

etc. necessary for the completion of the item satisfactorily.

15.5.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for one meter length of the railing completed. The

railing shall be measured between the inside of the end pillars over the abutments.

Where there are only the end posts the railing shall be measured from outside to

Outside of end posts. The length shall be measured correct to two places decimals

of a meter.

- 241 -


SECTION – 16

PROVIDING. LAYING AND JOINTING NP2/NP3 R.C.C. PIPES

16.1.0 GENERAL

The item shall include providing and fixing in position R.C.C. pipes of

specified class/type and internal diameter including collar and fixing in C.M.

1:2 including cost of all materials and labour for handling transport and

laying.

16.2.0 MATERIALS

Concrete pipes and collars shall be of the class and diameter mentioned in

the item and shall comply with I.S. 458-1956 and brought by the contractor

near the site of work.

The collars shall be of the appropriate size for fixing of the concrete pipes

specified on drawings and shall comply with the . I.S. 458-1956.

The cement mortar shall comply with specification stipulated in section 9

16.3.1 HANDLING AND LAYING OF PIPE

16.3.1 All care shall be exercised in loading transporting and unloading of

concrete pipes. Handling shall be such as to avoid impact. Gradual

unloading by inclined planes by chain pulley block shall be done.

16.3.2 All pipes and collars will be inspected by the Engineer in charge

before being laid Broken cracked or defective pipes or collars shall not be

used.

16.3.3 Pipes shall be lowered in to the trenches carefully. Mechanical

appliances may be used.

16.3.4 Pipes shall be laid true to line and grade as specified. The sections of

the pipes shall be jointed together in such a manner that there shall be little

unevenness as possible along the inside of the pipe.

16.3.5 Laying of pipes shall always proceed upgrade of a slope.

- 242 -


16.3.6 Walking of working on the completed pipe shall not be permitted until

the trenches has been back filled to a height of at least 30 cm. over the pipe

except as may be necessary in trapping of backfilling.

16.3.7 The back fill material shall be selected and deposited with reference

to future safety of pipe. only suitable soils. clean and free from boulders.

large roots. excessive amounts of sob or other vegetation and free from

lumps shall be used and care shall be taken when backfilling not to injure or

disturb the pipe or the joints. The payment for backfilling shall be made in

the respective item of earth work.

16.3.8 The tamping around the pipe shall be done by hand or other hand

operated mechanical means. The water content of the soil shall be as near

the optimum moisture content as possible.

16.3.9 Compacted back fill shall be placed in horizontal layers not exceeding

15 cm. after compaction. Heavy stones shall neither be dropped on the top

of pipe nor shall be allowed to roll down the side of the embankment against

the pipe.

16.4.0 JOINTING OF PIPES

Spun yarn and hemp dipped in hot bitumen shall be inserted inside

the groove gap between two adjacent pipes and the next pipe pressed home

with jack. The R.C.C. collar of appropriate dia. which is inserted earlier on

the pipe shall then be placed at the junction and cement mortar of 1:1 prop

(Cement and sand) shall then be caulked inside the clearance between the

pipe and collar using angle iron ring for support other foreign materials. The

neat cement and sand to be used for jointing shall be mixed with just little

quantity of water to make the mixtures moist so that when the leave any

trace of moist cement on hand. The angle iron ring shall be removed after

the caulking is competed and neat filled joints of cement mortar. 1:1 shall be

made on both sides of the collar giving a neat finish.

16.5.0 CURING OF JOINTS

Every joints shall be kept wet for ten days. The joints shall be covered

with gunny bags so as to have proper curing and kept continuously wet.

- 243 -


16.6.0 BELL MOUTH ENTRY

The shape of the bell mouth shall be as shown in the drawing. The

bell mouth shall be constructed in cement concrete 1:2:4 prop. and pipe

shall end at distance of ½ dia of the vertical face of upstream at entry. This

shall be done with semi mould steel template. Finish shape and texture shall

be good. Upper half cast like arch and usual precautions casting shall be

observed.

16.7.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT.

The rate shall be for providing and laying and jointing one metre of

spun concrete pipe. joined and fixed in position. The measurement shall be

for the length of pipes provided and fixed with collars up to bell mouth.

limiting the length to that specified in the plan. or as ordered by the

Engineer-in-charge. The length shall be measured correct to a centimeter.

- 244 -


SECTION -17

A.C./PVC. PIPE FOR WEEP HOLES

17.1.0 SCOPE

The item includes providing and fixing in position 100 mm diameter

A.C pipes to form weep hole in masonry or concrete, washing and cleaning

of holes, capping and protecting holes upto completion to prevent clogging.

The A.C pipe weep holes are to be provided for masonry walls or for other

purpose as directed. The A.C pipes shall not have any cracks or flaws etc.

The pipes shall be laid as shown in drawings or as directed. If required the

pipes shall be cut to the required shape.

17.2.0 MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS

Measurements for payments shall be taken on running metre along

the centre line of the pipe.

- 245 -


SECTION – 18

M.S. GATES

18.1.0 GENERAL

The item provide for procuring and fixing of M.S. Gates of specified

type and size in position including necessary conveyance and jointing and

concreting in plumb.

18.2.0 MATERIALS

1) C.C.M-20 (20 M. S.A.)

2) Plumb

3) Anchorage if required

4) M.S. Gate of required size as per drawing

18.3.0 CONCRETING AND FIXING GATE IN PLUMB

The sill beam be fixed in C.C. M-20 (20 M.S.A )with anchorage

arrangement and embedded in this bottom channel duly checking the sill

level. The gate frame be erected in plumb and water tight and side

concreting be done as per specifications and as per directions of Engineer-

in-charge.

18:.4.0 HANDLING OF GATES

All care shall be exercised in handling and fixing of the gates. Any

damages or breakage during transport, handling and fixing will have to be

borne by the Contractor and repair to gate will be done as directed by

Engineer-in-charge.

18.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS

The contract rate shall be for one number after fixing. The

measurements shall be for the number of gates fixed and tested.

- 246 -


SECTION – 19

WATER SPOUTS

19.1 DESCRIPTION

These shall be 10 cm. diameter G.I. pipe and provided in kerb or

parapet walls as the case may be to drain off the rain water. These pipes

shall be coated with approved paint on the portion not in contact with

concrete or masonry. The pipe shall be fixed and placed as per the plan and

as directed.

19.2 MEASUREMENTS

The unit of measurement shall be one meter length.

- 247 -


SECTION - 20

PROVIDING AND FILLING FOUNDATION WITH RUBBLE AND HARD MURUM

20.1.00 GENERAL.

The item provides for filling rubble and hard murum in foundation

including, de-watering preparing the bed for foundation, obtaining rubble

and hard murum, hand packing and ramming the foundations and filling the

voids as directed.

20.2.0 0 MATERIAL

The rubble and hard murum shall be of approved quality and the

percentage of material should be Murum 40% and Rubble 100%

20.3.00 FILLING

The bed on which rubble and hard murum is to be laid shall be

cleared of all loose materials, leveled and compacted and got approved

from the Engil1eer-in-charge before starting rubble and hard murum filling.

Such preparation of the base shall be covered by the rate of this item.

The rubble shall be laid with the largest face downward and in close

contact with each other in layer not exceeding 30 cm. Each layer of rubble

filling shall be hand packed and hard murum shall be filled in the joints and

voids so as to fill them completely as possible. The rubble filling shall be

roughly levelled at the top with hard murum and spauls.


i) Preparation of foundation for laying rubble and hard murum.

*ii) Providing rubble and hard murum for filling.

iii) Laying, packing and compacting including watering of rubble and hard

- 248 -


murum.

iv) Any other labour, materials and use of tools required for the completion of

the item satisfactorily.

20.5.00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The measurements shall be taken of compacted fill and payment shall

be on cubic meter basis.

- 249 -


SECTION - 21

Constructing Murum Filling Over Haunches and Pipes etc.

21.1.00 CONSTRUCTION

Murum of selected and approved quality shall be spread, leveled,

watered and rolled or consolidated in layers not more than 15 cm. in

thickness and as per the direction of Engineer-in-charge.

Rolling shall be done in layers by roller of approved design in the parts

of the structure which are in accessible for the rolling equipment. the

compaction shall be done by hand tamping or by any other method

approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

21.2.00 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The measurements shall be on the basis of cubical contents of

compacted fill.

- 250 -


SECTION - 22

Providing and fixing 1:2:4 half km stone and kilometer stones of standard

size

and shape including fixing in a block of C.C. 1:4:8 including painting

and lettering etc. complete.

22.1.0 GENERAL

The item provides for supply of precast R.C.C 1:2:4 Kilometer half kilometer

stones of specified dimensions at site and fixing them in a block of C.C. 1:4:8 as

shown in drawing including painting and lettering etc. complete.

22.2.00 COMSTRUCTION

22.2.1 MANUFACTURE

The stones shall be the dimensions as specified on the drawing. Wooden o

steel shuttering shall be used to cast the stones of required dimensions. The

reinforcement as specified in the stones shall be fabricated, assembled and placed

in the form by keeping the specified cover. The side form shall be removed after 24

hours and the sides finished smoothly and neatly with 1:2 cement mortar

immediately. The stones shall be properly cured for 21 days by immersing them in

pond.

22.3.0 FIXING

The half kilometer stones and kilometer stones shall be fixed in position as

indicated on the drawing or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. It shall be fixed in

ground in a block of C.C 1:4:8 of size as specified. Any excavation necessary for

fixing of the stone and laying of the C.C. bedding shall be done by the contractor at

his cost.

15.4 ITEM TO INCLUDE

Supply of half kilometer / kilometer stones, necessary excavation, fixing in

cement concrete and painting and lettering, All labourers, materials and tools and

plants required for completion of the item satisfactorily.

15.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

- 251 -


The contract rate shall be for one half km. stone/km stone fixed in

position in concrete block on ground mentioned in the item. The measurement

shall be for the number of such stones fixed in position.

SECTION - 23

Providing and fixing R.C.C. 1:2:4 wheel guard stones of standard size

and shape including fixing in ground/in blocks of standard size

of C.C. 1:4:8 and white washing.

23.1.0 GENERAL

Guard stones shall be of precast R.C.C. Stones of size 20cm. x 15cm

x 60 cm in M 150 maximum size of aggregate should be 20 mm. They shall

be cast to the required shape as directed and shall be fixed in concrete 1:4:8

block size of 45 x45 x 45 cm. in ground as mentioned.

23.2.0 MATERIAL

The 1:2:4 concrete for casting of stone shall confirm to the relevant

provisions of the standard specification. Maximum size of aggregate shall be

20 mm.

The 1:4:8 concrete when included in the item shall confirm to the

relevant provisions of the standard specification. Maximum size of Course

aggregate shall be 40 mm.

23.3.0 FIXING

The guard stones shall be fixed in position as indicated on the drawing

or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be fixed in ground or in a

block 1:4:8 cement concrete of size 45cm X 45 cm X 45 cm. as mentioned

in the item with the top of the block flush with the road or ground to the

designated spot. Any excavation necessary for fixing of guard stone and

laying of cement concrete bedding shall be done by the contractor at his

cost. The exposed part of the stones should be given two coats of white

washing.

- 252 -



Supply of guard stones, necessary-excavation, fixing in cement

concrete and white washing all labourers, materials, tools and plants

required for completion of the item satisfactorily.


The contract rate shall be for one guard stone fixed in position in

concrete block in ground mentioned in the item. The measurement shall be

for the number of such stones fixed in position.

- 253 -


SECTION - 24

Providing and fixing R.C.C.1:4:2 chainage stones and canal bed stones

of size and shape as specified including fixing in a block of 1:4:8

including painting and lettering complete.

24 GENERAL

The item provides for supply of precast R.C.C. 1:2:4 chainage

stones/canal bed stones of specified dimensions at site and fixing them in a

block of CC. 1:4:8 as shown in the drawing.

24.2 MANUFACTURE

The stones shall be of the dimensions as specified in the drawing

wooden or steel shuttering shall be used to cast the stones of required

dimensions. The reinforcement as specified in the stones shall be fabricated,

assembled and placed in the form by keeping the specified cover. The

stones shall be cast in the forms. The concrete may be mixed and

compacted manually. The side form shall be removed after 24 hours and the

sides finished smoothly and neatly with 1:2 cement mortar immediately. The

stones shall be properly cured for 21 days. by immersing them in pond.

24.3 FIXING

The 100M/200M/ Bed stones shall be fixed in position as indicated on

the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be fixed in

ground/canal bed in a block of C.C. 1:4:8/1:5:10 of size as specified. Any

excavation necessary for fixing of the stone and laying of the C.C. bedding

shall be done by the contractor at his cost.

- 254 -


24.4 ITEM TO IMCLUDE

Supply of 100M/200M. Canal bed stones. necessary excavation. fixing

in C.C. and painting and lettering as directed. all labourers. materials and

tools and plants required for completion of item satisfactorily.

24.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for one 100M/200M angular bed stone in

position in concrete block on ground mentioned in the item. The

measurement shall be for the number of such stones fixed in position.

- 255 -


SECTION – 25

CLEARING SITE

25.1 Scope

The item pertains to the provision of site clearing including cutting

small shrubs. vegetation, bushes and clearing stumps and molehills in the

canal works.

25.2 Clearing Site

The land width required for component of canal shall be cleared for all

trees having a girth of 30 cm. and less brushwood. vegetation. bushes.

stumps and other objectionable material. The roots of trees shall be

removed to a depth of 30 cm. Below the surface of the foundation land and

side slopes and the excavation filled up with excavated material in 15 cm to

20 layers and the compacted. Brushwood, vegetation, bushes, stumps etc.

shall be cut flush with the ground. All the material cleared will be the

property of corporation. Useful material shall be arranged in convenient

stacks as directed. at convenient place of disposal and handed over the

Corporation for disposal. Unsuitable material shall be burned or otherwise

disposed off by the contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-

charge without causing any nuisance, inconvenience or damage to the

property of the people in neighborhood in all cases, the material shall be

disposed off in a neat manner.

25.3 Disposal of Stuff Removed

All the materials removed as a result of clearance shall be a property

of corporation. Useful material shall be arranged in convenient stacks as

directed by Engineer-in-charge without causing any nuisance.

inconvenience or damage to the property of the people in neighborhood in

all cases. the material shall be disposed off in a neat manner.

25.3 Disposal of stuff Removed

- 256 -


All the materials removed as a result of clearance shall be a property

of corporation Useful material shall be arranged in convenient stacks as

directed by the Engineer-in-charge Useless material shall be disposed off by

the contractor as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without causing any

nuisance, inconvenience.

25.4 Item to include

Clearing for canal embankment appurtenant works including trees

having a girth of 30 cm removing vegetation roots and molehills and disposal

of material removed. All necessary labour, materials and use of tools for

carrying out the item shall be arranged by the contractor.

25.5 Mode of measurement and payment.

This is paid separately on square meter basis.

- 257 -


SECTION 26 STRUCTURAL STEEL WORK

26.1 GENERAL This specification covers the requirement of providing fabrication and erection of structural steel work including painting. 26.2 MATERIALS-STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTIONS All structural steel shall conform to I.S. 226-1962 and I.S. 800-1962. The steel shall b free from defects mentioned in I.S 226-1962 and shall have a smooth uniform finish. It shall be straightened if necessary. in the mill before shipment. Material shall be free from loose mill scale rust-pits or other defects affecting its strength and durability. Rivet bars shall conform to I.S. 1148-1964. 26.3 STORAGE Structural steel shall be stored above surface of the ground upon platform, skids or other suitable supports to avoid distortion of section in long length and shall be protected as far as practicable from surface deterioration by direct contact with harmful elements or exposure to conditions producing rust and corrosion. It should be so stored and handled that the material will not be subject to excessive stress and damage. 26.4 STRAIGHTENING All deformed structural material will be properly straightened by methods which are not injurious prior to being laid of punched or otherwise worked in the shop, sharp kings and bends shall be cause for rejection. 26.5 TESTS When the steel is supplied by the contractor, test certificate of the manufacturers shall be produced. If further test be necessary, they will be done according to I.S. 226-1969 and IS 1521-1960 the cost of such tests will be borne by the contractor. 26.6 MEASUREMENT : The sections shall be supplied in specified exact length, smoothly cut to the required lines. The length of sections shall be measured correct to a centimeter and weight calculated on the basis of standard weights prescribed by I.S.I. for each relevant section correct up 0.10 of a kg. Tolerances mentioned in I.S. 226-1969 shall be applicable unless other tolerances are prescribed in the specifications of any particular item. The contract rate shall be for a unit of one tone. Rivets : Shall conform to I.S.1148-1964 and I.S.800-1962. Bolts : These shall comply with I.S. 1148-1964 and IS 800-1962. 26.7 FABRICATION AND ERECTION Cutting, holding, assembly, riveting, bolting, machining, painting, marking and erection shall be carried out in accordance with approved plans

- 258 -


and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time and shall comply with I.S.800-1962. 26.8 DAMAGED MEMBERS Any material found damaged or defective shall be stacked separately and shall be marked in a distinctive colour, such material is to be dealt with expeditiously under the orders of the Engineer-in-charge. 26.9 RIVETING.WELDING AND BOLTING Riveting or welding shall not be started until such time as the Engineer has personally satisfied himself that the alignment is correct. the vertical plumb. the camber correct with the camber jacks screwed tight. all joints and cove plates fixed tight with service bolts and field rivet holes coinciding, while assembling holes in different components shall be made concentric with the use of drifts before service bolts are fixed. 2) WELDING 1. GENERAL The specifications given here under shall apply to welding as applied to new and existing mild steel structures and mild steel reinforcement for R.C.C. work in the following cases. a) Filler welding for placing the reinforcement in correct position or for

providing cross bars in lieu of hooks. b) Butt welding of reinforcing bars. Welding shall be made by the metal are

process unless oxyacetylene gas welding is specially permitted by the Engineer in writing. The specifications for the former have been given in B.18 (a) and for the latter in B. 18(b) of the book of standard specifications.

2. WELDING CONTRACT i) The welding work shall not be given to a contractor who does not produce satisfactory evidence of his ability to handle the work in a competent manner. The contractor shall also prove the ability of the operators employed by him to produce welding connection of the required strength. ii) The Engineer shall have free access to the work being carried out by the contractor at al reasonable times and facility shall be provided so that during the course of welding he may be able to inspect any layer of weld metal. He shall be at liberty of welding he may be able to inspect any layer of weld metal. He shall be at liberty to reject any work not conforming to the relevant specification. defective welds shall be cut out and re-welding. 3. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND HELTH PROVISIONS

The contractor shall make all safety and health provisions for his welders as are laid in I.S 818-1968 i.e. code of practice of safety and health requirements in electric and gas welding and cutting operations. 1. All permanent machine-fitted or other bolts must be perfectly tight and should be blurred or otherwise checked to prevent nuts from becoming loose. No unfilled rivet or bolt holes are to be left in any part of the structure. 2. Fitting and riveting (or welding)of connection of steel sections. in cases where pieces are short or of full length shall be done in such a manner that the metal is not unduly strained or cracks caused.

- 259 -


3. Care shall be taken to see that cracks are not filled with paints, putty, cinders, dirt, oil or filling for the purpose of deception. 4. Particular care must be taken to ensure free expansion and contractor wherever provided for in drawings or as the Engineer directs. 5. Chopping of rivets, angle flanges, and edges of plates must be done without breaking out the metal. chipped edges shall be finished off with a file and all concave corners shall be rounded off. 6. PAINTING Painting shall generally comply with I.S. 800-1962 AND I.S. 1477 (PARTI) -1959 subject to such addition or alterations as may be prescribed in the special provisions for any particular item. It shall also comply with relevant part of specification no B-21 One priming coat of red lead shall be applied immediately after fabrication. Two coats of oil paint of approved shade shall be applied immediately after fabrication. Two coats of oil paint of approved shade shall be applied after complete erection. Structural steel work to be encased in concrete shall not be painted. 7. INSPECTION AND TESTINGS These shall be carried out in conformity with I.S. 800-1962 8. ITEM TO INCLUDE 1) The item shall include supply fabrication and erection in position at site of all structural steel sections of the required dimensions and labour, materials and use of equipment required for all operations of fabrication, hoisting, erection and satisfactory completion of the item. 2) Items shall also include labour, materials and use of equipment required for painting the structural steel work. 9. MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate for the item shall be one tone. In the case of rolled sections lengths shall be measured correct to a cm. and weight calculated on the standard weight per meter tabulated in the I.S.I Hand book for structural steel sections limited to the length shown on the plans correct up to 0.10 of a kg. weight of bolts. nuts and washers shall be added in full and no deduction shall be made for blot holes. In riveted work only the weight of rivet heads shall be added. No deductions shall be made for rivet holes. No increase in weight shall be allowed in welded work due to welding.

SECTION – 27

- 260 -


STRIPPING

27.1 SCOPE

The stripping includes furnishing of all tools, plant, labour and material required for carrying out banking including site coherence, conveyance, disposal in a manner approved by the Engineer-in-charge with all leads and lifts and all items covered within the intent and purpose of the item.

27.2 SITE CLEARANCE

All area required for the seat of embankment shall be cleared of all trees, stumps, rubbish, roots and all other objectionable materials. All such material shall be removed from the site so as not to interfere with construction and operation of the project and shall be disposed off as directed by Engineer-in-charge. All trees cut and all material from stripping shall be property of corporation and shall be stacked at suitable places as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

27.3 STRIPPING

The entire area of the embankment shall be stripped to specified depth to remove all ‘top soil, loose and vegetable matter and soil in the root zone or soil suitable for the foundation of the embankment as determined by Engineer-in-charge. The stripping should be carried out down to a firm natural soil as directed.

27.4 DISPOSAL OT MATERIALS

The stripped material shall be transported and dumped or stacked at the disposal sites approved by Engineer-in-charge. In no case shall this stripped material contaminate with embankment materials.

27.5 LEAD AND LIFT

The item includes all lead and lift involved in the operations.

27.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS.

This is include in the item of excavation in soft strata and will not be paid separately.

- 261 -


SECTION – 28

DEWATERING

0.0 SCOPE

The item shall include all dewatering, diversion of work required in a manner

hereinafter specified.

1.0 Contractor responsible for designs etc.

The Canal shall be kept dry by resort to pumps along or in combination with

manual labour for bailing out water with buckets etc. or any other satisfactory

method to adopted shall be entirely left to the choice of the contractor provided

dewatering is carried out satisfactorily and the scheduled programmed is adhered

to. The contractor shall plan, construct and maintain satisfactorily, safe and full

proof arrangement for dewatering to ensure safe canal excavation analyzing

concrete and masonry in the dry. The contractor shall supply details of his

proposals for approval of the Engineer. but such an approval will no way release

the contractor from his responsibility for the adequacy of dewatering arrangements

and for the quality and safety of the work, for all of which the contractor shall be

solely responsible.

Other approved methods may be used by the Contractor at his discretion

and cost to prevent or reduce seepage and to protect the area to be excavated if

the soil is porous.

1.1. PUMPING

Adequate pumping arrangements shall be made for dewatering canal and

keeping the same dry wile lining masonry or concreting. Is in progress and till the

mortar has sufficiently set. Pumps of required capacity and in required number and

stages shall be provided to ensure the above pumping from the canal shall be

done directly from the canal or from a sump inside the excavation as necessary. in

such a manner as to preclude the possibility of movement of water through any

fresh concrete or masonry and washing away parts of concrete or mortar. No

pumping shall be allowed during laying of concrete or masonry and for a period of

at least 24 hours thereafter unless. It is done from a suitable sump separated from

concrete or masonry by effective means. Pumping shall be done in such a way as

not to cause damage to the work or adjoining property by blow subsidence etc.

- 262 -


The contractor shall make his own arrangements for necessary labour,

materials. pumps, engines, well-points and other suitable machinery and devices

required for successful execution of the item of dewatering.

2.0 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR DIVERSION ETC. :

The contractor shall plan, construct and maintain satisfactorily necessary

diversion channels and other temporary diversion. protective works and

furnish. in stall, maintain and operate all necessary pumping and for

dewatering the various parts, of the work and maintaining the canal section

as free from water as required for approved construction operation.

2.1 ADEQUACY OF DIVERSION :

All bunds diversion of flow and other arrangements proposed to be made

shall be by prior discussion and approval by the Executive Engineer. on approval

they shall be constructed and maintained at the Contractor’s cost. Approval of the

plans for diversion works will not relieve the contractor of the responsibility for the

adequacy of diversion and dewatering arrangements.

3.0 CONTRACTOR TO DEWATER WHENEVER REEQUIRED :

The area under all works as necessary shall be maintained free from water.

The areas shall also be maintained free of water after any part of the work is

completed, for inspection, safely and or for any other reasons determined as

necessary The contractor shall pump all water from the site of the work and shall

keep the canal section free of water, while excavating, concreting and continue to

keep the works free of water for a period as may be required for proper setting of

mortar, or concrete or otherwise required for the completion of works.

31. The contractor shall not be entitled to any claims or damages on account of

or by reason of any account of water leaking through under or around bunds

diversion channels and other diversion or protective works or overtopping.

4.0 DESILTING:

If canal excavation are filed due to accumulation of surface flow during the

progress of the work or during rainy season or due to any other cause, all pumping

required for dewatering the pits and removing silt shall be done without extra cost.

5.0 REPAIRS & REMOVAL OF DIVERSION CHANNEL, BUND SETS.

After having served their purpose the temporary bunds shall be removed to

the extent directed by the Engineer-in-charge from time to time.

- 263 -


The diversion channels bunds etc. are likely to be damaged due to foods or

due to any other reason. If they are so damaged they shall be redone without extra

cost to the Department.

Such removal or repair work shall be done in such a manner as not to damage any

permanent works. This shall be done at contractor’s cost.

6.0 DISPOSAL OF WATER.

The water from the excavated canal shall be disposed off in the mariner detailed below or in any other manners in conformity with the rules in force and approved by the Engineer. In undeveloped areas such as countryside where overage system has not been introduced the water may be led to the nearest natural drain or opened through properly laid and dug channels or through pipes. Disposal of water shall in no case cause inconvenience or nuisance to inhabitants of the area or cause damage to the property and structured nearby. Government regulations shall be complied with and rights. On private land owners shall be respected regarding disposal of water. Contractor shall be responsible for all the incidental like obtaining permission of local bodies and persons concerned to lead the water to the open digging up channels, making use of land sand properties owned by private persons or public bodies etc. and for the damage caused in the operation of this item. 7.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE : 1) All labour, materials, pumps, plants, equipment, staging, shoring, strutting, sumps and other arrangements necessary for dewatering during excavation and construction of other item requiring dewatering. 2) Dewatering canal excavation and construction of lining area and keeping the same dry while excavation masonry and concrete work is in progress and till the work comes above the water level and till the Engineer considers that the mortar or concrete has sufficiently set. 3) Dewatering till all the items requiring dewatering are fully completed This shall also include required for final section of canal and taxing measurements of all the items requiring dewatering. 4) Removing stuff of any sort which might find access into the trenches by blowing slip or due to any other cause whatsoever from the sides or bottom of the canal excavation or from elsewhere during. or due to dewatering. 5) Leading water to the nearest natural or artificial drains. with all incidental requirements concerns any compensations etc. 6) Compensation for the injury to the workmen and the public or damage to nearby properties during and on account of dewatering and disposal of water. 8. MODE OF MEASURMENT AND PAYMENT : The payment of dewatering shall be B.H.P/hours for the complete job. Full payment for the job of dewatering shall be made after completing the lining work up to the design level or to such level beyond which no dewatering will be required either for construction or for allowing the mortar or concrete to set.

- 264 -


If the Contractor is required to provide the diversion and coffer dam arrangements for the proper completion of works as specified a number of times during the period of his contract, the cost of such provision shall be deemed to have been included in the unit rate quoted by the contractor for the item of dewatering. 8.1 MEASURMENENTS The quantity of water pumped shall be based on actual BHP/hrs entered in daily register maintained by the Department on site. The register shall be signed by authorized representative of the contractor in token of acceptance. In case of dispute the decision given by Engineer-in-charge will be final and binding on the contractor. The measurements will be in hrs for the specified range of pump capacity in schedule B or BHP-Hr as the case may be.

SECTION – 29

STONE PITCHING

1 SCOPE:

The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipment, contractor’s own

material and labour required, carrying transporting and laying the pitching Including

dressing embankment to the designed slopes and other operations necessary and

ancillary thereto with all leads and lifts etc. Complete.

2 MATERIALS:

a) Sand:

As per para No.5.2(b) of detailed specification of filter material

b) Metal:

As per para 5.2(b) of detailed specifications of filter material.

c) Rubble for pitching:

i) Stones for pitching shall be sound hard dense and durable rock and should

not break down or disintegrate on long exposure to water and air. The rubble shall

be got approved form the Engineer-in-charge.

ii) Size: The rock fragments shall be reasonably welt graded, containing

- 265 -


at least 60% of stones weighing 35 kg. or more, minimum size shall be weighting

10 kgs.

3 QUARRIES:

Rubble required for the construction of pitching is contractor’s own material

or is available in total quantity from the excavation of cut-off trench and spillway

excavation etc. Contractor has to sort the material so as to obtain sound rubble.

The contractor may be required to carry out secondary blasting to obtain the rubble

in required size and shape. Cost for sorting necessary secondary blasting and

transporting is already considered in the rate of corresponding item. No claim or

payment shall be entertained for this. This rock requirement will be met with the

contractor’s own rubble quarries and rock stacks from compulsory excavation from

stripping, COT and drains etc. shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge.

Approval to quarry and stacks shall not mean that all rubble available from that

quarry is also approved by the Engineer-in-charge and only approved quality of

rubble will have to be used.

4 LAYING:

a) The base slope shall first be prepared to receive the pitching.

The thickness of the rubble pitching shall 45 cm.

The thickness of rubble pitching is exclusive of the thickness of filter backing

of sand and metal.

b) Stones shall be placed on end with the broadest side down and length

normal to the slopes. Larger rock fragments should be uniformity distributed with

smaller rock fragment in such a manner as will result in compact uniform layers of

pitching. The pitching shall be made in one layer by using specified length of

stones. Stones should be as perpendicular as possible.

i) The interstices between stones shall be filled with chips of as large size as

possible and hammering in such filling shall be carried out simultaneously with

placing in position of the larger stones and shall in no case be permitted to fall

behind. The wedging shall be so done that no chip can be removed by hand. No

loose spauls or chips should be the top surface of pitching. The chips shall not be

used as a substitute for full thickness of the large stones. The surface should

present reasonably uniform slope as designed with a dense but rough face on

- 266 -


upstream side and smooth surface on down stream. The guide shall form part of

pitching.

5 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS:

The measurement shall be taken for pitching which will be paid on

volumetric basis with cubic meter as unit.

SECTION - 30

SEEPAGE DRAIN

ED-FS. 1 SCOPE:

The item of Seepage filter shall include furnishing all tools, equipments,

materials and labour required for providing and laying approved filter materials

including screening and watering materials if necessary, watering and compaction.

ED-FS. 2 MATERIALS:

The materials such as sand, metal, gravel shall comply with the

requirements specified for materials given below. Filter materials, the gravel to be

used shall be natural, gravel, consisting of clean, hard, durable, dense rock

particles. It shall be well graded to satisfy the filter criteria prescribed. The

percentage of materials below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 2%. The gravel

should not contain any organic matter, Items includes all charges for supplying and

re-handling including collecting, screening and washing. If necessary, transporting,

slacking, etc. with all leads and lifts involved supply gravel.

ED-FS. 3 LAYING:

The filler materials shall be laid in required thick layers and shall be watered

to the moisture content as directed and compacted by the tamper or light roller or

any approved equipment if necessary. The method of laying should be such that

the filler materials will not mix up with soil and will remain as clean as laid. If mixing

- 267 -


of filter materials with embankment material is observed both the embankment and

filler shall be removed to such depth as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and

such removal and consequent replacement with approved materials shall be buy.

and a expense of the contractor. The different filler layers shall be laid in width and

slopes as shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge in writ-

ing. The width and slopes as shown on the drawing or tentative and are subject to

modifications if found necessary during construction and the contractor is bound to

carry out the same at the rates quoted, the rates being on the basis of volume of

different type of materials laid while laying slant filter it shall be seen that the level

filter zone and to strips of adjacent zone materials are high by 0.3 to 0.6 meters

than the adjoining zone and this is necessary so as to prevent contamination of

filter zone from adjacent fine material zones. Traffic over tile filter zones shall not

be permitted, where this is unavoidable, the filter zone at that strip shall be covered

while starting fresh work at such location, a top 10 cm filler material layer will have

to be removed.

ED-FS. 4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT:

The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section. The cross

section will be taken at every 15 meter or at closer distance as found necessary.

Unit will he one Running meter.

ED- FILTER MATERIALS

ED-FS. 1 SCOPE :

The item shall include furnishing of tools, plant labour and materials

required for providing and laying approved materials in the specified layers

including screening and washing if necessary, compaction and all operations

necessary and ancillary there to.

ED-F. 2 (a) MATERIALS

The materials for filling the drains shall consists of sand, gravel and crushed

metal suitably graded to satisfy the filler criteria

(1) The coefficient of permeability of draining material should by more than 6 times

that of base material,

(2) UK’ graded filter drains will confirm to the Vickburg criteria viz. as directed by

the Engineer-in-charge. The sizes of the materials on the drawing are tentative and

may require modifications if they are not found to satisfy filter criteria. The contrac-

- 268 -


tor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the Engineer-in

charge without any extra cost.

ED-G . 2 (b) SAND:

i) The sand shall be natural and it shall be from hard, dense and durable rock

formation. The maximum percentage of materials less than 0.024mm size shall be

5% by weight and it should not contain organic materials. The maximum particle

shall be 10mm. (3/8 inch.) The specific gravity of particles shall be not less than

2.60. The sand shall be well graded, and it should satisfy the filter criteria with the

adjoining filler and base materials. If necessary the sand may to be washed or

screened without any extra cost. The sand is to be supplied by the contractor from

approved quarries and the items includes all charges of supply and re-handling

including collecting, screening, transporting, washing, stacking etc. with all leads

and lifts involved for supply of sand.

ED-F. 2 (c) GRAVEL:

When gravel is to he used, it shall mean natural gravel consisting of dean,

hard, durable, dense rock fragments. It shall be well graded subject to clause (a)

above. The percentage of materials below 0.074 mm. size shall be less than 2%.

The gravel should not contain any organic matter. The item includes all charges of

supplying & re-handling including collecting, screening and washing if necessary,

transporting, stacking etc. with all leads and lifts involved for supply of gravel.

ED-F. 2 (d) METAL:

If natural gravel deposits satisfying filter criteria are not available, the use of

metal be permitted as filter material. The maximum size permissible shall be 40

mm. Metal shall consists of broken or crushed rock having clean, hard, durable,

dense rock pieces. It shall be reasonably well graded with sizes as shown on

drawing subjects to clause (a) above. The percentage of materials below 0.071

mm. size shall be less than 1 %. The item includes all charges of supply and re-

handling including breaking, screening, transporting, slacking etc. with all lends

and lifts involved for supply of metal. The size of the metal show on the drawing

are tentative and subject to changes as required to satisfy the filler criteria with

adjacent materials.

ED-F. 3 PLACING OF MATERIALS:

- 269 -


a) The excavation for than trench either in natural ground or made up bank

work shall be as per designed cross sections or as directed in writing, by the Engi-

neer-in-Charge and is covered under the item of excavation. The surface of

excavation shall be cleaned of all loose material so as to prevent contamination

with the filter materials. Similarly the surface on which the mound drains are to be

laid is to be cleaned of all loose materials.

b) The filter materials hall then be carefully deposited in different layers to the

required thickness and slopes grades as shown in the drawing as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge. Thickness of individual layers shown on the drawings are

tentative and may rectifications to satisfy filter requirements and the contractor

shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by Engineer-in-charge

without any extra cost. The coarser materials shall form the core of the drain with

an all round cover of progressively finer materials. The laying of individual layers

shall proceed in a way as to preclude as far as possible the mixing materials of one

size with that of the other.

- 270 -


SECTION 31

SM-6 PRECAST RAILS 100 mm. × 150 mm. SM-6.1 GENERAL The item refers to providing and laying cement concrete M-100 precast rails of size 10 cm. wide and 7.5 cm deep porous rails with 12 mm. to 20 mm. required slopes and grades. The gauge metal and cement in proportion of 1:4 and 40 mm. dia. holes shall be provided at 0.50 m. interval or as directed by Executive Engineer in top concrete portion of the rail. All relevant paras under section are applicable to this item. SM- 2 PREPARATION OF BASE : Basis for laying the profile rails shall be as per section SM-9. SM-3 JOINTING The size of rails shall be 10 cm. wide × 15 cm. depth ×50 cm. long generally. The length of the rails shall be less to suit the length of the profile rail of panels as the case may be decided by the Engineer-in-charge. SM-6.4 MEASUREMENT The measurements for providing and laying rails shall be based on Running meter basis of the work done. The contact rate shall be per running meter of rail actually laid and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. SM- 6.5 Cement Consumption – 0.9 bag/Rmt.

- 271 -


SECTION - 32

PICKING THE ROAD SURFACE INCLUDING SECTIONING COMPLETE

32.1.0 GENERAL

The item provides for the picking and sectioning of road surface for receiving the new metal surface.

32.2.0 ROAD DIVERSION

If the traffic cannot be allowed to pass over the roadside shoulders during the picking, spreading and compacting operation’s, diversions shall be taken out and maintained as per Section 32.2.1 as below. Where specified, the work may be done in half width provided proper section is obtained and suitable arrangement for traffic is made without hindering or interfering with the work proper barricades, signs also be erected for traffic followed to cross over the berms or a lane of road, watchman and signalers shall be employed as directed by Engineer, Red lights shall be hung during night time to indicate the danger. If the picked up road surface cannot be completely surface and rolled at the end of day, red lights shall be put up at each end to warn the traffic. 32.3.0 PICKING

All the caked mud, slush, animal dropping, vegetation and all other rubbish accumulated on the road surface shall be removed where the section of the road surface is good, the road surface shall be picked lightly, only to loosed the surface stones. Where the section is uneven picking shall be close a little deeper to enable the sectioning to be done to the required shape with the picked up material. The picking shall be always ahead of the spreading of metal and compaction by about 100 meters. The edges of the picking shall be truly in a line or curve as the case may be. This can be achieved by tying string to nails driven on the road edge and ranging for sufficient long length. The picked surface shall be sectioned to the required grades and camber super elevation on transition section. Template shall be used to obtain correct and uniform camber, super elevation or transition section as the case may be. The road surface may be watered by the contractor for easier

picking without claiming extra for the same.

The junction’s of picked non-picked surfaces shall be diagonal.


i) Picking ii) Watering if required

- 272 -


i) Sectioning and grading ii) Diversions including barricading, warning signals, lights etc.

unless separately provided in the tender. iii) All the labour material use of tools of etc. for carrying out the

works satisfactory.


The contract shall be one Sq.m. of surface picked and

sectioned.

The area picked shall be worked out in Sq.m. correct upto two-piece of decimal. The width shall be limited to the width specified or as ordered by the Engineer. The length shall be measured along the centerline of the road. The dimension shall be recorded correct upto one place of decimal of a meter. Increased width on curves shall be measure.

- 273 -


SECTION - 33 TAR PAPER BEARING

33.1.0 SCOPE

This work shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipments and labour required for providing and fixing tar paper bearing.

The work is in generally shall be carried out as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The Material to be supplied and used of ISI mark quality and approved by Engineer-in-charge.


The measurement of completed work will be recorded

under respective item in the schedule B. The unit of payment will be square

meter.

- 274 -


SECTION - 34

FLEXIBLE STONE MAT

34.1.0 This item consists of providing 90 cm thick flexible stone mat including supplying, spreading, compaction etc. complete. 34.2.0 The work needs to be carried out as per standard specification as below and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 34.2.1 MATERIALS The stones to be used shall be broken rubble with fairly regular shape and not weathered or decayed stones. Stones shall be selected for their larger size. The stones shall be about 0.015 cub. M. or 15 liters (about ½ cft) in size unless otherwise ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, having regard to the nature of the stone being quarried. The stones to be sued for wedging in the joints between stones shall be chips of such size as to snugly fill up the interstices in most cases. 34.2.2 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION The bed on which flexible stone mat is to be laid shall be cleared of all loose materials leveled and consolidated and got approved by Engineer-in-charge before starting stone matting. The stone matting shall be laid in regular horizontal layers of not more than 30 cm. in thickness, closely packed and compacted and firmly set with their broadest face downwards. The interstices between adjacent stones shall be wedged in with spauls of the proper size, well driven in with hammers or wooden mallets to ensure tightly packed layers. Such wedging shall be carried on simultaneously with the placing in position of the largest stones in each layer and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind. Each layer shall be packed and completed before the upper layer is started. 34.3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The measurement shall be based on the surface area of the work executed for a unit of one square meter.

- 275 -


- 276 -


SECTION - 35

G. I. SHEET CONSTRUCTION JOINT

Providing and fixing G.I. Sheets 24 gauge and 22.5 cms. Wide for construction joint in R.C.C. trough wall including cutting, 15 cm.

overlap, riveting the joint and fixing in position etc. complete. 35.1.0 SPECIFICATION

The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment material and labour for providing, riveting, transporting, placing of G.I. Sheets Joints, and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary thereto including finishing to required shape and size as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.


The rate shall be per meter length of joints. The completed rate shall include all materials, G.I. Sheets, M.S. Rods, bituminous filler, cement, rivets etc. and all labour etc. complete.

- 277 -


SECTION - 36 Providing and fixing Pre-cast R.C.C. 1:2:4 BENCH MARK STONES of standard size 900 x 150 x 150 mm and including fixing in block of C.C. 1:4:8 including excavation, back-filling the trench, painting, lettering

etc. with all leads and lifts complete. 36.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for supply of Pre-cast R.C.C. 1:2:4 Bench Mark Stones of size 900 x 150 x 150 mm and including fixing in block of C.C. 1:4:8 as shown in drawing including painting and lettering etc. complete. 36.2.0 CONSTRUCTION 36.2.1 MANUFACTURE The stones shall be of the dimensions as specified on the drawing. Wooden or steel shuttering shall be used to cast the stones of required dimensions. The reinforcement as specified in the stones shall be fabricated, assembled and placed in the form by keeping the specified cover. The stones shall be cast in the form. The concrete may be mixed and compacted manually, the side from shall be removed after 24 hours and the sides finished smoothly and neatly with 1:2 cement mortar immediately. The stones shall be properly cured for 21 days by immersing them in pond in general, the material shall conform to the relevant para of section Cement Concrete. 36.3.0 FIXING The bench mark stoned shall be fixed in position as indicated on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be fixed in ground in a block of C.C. 1:4:8 of size as specified. Any excavation necessary for fixing of the stone and laying of the C.C. bedding shall be done by the contractor at his cost. 36.3.1 ITEM TO INCLUDE Supply of Pre-cast Bench Mark Stones, necessary excavation, fixing in cement concrete and back filling and painting and lettering, all labours, material and tools and plant required for completion of the item satisfactorily. 36.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be one bench mark stone fixed in position in concrete block on ground mentioned in the item. The measurement shall be for the No. of such stones fixed in position.

- 278 -


- 279 -


SECTION - 37 PROVIDING TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS RUBBLE FILLING

BEHIND THE ABUTMENTS, RETURN OR WINGS.

37.1.0 MATERIALS

The stones to be used shall be broken rubble with fairly regular shape and not weathered or decayed stones. Stones shall be selected for their larger size. The stones shall be about 0.015 cub. M. or 15 liters (about ½ cft) in size unless otherwise ordered by Engineer-in-charge, having regard to the nature of the stone being quarried. The stones to be sued for wedging in the joints between stones shall be chips of such size as to snugly fill up the interstices in most cases. All suitable rubble obtained from foundation excavation shall be made use of first. The rate to be charged for this rubble to the contractor shall be that which is entered in the schedule A and if not so entered. The Divisional schedule rate current at the time of tender.

37.2.0 DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION

Dewatering if necessary shall be done according to standard specification No. BR 4 of P.W. & H. Deptt. The bed on which rubble filling is to be laid shall be cleared of all loose materials leveled and consolidated and got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before starting rubble filling. Rubble filling behind abutments, returns or wings shall be laid in regular horizontal layers of not more than 30cm. (about 12”) in thickness closely packed and compacted and firmly set with their broadest face downwards. The interstices between adjacent stones shall be wedged in with spauls of the proper size, well driven in with hammers or wooden mallets to ensure tightly packed layers. Such wedging shall be carried on simultaneously with the placing in position of the largest stones in each layer and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind. Each layer shall be packed and completed before the upper layer is started. Backfilling required to be done if any, on the river-side of the abutment, wings or returns shall be done simultaneously with the filling on the landside. Special precautions should also be taken to prevent wedging action against masonry. The masonry shall have been fully cured before rubble filling.

37.3.0 ITEMS TO INCLUDE

(1) Supplying broken rubble and spauls of approved quality and

size.

(2) All labour, materials and use of equipment and tools for properly

laying

- 280 -


hand packing and compacting the rubble.

(3) Any other incidental charges to complete the work as per

sanctioned

plan including dewatering unless separately provided in the

tender.

37.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Rubble filling shall be measured in cubic meter limiting the dimensions to those shown in the plan or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The dimensions shall be measured in two places of decimals in meters and quantities worked out to two places of decimals of a cubic metre. No deduction shall be made for voids. The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre.

- 281 -


SECTION - 38

DISMANTLING OF B.T.SURFACE

38.1.0 This item shall consists of complete removal of existing role as may be required or permitted to be left in places as shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, including cleaning the site, sorting out useful materials and stacking these as directed.

The work in general shall be carried out according to Item No. BR-2 of standard specifications of P.W. & H. Deptt.

38.2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The quantity of dismantled road work will be worked out on the basis of sectional area and length of the road work dismantled. The unit of payment will be one Cum.

- 282 -


SECTION - 39

HARD MURUM / GRITTY MATERIAL FILLING

39.1.0 GRITTY MATERIAL

The material shall be cohesive non swelling having a minimum of 0.1 Kg / Sq. Cm. cohesive value. Swelling pressure of 0.15 Kg / Sq. Cm. at the O.M.C. shall be permitted. 39.2.0 COMPACTION AND WATERING

The material shall be laid in layers not exceeding 10 cm thick and to full width. Each layer shall be compacted thoroughly by pneumatic taper compactor prior and during the compaction the embankment shall have optimum moisture contain required for the purpose of compaction and this moisture contain shall be uniform throughout the layer. Moisturizing shall be supplemented by sprinkling water or at the site of compaction if required in general. This shall be carried out as per para 9.0 to 9.6 of section Embankment. 39.3.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT Measurement for gritty material filling shall be base on cross section area of filling taken at an interval of 30 m. or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge to arrive at the enable contents and will be paid at the rate proposed for the item in the tender. The unit of payment will be cum.

- 283 -


SECTION - 40

Providing and fixing Pre-cast R.C.C. 1:2:4 BOUNDARY STONE of standard size 900 x 175 x 100 mm and including fixing in block of C.C. 1:4:8 including excavation, back-filling the trench, painting, lettering

etc. with all leads and lifts complete. 40.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for supply of Pre-cast R.C.C. 1:2:4 Boundary Stone of size 900 x 175 x 100 mm at site and fixing in block of C.C. 1:4:8 as shown in drawing including painting and lettering etc. complete. 40.2.0 CONSTRUCTION 40.2.1 MANUFACTURE The stones shall be of the dimensions as specified on the drawing. Wooden or steel shuttering shall be used to cast the stones of required dimensions. The reinforcement as specified in the stones shall be fabricated, assembled and placed in the form by keeping the specified cover. The stones shall be cast in the form. The concrete may be mixed and compacted manually, the side from shall be removed after 24 hours and the sides finished smoothly and neatly with 1:2 cement mortar immediately. The stones shall be properly cured for 21 days by immersing them in pond in general, the material shall conform to the relevant para of section Cement Concrete. 40.3.0 FIXING The boundary stoned shall be fixed in position as indicated on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be fixed in ground in a block of C.C. 1:4:8 of size as specified. Any excavation necessary for fixing of the stone and laying of the C.C. bedding shall be done by the contractor at his cost. 40.3.1 ITEM TO INCLUDE Supply of Pre-cast Boundary Stones, necessary excavation, fixing in cement concrete and back filling and painting and lettering, all labours, material and tools and plant required for completion of the item satisfactorily. 40.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be one boundary stone fixed in position in concrete block on ground mentioned in the item. The measurement shall be for the No. of such stones fixed in position.

- 284 -


SECTION - 41

PROVIDING EXPANSION JOINTS WITH 25 mm THICK BITUMINOUS PAD

41.1.0 GENERAL The item providing for the expansion joints in the cement concrete of wearing course. 41.2.0 MATERIAL The joint requires a copper plate and the bituminous filling material. The width of joint shall correspond to the space between the ends of the slabs. For the expansion joints the copper plate shall be 1.63 mm (16 gauge) thickness with a width of 30 cm (about 12”).

THE BITUMINOUS FILLER SHALL BE AS UNDER:- (1) POURED JOINT FILLER The poured joint filler shall be composed of the following ingredients :- Clean fine sand -- 55 per cent Bitumen S 35 grade of I.S. : 73-1961 -- 40 per cent Asbestos Fiber -- 5 per cent The sand and the bitumen shall be heated separately to a temperature of 163 C (about 325 F). The Both sand and bitumen shall be mixed intimately after heating. To this shall be added asbestos fiber and the whole mixed thoroughly. While hot the mixture shall be poured into the clean dry joint and allowed to thicken. The mixture shall be laid slightly poured and if found to be very high, the surplus shall be removed by heated knife or trowel. When proprietary product from the market is to be used, it shall conform to I. S. : 1834-1961.

(2) PRE-MOULDED JOINT FILLER The joint filler shall be composed of the following ingredients :- Clean fine sand -- 60 per cent Bitumen S 35 grade of I.S. : 73-1961 -- 30 per cent Cement -- 8 per cent Chopped Hemp -- 2 per cent The sand shall be heated in a flat pan to a temperature of 177 C (about 350 F). The bitumen shall be separately heated to a temperature of 163 C (about 325 F). The requisite quantity of bitumen shall be added to the heated sand and stirred well. The required quantity of cement and chopper hemp shall be added and the whole mixed intimately. All the materials shall be measured by weight. The mixture shall be then poured into mould and allowed to cool. Width of the moulds shall be such as to fill the U of the copper plate and remain about 25 mm below the top of the slab. When proprietary product from the market is to be used it shall conform to I.S. 1838-1961.

- 285 -


41.3.0 CONSTRUCTION The copper plate shall be bent as shown on the drawings and shall be laid over the R.C.C. deck-slab with its U in the gap in between adjacent deck-slabs. The wearing coat concrete shall then be laid leaving requisite width of the joint in between the two wearing coat-slabs. If full width of bridge is not obtained in one piece of the copper plate, pieces of copper plates shall be brazed together to obtain requisite width, i.e., the width of the bridge. When the slabs are cured and are to be opened to traffic, all the dirt, mud etc. accumulated in the joints during the process of curing of the slabs shall be raked cut, cleaned and washed before filling in the bituminous filler. The joint between the two wearing course slabs and the U of the copper plate shall then be filled with the bituminous filler. In case it is so ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, the joints shall be formed of pre-moulded joint fillers and in such a case, this pre-moulded joint filler shall be placed in the joint immediately before taking up the concreting of the adjoining slab of the wearing course. These pre-moulded joint fillers shall fit the U of the copper plates also and remain about 25 mm below the top of the slab. This gap shall be filled with poured joint filler. 41.4.0 RATE TO INCLUDE (1) Copper plate, it’s bending, soldering, fixing in position and filler

joint with the bituminous filler, pre-moulded and or poured.

(2) All labour, materials use of equipment required for satisfactory completion of the item. 41.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for one square meter of the joint. The lineal measurement of the joint shall be recorded correct up to 2” places 0” decimals of a meter.

- 286 -


SECTION – 42

PROVIDING AND FIXING MARBLE TABLET OF SIZE AND DESCRIPTION AS PER DETAILED DRAWING INCLUDING MOULDED

MARBLE 1:2 CEMENT MORTAR BORDER 42.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of marble slab of the required size engraving the emblem, figures and letters as ordered by the Engineer and fixing the same in position on the bridge as indicated on the drawing or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. 42.2.0 MATERIALS 42.2.1 The marble slab shall be 25 mm (about 1”) thick and shall be of good quality milky white shade, free form veins and unsightly spots, etc. It shall have a uniform shade all over the surface. The surface shall be even, smooth, and in one place with edges true and square. The size of the slab shall be as indicated on the drawing or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Marble border if provided in the drawing shall be of the size, shape and colour shown therein. 42.2.2 Cement mortar Refer Section – 9. 42.2.3 Black lead filling 42.3.0 ENGRAVING The border, emblem, figures and letters shall be engraved as indicated on the drawing. The engraving shall in ‘V’ cut grooves and shall be filled with black lead tacked in the grooves and flush with the face of the tablet. 42.4.0 FIXING The marble tablet shall be fixed securely in position indicated on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer in cement mortar 1:2 with marble or mortar moulding all round according to drawings, moulding shall be rubbed smooth. Recess may be left in the concrete or the masonry or may be cut subsequently for the purpose. No deduction shall be made for the recess left or cut in the masonry or the concrete. 42.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Supply of marble tablet, engraving and fixing including lead filling and finishing with moulded border or cement mortar.

(2) Cutting recess in masonry or concrete if necessary.

- 287 -


(3) All labour, materials use of equipment tolls and plant for

completion of the item satisfactory. 42.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for one square meter of the marble tablet overall including moulded marble border if provided. Overlaps of border and tablet shall not be measured. Cement mortar border if provided shall be considered as incidental to fixing and shall not be measured. The length and width shall be measured correct up to two places of decimals of a meter and area calculated correct to three places of a square meter.

SECTION – 43

PROVIDING AND FIXING INOFRMATERY SIGN BOARD IN RECTANGULAR SHAPE

43.1.0 Work will be carried out as per IRC – 67, 2001 & M.O.S.T.

Circular No. RW / NH – 33023 / 31 / 88 D.O. III, dt. 2/11-5-1994 and instruction of Engineer-in-charge.


The contract rate shall be for one square meter of the informatory sign below including providing and fixing. The length and width shall be measured correct up to two places of decimals of a meter and area calculated correct to three places of a square meter

- 288 -


SECTION – 44

PROVIDING AND FILLING SAND BELOW RAFT AND BOX RETURN

44.1.0 GENERAL The sand in general shall be as per specification vide para section 1 of 1.5.3 of section 1 sand shall be laid below and around R.C.C. raft foundation as per drawing and as directed by the Engineer-in-charge at site. 44.2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The payment shall be made on volume basis for one sand actually laid in position. Unit will be one cubic meter. The length, width and depth shall be measured correct up to two places of decimals of a meter and volume calculated correct upto two places of a cubic meter.

- 289 -


SECTION – 45

SUPPLYING 15 cm / 23 cm TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS STONE RUBBLE TO SOLING AT THE ROADSIDE INCLUDING

CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

45.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of stone rubble of the specified type and size at the road side including obtaining the rubble from approved sources conveying to the site of work including all lifts and leads and stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter uniformly along the roadside. 45.2.0 QUARRIES Where suitable and approved Departmental quarries exist, the contractor shall be allowed to obtain the rubble of the requisite quality to the extent required for the work form these quarries without any royalty. He shall, however be liable to pay compensation for nay damage caused to the quarries or the Departmental land or property either deliberately or through negligence or otherwise or from waste of material in obtaining the requisite quantity of rubble. Blasting if required, shall be done with utmost care according to specification of section 2 and the contractor shall be fully responsible for all accidents and compensation resulting there from. When no suitable Departmental quarries exist or when the full quantity required for the work cannot be obtained from the Departmental quarries, the contractor shall make his own arrangement to obtain the rubble. The contractor shall get the sources and the quantity of the rubble approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all compensations to be paid as royalty rents or damages to p[properties and injuries to persons etc. caused in obtaining the rubble. No claim on account of any obstruction caused in collection of materials or difficulties or action arising out of quarrying in private and non-departmental land shall be entertained and Government will remain indemnified with regard to such action and payment. Quarrying shall be done only form sound portion of approved quarries, the disintegrated and weathered portions being rejected. No rubble shall be obtained from within the road land unless so permitted in writing by Engineer-in-charge. 45.3.0 RUBBLE

- 290 -


45.3.1 QUALITY The rubble of the specified type of stones shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, dense, clean of close texture and free from unsound material, cracks, decay and weathering. Their water absorption shall be as low as possible but not more than 5 percent. They shall generally be broken rubble. 45.3.2 SIZE The shape of the stones shall be as regular as can be obtained by quarrying without attempt at shaping or dressing. They shall be sufficiently flat bedded. The stone shall be broken with the smallest dimensions equal to the specified thickness of soling. The length and breadth should not generally exceed twice its thickness. Before starting collection, the contractor shall get a sample conforming to the required quality, shape and size approved by the Engineer-in-charge who will keep it in his office for reference. 45.3.3 CONVEYANCE TO SITE Materials shall be brought to site sufficiently in advance of construction. The contractor shall be responsible to see that vehicles used for transporting material do not drop any of the contents on the road and thus cause nuisance to traffic. The contractor shall also be responsible for any damage or accident arising out of any such material falling on the road or elsewhere and shall attend to all complaints in this regard. The Engineer-in-charge may order the removal of such materials at the expense of the contractor in case of neglect. Vehicles conveying or depositing materials shall not obstruct traffic. All leads and lifts are included in the rate for the item. 45.3.4 STACKING The rubble shall be stacked uniformly along the roadside in regular stacks of 6 m x 3 m x 1 m (about 20’ x 10’ x 3’) unless other sizes are ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Stacking shall be done after the quality, shape and size of the rubble are approved. The stacks shall be made without appreciable hollows without making special efforts to hand-pack the material. The stacks shall be free of earth, rubbish vegetation, inferior or too much oversize or undersize material. Only requisite number of stacks shall be laid in each of the 200 m sector. One stack in each unit section may be of different length if necessary, to make up the total quantity in that particular section. Low and wide stacks with outer retaining and the centre filling loosely shall not be permitted. The material shall be stacked entirely clear of the carriage way and as far as possible beyond the side

- 291 -


widths and the side drains on even ground or in the absence of such even ground on platform prepared in advance for the purpose by the contractor at his cost. If no such land is available the width of the stack may be reduced and the stacks may be laid on the side widths with the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. Such stacks shall be protected from being disturbed. Necessary precautions such as barricading, signs and signals shall invariably be taken the contractor being responsible for any accident injury and compensation due to his negligence in this respect. On hill roads, material shall be stacked only on stacking berms. In the absence of such berms within a reasonable distance, stacks shall be made only at places where narrow width and sited on the side of the road as directed without interfering with free drainage. The Engineer-in-charge may, if required, get the stacks coming in the way of or obstructing the traffic removed at the cost of the contractor and the contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any loss or damage to the materials on that account. The stacking operations shall be started at the point farthest from the quarry and carried towards the nearest point. The stacks shall not be laid at such places where they are likely to be damaged on account of the traffic, washing out by rains or floods or drainage, slides of the banks or the slopes of cutting. Any loss on account of these or such other reasons shall be made good by the contractor without extra claims. As far as possible the rubble shall be stacked evenly on one side of the road only and in such quantities per unit length as will be required for that particular length or as ordered by the Engineer. 45.4.0 SPECIAL POINT The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, Octroi, etc. compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to property in any way connected with the execution of this item and for loss of materials due to improper stacking etc. and shall make good the losses without extra claims. The contractor shall also responsible for the blasting operations required for obtaining the rubble as explained in section – 2. 45.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Obtaining rubble of approved quality, shape and size by blasting if required and payment of royalties, fees, rents, etc. where necessary

(2) Conveying to roadside including all leads and lifts. (3) Stacking (4) All sorts of new compensations involved in the execution of the item

- 292 -


(5) Opening up of new quarries or reopening old ones including

Removal of over burden. 45.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of rubble supplied at site in stacks of approved size. When the rubble is stacked in heaps of one uniform size, smallest heap may be chosen in the particular km. or unit section and measured for it’s length, breadth and depth. The cubic contents of this heap shall be multiplied by the number of such heaps in the km. or unit section to arrive at the quantity in the particular km. or unit section. The Engineer may measure any other heaps also for verification. When the sizes of stacks are not uniform, each stack shall be measured individually. The dimensions shall be measured correct to two places of decimals of a metre and quantity worked out correct to two places of decimals of cubic metre if there is reason to believe that the stacks are very loose and are having unduly large hollows and / or materials not satisfying the specifications, the stacks may be got opened and restacked properly after removing the inferior material by the Sub-Divisional Officer at the cost of the contractor. The measurement of such a stack shall then be taken and if they are less than those of a normal heap, the quality of the restacked heap shall be multiplied by the No. of stacks to arrive at the quantity in the particular unit of length. No deduction shall be made for voids. Rubble shall not be used until the full quantity is collected in a km. and measured. All stacks measured shall be marked with lime wash bands to distinguish them to avoid double measurement. If the material is found to be of inferior quality or of size not satisfying the requirements the same may be rejected entirely or accepted by the Engineer-in-charge at his discretion at a reduced rate if found to serve the purpose. All labour, materials, etc., required for measuring, restacking, checking, lime, washing, etc shall be at the cost of the contactor.

- 293 -


SECTION – 46

SUPPLYING 80 mm (About 3”) TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS STONE METAL AT THE ROAD SIDE FOR FILLING THE VOIDS IN THE

SOLING INCLUDING CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

46.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of specified type of stone metal 80 mm (about 3”) size at the road side for filling the voids in the soling including obtaining the rubble from approved sources and breaking to size, conveying to the site of work including all lifts and leads and stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter uniformly along the roadside. 46.2.0 QUARRIES :- According to the Section 45.2.0 46.3.0 RUBBLE:- According to the Section 45.3.0 46.4.0 QUALITY:- According to the Section 45.3.1 46.5.0 SIZE The longest dimension may not be more than 100 mm and the shortest dimension not less than 50 mm. 46.6.0 CONVEYANCE TO SITE :- According to the Section 45.3.3 46.7.0 STACKING :- According to the Section 45.3.4 46.8.0 SPECIAL POINT:- According to the Section 45.4.0 46.9.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE:- According to the Section 45.5.0 and breaking the rubble to the required size. 46.10.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

:- According to the Section 45.6.0

- 294 -


- 295 -


SECTION – 47

SUPPLYING 60 mm (About 2.5”) TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS STONE OVERSIZE METAL AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING

CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

47.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of specified type and stone oversize metal 60 mm (about 2.5”) size at the road side including obtaining the metal from approved sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 47.2.0 QUARRIES Rubble for breaking oversize metal shall be obtained from quarries According to the Section - 45.2.0 47.3.0 OVERSIZE METAL 60 mm size metal is also usually called oversize metal. 47.3.1 QUALITY Quality should be satisfy According to the Section – 45.3.1 47.3.2 SIZE The rubble shall be either manually broken or mechanically crushed to pieces so as to pass through a square mesh of 80 mm (about 3”) internal dimension and retained on a square mesh of 50 mm (about 2”). However, the following tolerance should be permitted for water bound macadam. Not more than 20 percent of any sample shall exceed 90 mm (3.5”) in its greatest dimension. The pieces shall, as far as possible, be cubical and have sharp edges. A sample conforming to the quality, shape and size shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge before large scale braking. The Engineer-in-charge will keep the sample in his office for reference. 47.3.3 CONVEYANCE:- According to the Section 45.3.3

- 296 -


47.3.4 STACKING According to the Section 45.3.4 the heaps may be 6m x 3m x 0.5m (about 20’ x 10’ x 1.5’) or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. 47.4.0 SPECIAL POINT :- According to the Section 45.4.0 47.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE Providing and breaking the rubble to metal of the specified size of 60 mm (about 2.5”) conveying to roadside and stacking including all other relevant items mentioned in section – 45.5.0 47.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

According to Section – 45.6.0 where the heaps in a km. or a unit length are of uniform size one or more heaps in the km. may be restacked or refilled at the cost of the contractor in places and all the heaps in that km. or unit length will be taken as equal to the smallest of the restacked heaps and the total quantity worked out on that basis. In case of stacks suspected to contain inferior, oversize or undersize material, they shall be opened up and restacked properly at the cost of the contractor excluding the materials not conforming to specifications and shall be measured on the basis of such restacked heaps as mentioned in Section – 45.6.0

- 297 -


SECTION – 48

SUPPLYING 50 mm (About 2”) TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS STONE METAL AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING CONVEYING AND

STACKING COMPLETE

48.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of specified type of stone metal of 50 mm (about 2”) size at the road side including obtaining the metal from approved sources, conveying to the roadside with all leads and lifts stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 48.2.0 QUARRIES Rubble for breaking oversize metal shall be obtained from quarries as per Section - 45.2.0 48.3.0 METAL:- 48.3.1 QUALITY The stones for breaking metal shall be of the type mentioned in the item and shall be hard, tough, sound, durable, clean, dense, close grained and free from soft decayed and weathered portions and shall successfully resist weathering, abrasion and fracture under traffic. Stones should have freshly broken faces. Disintegrated stones or those with loose skin shall be excluded. 48.2.2 SIZE The rubble shall be broken or crushed to pieces to pass through a square mesh of 60 mm (about 2.5”) internal dimension. All pieces shall be retained on a square mesh of 40 mm (about 1.5”) internal dimensions. However, the following tolerance shall be permitted for water bound macadam. Not more than 20 percent of any sample shall exceed 80 mm (about 3”) in its greatest dimension. The pieces shall be roughly cubical in shape and more or less of uniform size with sharp edges for interlocking with one another and resisting displacement. Rounded, flaky, thin elongated material shall not be accepted. Before large scale breaking, a sample conforming to the required

- 298 -


quality, shape and size shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge, who will keep it in his office for reference. 48.2.3 CONVEYANCE:- According to the Section 45.3.3 48.2.4 STACKING :- According to the Section 45.3.4 The heaps may be 5m x 2m x 0.5m (16’ x 6’x 1.5’ approx.) or as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. 48.4.0 SPECIAL POINT :- According to the Section 45.4.0 48.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE Providing and breaking the rubble to metal of the specified size of 50 mm (about 2”) conveying to roadside and stacking including all over other relevant items mentioned in section – 45.5.0 48.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

According to Section – 45.6.0

- 299 -


SECTION – 49

SUPPLYING 40 mm (About 1.5”) TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS STONE METAL AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING CONVEYING

AND STACKING COMPLETE

49.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of specified type of stone metal of 40 mm (about 1.5”) and of the specified type of stone at the road side including obtaining the metal from approved sources, conveying to the roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 49.2.0 QUARRIES Rubble for breaking oversize metal shall be obtained from quarries as per Section - 45.2.0 49.3.0 METAL:- 49.3.1 QUALITY Metal shall be broken from rubble and shall satisfy specification According to the Section – 48.3.1 49.3.2 SIZE According to Section – 48.3.2 except that the rubble shall be broken by hand or crushed mechanically to pieces all pieces to pass through a square mesh of 50 mm (about 2”) internal dimension and all pieces retained on a square mesh of 25 mm (about 1”) internal dimensions. However, the following tolerance should be permitted for water bound macadam. Not more than 20 percent of any sample shall exceed 65 mm (about 2.5”) in its greatest dimension. 49.3.3 CONVEYANCE:- According to the Section 45.3.3 49.3.4 STACKING :- According to the Section 48.3.4. Where metal for two layers has to be stacked the metal for each layer shall be stacked on the opposite side of the road or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 49.4.0 SPECIAL POINT :- According to the Section 45.4.0 49.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

- 300 -


Providing and breaking or crushing the rubble to metal of the specified size of 40 mm (about 1.5”) conveying to roadside and stacking including all over other relevant items mentioned in section – 45.5.0 49.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


- 301 -


SECTION – 50

SUPPLYING HARD MURUM / KANKAR AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

50.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of hard murum or Kankar as mentioned in the item at the roadside including obtaining it from approved sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 50.2.0 QUARRIES Specifications applicable to rubble in Section – 45.2.0 will be applicable to hard murum quarries etc. except that the quarries shall be of hard murum or kankar as specified instead of stone. 50.3.0 HARD MURUM / KANKAR 50.3.1 QUALITY HARD MURUM The hard murum shall be of disintegrated trap, granite, quartzite or gneiss rock freshly quarried. It shall be sufficiently hard and free from soft murum, earth, organic matter or other deleterious or soft material. Before starting collection a sample should be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge who will keep it in his office for reference. The size of the hard murum shall generally be as follows :- Size (Square mesh) percentage passing through. 80 mm (about 3”) 95 percent 25 mm (about 1”) 2 percent. KANKAR Kankar shall be as tough as can be procured in the locality. A brown almost opalescent fracture will generally indicate a good kankar. It shall not contain any clay in the cavities between the modules. 100 percent shall pass through a square mesh of 65 mm (about 2.5”) before starting collection a sample of kankar shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge who will keep it in his office for reference. 50.3.2 CONVEYANCE:-

- 302 -


Specification applicable to metal in Section – 47.3.3 will also be applicable to hard murum or kankar. 50.3.3 STACKING :- Specification applicable to metal in Section – 47.3.4 will apply to stacking of hard murum or kankar also. 50.4.0 SPECIAL POINT The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents taxes Octroi, etc. compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to properly in any way connected with the execution of the item and for the loss of material due to improper stacking etc. and shall make good the losses without extra claims. 50.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE Obtaining hard murum or kankar as mentioned in the item of approved quality and size including payment of necessary royalties fees, rents and other relevant items according to section – 45.5.0 (2 to 5). 50.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The stipulations applicable to rubble in section – 45.6.0 will be applicable to hard murum or kankar also.

- 303 -


SECTION – 51

SUPPLYING SOFT MURUM AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

51.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of soft murum at the roadside including obtaining the soft murum from approved sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 51.2.0 QUARRIES Specifications applicable to rubble in Section – 45.2.0 will be applicable to soft murum quarries also except that the quarries shall be of soft murum instead of stone. 51.3.0 SOFT MURUM The Soft murum shall be obtained from approved sources and shall be got approved before starting the supply. 51.3.1 QUALITY The soft murum shall be of granular type free from earth, organic matter, black cotton soil and any other inferior material. 51.3.2 CONVEYANCE TO SITE Specification applicable to metal in Section – 47.3.3 will also be applicable to soft murum. 51.3.3 STACKING Specification applicable to metal in Section – 47.3.4 will apply to stacking of soft murum. 51.4.0 SPECIAL POINT The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, Octroi, etc. compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to properly in any way connected with the execution of the item and for the loss of material due to improper stacking etc. and small make good the losses without extra claims. 51.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

- 304 -


Collection of soft murum on road side and relevant items mentioned in Section – 45.5.0. 51.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The specifications applicable to rubble in Section – 45.6.0 will be applicable to soft murum also.

- 305 -


SECTION – 52

SUPPLYING SAND AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

52.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of sand to the road side including obtaining the sand from approved sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 52.2.0 SOURCE The contractor shall make his own arrangements from available sources to obtain the sand. The sources and the quality of the sand available from them shall be got approved before starting the supply. A sample shall be got approved to the Engineer-in-charge who will keep it in his office reference. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all compensation to be paid as royalty, fees, rents, taxes, Octroi, damage, injury etc. in obtaining the sand. 52.3.0 SAND 52.3.1 QUALITY The sand shall be got approved before starting the supply. The sand shall be free from organic or deleterious matter. The sand shall be coarse, hard and shall not generally contain particles bigger than 6 mm (about ¼’) and silt more than 10 percent. 52.3.2 CONVEYANCE TO SITE Specification applicable to rubble in Section – 45.3.3 will be applicable to sand also. 52.3.3 STACKING Specification applicable to metal in Section – 47.3.4 shall be applicable to sand also.

- 306 -


52.4.0 SPECIAL POINT The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, Octroi, etc. compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to properly in any way connected with the execution of the item and for the loss of material due to improper stacking etc. and small make good the losses without extra claims. 52.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE Collection of sand on road side and relevant items mentioned in Section– 45.5.0 so far as they are applicable for sand instead of rubble. 52.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

According to Section – 47.6.0.

- 307 -


SECTION – 53

SUPPLYING GRAVEL AT THE ROAD SIDE INCLUDING CONVEYING AND STACKING COMPLETE

53.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the supply of gravel to the roadside including obtaining the gravel from approved sources, conveying to roadside with all leads and lifts, stacking in regular heaps as specified hereinafter, uniformly along the roadside. 53.2.0 SOURCES The contractor shall make his own arrangements from available sources to obtain the gravel. The sources, quality and size of gravel shall be got approved before starting the supply. A sample shall be got approved by the Engineer-in-charge who will keep it in his office for reference. The contractor shall be fully responsible for any and all compensations, royalty, fees rents, taxes, Octroi, damage, injury etc. in obtaining the gravel. 53.3.0 GRAVEL 53.3.1 QUALITY The gravel shall be free from organic or deleterious matter. The gravel shall be hard, tough, dense and shall not generally contain particles bigger than 12 mm (about 0.5”) and silt more than 10 percent. 53.3.2 CONVEYANCE TO SITE The Specification applicable to rubble in Section – 45.3.3 shall be applicable to gravel also. 53.3.3 STACKING The specification applicable to metal in Section – 47.3.4 will applicable to gravel also. 53.4.0 SPECIAL POINT The contractor shall be responsible for obtaining consents of owners of quarries and lands, payment of royalties, fees, rents, taxes, Octroi, etc. compensation due to injuries to persons or damages to properly in any way connected with the execution of the item and for the loss of

- 308 -


material due to improper stacking etc. and small make good the losses without extra claims. 53.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE Collection of gravel on road side and relevant items mentioned in Section – 45.5.0 so far as they are applicable for gravel instead of rubble. 53.6.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

According to Section – 47.6.0.

SECTION – 54

LAYING 15 cm. (About 6”)/ 23 cm. (About 9”) /TRAP / GRANITE / QUARTZITE / GNEISS RUBBLE SOLING INCLUDING HAND PACKING

WITH RUBBLE CHIPS COMPLETE (EXCLUDING THE COST OF MATERIALS)

54.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour for laying soling of specified type of stones in the specified thickness including preparing the sub grade to proper section by scraping, dressing, compaction, etc. and hand packing the rubble chips to the required line, curve, grade and section. 54.2.0 DIVERSION Where the traffic can be allowed on the roadside berms without much inconvenience to traffic or impediment to the work, this shall be provided by the boards and signals and watchmen by day and red lights at night and comply with relevant provisions of Section – 32.2.0. Otherwise, a separate diversion shall be provided according Section – 32.2.0. 54.3.0 CONSTRUCTION 54.3.1 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE The sub-grade shall be marked by stakes and strings for the required width for laying of the soling in line, curve, section and grade with reference to the centerline. The edge line stakes shall be ranged for a sufficiently long length to obtain straight lengths and uniform curves. The contractor shall clear off the area and do the necessary trimming or filling for laying of the soling in line, curves, grades and section. All fillings shall be watered and compacted to get maximum consolidation. The camber, super elevation etc. of the sub-grade shall confirm in shape to those of the finished road surface and if in any section the road surface is loose, undulating or

- 309 -


uneven, the contractor shall at his own cost make it up with suitable material, water and compact it and obtain the correct section. Camber boards shall be used to get the required section. 54.3.2 LAYING SOLING The rubble collected by the roadside shall be laid with the largest face downwards and in contact with each other. The stones shall break joint as far possible. The full thickness of the soling shall generally be made with one stone only. The junction of the old road and the new construction shall be diagonal in plan and the soling shall be in level with the corresponding course of the old road. Unless otherwise provided in the plans or directed by the Engineer-in-charge, the width of the soling shall be 30 cm. (about 12”) more than that of the metal above. 54.3.3 HAND-PACKING As the laying of rubble advances the soling shall be hand packed by wedging and packing with 80 mm. metal collected for the purpose in the joints of the soling and driving them by hammers in place so as to fill the voids as completely as possible. This operation of hand packing shall follow the rubble laying closely. The soling shall be laid and hand packed true to grade and section and these shall be often checked by boning rods, template boards and fishline etc. The grades section etc of the soling shall correspond to those of the surfacing coming on it. The soling thus laid shall be finished by knocking out projecting stones and filling depressions by chips to come up to the grade and camber. 54.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE (1) Setting out including labour and materials like stakes, strings, fishline,

boning rods and camber boards. (2) Diversion, barricading, signaling and controlling traffic if necessary

unless separately provided in the tender. (3) Conveying the rubble from stacks on the roadside and laying the

soling to the required line, curve, grade and section including, clearing, sectioning, dressing, grades and section and compacting the sub-grade, breaking rubble and hand packing with 80 mm metal.

(4) All labour, materials and use of equipment and tools required for carrying out the work satisfactorily.


The contract rate shall be for one cubic meter of soling laid hand packed and finished.

- 310 -


The width and depth shall be restricted to the specified width and depth. The dimensions shall be recorded correct up to two places of decimals of a meter and the quantity calculated correct up to two places of decimals of a cubic meter. No deduction shall be made for voids.

- 311 -


SECTION – 55

SPREADING GRAVEL OVER THE RUBBLE SOLING

55.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour for conveying gravel from the roadside stacks and spreading it for filling the interstices and voids in the rubble soling. 55.2.0 SPREADING The gravel shall be conveyed from the stacks on the roadside and spread evenly over the rubble soling. The quantity of gravel to be spread per sq.m. of the rubble soling shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If so ordered initially less quantity of gravel may be spread and the remaining spread afterwards. If the gravel does not enter the interstices of the soling fully it may be swept by brooms to fill them if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 55.3.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE (1) Conveying the gravel stacked along the roadside and spreading

evenly over the rolled surface and brooming it to fill the voids and interstices.

(2) All labour and use of tools to complete the item satisfactorily. 55.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for spreading one cubic meter of gravel. The quantity spread shall be arrived at by deducting the quantity in balance on site from the total collection existing on the roadside before spreading is started. The quantity on site shall be checked before spreading is started and after completion of spreading.

- 312 -


- 313 -


SECTION – 56

SPREADING OVERSIZE (60 mm) METAL INCLUDING SECTIONING COMPLETE

56.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour for conveying the oversize metal from the roadside stacks and spreading it for the road crust. 56.2.0 DIVERSIONS According to Section – 54.2.0. 56.3.0 SPREADING METAL The metal shall be screened if it contains grass, rubbish or other deleterious foreign material. The metal shall be spread evenly over the rolled rubble selecting surface by giving a twisting motion to the basket at the time of spreading. Rolling over setting is included under the rolling of oversize metal true to line, grade and section to provide the requisite thickness of crust. In order to ensure the correct thickness the road area shall to suitably marked so as to receive the contents of one heap for the specified thickness in the area marked. The unevenness and undulations after the spreading shall be rectified either by thinning the metal or adding it as required. The metal so spread shall be checked by camber boards and line for the camber and grade at intervals of every 10 meters (about 30’) or so. The edge line stakes shall be ranged for a sufficiently long length to obtain straight lengths and uniform curves. The sides of the metal shall be held by bunds of murum to prevent metal from spreading if side widths are not provided at the time. These bunds shall be of such depth as to support the metal. The junction of the existing road and the new construction shall be diagonal in plan. Between the straight lengths and curves and at the meeting points of convex and concave portions of reverse curves the change in the camber shall be made very gradually as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 56.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Providing bunds of murum, etc at the edges of metal to one cubic meter of metal.

(2) Conveying the metal from the roadside and spreading evenly to the required depth, width and section.

(3) Diversion of necessary unless separately provided in the tender.

(4) All labour, materials and use of tools required for satisfactory to completion of the item.

- 314 -



The contract rate shall be for spreading one cubic meter of metal. The quantity spread shall be arrived at by deducting the quantity in balance on site from the total collection existing on the roadside before spreading is started. The quantity on site shall be checked before spreading is started and after completion of spreading.

- 315 -


SECTION – 57

SPREADING SAND OVER THE OVERSIZE METAL LAYER

57.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour for conveying sand from the stacks on the roadside and spreading it for filling the interstices and voids in the oversize metal layer. 57.2.0 SPREADING Sand shall be spread in an even layer over the oversize metal after the metal is fully compacted to fill the interstices. The quantity of sand to be spread per sq.m. of the compacted metal shall be as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If the sand does not enter the interstices of the metal fully it may be swept by brooms to fill them if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 57.3.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE According to Section – 55.3.0 except that sand shall be spread instead of sand. 57.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


- 316 -


SECTION – 58

SPREADING BLINDAGE OF SOFT MURUM OVER THE OVERSIZE METAL

58.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour for conveying the soft murum from the roadside stacks and spreading it for blindage over the rolled oversize metal. 58.2.0 SPREADING The soft murum shall be spread evenly over the fully compacted oversize metal layer to the thickness as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Unevenness shall be removed preferably by a broom without disturbing the metal. The blindage may be spread in one or more layer if so ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. 58.3.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Conveying the soft murum from the roadside and spreading evenly over the compacted road surface in one or more layers as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

(2) All labour and use of tools to complete the item

satisfactorily. 58.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


SECTION – 59

COMPACTING SUB-GRADE, SOLING, GRAVEL, OVERSIZE METAL, SAND AND SOFT MURUM LAYERS IN WIDE WITH POWER ROLLER

INCLUDING ARTIFICIAL WATERING COMPLETE 59.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for fully compacting the oversize metal layer with a power roller of 10 to 12 tonnes weight including compacting the sub-grade, rubble soling and gravel before spreading the oversize metal and rolling over the oversize metal surface from dry to refusal and then again after watering and also after spreading of sand and soft murum blindage necessary labour, use of roller etc. complete. 59.2.0 ROAD DIVERSION According to Section – 54.2.0.

- 317 -


59.3.0 ROLLING OVER THE SUB-GRADE AND THE SOLING The sub-grade shall be rolled after it is dressed to the required grades and section before laying the soling. The soling after it is properly laid and hand packed shall be rolled dry with 10 to 12 tonnes power roller to refusal i.e. till the stones in the soling cease to move under the roller and no more compaction can be achieved in case of unevenness, high spots shall be knocked out and depressions filled by spauls and again compacted fully. Bunds shall be laid along the edges and compacted before starting rolling on soling to prevent spreading of stones. Gravel shall then be spread (to be paid under the separate item of spreading gravel) over the rolled soling to fill the interstices entirely as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and the surface rolled over again to wedge the gravel in the interstices of the soling tightly. 59.4.0 COMPACTION OF OVERSIZE METAL 59.4.1 GENERAL The compaction shall be done with a 10 to 12 tonnes power roller. The rolling shall begin with the outside rear wheel of the roller covering equal parts of shoulder and metal and the roller shall be run forward and backward until the shoulder holds the metal firmly. The rolling shall then progress from edges to the center in strips parallel to the centre line of the road. Rolling shall be done by lapping uniformly each preceding rear wheel track by one half width of the track and shall continue until all the surface has been rolled by the rear wheels three or four times and to refusal. Side bunds shall be raised to hold the material before starting rolling. On super elevations, the rolling shall be started at he inner edge and carried toward the outer edge. In all cases, the correct cross sections of the road as required at straight portions, super elevations and transitions shall be obtained on final rolling. During and aft4er rolling, the sections and grades shall be checked with camber boards and straight edges and any defect set right at the time of rolling. Care shall be taken to see that the roller is worked or started and stopped without jerks. The roller shall not be stopped in the working section as far as possible. Rolling shall not normally be done in lengths of less than 100 m. (about 328’) the stretch started on a particular day shall as far as possible be completed on the very day. On completion of a day’s work the roller shall be made to stand on the side width of the road and shall be guarded by watchmen and conspicuous barricades. Red light shall be hung on to the roller so as to be visible from both sides of the road. 59.4.2 DRY ROLLING OF OVERSIZE METAL The layer of metal shall be rolled dry first with 10 to 12 tonnes power roller to refusal i.e. till the metal is completely interlocked and ceases to move under the roller and no more compaction can be achieved. This state can be judged by:- (i) metal ceasing to move in front of the roller or, (ii) crushing of the metal with further rolling or,

- 318 -


(iii) loaded bullock cart leaving no indentation over the compacted surface. In case of uneven spots, high spots shall be lowered by removing necessary metal pieces and depressions shall be filled by additional metal and full compaction of these portions redone to conform to the correct section. 59.4.3 WET ROLLING The rolled surface shall then be watered freely and rolled again. Sand shall then be spread to a uniform thickness of 6 mm. (about 0.25”) or such other thickness as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and further rolling done to pack the interstices with sand. Watering shall be done again and soft murum blindage spread as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and the surface finally rolled lightly. If no sand is provided there will be no rolling over sand. 59.4.4 OPENING ROAD TO TRAFFIC The road may be opened to traffic after the macadam has set and not earlier than 24 hours after completion of final rolling. Watering shall be done in patches wherever necessary for 2-3 days after opening the road to traffic. For a weak after the traffic is allowed to run on the surface, traffic should be distributed over the full width by stacking with gravel or by other acceptable means any tracks that my be forming in the surface. 59.5.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Rolling over the sub-grade and the soling and gravel including hire of machinery if any and all other charges involved.

(2) Dry and wet rolling of the oversize metal and sand including hire of machinery if any and all other charges involved.

(3) Making good unevenness. (4) Final rolling over sand and murum blindage including hire

and all other charges if any. (5) Artificial watering over the metal and sand. (6) Diversion of traffic. (7) All labour, materials, use of tools, roller and other

equipment necessary for completing the work satisfactorily.


The contract rate shall be for compacting one km. length of the road of the full width of sub-grade soling, oversize metal, and sand and/or murum blindage as shown in the section including increased widths on curves, road crossing etc. The length of the road compacted shall be measured along its centre line correct upto one place of decimal of a meter.

SECTION – 60

- 319 -


SPREADING 40 mm. METAL INCLUDING SECTIONING COMPLETE

60.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour for conveying the metal from the stacks on the roadside and spreading it evenly on the sectioned road surface. 60.2.0 DIVERSIONS According to Section – 54.2.0 60.3.0 SPREADING METAL According to Section – 56.3.0 except that the metal shall be spread on the picked up surface. The pick up surface shall have been dressed to the typical section to suit straight reaches, super elevations or transitions sections as the case may be under the item of picking and sectioning and shall be lightly rolled before the new metal is spread. Rolling of the picked up surface is included in the item section – 61 for compacting metal layer with power roller including necessary labour, materials use of roller and artificial watering complete. 60.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE According to Section – 56.4.0 60.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


SECTION – 61

COMPACTING THE METAL LAYER - m WIDE WITH POWER ROLLER INCLUDING NECESSARY LABOUR, MATERIALS AND ARTIFICIAL

WATERING COMPLETE 61.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for light rolling on the picked up road surface after sectioning and for fully compacting the metal after it is spread with a power roller of 10 to 12 tonnes including necessary labour and watering etc. complete. The metal shall be rolled in layers of not more than 8 cm (about 3”). 61.2.0 ROAD DIVERSION According to Section – 54.2.0. 61.3.0 COMPACTION

- 320 -


According to Section – 59.4.0 except that the rolling shall be done on the size metal instead of oversize metal. The picked up road surface shall be rolled lightly after sectioning and before the spreading of the metal. 61.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Light rolling the picked up road surface after sectioning including road diversions when required.

(2) Dry rolling of the metal to get full compaction. (3) Wet rolling including artificial watering. (4) Making good unevenness. (5) Light rolling over blindage. (6) Diversion of traffic to prevent rutting. (7) All labour, materials, use of tools, plant and roller for

completing the work satisfactorily. 61.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

According to Section – 59.6.0 The contract rate shall be for compacting one km. length of the road of the specified width including increased widths at curves, road crossing etc. The length of the road compacted shall be measured along the centre line of the road correct up to one place of decimal of a meter.

- 321 -


SECTION – 62

SPREADING BLINDAGE OF (A) SAND

(B) SOFT MURUM, OVER WATERBOUND MACADAM ROAD SURFACE

62.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for labour charges for conveying soft murum or sand from road side stacks and spreading for blindage. 62.2.0 SPREADING The soft murum or sand shall be conveying from the stacks or the road side and spread evenly over the road surface to the thickness as instructed by the Engineer-in-charge. If so ordered, part of the material shall be spread first and the remaining spread afterwards. Unevenness shall be removed by a phawra or broom without disturbing the metal. The blindage shall be rolled over. 62.3.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Conveying the material from roadside stacks and spreading evenly over the road surface for blindage.

(2) All labour and use of tools and plant to complete the item satisfactorily.



- 322 -


SECTION – 63

SPREADING HARD MURUM / KANKAR ON THE ROAD FORMATION 63.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for the labour charges for conveying the hard murum or kankar from the stacks on the roadside and spreading it to the required width, thickness, line, curve, grades and section. Before spreading the material the section of the sub-grade shall be dressed to the required section and rolled. Rolling the sub-grade is included in the Section – 64. 63.2.0 ROAD DIVERSION According to Section – 54.2.0. 63.3.0 SPREADING The sub-grade shall be dressed and rolled to the required line, curve, grads and section before spreading hard murum or kankar. Hard murum or kankar shall be spread evenly true to line, grade and section and to the required thickness and width after ranging the edge lines stakes for a sufficiently long length. It shall be laid to such section and grade that after compacting, the section shall conform to the typical section and required grade specified or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Any unevenness shall be removed by removal of excess material from high spots or filling in the depressions with additional material, both while spreading and rolling. The edges shall be supported by side widths. The section and grade shall be checked by means of camber board and straight edges. 63.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Dressing of the sub-grade to the required section. It shall be compacted as required. Compaction is included in the Section-64 for compacting hard murum or kankar.

(2) Conveying the material from the roadside and laying it evenly on the road formation to conform to the specified section and thickness or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

(3) All labour, use of tools and plant to complete the item satisfactorily.

63.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT According to Section – 56.5.0

- 323 -


- 324 -


SECTION – 64

COMPACTING THE HARD MURUM / KANKAR LAYER – m WIDE WITH POWER ROLLER INCLUDING ARTIFICIAL WATERING COMPLETE

64.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for rolling over the sectioned sub-grade and compaction of hard murum or kankar with a power roller of adequate weight including necessary labour, watering etc. complete. 64.2.0 ROAD DIVERSION According to Section – 54.2.0. 64.3.0 COMPACTION Compaction shall be done on the general lines indicated in Section - 59.4.0 so far as is relevant to this item. The sub-grade shall be sectioned under the item of spreading before spreading hard murum or kankar. It shall also be rolled under this item before spreading the hard murum or kankar. 64.3.1 WATERING Only just sufficient water as is necessary shall be sprinkled uniformly over the hard murum or kankar layer so as to obtain maximum compaction with the type of rolling adopted without total crushing of the material. Excessive watering shall be avoided as will render the material plastic which will give way under the roller. 64.3.2 ROLLING The course shall be compacted with a power roller to give maximum compaction. The surface shall be checked by line and camber board for the line, grade and section or super-elevation from time to time during and after rolling and any unevenness corrected. If blindage is spread over the rolled surface, the blindage shall be lightly rolled over. 64.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Rolling over the dressed section of the sub-grade. (2) Compacting the hard murum or kankar course with a

power roller including necessary watering. (4) Making good unevenness under rolling. (5) Rolling over blindage when necessary. (3) All labour, materials and use of tools and roller for

completing the work satisfactorily. 64.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

- 325 -


The contract rate shall be for compacting one km. length of road specified width of sub-grade, hard murum or kankar and blindage including watering and rolling parts of side widths increased widths at curves, road crossing etc. The length of the road compacted shall be measured along its centre line correct upto one place of decimal of a meter.

- 326 -


SECTION – 65

SPREADING HARD MURUM / KANKAR FOR THE SIDE WIDTHS 65.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for labour charges for conveying the hard murum or kankar as mentioned in the item from the stacks on the road side stacks and spreading it to the required width, thickness, line, curve, grades and section and the side widths. 65.2.0 SPREADING According to Section – 63.3.0 65.3.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

According to Section – 63.4.0 65.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT


- 327 -


SECTION – 66

COMPACTING THE HARD MURUM SIDE WIDTH LAYER – m WIDE ON EACH SIDE WITH POWER ROLLER INCLUDING ARTIFICIAL

WATERING COMPLETE 66.1.0 GENERAL The item provides for compacting the hard murum side widths with a power roller including necessary labour, use of roller, watering if necessary, etc. complete. 66.2.0 ROAD DIVERSIONS According to Section – 54.2.0 66.3.0 COMPACTING According to Section – 64.3.0 66.4.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

According to Section – 64.4.0. 66.5.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The contract rate shall be for compacting one km of the hard murum side widths of the specified width. Side widths on both sides shall be measured as one of the stretch of the road for the purpose of payment. The length of the hard murum side widths compacted shall be measured along the centre line of each side widths and the average length shall be taken correct to one place to decimal of a meter.

- 328 -


SECTION – 67

EXCAVATION FOR ROADWAY IN EARTH SOILS OF ALL SORTS, SAND, GRAVEL OR SOFT MURUM INCLUDING DRESSING SECTION

TO THE REQUIRED GRADE, CAMBER AND SIDE SLOPES AND CONVEYING THE EXCAVATED MATERIASL WITH ALL LIFTS UP TO A LEAD OF 50 m. (About 164”) AND SPREADING FOR EMBANKMENT OR

STACKING AS DIRECTED

67.1.0 GENERAL Roadway and drainage excavation shall consists of excavation removal, conveyance and satisfactory disposal of materials of the strata covered by the wording of the item of the construction of the road and its drainage including finishing the surface and the slopes to the required grade, lines, levels, curves and sections shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The item also covers maintaining the work in finished condition until taken by the Department. 67.2.0 CLEARING SITE The land width required for the roadway, gutters, side slopes and catch water gutters shall be cleared of all trees having a girth of 30 cm (about 1”) and less, brush-wood, loose stones vegetation, bushes, stumps and all other objectionable materials. The roots of trees shall be removed to a depth of 30 cm. (about 1”) below the surface of the road formation and side slopes and the excavation filled up with excavated materials in 15 cm. to 20 cm. (about 6’ to 8’) layers and compacted. Brushwood, stumps, vegetation, etc. shall be cut flush with the ground. All the materials cleared will be the property of Government. Useful materials shall be arranged in convenient stacks along the road boundary or as directed at places within a lead of 50 meters (about 164’) and handed over to the department in convenient sections. Unsuitable materials shall be burnt or otherwise disposed of by the contractor at his own cost as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without causing any nuisance, inconvenience or damage to the work, property or people in the neighborhood. If the material is disposed of outside the road land necessary permission from private land owners shall be taken by contractor and royalty, etc. If any paid by him without claiming compensation. In all cases, the materials shall be disposed of in a neat manner 67.3.0 SETTING OUT After clearing the site, the alignment of the road shall be properly set out true to lines, curves, slope, grades and sections as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall

- 329 -


provide all labour and materials such as lime, string, pegs, nails, bamboos, stones, mortar, concrete, etc. required for setting out establishing Bench Marks and giving profiles. The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the B. Ms. Profiles, alignment and other stakes and marks as long as they are required for the work in the opinion of the Engineer. If the contractor defaults in this respect even after direction by the Engineer within the specified time, they may be restored by the Engineer at the cost of the contractor. Levels and sections of the ground shall be taken and recorded in the presence of the contractor or his authorized representative before the excavation is started to serve as the basis of measurement. The contractor or his representative shall sign the book in token of his acceptance of the levels etc. If there is any disagreement, the contractor shall inform of it in writing to the officer concerned with specific reference to the sections before starting further work. Once further work is started, no cognizance of any complaint shall be taken. Merely not signing of the book shall not be deemed as disagreement. 67.4.0 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION The classification of strata mentioned in the wording shall be as indicated in standard specification No. B.1.12 of P.W. & H. Deptt. 67.5.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS Profiles of the section including the roadside gutters to be excavated shall be laid at suitable intervals of 10 m. (about 32.8’) to 50 m. (about 164’) or other intervals directed by the Engineer-in-charge to conform to the curved or straight alignment sections grades and side slopes. The lines of cuts shall be clearly marked and profiles of embankments where excavated materials are to be used shall be set up with the toe line marked on each side. The roadway section shall first be excavated with vertical sides for each lift and the side slopes for that lift shall be excavated in steps. These steps shall be smoothened to the required slope when the excavation reaches the road formation. The contractor shall on no account excavate beyond the slopes or below the specified grade unless so directed by the Engineer-in-charge in writing. If excavations is done below the specified level or outside the section, it shall not be paid for and the contractor shall be required to fill up at his own cost such extra excavation in the road portion with approved materials of the embankment grade in layers of 15 cm. to 20 cm. (about 6” to 8”) watered and fully compacted to attain maximum density laid down for the embankment in the same agreement elsewhere. The Engineer may require measurement ridges and dead-men to be left at specified intervals or places and kept intact fill ordered to be removed for the purpose of check measurements. The excavation shall be

- 330 -


finished neatly, smoothly and evenly to the correct lines, curves, grades, sections and side slopes as shown on the plans or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The sub-grade if loose shall be scarified, watered and compacted to the same density as the embankment. The section side slopes and catch water gutters shall be maintained by the contractor at his own cost in such a way that the formation and gutters will be well drained by providing necessary diversions, etc, and not damaged due to obstruction of any drainage. Necessary passages shall be provided for leading away seepage, springs, surface flow or rain water safely without damaging the work. If any damage occurs due to default of the contractor in this respect, he shall make good the damage at his own cost. If it is necessary in the execution of the work to interrupt existing surface drainage, irrigation channels sewers or under drainage, temporary arrangements shall be provided till such time as is necessary. The contractor at his own cost shall make good the interrupted drainage and sewer, etc., unless separately provided in the tender. Any damage to the existing works or wok in hand caused as a result of his operations or negligence shall be made good by the contractor at its own cost. Roadside gutters shall be excavated to the specified sectors and shall be measured along with the main cutting in cubic meters. Intercepting or catch water gutters where necessary shall be built to the cross-sections shown on the plans in time to prevent damages to the cuts or banks. 67.6.0 DEWATERING If water is met with in the excavation due to springs, seepage, rain or other causes it shall be removed by suitable diversions, pumping or bailing out and the excavation kept dry whenever so required or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Care shall be taken to discharge the water so as not to cause damage to the work, neighborhood. Unless separate provision is made in the tender for dewatering, the cost of dewatering shall be covered by the rate for excavation. 67.7.0 SLIDES If slides occur in the cutting they shall be removed as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. If finished slopes slide into the roadway before the final acceptance of the work, such slides shall be removed by the contractor and shall be paid for at the contract rate for the class of excavation involved provided the slides are not due to any negligence of the contractor. The classification of the material in slides shall conform to its condition at the time of removal and payment made accordingly regardless of its prior condition.

- 331 -


Care shall be taken to see that excavation is arranged in a safe way so that there will be no risk to the work or workmen by slides, failing materials, boulders and collapsing sides etc. 67.8.0 PROTECTION If there is traffic nearby or if there are towns and villages in the neighborhood, barricades and / or traffic signals shall be provided day and night for the duration of the work in such a way as to prevent accidents. Warning signals shall be displayed at 70 m. (about 225”) from the danger point on both sides to give sufficient warning. If necessary, signalers shall be stationed at each end to regulate traffic where it is heavy. Measures shall be taken to see that the excavation does not affect or damage adjoining structures or properly. If there is damage to properly, injury to workers, the members of the public, animals, etc. due to the negligence of the contractor, he will be responsible and liable to all the consequences including compensation. 67.9.0 DIVERSIONS If diversions are necessary for the traffic they shall be provided and maintained as specified under standard specification No. BR 1 of P.W. & H. Deptt. 67.10.0 DISPOSAL OF THE ELEVATED MATERIALS All the excavated materials shall be the properly of Government. When the useful excavated materials is to be used in embankment within a lead of 50 m (about 164’), it shall be directly deposited at the required location in 15 cm. to 20 cm. (about 6” to 8”) layers, the charges for watering and compacting such material being paid under a separate item. No handling or conveyance charges shall be paid if the material is temporarily deposited elsewhere and subsequently conveyed to site of deposition. The sequence of operations should be arranged properly. Useful excavated material to be used in embankment beyond 50 m (about 164”) may be conveyed directly to the site of use and laid in layers or first deposited in heaps and conveyed and laid in layers subsequently, the conveyance and the charges for watering and compaction shall be paid for under a separate item. Materials required for items other than bank shall be arranged in neat stacks at convenient places within a lead of 50 m (about 164”) without interfering with the drainage in any way if no Government land is available but the excavated useful stuff is to be stacked temporarily before use under the same agreement the contractor shall make his own arrangements for the stacking of this material temporarily on private lands by payment rents, etc, without claiming any compensation. Surplus material not required for use on embankment or unsuitable materials may be used at his own cost to uniformly widen embankment to flatten slops and to fill low places in the road land within a lead of 50 m (about 164”) if so directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Material not required for any use whatsoever may be disposed off by the contractor at his own cost in a manner approved by

- 332 -


the Engineer-in-charge. The excavated material shall not be deposited within 3 m (about 10’) from the top edge of slope of toe of the bank unless expressly permitted by the Engineer-in-charge in writing. When the excavated material is deposited or disposed off by the contractor in land not belonging to Government he shall be responsible for any compensation required to be paid to the private land owner. The leads shall be measured from approximate centre of gravity of the block of cutting to the approximate centre of gravity of block of deposited material. 67.11.0 MAINTENANCE The excavated roadway shall be maintained satisfactorily and protected by the contractor at his own cost against all damage till it is taken over by the Department. If any damage occurs, the contractor shall be responsible to repair it at his own cost. 67.12.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Clearing site (2) Setting out including necessary labour, material and fixing

reference marks. (3) Diversion unless separately provided in the tender. (4) Dewatering unless separately provided in the tender. (5) Protective measures for work, work people, public,

animals, property, etc. (6) Excavation to the required lines, curves, sections and

grades. (7) Conveying the excavated materials including all lifts and

lead up to 50 m (about 164”), spreading in layers or stacking as directed and disposing off unwanted materials.

(8) All labour, materials and use of equipment and tools required for completing the item satisfactorily

(9) Compensation on account of damages, accidents or use of private lands royalty etc.

67.13.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter (about 35.3 cft.) for the strata mentioned in the wording of the item of excavation acceptably completed, limited to the dimensions shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Excavation shall be measured in its original position by taking cross sections before the work starts and after it is entirely completed. The quantity shall be worked out by the average end area method. The individual dimensions and areas of the cutting shall be measured correct up to two places of decimals of a metre and square meter

- 333 -


respectively and the quantity worked out correct up to two places of decimals of a cubic meter. When the classification of the strata changes, the contractor shall bring this to the notice of the Engineer-in-charge who will then verify and if necessary take levels for the changed strata for purposes of measurement. The Engineer-in-charge at his option may direct dead-men to be left such intervals as he may indicate for purposes of measuring the depths and other dimensions either for initial measurements or for checking. Deductions shall be made for these dead-men. These shall be removed when no longer required and the deduction restored thereafter. If the dead-men are not removed and used in the work or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Engineer-in-charge within 15 days of the date of check measurement, the Engineer-in-charge shall have the right to remove them at the contractor’s cost. If for any reason the dead-men are damaged at the time of measurement the measuring or check measuring office shall estimate the quantity of earthwork at his discretion and such estimate shall be final.

- 334 -


SECTION – 68

EXCAVATION FOR ROADWAY IN HARD MURUM INCLUDING DRESSING SECTION TO THE REQURIED GRADE, CAMBER AND SIDE SLOPES AND CONVEYING THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS WITH ALL LIFTS UP TO A LEAD OF 50 m. (About 164”) AND SPREADING FOR

EMBANKMENT OR STACKING AS DIRECTED

68.1.0 GENERAL :- According to Section – 67.1.0 68.2.0 CLEARING SITE :- According to Section – 67.2.0 68.3.0 SETTING OUT :- According to Section – 67.3.0 68.4.0 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION :- According to Standard Specification No. B.1.of P.W. & H. Deptt. 68.5.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS :- According to Section – 67.5.0 68.6.0 DEWATERING :- According to Section – 67.6.0 68.7.0 SLIDES :- According to Section – 67.7.0 68.8.0 PROTECTION :- According to Section – 67.8.0 68.9.0 DIVERSIONS :- According to Section – 67.9.0 68.10.0 DISPOSAL OF THE ELEVATED MATERIALS :- According to Section – 67.10.0 All the hard murum not intended for use in the bank-work shall be stacked neatly for future use as directed by the Engineer-in-charge within a lead of 50 m (about 164’), on Government land. If no Government land is available but the excavated hard murum is to be stacked temporarily before use under the stacking of this hard murum temporarily on private lands for which he shall not be entitled for any compensation. Surplus bard murum may be used to uniformly widen embankment to flatten slopes and to fill low places in the road and within a lead of 50 m (about 164”) or wasted at the cost of the contractor as may be directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 68.11.0 MAINTENANCE :- According to Section – 67.11.0 68.12.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE :- According to Section – 67.12.0

- 335 -


68.13.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :- According to Section – 67.13.0

- 336 -


SECTION – 69

EXCAVATION FOR ROADWAY IN HARD MURUM AND BOULDERS INCLUDING DRESSING SECTION TO THE REQURIED GRADE,

CAMBER AND SIDE SLOPES AND CONVEYING THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS WITH ALL LIFTS UP TO A LEAD OF 50 m. (About 164”) AND SPREADING FOR EMBANKMENT OR STACKING AS DIRECTED

69.1.0 GENERAL :- According to Section – 67.1.0 69.2.0 CLEARING SITE :- According to Section – 67.2.0 69.3.0 SETTING OUT :- According to Section – 67.3.0 69.4.0 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION :- According to Standard Specification No. B. 1. of P.W. & H. Deptt. 69.5.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS :- According to Section – 65.5.0 and further as under – If removal of boulders causes depressions in the formation, they shall be filled with approved material in layers of 15 cm. to 20 cm. (about 6” to 8”) watered and consolidated. No boulder shall be allowed to project above the formation. 69.6.0 DEWATERING :- According to Section – 67.6.0 69.7.0 SLIDES :- According to Section – 67.7.0 69.8.0 PROTECTION :- According to Section – 67.8.0

- 337 -


69.9.0 DIVERSIONS :- According to Section – 67.9.0 69.10.0 DISPOSAL OF THE ELEVATED MATERIALS Hard murum obtained from excavation shall be dealt with as specified in Section – 67.10.0. The boulders obtained form the excavation shall be neatly stacked unless otherwise ordered, in regular stacks on roadsides beyond 3 m. (10’ approximate) of the edge of the editing or the toe of the bank up to a distance of 50 m (about 164”) without interfering with drainage. Suitable boulders, if so ordered, shall be used in the embankment within 50 m. (about 164”) in the lowest or any intermediate layer of the embankment as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. If ordered to be disposed off they shall be disposed off as specified in Section – 67.10.0. 69.11.0 MAINTENANCE :- According to Section – 67.11.0 69.12.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE :- According to Section – 67.12.0 69.13.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :- According to Section – 67.13.0

- 338 -


SECTION – 70

EXCAVATION FOR ROADWAY IN SOFT ROCK INCLUDING DRESSING SECTION TO THE REQURIED GRADE, CAMBER AND SIDE SLOPES

AND CONVEYING THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS WITH ALL LIFTS UP TO A LEAD OF 50 m. (About 164”) AND SPREADING OR STACKING AS

DIRECTED

70.1.0 GENERAL :- According to Section – 67.1.0 70.2.0 CLEARING SITE :- According to Section – 67.2.0 70.3.0 SETTING OUT :- According to Section – 67.3.0 70.4.0 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION :- According to Standard Specification No. B.1.of P.W. & H. Deptt. 70.5.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS :- According to Section – 67.5.0 and further as under – If necessary, the excavation shall be done by blasting according to standard specification No. B-2 of P.W. & H. Deptt. Observing the instructions and the rules and regulations in force regarding storage, transport and use of explosives. Where excavation is not possible by blasting due to the reasons such as proximity of structures, possibility of shattering the rock below or for any other reason, then the excavation shall be done by the drilling and or chiseling and wedging, both manual and mechanical. No blasting shall be used. As far as practicable the excavation shall be done so as to leave no untrained pocked in the surface of the rock. If pockets are formed, the contractor shall at his own cost, provide drainage arrangements for them. The average side slopes in rock cuts shall be excavated to those shown in the plans with no rock projecting more than 30 cm. (about 1’) from the true slope.

- 339 -


70.6.0 DEWATERING :- According to Section – 67.6.0 70.7.0 SLIDES :- According to Section – 67.7.0 70.8.0 PROTECTION :- According to Section – 67.8.0 70.9.0 DIVERSIONS :- According to Section – 67.9.0 70.10.0 DISPOSAL OF THE ELEVATED MATERIALS Disposal of excavated materials shall generally comply with specification Section – 67.10.0. All the stuff obtained from the excavation unless otherwise ordered shall be stacked in regular heaps on the roadside beyond 3 m. (about 10’) of the cutting edge or the toe of the bank within 50 m (about 164’) as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without interfering with drainage. If ordered to be wasted the same shall be wasted as indicated in Section – 67.10.0. If the excavated stuff is ordered to be used for the bank work, it shall be conveyed and used in the required section of the road or for widening as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge up to a lead of 50 m (about 164’) or stacked properly for subsequent use. 70.11.0 MAINTENANCE :- According to Section – 67.11.0 70.12.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE :- According to Section – 67.12.0 70.13.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :- According to Section – 67.13.0 and further as under – The contractor shall remove the overburden so that necessary cross-sections may be taken for measurement. Boulders more then half a cubic meter in volume shall be measured individually and volume calculated

- 340 -


from average dimensions taken in three directions perpendicular to each other. All rock excavations shall normally be pre-measured on cross-sections and check-measured before starting excavation. The final measurements and quantities shall be based on cross-section whenever possible. Stack measurements may be taken for checking and 40 per cent deduction made for the voids in the rubble-stacks, provided the stacks are made up without keeping purposely made hollows. When it is impossible to take cross-sectional measurements and the Engineer certifies to that effect, the measurements in such cases may be taken on stacks and 40 per cent deduction made for voids as above. Stack measurements will not be recorded when sectional measurements can be taken with adequate accuracy.

- 341 -


SECTION – 71

EXCAVATION FOR ROADWAY IN HARD-ROCK BY BLASTING INCLUDING DRESSING SECTION TO THE REQURIED GRADE,

CAMBER AND SIDE SLOPES AND CONVEYING THE EXCAVATED MATERIALS WITH ALL LIFTS UP TO A LEAD OF 50 m. (About 164”)

AND SPREADING OR STACKING AS DIRECTED

71.1.0 GENERAL According to Section – 67.1.0 except that the excavation in rock shall be done by blasting according to standard specification No. B-2 of P.W. & H. Deptt. and the instructions land the rules and regulations in force. 71.2.0 CLEARING SITE :- According to Section – 67.2.0 71.3.0 SETTING OUT :- According to Section – 67.3.0 71.4.0 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION :- According to Standard Specification No. B.1. of P.W. & H. Deptt. 71.5.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS :- According to Section – 67.5.0 and further as under -- The excavation in rock shall be done by blasting according to standard specification No. B-2 of P.W. & H. Deptt. observing the instructions and the rules and regulations in force regarding storage, transport and use of the explosives. If excavation is done to dimensions larger than the specified, no payment shall be made for the excavation beyond the specified dimensions. If excavation is done to levels lower than the specified levels the excess excavation shall be made good by rubble and chips packing them closely by hand up to the designated level. Excavation shall be done as nearly as possible to the required section. 71.6.0 DEWATERING :- According to Section – 67.6.0

- 342 -


71.7.0 SLIDES :- According to Section – 67.7.0 71.8.0 PROTECTION :- According to Section – 67.8.0 71.9.0 DIVERSIONS :- According to Section – 67.9.0 71.10.0 DISPOSAL OF THE ELEVATED MATERIALS :- According to Section – 71.5.0 The rubble obtained from blasting shall be stacked neatly in regular heaps as specified in Section – 67.10.0. In situation where it is not possible to collect blasted stone, the provision for such stacking may be waived under the specified authorization of the Engineer-in-charge. If the rubble is required for pitching, soling, masonry, breaking metal, etc., it will be sold to the contractor at the rate mentioned in the schedule – A of the tender and if not so stated, at the Divisional Schedule rate current at the time of tendering. 71.11.0 MAINTENANCE :- According to Section – 67.11.0 71.12.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE :- According to Section – 67.12.0 and also blasting and all compensations arising out of the blasting operations. 71.13.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT :- According to Section – 70.13.0

- 343 -


SECTION – 72

WATERING AND COMPACTION OF EMBANKMENT FORMED OF MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM THE ROAD CUTTING WITHIN A LEAD

OF 50 m. (About 164”) TO 95 Percent OF STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY AFTER LAYING THEM IN LAYERS OF 20 cm. TO 30 cm.

(About 8” TO 12”)

72.1.0 GENERAL The excavated materials shall have been laid in layers of 20 cm to 30 cm. (about 8” to 12”) to the required lines, curves, grades and cross-section as shown on the plan or as ordered, by the Engineer-in-charge within a lead of 50 m. (about 164”) under the of excavation of the particular classification of stratum. This item refers to clearing site and setting out before laying the material and breaking clods watering and compacting the material in each layer to the required density within the lead mentioned in the wording of the item. 72.2.0 CLEARING SITE :- According to Section – 73.2.0 72.3.0 SETTING OUT :- According to Section – 73.3.0 72.4.0 MATERIALS All the useful materials such as all types of soils (except the black soil or shadu or greatly shrinkable soil as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge) sand and shingle mixed with soils, soft murum, hard murum, small boulders and broken rubble obtained from the road cutting within the lead mentioned in the wording of the item shall be made use of to the extent ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. Some quantity of material useful for other item may be ordered to be reserved for such use and in that case shall not be used into the bank work. In the absence of any specific orders regarding reserving a portion of the materials all the excavated stuff other than the black soil, shadu or greatly shrinkable soils and other materials considered by the Engineer-in-charge as not suitable for bank work shall be put into the bank. If the contractor, for his own convenience uses materials other than those from the road cutting, such quantities of outside materials shall be deemed to have been brought from the road cutting within the specified leads for the purposes of this item and payments. Stumps, pieces of wood or other perishable materials shall not be used in the bank sods with humus or grass may be used as surface covering for the bank slopes if so permitted by the Engineer-in-charge for a depth of not more than 30 cm at the top. Boulder, rubble broken from large boulders and materials obtained from excavating soft and hard rock may be used in bank work only if permitted by Engineer-in-charge.

- 344 -


72.5.0 EQUIPMENT :- According to Section – 73.5.0 72.6.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS :- According to Section – 73.6.0 Proper sequence of all operations such as clearing site, setting out, preparing the bed, laying the excavated materials, watering and compacting each layer shall be maintained to get unhindered progress. 72.7.0 PROTECTION :- According to Section – 73.7.0 72.8.0 FINISHING :- According to Section – 73.8.0 72.9.0 MAINTENANCE :- According to Section – 73.9.0 72.10.0 TESTS :- According to Section – 73.10.0 72.11.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE

(1) Clearing site (2) Setting out alignment including necessary labour,

materials and maintaining it is as long as required. (3) Preparing the ground for laying the embankment.. (4) Providing and maintaining diversions unless provided as

a separate item in the tender.. (5) Breaking clods, watering and compacting the materials in

each layer laid from the excavated materials within the lead mentioned in the wording of the item to the required density.

(6) Carrying out tests. (7) Finishing the embankment. (8) Protecting and maintaining the bank. (8) All labour, materials use of equipment tools and plant,

necessary for completion of the work satisfactorily . 72.12.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic meter (about 35.3 cft.) of the finished bank work. The quantity payable for the bank shall be the quantity of useful road cutting material, required to be conveyed and used within a lead of 50 m. (about 164”) and measured in situ in cutting.

- 345 -


If the contractor for his own convenience uses materials other than those obtained from the cutting, all such materials used in place of the materials from the road cutting shall be deemed to have been obtained from the road cutting and paid under this item to the extent to which useful road cutting materials were available for bank within the specified lead. If a portion of the road cutting materials is ordered to be reserved for other use or rejected as not fit for bank, stack measurements of reserved or rejected materials shall be reduced by adopting following percentage to arrive at solid volumes to be deducted from the total quantities of relevant excavation items to obtain the quantities put into the banks. (i) Earth, soils of all sorts, sand, gravel, soft murum 16 Percent (ii) Hard Murum 16 Percent (iii) Boulders 40 Percent (iv) Soft Rock 40 Percent (v) Hard Rock 40 Percent The lead shall be reckoned along the centre line of the road from the centre of mass of the road cutting to the centre of mass of embankment volume where the excavated materials have been or were to be used irrespective of the actual route of transport. The quantity of bank shall be paid on the basis of quantity of road cutting used in the bank.

- 346 -


SECTION – 73

PROVIDING EARTH-WORK IN EMBANKMENT WITH APPROVED MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM DEPARTMENTAL LAND OR OTHER

SOURCES INCLUDING ALL LIFTS AND LEADS, LAYING IN LAYERS OF 20 cm. TO 30 cm. (About 8” TO 12”) THICKNESS, BREAKING CLODS,

DRESSING TO THE REQUIRED LINES, CURVES, GRADES AND SECTIONS, WATERING AND COPACTING TO 95 Percent OF

STANDARD PROCTOR, DENSITY COMPLETE.

73.1.0 GENERAL The work shall include preliminaries of clearing site, setting out and preparing the ground and thereafter forming embankment for the road with approved materials obtained from Departmental land or other sources, laying them in layers, watering and compacting to the required density and lines, curves, grades, cross section and dimensions shown on the plan or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge with due allowance for shrinkage. 73.2.0 CLEARING SITE The ground over which embankment is to be formed shall be cleared of all tress (unless cutting of trees of over 30 cm. Girth is provided as a separate item vide standard specification No. Rd. 1 of P.W. & H. Deptt.) brushwood loose stones, vegetation bushes, stumps and all other objectionable materials, under this item. Roots of tree shall be grubbed to a depth of at least 15 cm. (about 6”) below the original ground surface and at least 30 cm. (about 1”) below the formation level whichever is deeper. The holes dug up for grubbing roots etc. shall be filled with excavated materials in layers of 15 cm. (about 6”) and compacted. Brushwood, stumps, vegetation etc. shall be cut flush with the ground. Materials obtained from clearing site shall be dealt with according to section – 67.2.0. 73.3.0 SETTING OUT After the site is cleared, setting out shall be done as laid down in Section - 67.3.0. Profiles shall be set up with stout poles to mark the centre and edges of the formation with the top levels of formation clearly marked by paint or cut and the slopes with strings and pegs at every 30 meters (about 100’) on straight portions and 10 m. (about 30’) or less on curves or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Toe line may be marked with pick marks. Longitudinal and cross-section levels shall be taken recorded and checked for measurements and signed by the contractor or his representatives.

- 347 -


All the materials and labour required for this item shall be supplied and profiles B. Ms. etc. put up by the contractor. These shall be covered by the rate. Profiles, pegs, bench marks and other marks shall be maintained without any disturbance as long as they are required. 73.4.0 MATERIALS After utilizing, for the embankment all the useful and acceptable materials obtained form the road cutting within the specified leads the contractor shall obtained additional materials from borrows in Departmental land or from other suitable sources. Satisfactory soil murum or a mixture of soil, sand, murum, gravel small boulders or rubble shall normally be acceptable Soils having laboratory dry density of less than 1.44 gm/cc (about 90 lbs/cft.) may not normally be used in embankments. Soils having laboratory dry density of less than 1.52 gm. /cc. (about 95 lbs/cft.) may not as far as possible be used in embankments exceeding 3 m. (about 10’) in height or in embankments of any height subject to long periods of inundation. Only the materials considered suitable by the Engineer-in-charge shall be used for the bank. Rejected materials shall not be put into the bank nor brought to the work site. Perishable materials such as stumps, pieces of wood, roots, rubbish, etc. and such other materials as will effect the stability of the embankment shall be not be used. Sods with appreciable amounts of organic matter, humus or vegetation shall not be used. Sods with humus or grass will be permitted to be used as surface covering for the bank slopes to a thickness of not more than 30 cm. (about 12”) The material required for embankment shall be obtained in any of the following ways provided the material is suitable in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge. (a) Form cutting from nearby sections of the road as directed. (b) From excavation for improving sight distances in nearby curves as directed. (c) By sectioning any adjacent nalla or waterways as directed. (d) By excavating cuts to lead water away from the road. (e) By excavating side drains and catch-water drains. (f) From waste land outside the road land. (g) From humps above the general ground level within the road land. (h) From land acquired temporarily if any, outside the road land. (i) From borrow pits in Departmental land when permitted and from

- 348 -


non Departmental and private lands when necessary. The contractor shall follow the priorities fixed by the Engineer-in-charge for obtaining the materials from different sources. All lifts and leads involved in conveying the material to site shall be included in the rate except when the materials from road cutting or other excavation being paid separately are to be conveyed for the use in banks with different leads under items of Section – 72. Borrow pits in Departmental land shall be excavated according to direction of the Engineer-in-charge. If the materials are to be obtained from non-Departmental and private lands, the contractor shall make his own arrangements and be responsible for payment of rents, compensation, royalty, etc. and shall not be entitled for extra claims. The Department shall remain indemnified regarding any claims that may be made by private owners in this respect. Roadside borrow pits when permitted shall be rectangular in shape with one side parallel to the road and shall be dug as near the road boundary as possible. No borrow pits shall be dug within 5 m. (about 16”) of the toe of the final section after making due allowance for future development without written permission from the Engineer-in-charge. The borrow pits shall be dug as far as possible on the high side of the road. The depth of borrow pits in road land will depend on the quantity of soil needed to form the embankment after utilizing materials obtained from road cutting etc and shall not normally exceed 1 m. (about 3.28”). Borrow pits shall not be dug continuously. Ridges of not less than 8 m. (about 25”) width shall be cut through the ridges to facilitate drainage. To prevent stagnant Pools where mosquitoes may breed, the beds of borrow pits shall be dressed to slope down progressively towards the nearest natural drainage channel. In temporarily acquired cultivable lands, the depth of borrow pits shall be such as not to damage the land permanently. The top soil to a depth of 15 cm. (about 6”) may be stripped and stacked aside. Thereafter soil may be dug to a further depth of about 30 cm. (about 1”) and used in forming the embankment. The top soil shall then be spread back on the land in the excavated portion. Borrow pit shall not be dug within 500 m.(about 1600’) of any town or village site. If unavoidable in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, they shall not exceed 30 cm. (about 12”) in depth and shall be well drained. If all the useful materials available from the road cutting are not used and materials obtained from other sources are used instead by the contractor for his own convenience, such materials shall be deemed to

- 349 -


have been obtained from the road cutting to the extent to which useful materials were available for bank and shall not be paid for under this item. 73.5.0 EQUIPMENT Pickaxes, crowbars, phawras and pans may be used for manual work. Scrapers, dozers, graders, shovels, dumpers, trucks, trolleys, etc. may be used for mechanized work. Three wheel 8 tonnes Power Roller or sheep-foot roller giving a pressure required to obtain the specified density may be used for compaction Bullock carts with tanks or mechanically driven tankers may be used for watering. 73.6.0 CONSTRUCTION METHODS 73.6.1 DIVERSIONS If diversions, barricading and signals are found to be necessary they shall be provided as detailed in standard specification No. BR -1 of P.W. & H. Deptt. 73.6.2 PREPARING THE GROUND FOR LAYING BANK. Before any material is laid for the bank the ground shall be cleared of all rubbish, etc. and the holes, if any, filled up as laid down in Section – 73.2.0. When the embankment is to be laid on hill sides or slopes, the existing slopes shall be ploughed deeply. If the cross slopes are steeper than 1 in 3, steps with reverse slope shall be cut into the slopes to give proper hold and seating to the bank as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. On surface flatter than 1 in 15 no special surface treatment such as cutting steps shall be necessary. The top 15 cm. (about 6”) of soil shall be scarified and watered if directed and compacted to the same density as specified for the embankment before any material is laid for the bank-work. When the embankment is to be placed over an existing road or other hard surface which is within 15 cm. (about 6”) of the finished formation, the road or other hard surface shall be scarified to a minimum depth of 15 cm. (about 6”). The rate for embankment includes all the operations for preparing the bed for laying the bank. 73.6.3 LAYING THE BANK Embankment material shall be placed in successive horizontal layers of 20 cm. to 30 cm. (about 8” to 12”) depth, extending to the full width of the embankment including the slopes at the level of the particular layer and 30 cm. (about 12”) more on both sides to allow compaction of the full specified section. The extra stuff at the edges shall be trimmed later after completion of the bank work without extra cost leaving the correct section

- 350 -


fully compacted. Keeping the width of the bank initially less and widening if later by dumping loose earth on the slopes shall not be permitted width and slopes will remain loose and un-compacted. Similar procedure to extend the embankment by dumping the material longitudinally shall also not be allowed. When placing the bank work in 20 cm. to 30 cm. layers is not feasible as in water or over slopes too steep to operate the construction equipment, the embankment may be constructed in one layer to the minimum level at which equipment can be operated and above such a level the embankment shall be made up in layers of specified thickness. When boulders, broken stones and similar hard materials are mixed up with the embankment materials care shall be taken to see that they are distributed uniformly into the bank and that no hollows are left near them. No stone or hard material shall project above the top of any layer. Each layer of embankment shall be watered, leveled and compacted as specified hereinafter, before the succeeding layer is placed. The surface of the embankment shall, at all times construction be maintained at such a cross fall as will shed water and prevent ponding. If bridges and culverts on the road are not completed in advance of bank work, a length of 15 m. to 30 m. (about 50’ to 100’) bank shall be left on each side of the structure and these lengths shall be dealt with later for placing the bank work. 73.6.4 WATERING If the bank material contains less than the optimum moisture water shall be added to the material in the borrow pits or alternatively in the loose layers of the embankment to bring the moisture uniformly up to requirement. If some moisture is likely to be evaporated in transit or in the bank before compaction, adequate water in excess shall be added to allow for the loss. If the material contains more then the required moisture, it shall be allowed to dry until the moisture is reduced to the required extent. If due to wet weather etc., the moisture content of the soil cannot be reduced to the appropriate amount by exposure, bank work shall be suspended till suitable conditions prevail without contractor’s claiming any compensation. Water to be used shall be free of harmful elements which may cause heavy efflorescence, etc. and approved by the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall make his own arrangements for getting adequate quantity of acceptable water. 73.6.5 COMPACTION When a loose is layer is leveled manually or mechanically and moistened or dried to a uniform content suitable for maximum compaction, it shall be compacted by power rollers, sheep foot rollers or heavy hauling or dozing equipment to give the specified 95% of the standard proctor density. If on testing, the density is found to be less than 95% of the standard proctor density the contractor shall do additional compaction necessary to get the specified density after adding water if

- 351 -


required. If the density cannot be improved on reasonable efforts, the work my be accepted as substandard by the Engineer-in-charge, if be thinks it not harmful for the purpose, at a reduced rate. Where the specified density is imperative the work shall be removed and redone by the contractor at his own cost to give the specified density. Where the material allowed to be used is excessively stony or sandy so that it will not compact to the required density where such material is otherwise acceptable for embankment construction the Engineer-in-charge may waive the tests for stony or sandy portions, provided compaction effort is the same as in non-stony portions where the required test results are obtained. Each layer shall be compacted fully before the next layer is laid. Proper sequence of all component operations shall be maintained to give individual progress. To allow for subsequent settlement, the finished level of the embankment may be kept higher than the specified level by 1 cm. for each meter of the height of the bank and this, if provided, will be paid for. The hauling equipment, animals, labour etc., shall be made to go over the bank as far as possible, to get the initial compaction. Care shall be taken for getting good compaction behind abutments, returns and wing walls, etc. Bank-work in areas not accessible to rollers such as those adjoining bridges, culverts and other works, shall be carried out independently of the main embankment and shall have the layers placed in 10 cm. to 15 cm. (about 4” to 6”) height and each layer shall be moistened and thoroughly compacted with mechanical or manual tampers. Embankment shall be brought up simultaneously in equal layers on each side and compacted carefully to avoid unequal pressure etc. 73.7.0 PROTECTION Proper care shall be taken to ensure that the method of operation and compaction of the bank-work does not cause damage or undue strain to any structural element. Embankment over and around bridges or culverts shall be of approved materials and carefully placed and compacted. The contractor shall take all precautions necessary for the protection of the bank-work by diversion of streams, local surface drainage, rain water, etc. likely to damage the bank. Any damage to the bank-work due to no protection or inadequate protection shall be made good by the

- 352 -


contractor at his own cost. Conveyance of materials shall not cause obstruction or nuisance to the nearby property owners and traffic. 73.8.0 FINISHING The embankment shall be finished and dressed smooth and even in conformity with the alignment, levels, cross-sections and dimensions shown on the drawings with due allowance for shrinkage. On curves sections shall be provided with super-elevation and increased widths as shown on the plains or directed by the Engineer-in-charge. All damages caused by rain, flood or any other reason shall be made good in the finishing operations. The road land width shall be cleared of all debris and ugly spots near camping areas etc. for which the contractor or his men were responsible. 73.9.0 MAINTENANCE The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining the bank-work satisfactorily at his own cost till finally accepted including making good any damages. 73.10.0 TESTS

(a) Tests shall be made to determine the maximum density of the material to be used by the Proctor method before starting the work.

(b) Density test shall be carried out for the bank-work during the progress of the work. One set of three core samples for every 1,000 sq.m. (about 1,000 sq.m.) area of each layer of bank work shall be taken and tested. The average density shall not be less than 95 per cent of the standard Proctor density. A deviation of 80 kg. per cu. M. (5 lbs./cu.ft.) for fine and 160 kg. per cu.m. (10 lbs/cft.) for coarse grained soils shall be permitted in dry density in individual sample if the average density reaches up to 95 per cent of standard proctor density for each set.


(1) Clearing site (2) Setting out alignment including necessary labour material

and maintaining it as long as required. (3) Preparing the ground for laying the embankment.. (4) Providing and maintaining diversions of necessary unless

provided as a separate item in the tender.

- 353 -


(5) Obtaining the embankment material including all lifts and leads and laying the bank in layers, watering, compaction and tests and Royalties, fees etc., if any.

(6) Protecting and maintaining the bank. (7) Finishing the embankment. (8) All labour, materials use of equipment, tools and plant

necessary for completing the work satisfactorily.

73.12.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be per cubic meter of the finished bank-work. Measurements shall normally be taken by leveling sections and chaining distances between them. The measurements of the section shall be limited to the dimensions shown on the drawings or those ordered by the Engineer-in-charge in writing. The dimensions shall be recorded correct up to two places of decimals of a meter. The sectional areas shall be worked out correct up to two places of decimals of a meter. The sectional arras shall be worked out correct up to two places of decimals of a sq. meter. The quantity shall be worked out correct up to two places of decimals of a cubic meter by the average end area method. The volume of bank thus calculated shall be reduced by 5 per cent for the purposes of payment when the measurements are taken for running bills and by 1 percent in final measurement. If outside materials have been used in the portions of the bank-work where materials from cutting were to be used according to Section – 72 the outside material shall be deemed to have been obtained from the cutting as specified in those items and paid for under those items only. The final quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the total

quantity of bank-work reduced by 1 per cent less the quantity to be paid for

using materials from cutting under items of Section – 72.

- 354 -


SECTION – 74

PROVIDING AND FIXING COLLAPSIBLE STEEL GATES IN ONE/TWO LEAVES, WITH CHANNEL PICKETS, PIVOTED FLAT BARS, INCLUDING

TOP AND BOTTOM, GUIDE, ROLLERS, STOPPERS, HANDLES, ALL FITTING ACCESSORIES, LOCKING ARRANGEMENTS AND PAINTING

COMPLETE. 74.1.0 GENERAL The item refers to collapsible steel gates in one or two leaves as mentioned in the item. The gates shall be of the approved design and make and fabricated out of best quality mild steel channels, flats, etc. Dimensions and other particulars shall generally be as under unless other design is shown in the drawings or approved by the Engineer-in-charge.

(a) Pickets :- These shall be of 20 mm. mind steel channels of heavy section unless other sizes are shown in the drawings. Distance centre to centre of channel pickets shall be 12 cm. with an opening of 10 cm or as ordered.

(b) Provided mind steel flats shall be 20 mm. x 6 mm. or as ordered.

(c) Top and bottom guides shall be tee or flat iron of approved size. (d) Other fittings like stoppers, fixing holdfasts, locking cleats, brass

handles brass lock and cast iron rollers shall be of approved design and size.

The fitting shall be done in a workmanlike manner. The gate shall open and close smoothly and easily. All work cut and disturbed in fixing shall be made good to match the existing. The bottom runner shall be sunk level with the floor and proper grooves shall be formed along the runner. 74.2.0 FINISHING The gate shall be finished with 2 coats of oil paint of approved colour and shade on an undercoat of red lead as per following. 74.2.1 PAINTING IRON AND STEEL WORK In addition to specification for oil painting “General”, the following shall also apply for painting Iron and Steel Work:- Operation and workmanship for painting Iron and Steel work shall be as per I.S. 1477 (Part 1)-1971, code of practice for finishing of Iron and Steel in buildings, painting and allied finishes, subject to the following:- (1) The method of preparation of the surface for painting shall be as

- 355 -


specified in the special provision for each item and as below.

74.2.2 CLEANING Cleaning operations shall precede painting so that paint may be applied to cleaned surfaces. The work shall be carried out in such a manner that dirt and matter removed by cleaning will not come in contact with freshly applied paint. The method to be applied for cleaning and preparing surfaces for painting shall be mentioned in the specifications for each type of surface. When not so mentioned any suitable method approved by the Engineer-in-charge for exposing the original surface without damage shall be adopted.

(1) Where Iron and Steel works need repainting (as maintenance) instructions detailed in clause 8 of I.S. 1477 (Part-1) 1971 shall be followed.

(2) Red lead paint shall be used for primer coat unless paints are specified. The number of primer coats shall be given in detailed specifications for each item. When not given it shall be one coat.

(3) Intermediate protective treatments (pre-treatments) shall be omitted unless specified in the special provisions.

(4) The finishing coats shall be of the paint as specified for each item by the Engineer-in-charge. The number of finishing coats of the required shade of colour shall also be specified for each item separately. They shall be two when the number is not specified.

(5) Actual date of painting girders, steel tanks and other steel structures shall be neatly marked by the contractor on the structure according to the instructions of the Engineer-in-charge.

74.3.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE The rate shall include all labour materials and use of equipment to carry out the following:-

(1) Providing the fabricated steel collapsible gate with its accessories and fitting and transporting it to the site.

(2) Erecting and fixing the gate in the required position as specified above

(3) Finishing. 74.4.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The contract rate shall be for a unit one sq.m. of the area covered by outer dimensions of door frame. The dimension shall be measured outside to outside of the outer edges of the frame (excluding lugs)

- 356 -


correct up to centimeter. The dimensions of composite doors shall be measured from outside to outside of the outermost members of the composite frame including mullions, transmutes etc, but excluding lugs. The area shall be worked out correct upto three places of decimals of a sq.m.

SECTION – 75

PROVIDING AND FIXING MANHOLE 75.1.0 SCOPE This work shall consist of furnishing all materials, equipment and labour required for providing and fixing man hole cover and frame. The cast iron manhole cover and frame are used they shall confirm to IS:1726 (Part 1 to 7). The frame of manhole shall be firmly embedded to correct alignment and level in plain concrete on the top of concrete slab. After completion of the work, manhole cover shall be sealed by means of thick grease. 75.2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The measurement of completed work will be recorded and paid under respective item in the schedule B the unit of payment will be in Nos.

- 357 -


SECTION – 76

EXCAVATION FOR – FOUNDATION INCLUDING SHORING AND STRUTING AS NECESSARY AND DISPOSING OF EXCAVATED STUFF

AS DIRECTED

76.1.0 GENERAL The excavation will generally refer to open excavation of foundation wet or dry. 76.2.0 CLEARING SITE The site on which the structure is to be built shown on the plan, and the area required for setting out other operations should be cleared and all obstructions loose stones, materials and rubbish of all kinds, stumps, brush wood and trees removed as directed, roots being entirely grubbed up. The materials obtained will be the property of Government and materials pronounced useful by the Engineer will be conveyed and properly stacked as directed within the specified lead. Useless materials will be burnt or otherwise disposed of as directed by the Engineer-in-charge 76.3.0 SETTING OUT After clearing the site, the centre lines will be given by the Engineer and it will be the responsibility of the contractor to install substantial reference marks, bench marks, etc., and maintain them as long as required true to line, curve level and slopes. The contractor will assume full responsibility for alignment, elevation and dimension of each and all parts of the work, labour, materials etc., required for setting out and establishing Bench Marks and other reference marks shall be arranged by the contractor at his own cost. 76.4.0 EXCAVATION Foundation excavation shall include removal of all, material of whatever nature and whether wet or dry, necessary for the construction of foundation and substructure exactly in accordance with the lines, levels, grades and curves shown on the plans, or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. It shall be taken to the exact width of the lowest step of the footing and the sides shall be left plumb where the nature of soil admits it. For shoring or for cutting side slopes, contractor shall at his own cost do the necessary shoring or cutting of slopes to a safe angle or both as approved by the Engineer-in-charge when the strata need such treatment. The contractor shall notify the Engineer before starting excavation to enable him

- 358 -


to take cross sectional levels for purposes of measurements before the ground is disturbed. 76.5.0 PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR FOOTING The bottom of foundation shall be leveled both longitudinally and transversely or stepped as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Before footing is laid, final surface should be slightly watered and rammed. If any soft patches come to light on inspection or ramming, these shall be dug out and dealt with as ordered by the Engineer-in-charge. No filling will be allowed to bring the foundation to level. If by contractor’s mistake, excavation is made deeper than shown on the plans or ordered by the Engineer-in-charge, the extra depth shall be made up with concrete or masonry of the foundation grade as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and at the cost of the contractor. All rock or other hard foundation shall be cleaned of all soft and loose material and cut to a firm surface either level stepped or serrated as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The elevation of the bottom of foundation shown on the plan will be considered as approximate only and the Engineer may order such changes in the dimensions and elevation of foundation as may be deemed necessary to secure satisfactory foundation. After each excavation is completed the contractor shall notify the Engineer-in-charge to that effect and no footing will be allowed to be laid until the Engineer-in-charge has approved the depth and dimensions of excavation and the nature of the foundation material and the levels and/or measurements are recorded. 76.6.0 SHORING Excavation of slopes to prevent falling in of sides or providing, fixing, maintaining and removing shoring, bracing, etc. shall not be paid for. The contractor would be responsible for the design of shoring for the excavation to be properly upheld. Shoring shall be of sufficient strength to resist side pressure and ensure safety from slips land blows and to prevent damage to work and property and injury to persons it shall be removed as directed after all the items for which it is required are completed. 76.7.0 PEOTECTION Near towns and all frequented places foundation pits, well pits and similar excavation shall be strongly fenced and marked with red lights at night in charge of watchman to avoid accidents. Adequate protective measures shall be taken to see that the foundation excavation does no affect or damage adjoining structures. All measures required for the safety of the excavation, the people working in and near the foundation trenches, property and the people in the vicinity shall be taken by the contractor at his

- 359 -


own cost, he being entirely responsible for any injury to life and damage to property caused by his negligence or accident due to this constructional operations. 76.8.0 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS No materials excavated from foundation trenches of whatever kind they may be, are to be placed even temporarily nearer than 1.5 m. (5’ approximately) or greater distance prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge from the outer edge of excavation. All materials excavated will remain the property of Government. Rate for excavation, included sorting out of useful materials and stacking them separately as directed within the specified lead. Materials suitable and useful for backfilling or other use shall be stacked in convenient places but not in such a way as to obstruct free movement of men, animals and vehicles or encroach on the area required for constructional purposes. It shall be used to the extent required to completely backfill the structure to original ground level or the elevation shown on the plans or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. For backfilling, the materials shall be placed in 15 cm. (6” approx.) to 20 cm. (8” approx.) layers, moistened and well compacted. Materials not useful in any way shall be wasted as directed by the Engineer-in- charge. If useful excavated rubble is required by the contractor for use in other items, it shall be paid for at the rate fixed in the tender and if not so provided, at the rate in the Divisional schedule current at the time tendering or at mutually agreed rate if there is no rate in the Divisional Schedule. The site shall be left clean of all debris on completion. 76.9.0 DEWATERING Unless specially provided for as a separate item in the contract, the excavation rate would include bailing or pumping out all water which may accumulate in the excavation during the progress of the work either from seepage, springs, rain or any other cause and diverting surface flow if any, by bunds or other means. The bunds shall be removed after their purpose is served. Pumping out water from any foundation enclosure or trenches shall be generally in such a manner as to preclude the possibility of any damage to the foundation trenches, concrete or masonry or any adjacent structure. The excavation shall be kept free from water (1) During inspection and measurement, (2) When concrete and/or masonry are in progress and till they come above the natural water level, (3) Till the Engineer-in-charge considers that the mortar is sufficiently set. 76.10.0 SLIPS AND BLOWS

- 360 -


If there are any slips or blows in the excavation they shall be removed by the contractor without cost to the Department so as to provide the correct dimensions required for the foundation. 76.11.0 BACKFILLING All timber shoring and from-work shall be removed after their necessity ceases and trash of any sort shall be cleaned out from the excavation. All space between foundation masonry or concrete on the sides of excavation must be refilled to the original surface with approved materials, in layer of 15 cm. to 20 cm. (about 6” to 8”) in thickness, watered and rammed. The filling shall be done after concrete or masonry is fully set and done in such a way as not to cause undue thrust on any part of the structure. Where suitable excavated material is to be used for refilling it shall be brought from the place where it was temporarily deposited and used in refilling. 76.12.0 BALSTING 76.12.1 GENERAL Blasting shall be carried out only with the written permission of the Engineer-in-charge. All the laws, regulations, rules, etc. pertaining to the acquisition, transport, storage, handling and use of explosives shall be rigidly followed. The magazine for the storage of explosives shall be built to the designs and specifications of the Explosives Department and located at the approved site. No unauthorized person shall be admitted into the magazine and when not in use shall be kept securely locked. No matches or inflammable material shall be allowed in the magazine. The magazine shall have an effective lighting conductor. The following shall be hung in the lobby of the magazine :-

(a) A copy of rules both in English and in the language with which the workers concerned are familiar.

(b) A statement of up-to-date stock in the magazine. (c) A certificate showing the last date of testing of the lighting conductor. (d) A notice that smoking is strictly prohibited. In addition to these, the contractor shall also observe the following instructions and any further additional instructions which may be given by the Engineer-in-charge and shall be responsible for damage to property and any accident which may occur to workmen or the public due to any and all operations connected with storing and handling or use of explosives and blasting. The Engineer shall frequently check the conductor’s compliance with the precautions. 76.12.2 MATERIALS, TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT The black powder, explosives detonators, fuses, tamping materials, electrical firing equipment, if used, tools for drilling holes and

- 361 -


tamping shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer-in-charge. The Engineer may specify type of explosives to be allowed in special cases. The fuse to be used in wet locations shall be sufficiently water resistant as to be unaffected when immersed in water for 30 minutes. The rate of burning of the fuse shall be uniform and definitely known to permit such a safe length being cut as will permit sufficient time to the fire to reach safety before explosion takes place. Detonators shall be capable of giving effective blasting of the explosives. The blasting powder, explosives, detonators, fuse, etc., shall be fresh and not damaged due to damp, moisture or any other cause. They shall be inspected before use and damaged articles shall be discarded totally and removed immediately. 76.12.3 PERSONNEL The blasting operation shall remain in charge of competent and experienced supervisor and workmen who are thoroughly acquainted with the details of handling explosives and blasting operations. 76.12.4 BLASTING OPERATION The blasting shall be carried out during fixed hours of the day preferably during the midday luncheon hour or at the close of the work as ordered in writing by the Engineer-in-charge. The hours shall be made known to the people in the vicinity. All the charges shall be prepared by the man in charge only. Red danger flags shall be displayed prominently in all directions during the blasting operations. People except those who actually light the fuse shall be prohibited from entering into this area. The flags shall be stationed at 200 meters (656’ approx.) from the blasting site in all directions and all persons including Workmen shall be excluded form the flagged area at least 10 minutes before the firing, a warning whistle being sounded for the purpose. The charge holes shall be drilled to required depths and in suitable places. When blasting is done with powder, the fuse cut to the required length shall be inserted into the hole and the powder dropped in the powder shall be gently tamped with copper rods with rounded ends. The explosive powder shall then be covered with tamping material which shall be tamped lightly but firmly. When blasting is done with dynamite and other high explosives, dynamite cartridges are prepared by inserting the square cut end of a fuse into the detonator and finishing it with nippers at the open end, the detonator gently pushed in to the primer leaving 1/3 rd of the copper tube exposed

- 362 -


outside. The paper of the cartridge is then closed up and securely bound with wire of twine. The primer shall be housed into the explosive. Bore holes shall be of such size that the cartridge can easily pass down. The holes shall be cleared of all debris and explosive inserted. The space for about 20 cm. (about 8”) above the charge is then gently filled with dry clay. Pressed home and the rest of the tamping is formed of any convenient material gently packed with a wooden rammer. At a time, not more than 10 such charges will be prepared and fired. The man in charge shall blow a whistle in a recognized manner for cautioning the people. All the people shall then be required to move to safe distances. The charges shall be lighted by the man in charge only. The man in charge shall count the number of explosions. He shall satisfy himself that all the charges have been exploded before allowing the workmen to go to the work site. 76.12.5 MISFIRE In case of a misfire the following procedure shall be observed. Sufficient time shall be allowed to account for the delayed blast. The man in charge shall inspect all the charges and determine the missed charge. If it is blasting powder charge it shall be completely flooded with water. A new hole shall be drilled at about 45 cm. (about 18”) from the old hole and fired. This should blast the old charge, should it not blast the old charge, the procedure shall be repeated till the old charge is blasted. In case of charges of gelignite, dynamite etc. the man in charge shall gently remove the tamping and the primer with the detonator. A fresh detonator and primer shall then be used to blast the charge. Alternatively the hole may be cleared of one foot of tamping and the direction then ascertained by placing a stick in the hole. Another hole may then be drilled 15 cm. (about 6”) away and parallel to it. This hole shall then be charged and fired when the misfired hole should explode at the same time. The man in charge shall report to the office at once all cases of misfire, the cause of the same and what steps were taken in connection therewith. If a misfire has been found to be due to defective detonator or dynamite, the whole quantity in the box from which defective article was taken must be sent to the authority directed by the Engineer-in-charge for inspection to ascertain whether all the remaining materials in the box are also defective. 76.12.6 ACCIDENTS The contractor shall be solely responsible for any accident during the entire procedure of handling explosive and blasting and shall pay necessary compensation to persons affected or damage to lands of property, etc. due to the blasting without extra claims. 76.12.7 ACCOUNT

- 363 -


A careful and day-to-day account of the explosives shall be maintained by the contractor in an approved register and in an approved manner and shall be open to inspection of the Engineer at all times. Surprise visit may be paid by the Engineer to the storage and in case of any unaccountable shortage or unsatisfactory accounting, the contractor shall be liable to be penalized by forfeiture of part or whole of his security deposit or by cancellation of tender in which case he shall not be entitled for any compensation. 76.13.0 CLASSIFICATION All the materials encountered in the excavation would be mainly classified in the following groups :-

(1) Soils of all sorts, sand, gravel, soft murum and other similar soft or loose materials.

(2) Hard murum.. (3) Hard murum and boulders (4) Soft rock (5) Hard rock (blasted) (6) Hard rock (chiseled, wedged or line drilled) (7) Laterite.

76.13.1 Soils Of All Sorts, Sand, Gravel, Soft Murum And Other Similar Soft or Loose Materials :- Soils of all sorts, sand, gravel, soft murum, soft man, chopan yellow soil, etc., shall include all materials of earthy or sandy nature which an be easily ploughed or small shingle and gravel which can be easily removed. Removal of small boulders not exceeding 0.03 cu.m. or 30 litres (about one cu.ft.) occurring in such strata will be included in the rate for this item. 76.13.2 Hard Murum This shall include all kinds of disintegrated rock or shale or indurated clay free form boulders larger than 0.03 cm. m. or 30 litres (about one cu.ft.) and can be removed with pick and shovel though not without some difficulty – 76.13.3 Hard Murum and Boulders. This shall include all kinds of disintegrated rock or shale or indurated clay interspersed with boulders less than half a cubic meter (about half a cu. yd.) and larger than 0.03 cu. m. or 30 litres (about one c. ft. ) which

- 364 -


do not normally need blasting and can be removed with pick, bar, wedges, and hammer. Boulders bigger than cu. m. will be paid for as soft or hard rock according as it is soft or hard rock.

76.13.4 Soft Rock This shall include all material which is rock or hard conglomerate, all decomposed and weathered rock, highly fissured rock, old masonry and also soft rock, boulders, bigger than ½ cubic meter and other varieties of rock which would normally be removed with pick, crow bars, wedges and hammer with some difficulty. 76.13.5 Hard Rock (Blasted) This shall include all rock occurring in masses or boulders bigger than half cubic meter each, which can best be removed by blasting and where, in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge, blasting in necessary. Manjrya rock shall be considered as hard rock. 76.13.6 Hard Rock (Chiseled, Wedged or Line Drilled) This shall include all rock occurring in masses which can best be removed by blasting but which owing to the proximity of structures, possibility of shattering the rock below or for any other reason should be cut means of cold chisels or wedges or line drilling. 76.13.7 Laterite This shall include Laterite rock soft and hard which can be removed with Dhokans or blasting. Laterite murum which has not hardened into stone shall be classified as hard murum. The classification of the excavation would be decided by the Engineer-in-charge and his decision shall be final and binding on the contractor. Merely the use of explosives in excavation will not be considered as a reason for higher classification unless blasting is clearly necessary in the opinion of the Engineer-in-charge. Rock referred to above would include trap, granite, quartzite, gneiss, Laterite and other types. 76.14.0 ITEM TO INCLUDE The rate for item of excavation will include:-

(1) Clearing site

- 365 -


(2) Setting out works, profiles, etc, according to sanctioned plan or as ordered and setting up Bench marks and other reference mark.

(3) Providing and subsequently removing shoring and strutting or cutting slopes except when, separately provided for tin the tender

(4) Bailing and pumping out water when separate provision does not exist for it in the tender.

(5) Excavation and removal of all materials of whatever nature wet or dry and necessary for the construction of foundation including materials like explosives, removal of blows and slips and use of tools, plant and equipment necessary for satisfactory completion of the item and preparing bed for foundation.

(6) Sorting out the useful excavated materials, conveying them upto the specified lead clear beyond the structure and stacking them neatly for backfilling or reuse and wasting useless materials as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

(7) Backfilling the trenches alongside masonry or concrete with approved material upto the natural ground level.

(8) Necessary protection including labour, materials and equipments to ensure safety and protection against risk or accident.

(9) Supply of facilities for inspection and measurements at any time by the concerned Government officials.

(10) Compensation for injury to life and damage to property if any caused by the contractor’s operations connected with this item.

(11) Small drill holes to explore the nature of substratum if necessary.

76.15.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT The payment for respective class of excavation shall be made at the unit contract rate per cubic meter (about 35.31 cu.ft) for the quantity acceptably excavated, limited to the dimensions shown in the sanctioned plans or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Excavation to dimensions in excess of the above will not be measured nor paid for and if so ordered by the Engineer-in-charge the contractor shall have to fill up the excess depth with cement concrete or U.C.R. masonry specified for foundation without extra payment. Driving the sounding bars or jumping small drill holes to explore the nature of substratum upto a total length of metre (about 3’) distributed in 2 or 3 places in each foundation if necessary, will be considered incidental work and will not be paid for separately. Removal of slips and blows in the foundation trenches will not be measured nor paid for.

- 366 -


Dimensions shall be measured correct to two places of decimals of a metre and individual quantity shall be calculated correct to two places of decimals of a cubic meter.

- 367 -


SECTION – 77

ALUMINIUM SHEET CONSTRUCTION JOINT

77.1.0 Providing and fixing in position 45 cm wide 18 S.W.G. embedded aluminum strip as a construction joint in R.C.C. trough wall including cutting. 15 cm overlap, riveting the joint and fixing position as directed by Engineer-in-charge etc. complete. 77.2.0 SPECIFICATION The work covered by this item shall consist of furnishing all equipment material and labour for providing riveting, transporting, placing of aluminum sheet joints and performing all the functions necessary and ancillary there to including finishing to required shape and size as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. 77.3.0 MEASUREMENT The rate shall be per metre. length of joint. The completed rates shall include all materials, aluminum sheet, M.S. Rods, bituminous filler, cement, rivets etc and all labour etc. complete.

- 368 -


SECTION - 78 CL-CANAL LINING

1.0 SCOPE OF WORKS

1) The item shall include furnishing all material equipment and

labour for providing and laying cement concrete lining.

2) It also include providing and placing (a) reinforcement whenever

necessary (b) porous plug (c) expansion / contraction and

construction Joints.

3) It also includes providing and removal of all form work

(whenever necessary) furnishing all materials, equipment’s and

labour for transportation, erection, keeping in place with

necessary fixture and supports, oiling etc. complete.

4) It also includes curing or bed and slopes of lining.

1.1.1 CLEARING SITE

The area proposed for lining as a whole shall be cleared of all objectionable material. Any waste material obtained from such site clearance shall be disposed off in a manner directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The cost of this operation shall be deemed to have been covered under the rates quoted for canal lining.

2.0 GENERAL

The provisions of this paragraph apply to the preparation of all sub grade/foundation upon which lining is to be placed. The ling shall be in-situ cement concrete lining or pre-cast concrete slabs, or random rubble masonry on side slopes, as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The item of schedule for preparing the sub-grade for lining carrying out all excavation below. The underside of lining required for placing selected bedding material, wetting the surface, furnishing or procuring soils from stock piles, placing, moistening and compacting the selected bedding material to specified density by power rollers/appropriate compaction equipment / slope compactors and trimming the canal section. This item also includes excavation and preparation of foundation for providing necessary under drainage facilities / Filter blanket and pressure relief arrangement wherever required including placing test sections to verify that the procedures result in acceptable results. If during construction, it is found necessary to alter the canal sections and side slopes without altering the thickness of lining the contractor shall be

- 369 -


informed in writing of such change. The rates quoted being on one square meter basis for the lining thickness, the contractor shall have to execute the work at the same Bid Rate as quoted in bill of quantities without any extra claim for change in the section of the canal. Where as work of trimming the Canal section up to underside of lining shall be carried out well in advance, the trimming of proud section equivalent to the thickness of lining (for base preparation of lining) shall be carried out immediately prior to laying but in no case the time interval shall exceed 3 days in nominal weather and 2 days in adverse conditions. The preparation of sub grade in different soils for laying the cement concrete lining shall conform to clauses 4.1, 4.2, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5 of Indian Standard IS : 873-1978 (Indian code of Practice for laying in-situ cement concrete lining on canal). It shall also hold good for laying masonry lining. It shall be ensured that the sub-grade is made thoroughly moist with fine water spray thoroughly nozzle to a depth of about 15 cm.

4.0 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE CONSISTING OF EARTH

i) The Sub grade shall be prepared, dressed and rolled true to level and

according to the required cross section of the canal to form a firm

compacted bed for lining.

ii) Sample profiles true to cross section of the canal shall be made at

suitable intervals, as directed by the Engineer, to ensure correct

formation of sub grade. The contractor shall place selected bedding

material in test profile true to the cross section of canal, at times and

places designated by the Engineer to show the adequacy of his

construction procedures for laying bedding material. The test sections

shall confirm to clause 4.3.2 of IS : 3873-1993. Modification shall be

made, as necessary until it is demonstrated that acceptable results

are being consistently obtained. The cost of this operation shall be

deemed to have covered in his quoted rates.

iii) If at any point, material of sub grade has been excavated beyond the

neat lines required to receive lining, the excess excavation shall be

refilled in horizontal layers with material compatible with sub grade

material, moistened if required and thoroughly compacted, graded

filter material compatible with sub grade material, may be used and

compacted to not less than 95% of the proctor density.

- 370 -


iv) When partial filling of existing canal sections is necessary to reduce

the cross sectional area to that required for lined canal, the fill shall be

placed and suitably compacted by rolling / compactors / mechanical

tampers to form firm foundation for placing the lining to avoid its

settlement. Slope compactors shall also be used as required for

effective compaction of sub grade to the specified density.

v) The consolidation of bed in sandy reaches shall be done by saturating

the bed with water before lining is placed the consolidation of side

slopes in such reaches shall be done by over cutting the sub grade in

slopes by 15 cm and refilling it with earth and compacting by vibro-

compactors / appropriate mechanical compactors.

vi) The compaction of sub grade in other than predominantly sandy

reaches shall be done at optimum moisture content in layers not more

than 15 cm – 20 cm thick to obtain a dry bulk density of 95% of the

density at optimum moisture content obtained in accordance with IS :

2720 (Part VII) – 1965. Consolidation shall be done by power rollers.

Pneumatic or fuel – powered tampers / suitable compactors. In the

sandy reaches, compaction shall be governed by “relative density

test” and the relative density shall not be less than 65% compaction

by manual labour shall not be permitted. The compacted sub grade

should pass the pit permeability test, which will be conducted on the

field where the height of the canal bed banking is more than 1 metre.

The tests will be conducted at the vulnerable reaches like junction of

the on either side of the structure or C.D. work. However at least one

test per km. of such canal (Having bed filling of more than 1 metre.)

should be carried out if no structure exists in a particular (K) between

10-6 to 10-4 cm/sec. The pit excavated for such test shall include the

expenditure of such tests and no separate payment shall be refilled

and compacted by pneumatic tempers up-to desired density. The rate

of bank work shall be done on this account.

vii) Where placing and compacting bedding material is on sloping

foundation, the layers shall be placed parallel to the surface of the

- 371 -


foundation if at any point the foundation material is disturbed or

loosened, it shall be moistened if necessary and thoroughly

compacted to form firm foundation for placing the lining.

viii) All along the canal alignment, the rain cuts on the inner slopes the

banks shall be filled up with approved soil and shall be compacted

thoroughly to required lines, dimensions and levels.

ix) If at any place, placement of bedding material below the proposed

lining is required, due care shall be taken by the contractor to place

the bedding material on scientifically approved surface adequately

moistened ( to be wet to a depth of 15 cm or to depth up-to

impermeable layer below, whichever is less ) in layers not exceeding

15 cm in depth in a single operation and thoroughly compacted.

x) All loose material likely to be present at the end panel of existing lining

adjacent to which lining is to be placed shall be removed and all voids

beneath the existing lining shall be refilled and compacted thoroughly.

No extra payment shall be made on this account.

5.0 PREPARATION OF SUB-GRADE CONSISTING OF ROCK

i) The Sub grade shall be prepared, dressed true to level and according

to the required cross section of the canal.

ii) Final cutting for 300 mm – 450 mm in hard, rock shall be carried out

by wedging, barring, controlled blasting or trimming with pavement

breakers etc. No. extra payment will be made for this.

iii) The bed and side, slopes of the canal excavation profile over which

the bedding material, under-drainage and pressure relief

arrangements (where ever so required) are to be placed and over laid

with lining shall be furnished accurately to true and even surfaces and

to the dimensions shown on the drawings.

iv) All excavation including over breakage blow the lines of underside of

lining shall be back-filled completely up-to the lines of the underside of

lining with suitable bedding material as under or as directed by the

Engineer-in-charge.

- 372 -


The bedding material shall be lean concrete (1:3:6) in bed and sides for

thickness of filling less than 15 cm and RR masonry in cement mortar (1:5) if

thickness is more than 15 cm.

OR

In slopes : In slopes, the selected material shall be suitable same-pervious

material/gravelly soil and a layer of pea gravel as binding material duly

moistened and compacted by appropriate compactors/tampers to form a firm

backing for the lining.

In Bed : In bed, the selected bedding material shall be rock spauls and chips

to form a firm backing.

Selected bedding material to be used over fractured rock or rubble shall be such as would resist piping and consequent washing of fines into the sub grade voids and thus losing support. The material shall be approved by the Engineer for its impermeability and care of placement.

5.1 TOLERANCE IN EXCAVATION

Excavated, trimmed/dressed profile provides the final base for lining and tolerances shall be comparable to the following :

Departure from established = +- 20 mm on straight reach alignment and +- 50 mm on tangents and partial curves.

Departure from established grade = +- 20 mm on small canals

The above tolerances shall be negotiated gradually through smooth transition in a length of about 50 mm. No over run in excavation, filling with the materials as directed by the Engineer, shall be paid to the contractor. The selected bedding material in the case of bed and sides of canal profile in normal soils shall be compatible with sub grade material and thoroughly compacted.

5.2 TOLERANCE INSURANCE IRREGULARITIES IN PREPARATION OF FINAL SUB GRADE Surface irregularities shall be tested by the use of a long template consisting of a straight edge or the equivalent there of for curved surface and shall not exceed he following limits.

- 373 -


i) 6.25 mm for sub grade in bed ii) 12.50 mm for sub grade in the side slopes

Final sub grade exceeding these limits shall not be accepted.

6.0 PREPARATION OF SUB GRADE CONSISTING OF EXPANSIVE SOILS (IS : 9451 – 1994) Field and laboratory tests shall be carried out to determine the physical, textural, engineering and chemical properties of expansive soils and evaluate the swelling pressures of soils in various reaches to establish the thickness of CNS (Cohesive non-swelling soils) layer required so that the resulting deformation is within the permissible limit of 2 cm. The thickness of CNS layer to be provided normal to the sub grade shall be governed by the Indian Standard IS : 9451-1994, out lined below CNS material shall be non swelling with a maximum swelling pressure of 10 KN/m2 when tested in accordance with IS 2720 (Part-41): 1977 at optimum moisture content and minimum cohesion. Some of the soils which may be considered as cohesive non-swelling soils are adequately compacted clayey soils silty clays. Sandy clays, Gravelly sandy clays etc exhibiting cohesive properties and containing predominantly non-expanding type clay minerals with liquid limit not exceeding 50%. Expansive soils are inorganic plastic clays characterized by shrinkage high compressibility and swelling properties. To counter act the swelling pressure and prevent deformation of lining, a CNS material of required thickness is sandwiched between the soil and lining. The thickness of CNS material is normal (perpendicular) to the sub grade. Guidelines for choosing the thickness of CNS material (Cohesive Non-Swelling) required for balancing the different swelling pressures is given in the following tables corresponding to various discharge ranges in canals. Side slopes shall not be steeper than 1:5:1 though slopes of 2:1 shall be preferable.

- 374 -


TABLE – 1 Thickness of CNS layer in channels of carrying capacity less than 2

cumecs

Discharge in cumecs (m3/sec)

Thickness of CNS layer in cm (minimum)

Swell pressure 50 – 150 KN/m2

Swell pressure more than 150

KN/m2 1.4-2.0 (50 to 70

cusecs)

60 cm 75 cm

0.7-1.4 (25 to 50

cusecs)

50 cm 60 cm

0.3-0.7 (10 to 25

cusecs)

40 cm 50 cm

0.3-0.3 (1 to 10 cusecs) 30 cm 40 cm

TABLE – 2 Thickness of CNS layer in channels of carrying capacity of 2 cumecs

and more.

Swelling pressure of soil

KN/m2

Thickness of CNS material

(minimum)

50 to 150 75 cm

150 to 300 85 cm

300 to 500 100 cm

Note :- CNS soil is to be laid in layers and compacted, to at least 95%

of Proctor-Density.

6.1.1 Specification of CNS Soils

(i) General Gradation of CNS soil

Clay (Less than 0.002 mm) - 15 to 20% Slit (0.06 mm – 0.002 mm) - 30 to 40% Sand (2 mm – 0.06 mm) - 30 to 40% Gravel (Greater than 2 mm) - 0 to 10%

- 375 -


(ii) The CNS material shall be non-swelling, with a maximum swelling

pressure of 10 KN/m2 when tested a accordance with IS : 2720 ( Part – 41)

1977 at optimum moisture content and minimum cohesion.

(iii) Index properties

Liquid limit - Greater than 30, but less than

50 %

Plasticity Index - Greater than 15, but less than

30 %

If given CNS material is not available, designed soils mix to produce artificial CNS may be used. The artificial CNS shall satisfy the condition of swelling pressure mentioned in the sub Para (ii) above. It respect of the provision of CNS layer in the bed, it shall be as worked out from consideration of swelling pressure. However the thickness of CNS layer to be provided on slopes shall, in addition, the governed by the construction consideration viz. from the Power Roller roll able width consideration for achiever effective compaction. CNS layers shall be composed to at least 95% proctor density.

6.2 DURING CONSTRUCTION, IT SHALL BE ENSURED THAT

i) Serration/steps/benches shall be provided in the side slopes of canal in cutting to provide a good bond between the CNS layers and expansive soil and to also prevent contact slides between CNS materials and expansive soil.

ii) Proper moisture shall be added to CNS material and expansive soil.

iii) CNS material shall be laid in layers (+- 20 cm thickness) and compacted to at least 95% Proctor Density, preferably by Power Roller viz. mechanized compaction.

iv) To avoid slipping and rain cuts during the rainy season, it shall be

advisable to provide CNS right up to the ground level. v) The sub grade on which CNS layer is to be laid shall, generally be not

kept exposed for more than 4 days prior to the placement of CNS layer.

- 376 -


vi) Effective and mechanized compaction of sub grade for side lining on slopes and bed is very important in cutting or embankments. In addition to the designed thickness of CNS 15 cm or more (perpendicular to side slope) of extra thickness (called pride) shall be provided and compacted. This pride shall be removed only just prior to the placement of lining (a time interval of say about one day) thus making a fresh and well compacted surface the section, and fill the entire section with CNS material (laid in successive layers and compacted to 95% proctor density) and there after scoop this section to be designed section for placement of lining. This PAD method ensures effective compaction by 8-10 T power rollers or equivalent power vibratory rollers. The CNS material so scooped out is utilized in the next reach through re-handling. However this is the item rate of providing CNS and will not be paid separately.

vii) Under drainage arrangement as per drawing shall be provided.

7.0 FINAL PREPARATION OF SUB GRADE FOR PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE LINING The work of trimming canal section up to the under side of concrete lining and preparing sub grade for concrete placement include removal of pride section. Pride equivalent to the lining thickness on sides and bed on the under side of lining shall be left un excavated and the removal of this pride shall be done prior to laying of lining but in no case shall be time interval exceed 3 days in normal weather and two days in adverse weather conditions sub grade surface shall be trimmed accurately to the underside dimensions of the lining; embankment and selected back fill placed in over excavated section shall be moistened and compacted to 95% proctor density, so as to ensure a firm and unyielding sub grade. It shall be ensured that the final sub grade is made thoroughly moist with fine spray nozzles (or with gardener’s cans) to a depth of about 15 cm before placement of concrete to prevent it from absorbing water from the freshly laid concrete. Water, direct from houses, shall not be used for wetting of the sub grade to prevent erosion and slushy conditions on the sub grade.

7.1 The rate for providing and laying embankment shall include the cost of

final preparation of sub grade for placement of concrete lining and no separate payment on this account shall be admissible.

7.2 MODEL SECTIONS / TEMPLACES / CONCRETE SLEEPERS

Model sections or templates of size 15 cm x 7.5 cm or any other size specified and shown in the drawing shall be constructed upto the bottom of lining at 18 m interval in straight reaches and at 9 m interval in curves or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, so as to achieve a

- 377 -


smooth straight/curved sub grade surface free from unsightly kinks and depressions. The model sections in the bed and sides shall be constructed in M 15 cement concrete conforming to IS : 383 standard specification. The top level of template will be the bottom level of lining. Since the model sections are to be used as reference for

excavation and trimming of sub-grade for seating to the lining

initially and for laying and finishing to required profile and grade

to a very close tolerance of 3 mm in length of 2 m any

undulations in the model sections beyond the permissible

tolerance shall have to removed and redone by the contractor.

No separate payment shall be made for this view and shall be

deemed to be included in the rate of lining.

8.0 INGREDIENTS

Ingredients i.e. cement, sand, course, aggregates and water should satisfy the specification mentioned in section – IC – Concrete Mix Ingredients.

9.0 LAYING OF CEMENT CONCRETE LINING; SELECTION OF

LAYING METHODS

The concrete shall be generally governed by IS : 456 – 2000. The concrete shall also be governed by all the provisions of sections concrete lining of M 15 grade shall be laid in the canal prism, as shown in the drawing, using well graded aggregates and a minimum cement level of 250 kg/m3 with water; cement ratio of about 0.50 Maximum nominal size of course aggregate shall be 20 mm for the lining thickness of 75 mm and 40 mm for the lining thickness of 100 mm ordinary Portland cement conforming to IS : 269 or 43 grade cement conforming to IS : 8112 shall be used. It shall be result-oriented from considerations of speed and quality construction to optimize mechanized placement of CC lining to the optimum extent feasible. Accordingly, Mechanized cement concrete lining of bed and side slopes of the canal section through deployment of Concrete Pavers shall be done where bed width is more than 3.0 m and the slant length is more then 3.5 m. Mechanized lining of side slopes shall, preferably, be done with Acrow type or equivalent type of light steel gantry fitted with side shutters and vibrators (slip-form gantry) where the bed width is less than 2 m and the slant length is less than 2.7. Bed Lining shall be laid by

- 378 -


conventional manual method. Conventional (manual) placement of lining on both the bed and side shall be done where Paver mechanized/slip form steel gantry mechanized placement of lining is not considered feasible. Baby Paver shall be used for side lining where the slant length is up to 3.5 m (Please refer illustration Drawing No.3 to 7 at pages 59 to 63). The concrete lining is to be placed with concrete Paver.

9.1 SLUMP

A slump range of about 50 mm – 65 mm shall be considered adequate at the placement site from considerations of proper-discharge of concrete from the transit mixer/agitator cars, mechanical mixer, arid ease of placement and attaining a well consolidated lining with a good finish.

9.2 AIR ENTRAINING AGENT

AEA, as an admixture, shall be added to the concrete batch in solution in such a manner as will ensure uniform distribution of admixture through out the batch during the specified mixing period of about 2.5 minutes. The amount of AEA shall be such as to effect of about 5% air in the mix in order to have good workability and thus secure a good finish of concrete lining.

9.3 CONCRETE PRODUCTION AND TRANSPORTATION

Concrete shall be produced in a stationary weigh batching plant/plants of adequate capacity installed at suitable place/places by the contractor and concrete conveyed to the placement site/sites in mobile transit mixtures for placement of concrete lining with fully mechanized concrete Paver/Pavers. No manual concrete making shall be allowed. Alternatively, Mobile self loading weigh batching mixing and transporting mixer with the mixer drum capacity of 2.8 m3 ( or other suitable capacity ) shall be deployed by the contractor for production of controlled concrete as well as transportation of this concrete to the placement site/sites. Concrete transported by transit mixers or mobile batching-mixing and transporting equipment shall be delivered to the hopper of the side discharge conveyer of the Concrete Paver. The Paver shall screed up the concrete and duly compact it ( cylinder finishing ) Contraction joints shall be cut with groove cutters attached to the Paver. Each lining machine and the associate support equipment shall be capable of placing canal lining at an average advancement rate of not less than about 8 m/hr so that cutting of

- 379 -


contraction joints is achieved smoothly and efficiently when the concrete is still in a good plastic state. Contraction joint need not be provided in RCC lining. ( Please refer Drawing No. 8 at page 64 ) Contraction joints shall be as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer in charge shall be provided between lining and canal structure.

i) Broadly mechanized cement concrete lining of bed and side slopes of

the canal section through deployment of Concrete Paver of adequate capacity shall be done where bed width is ore than 3 m and slant length is more then 3.5 m. Concrete shall be transported by transit mixers from the batching and mixing plant.

ii) For canals having bed width between 2 to 3 metre. bed lining is to be

done with acrow or equivalent type slip form screed gantry. However Baby Paver shall be used for side lining where the slant length is between 2.7 metre to 3.5 metre.

iii) In such situations where the bed width is more than 2.0 m and the

slant length is less than 2.7 m or other situations in such reaches, where in the opinion of Engineer-in-charge, mechanized concrete lining is not possible. R.C.C. lining / P.C.C. lining (100 mm thick) in selective patches up-stream and down stream of structure, lining may be done with conventional manual Alternatively, the bed lining may be done through deployment of “steel screed system” fitted fuel-operated vibrator for better progress and quality of concrete finish.

iv) Where the bed width is less than 2.0 m and the slant length is less

than 2.7 m concrete lining on side slopes shall preferably, be done by deployment of Acrow or equivalent type of slip form screed steel gantry fitted with surface vibrators on the shutters plates Bed lining shall however, be placed manually.

v) In situations associated with lining proposed to be done with Acrow or

equivalent type slip form screed gantry in small reaches/staggered reaches, and/or where transit concrete mixers are not considered feasible for deployment, standard concrete mixer, (10/7 cft or 14/10 cft) shall be allowed by the Engineer-in-charge instead of the composite batching and mixing plant. Since the concrete lining operation is practically continuous with the deployment of slip form steel gantry, the shape of contraction joints in lining shall be the same as the ones on the lining placed by the Concrete Paver.

a) For placement of CC lining on upstream and downstream of structures in small reaches, manual placement will be allowed.

vi) Concrete shall be placed only in the presence of a duly authorized

representative of the Engineer.

- 380 -


vii) Concrete shall be mixed in a mechanical mixer. Hand mixing of

concrete shall not be permitted. viii) When concrete placing operations are stayed for the day or are

interrupted because of break down or are delayed by other causes or where the contractor elects to construct a joint, the edge of the fresh concrete lining shall be bulk headed to a surface normal to the lining along transverse and longitudinal lines. Before placing operations are resumed, the surface of hardened concrete shall be prepared as a construction joint. Whenever a substantial break down occurs in the Concrete production or concrete transportation system, a joint should be formed as close to the face of the fresh concrete as possible.. All concrete on the new side of the joint shall be removed. The fresh concrete shall be then be placed against the existing concrete with the full groove for required contraction joint formed in between them. This is essential to estimate cold joints.

10.0 UNDER DRAINAGE Wherever specified and shown in drawing, porous concrete plugs of 100 mm dia. and 300 mm length shall be provided in bed and side slopes underlain by grades filter of size 400 mm by 375 mm or any other size directed by the Engineer-in-charge. Porous concrete shall by composed of one part of cement and 4 parts of coarse aggregate by weight with the size of coarse aggregate, not more than 20 mm. No sand is to be used. Only so much water shall be used in concrete as is required to produce a paste, which will coat the particles without filling the voids. In placing porous concrete in moulds, care shall be taken to ensure that it is not over tamped or compacted so as to reduce its porosity. The porous concrete after curing shall be pervious and free draining type. As soon as the concrete hardens (viz. it attains final setting), it should be kept fully moist with water for at-least 14 days. The compressive strength of porous concrete at 7 days age, as determined by tests on 15 cm dia. 30 cm high cylinder should not be less than 70 kg/cm2. The porosity at 7 days age be such that water shall pass through slab of porous concrete 30 cm thick at a minimum rate of 500 litres/min./m2 with a constant 10 cm of water on the slab. 11.0 TOLERANCE IN LINING THICKNESS

The permissible tolerances for the canal lining shall be as under Variation in thickness of lining 10%, provided average thickness is not less than designed thickness.

12.0 TEMPERATURES OF CONCRETE

Temperature of concrete as placed, critical to cracking concern and durability, shall preferably, hot exceed about 32.2oC (90oF). Accordingly, placement of concrete is not weather shall be done

- 381 -


during the morning and evening hours, extending to night hours as required. For work in extreme weather conditions, the procedure set out in IS: 7861 (Part-I) or IS:7861 (Part-2) be broadly followed.

13.0 CURING OF CONCRETE LINING

The concrete lining of the canal bed shall be cured in conventional manner with water by making small earth bunds of say 20 cm to 30 cm height and ponding water. The side lining shall be cured with membrane forming curing compound only.

13.1 SPECIFICATIONS OF MEMBRANE – FORMING CURING COMPOUND

The white pigmented curing compound conforming to ASTM designation of C-309-81 (or the Indian manufacture conforming to international Standard of C-309-81) shall be used to form water retaining membrane on the surface of concrete. The curing compound shall be used only after it is approved by the Engineer. The curing compound shall be applied immediately after the bleeding water shine disappears leaving a dull appearance on concrete surface. The liquid compound shall be kept continuously stirred mechanically in a drum and spread uniformly over the concrete surface. One liter of curing compound shall normally cover about 4.00 m2 of concrete surface. Accurate coverage should be based on laboratory and field trials. Laboratory test shall be carried out 10 check that with specified coverage, the loss of water does not exceed 0.55 kg/m2 over a period of 72 hours. Other tests relate to reflectance and drying time. Day light reflectance of while pigmented curing compound shall not be less than 60% of that of Magnesium Oxide. The drying time requirement.

specifices that the curing compound could be dry to touch in not more than 4 hours when the curing of concrete lining is not found satisfactory, the Engineer-in-charge may direct the contractor in writing to resort to second layer of membrane curing.

14.0 CORE TESTS

14.1 As the concrete lining work progresses and has attained a minimum curing and setting of 28 days period cores shall be taken at random to evaluate the quality of concrete lining laid in respective reaches. Frequency of coring shall be determined by the Engineer. Broadly, it could be one core from bed lining and one core each from side lining per 250 meters length of lining or as directed by the Engineer. In no case fever than 3 cores shall be tested. The cores shall be examined for segregation/honey-combing and thickness of lining. One sample

- 382 -


from bed and one sample from side shall also be tested for each Km length of lines canal for permeability. The permeability of the samples so tested shall be between 10-7 to 10-9 Cm./Sec. The cores shall also be tested for compressive strength and density. The contractor shall allow all facilities and cooperation towards collection of cores. The testing of cores shall be carried out either in the project laboratory or at any other laboratory that the Engineer may so decide and the results obtained shall be considered correct and authentic by the contractor. The Contractor shall be given access to all operations and tests that may be carried/out as aforesaid so that he may satisfy himself retarding the methods and procedure adopted. Final payment shall be made only after the satisfactory core test results acceptable to the Engineer as per section 17.4.3 of IS : 456-2000. The rates quoted by the contractor shall be inclusive of all the testing. No separate payment shall be made on this account.

14.2 A standard test cylinder has a diameter one-half of its height (viz. L/D ratio is 2) However, the cores taken from the in situ concrete lining may not have these relative dimensions and consequently. L/D ratio will not be 2 Accordingly a correction factor according to the height/diameter ratio of specimen after capping shall be obtained from the curve shown on page 13 of IS : 516-1959. The product of this correction factor and the measured compressive strength shall be known as the corrected compressive strength, this being the equivalent strength of a cylinder having a height-diameter ratio of 2. The equivalent cube strength of the concrete shall be determined by multiplying the corrected cylinder strength by 5/4. The cores shall be prepared and tested as per IS : 516-1959.

14.3 Concrete in the member represented by a core test shall be

considered acceptable if the average equivalent strength of the cores is equal to at-least 85% of the cube strength of the grade of concrete specified and that no individual core has strength less than 75%.

14.4 Regarding particular canal reaches/reach, though the lining be fully

complete to acceptable quality levels, such reach/reaches will not quality for acceptable and final payment till the associated works necessary for safety of lining during rains such as dowel, banks, drainage etc. as per drawings are completed along with.

15.0 JOINTS

Contraction joints shall be provided and treated as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Expansion joints shall be provided only where structure intersects the canal lining. No expansion joints are to be provided in CC lining at any other place.

- 383 -


Transverse contraction joints shall be spaced at a maximum spacing of 3.0 m center with the first longitudinal joint at about 18 times thickness of lining below the top edge (viz. about 1.35 m for 7.5 cm thick lining). The shape, spacing, and dimensioning of contraction joints shall be as shown in the drawing. Broadly, the joints shall extend to at least 1/3 of lining thickness (viz. 2.5 cm for 7.5 cm thick lining) with a top width 14 mm maximum and tapering to 11 mm to join a 450 groove at bottom. The contractor must ensure that the grooves are of specified dimensions, acceptable to the Engineer-in-charge. Longitudinal contraction joints are to be provided only where the wetted perimeter excess 6 m.

15.1 FILLING OF JOINTS

Filling of joints shall be taken up only after a minimum of 28 days setting period of CC lining. The grooves shall be cleaned thoroughly to their full depth and width by brush, air jet, water jet etc. All loose particles and foreign matter shall be removed and the grooves shall be thoroughly clean and dry to the satisfaction of Engineer-in-charge or his representative so as to ensure good adhesion to the sealant. The primer shall then be applied by mean so of brush or any other suitable applicator to cover the sides completely before the application of prepared sealing compound.

15.2 COMPOSITON OF SEALANT

Unless otherwise specified, the sealant shall be prepared from the following materials :

1. Bitumen 85/25 = 55 % 2. Sand (fineness modules 1.00 to 1.50) = 43 % 3. Asbestos Powder (of white colour) = 2 %

15.3 PROCEDURE

The sealant shall be prepared by heating the bitumen to 375oF and sand also to the same temperature separately. The sand shall be mixed with 2/3rd quantity of bitumen first and then asbestos powder shall be added to it. The remaining 1/3rd quantity of bitumen shall then be added to this mix and stirred thoroughly. The grooves shall be covered with wooden strip a long and held on slopes with the help of clay puddle put along the sides. The wooden strips shall be coated with grease on inner side so that it may not stick to the filler compound. The wooden strip shall be gently removed after about 30

- 384 -


minutes and the next joint shall then be filled in similar manner. The joint shall be finished with a hot trowel and any hole shall be refilled with sealant. Filling of joints shall commence from bottom of slopes.

16.0 ACCEPTANE CRITERIA OF LINING

i) In case the concrete does not conform to the acceptance criteria for specified strength, (such as characteristic 28 day 150 mm cube compressive strength of 15.0 N/mm2) of concrete mentioned in para 18 (iv) of section 4 C Plain & reinforced concrete the engineer reserves the right to reject the work or accept the same at a reduced rate derived from tendered rate and as approved by him after examining all aspects and provided the structural integrity is not affected.

ii) Acceptance criteria of cores shall be as per section 17.4.3 of IS : 456-2000 outlines in Para 14.1 of this section.

iii) Also the acceptance criteria outlined in the para (V) of section 4 C

Plain and Reinforced concrete shall be applicable for acceptance of lining.

17.0 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

All linear measurements shall be in meter, correct to 0.01 m Areas shall be computed in square meters. The perimeter of lining shall be the top finished surface of the lining. Payment for lining shall be made for the thickness shown on the drawing the on per square meter basis of the superficial area including horizontal coping on both sides at the lining top. The thickness of lining shall be cross checked by (i) volume of concrete placed and area covered; (ii) use of probe when concrete in green and plastic and (iii) random coring. Any over run in quantity of concrete in lining shall not be paid. Running payment will be made at 80% of the accepted unit rate. The final payment at 100% accepted rate will only be made after receipt of acceptable test results as per Para 16.0 above. The porous blocks provided for under drainage will be paid on per No. basis, separately. Similarly payment of contraction joints, construction joints and expansion joints shall be on running meter basis and shall be paid separately. Payment of CNS filling and excavation there of shall be on cubic meter basis and shall be paid separately. However there will be no deductions of porous plugs from the area of lining measured.

SECTION 79

- 385 -


ASPHALT EXPANSION JOINT

1.0 The material for filling the expansion joints shall be mixed in the

proportion shown below so as to get good results.

1) 30/40 Asphalt 50%

2) Fine Clean Sand 40%

3) Saw Dust 7%

4) Cement 3%

2.0 The asphalt shall be heated to the required temperature and mixed

other components so as to form a compound of the desired consistency.

3.0 The joints shall be filled flush with the compound and the surplus

material neatly trimmed off.

4.0 Mode of Measurement and payment.

The unit of payment shall be per meter length.

- 386 -


SECTION 80

P.V.C. CRACK INDUCING JOINTS

1.0.0 INSERTION OF PVC CRACK INDUCING JOINTS

a) The transverse and longitudinal PVC (polyvinyl Chloride) strips shall

be provided with the shapes confirming to dimensions shown on the

drawing and off white in colour and mat finish. The finished PVC strips

shall be extruded from virgin, pigmented plasticized PVC. The PVC

strips shall be dense, homogeneous free from holes and other

imperfections. The cross-section of the PVC strips shall be uniform

along its length and thickness shall be symmetrical transversely.

Tolerance for dimensions in overall length and width shall be 5 % and

in thickness 10 %. The finished PVC strips shall meet the following

requirements.

No. Characteristic Unit Values 1 Tensile Strengths Kg/cm2 116 minimum 2 Ultimate elongation % 300 minimum 3 Tear Resistance Kg/cm2 49 minimum 4 Stiffness in flexure Kg/cm2 24.6 minimum 5 Accelerated extraction

a) Tensile strength b) Ultimate elongation

Kg/cm2 %

105 minimum 250 minimum

6 Effect of alkali at 7 days a) Weight increase b) Weight decrease c) Hardness Change

% % Point

0.10 maximum 0.10 maximum +-5

7 Effect of alkali at 28 days Weight increase

a) Weight decrease b) Dimension Change

% % %

0.4 maximum 0.3 maximum +-1

Weight of PVC strip shall be minimum of 460 g/m for the longitudinal strip and minimum of 420 g/m for the transverse strip. b) Contractor shall arrange for getting the PVC strips tested in

recognized testing laboratories as approved by the Engineer-in-

charge. The contractor shall furnish test samples of PVC strips in 30

cm length, two samples from each category of 5000 m lot and for

additional sample to be tested for sample for same lot free of cost and

also shall bear testing cost. Each sample shall be marked with the

- 387 -


number of the reel from which sample is obtained and with

certification that the samples are from the rolls to be furnished.

c) It is mandatory for the manufacturer of the PVC strips from whom the

contractor procure PVC strips to have a full fledged testing laboratory

in the factory to enable pre-dispatch testing of the product as in the

even of laboratory test reports being received after a few weeks,

showing substandard values, it would not be possible to remove the

material embedded in concrete test reports from Government

laboratories shall also be binding on the manufacturer based on

samples drawn by the Engineer-in-charge and sent for testing to

Government laboratories, from consignments received at site.

The contractor will get the sample of PVC strip approved by the

Engineer-in-charge. He will furnish the name of manufacturer, the

details of the in-house testing arrangements with the manufacturer

and will also furnish a test report from the in-house testing facilities

along with the sample.

2.00 a) The PVC strips shall be inserted in the concrete lining when

concrete is plastic. The longitudinal PVC strips shall be inserted,

before the transverse PVC is inserted. The PVC strips at edges shall

be placed in positions fixed with longitudinal channels by chips or

such other arrangement prior to laying of concrete. The PVC strips

shall be inserted in position in concrete lining as shown on the

drawing. The insertion of the longitudinal and/or transverse PVC strips

at the predetermined location of joints requires special attention to

ensure proper location (depth is especially important), plumb

installation and consolidated concrete around the PVC strips. The

longitudinal PVC strips includes a cellular upper fin. The inspection fin

shown on the plate shall be comparatively thin and shall remain above

the top surface of lining it is important that top of the upper fin project

out of concrete surface as Shown in the drawing of installation

shall include mechanical vibration that produce trough consolidation of

the concrete around the crack including joints and provides a

- 388 -


continuous contact between the concrete and all surface of the crack

including joints. The longitudinal crack inducing joints shall beefed into

the fresh concrete so placed manual in ensure proper depth of

orientation of the crack increasing joints. Installation of PVC for

transverse creation joints shall be made by suitable joint inspection

conviance capable to insert into freshly placed concrete lining. Proper

joint shall be made at the end of PVC strips by best suitable method.

b) At intersection between longitudinal and transverse joint continuing

PVC strips, the top vertical member of the PVC of the longitudinal

crack including joint shall be cut or plucked and removed for 10 to 15

cm in width without pulling the PVC from the concrete lining and

transverse crack including joint shall be placed within the notch so

formed. Depression of the PVC of the longitudinal cracks including

joint from the concrete lining and transverse crack including joint shall

be placed within the north so formed. Depression of the PVC of the

longitudinal cracks including joint below the specified.

3.0.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENT

The unit of payment shall be as per running meter length arrived at by

measuring the length along the joint. The rates includes PVC strip &

required and measures including placing at site etc. complete.

- 389 -


SECTION 81

PROVIDING PORUOUS CONCRETE PLUG FOR UNDER DRAINAGE

ARRANGEMENT

1.0 Whatever specified and shown in drawing porous concrete plugs of

100 mm dia and 300 mm length shall be provided in bed and side

slopes uncertain by graded filter of size 600 mm x 600 mm directed by

the Engineer-in-charge. Porous concrete shall be composed of one

part of cement and 4 part of coarse aggregate by weight with the size

of coarse aggregate, not more than 20 mm no. sand is to be used.

Only so much water shall be used in concrete as is required to

produce a paste which will coat the particles without filling the voids in

placing porous concrete in moulds, care shall be taken to ensure that

it is not over tamped or compacted so as to reduce its porosity. The

porous concrete after curing shall be pervious and free draining type.

As soon as the concrete hardness (viz attains final setting) it should

be kept fully moist with water for at least 14 days. The compressive

strength of porous concrete at 7 days age, as determined by tests on

15 cm dia, 30 cm high cylinder should not be less than 70 Kg/m2. The

porosity at 7 days age be such that water shall pass through slab of

porous concrete 30 cm thick at a minimum rate of 500 liter/min/m2

with a constant 10 cm depth of water on the slab.

2.0 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS AND PAYMENTS

The unit of payment shall be per Number.

- 390 -


SECTION 82

FILTER MATERIALS, FILTER DRAIN & FILTER MAT

82.1 SCOPE The item shall include furnishing of tools & plant , labour and materials reduced or providing and laying approved materials in the specified layers including screening and washing the materials , if necessary compaction and all operation necessary and ancillary there to.

82.2 MATERIAL

The material for filling the drains or drainage mats or slant drains shall all consist of sand , gravel and crushed metal suitable ‘ graded to satisfy the filter criteria 1 ) The coefficient of permeability of draining materials should be more than 5 times of base materials. 2) The grade filter drain will confirm to the Vicksburg criteria viz .

a) D 15 (filter material ) < 5 D 85 (Base material ) b) D 15 (filter material ) > 4 & < 20 D 15 ( Base material )

c) D 50( filter material ) < 25 D 50 ( Base material ) and or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge , The size of the materials shown on drawings are tentative and may require modifications if they are not found to be satisfying filter criteria. The contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the Engineer-in-charge . without any extra cost .

82.2..1 SAND The sand shall be natural sand it shall be from hard , dense and durable rock formation . The maximum percentage of the material less than 0.074 mm size shall be 5% by weight and it should not contain organic material . The maximum size of particle shall be 10 mm ( 3/8inch ). The specific gravity of particles shall not be less then 2.60 The sand shall not be well graded and it should satisfy the filter criteria with the adjoining filter and base materials. If necessary the sand may have to be washed of screened without any extra cost . The sand is to be supplied by the contractor from approved quarries and the item includes all charges of supply and re-handling including collection screening, transporting , washing , stacking etc . with all leads and lifts involved for supply of sand .

82.2.2 GRAVEL

When gravel is to be used , it shall mean natural gravel consisting of clear hard, durable, dense rock fragment , it shall be well graded subject to

- 391 -


clause (2) above The percentage of materials below 0.074 mm . Size shall be less than 2% The gravel should not contain any organic matter .the item includes all charges of supplying and rehandling including collecting screening, and washing . if necessary transporting , stacking etc . with all leads and lifts involved for supply of gravel. 82.2.3 METAL If natural gravel deposits satisfying filter criteria are not available the use of metal be permitted as filter material. The maximum .size permissible shall be 75 mm Metal shall consist of broken or crushed rock having clean, hard, durable dense rock pieces it shall be reasonable well graded with sizes as shown on drawing subject to clause (2) above . The percentage of materials below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 1% The item includes all charges of supply and rehandling including breaking screening transporting stacking etc . with all leads and lifts involved for supply of Metal .The size of the metal shown on the drawings are tentative and subject to change as required to satisfy for filter criteria with adjacent materials.

82.2.4 RUBBLE The rubble shall consist of hard , dense ,uncoated pieces of trap /granite stone and shall be well graded to satisfy the filter criteria mention in para 2 above

82. 3 PLACING OR MATERIAL

82.3.1 TRENCH DRAINS AND MOUND DRAINS

82.3.1.1 The excavation for trench either in natural ground or in made up bank work shall be as per designed cross sections or as directed in writing by the Engineer-in-charge and is covered under the item of excavation . the surface of excavation shall be cleaned of all loose material so as to prevent contamination with the filter materials similarly the surface on which the mound drains are to be laid is to be cleaned of loosed materials .

82.3.1.2 The filter materials shall be carefully deposited in different layer, to require thickness an slopes grades as shown in the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge Thickness of individual layers shown on the drawings are tentative and may require rectification to satisfy filter requirements & the contractor shall be bound to carry out such modification as directed by the Engineer-in-charge without any extra. cost The coarser materials shall form the drain within all round cover of progressively finer materials .The laying of individual layers shall proceed in such a way so as to preclude as far as possible the mixing material of one size with that of other for this purpose necessary form work shall be provided to up the drain as per design section.

82.3.2 FILTER MATS OR DRAINAGE BLAKETS

- 392 -


82.3.2.1 FILTER MATERIAL ON THE BLACK SOIL FOUNDATION After the black soil foundation is stripped of excavated to level designed or as directed the foundation shall be cleaned of all loose material watered necessary and lightly rolled by a flat roller by making 4 to5 passes immediately after stripped After rolling the foundation surface shall be covered with sand layers or random embankment. Thickness as shown on the drawings . The stripped foundation surface should be covered by random earth fill and then a sand layer after rolling. Within two days after stripping that area to avoid formation of cracks and loss of moisture in the foundation soil. The sand layers shall be watered if necessary and compacted with tampers rollers or any approved equipment to give a relative density of 70% The other layers of gravel metal or sand shall then be laid on the first sand layer within a week after the first sand shall is laid The filter materials shall be carefully deposited in different layers to the required thickness and slopes and grades as shown in drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The thickness and grading individual layer shown on the drawings are tentative and may require modification to satisfy filter and drainage requirements and contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and put any extra cost. The coarser material shall from the core of the mat with a cover on top and towards bottom of progressively finer material . The laying of individual layers shall proceed in such a way so as to preclude as far as possible to mixing material of one size with that of the other. After the top layer is laid it will be watered if necessary and compacted with tampers , rollers of any approved equipment to give a relative density not less than 70% 82.3.2.2 FILTER MATS ON NON-BLACK SOIL FOUNDATION AND ON EMBANKMENT ALREADY LAID AT INTEMEDITE LEVELS The foundation surface and the surface of embankment shall be cleaned of loosed materials and should be as far as possible plane having no large hollows or humps and with slope as shown on the drawings or as directed. The filter materials shall than be deposited in different layers to the required thickness and slopes as shown on drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in- charge . The thickness of individual layers shown on the drawings are tentative and may require modification to satisfy filter and drainage requirements and contractor shall be bound to carry out such modifications as directed by the Engineer-in-charge with out any extra cost . The coarser materials shall form the core of the mat with cover on top and towards bottom of progressively finer materials. The laying of individual layers shall proceed in such a way so as to prelude as far as possible the mixing material of one size with that of the other .The layers of sand be watered if necessary and compacted with tampers .rollers of any approved equipment so as to achieve relative density of more than 70% .

- 393 -


82.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT FOR DRAIN The measurements shall be of the volume of the total quantity of

filter material place .The cross sections of drains as finally approved and constructed shall be recorded in case of a trench drain the bottom width levels and side slopes shall be as recorded for the item of excavation .Any material filled in excavation beyond approved section will not be paid for the rate include all leads and lifts . Unit of measurement of quantity will be cubic meter basis

82.5 FILTER MAT IN BLACK SOIL ZONE AND FILTER MATS ON EMBANGMENT ALREADY LAID

The work shall be measured on the basis of cross sections taken at every 15 meter or at less distance as directed . The cross section shall be taken be pre laying the drainage mate and then after completion. The quantities of sand , gravel or metal will be recorded separately for different type of materials and paid for accordingly . The rate included all leads and lifts.

SECTION- 83

DRY STONE PITCHING (DAM) 83.1 SCOPE

The item shall consist of furnishing of all tools, equipment ,material and labour required for quarrying transporting and laying the pitching with header toe and wave breaker including bedding dressing of embankment to designed slope and other necessary and ancillary there to

83.2 MATERIALS The material sand shall confirm to the specification given under section of filter material . In addition the metal shall be well graded from 12.70 mm size maximum size to 37.70 mm maximum size.

83.2.1 QUARRY SPAULS The quarry spauls shall consist of clean, hard , durable , dense rock fragment of size varying form 50 mm to 150 mm. Material below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 1 %. The item of supply of quarry spauls shall include all charge of supply shedding, breaking bigger pieces transporting , stacking ,etc. with all leads & lifts involved .

83.2.2 RUBBLE FOR PITCHING

i) Stones for pitching with header to end wave breaker shall be quarried , sound, hard dense and durable rock and should not break down or disintegrate on long exposure to water and air . The rubble shall be got approved form the Engineer –in-charge.

- 394 -


ii ) SIZE

The rock fragments shall be reasonably well graded , contains at least 60 % of stones weighing 35 kg. or more Minimum size shall be weighing .10 kg .

83.2.3 HEADER TOE LINE

At the bottom of pitching i.e. the bottom level form where the pitching starts; line of headers of size 200 mm x 200 mm x 750 mm should run to retain the pitching.

83.2.4 WAVE BREKERS

Stones of size 200 mm x 200mm x 600 mm shall be provided at interval of 6 m C/C horizontally and 4 m C/C vertically interval between bottom of pitching to H.F.L. in zigzag ways as per drawing or as directed by Engineer-in-charge.

83.3 QUARRIES The rubble quarried & rock stacks from compulsory excavation shall be got approved from the Engineer-in-charge. Approval to quarry and stacks shall not be to mean that all rubble available from the quarry is also approved by Engineer-in-charge and only approved quality of rubble will have to be used.

83.4 LAYING

83.4.1 The base slope shall first be prepared to receive the pitching and the rubble pitching shall be laid .on filter backing . The filter backing shall consist of 15 cm. quarry spauls .The thickness of rubble pitching shall be 30 cm. This thickness of rubble pitching is exclusive of the thickness of filter backing of quarry spauls.

83.4.2 The material for filter base shall be laid by spreading without

segregation in uniform layers of specified thickness to the lines and grades of the embankment.

83.4.3 LAYING OF RUBBLE PITCHING

Stone shall be placed on end with the broadest side down and length normal to the slope .Larger rock fragments should be uniformly distributed with smaller rock fragments filling the spacing between the larger fragments in such manner as will result in compact uniform layer of pitching. The pitching could be

- 395 -


made in two layers but stones in each layer should be as large as possible and the stones in top layer should be made to interlock with the bottom layer and subject to the size of stones as per para 83.2.2 above . The interstices between larger stones shall be filled with chips of a large size as possible properly hammered in such filling shall be carried out simultaneously with placing in position of the larger stones and shall in no case be permitted to fall behind . The wedging shall be so done that no chip can be removed by hand . No loose spauls of chips should be laid on the top surface of the pitching . The chips shall not be used as a substitute for full thickness of large . stones. The surface should present reasonably uniform slopes as designed with a dense but rough face . The guide walls shall form part of the pitching . The wave breaker shall be laid at 6 m center to center horizontally and 4 m center to center vertically in staggered fashion . The header toe line at the bottom of pitching to center of size 200 mm x 200 mmx750mm shall be laid as per drawing and as directed by Engineer-in-charge .

83.5 MODE OF MEASUREMENT

83.5.1 The measurements shall be separately taken (a) for filter base and

(b) for stone pitching with and wave breaker and paid for separately .

83.5.2 The measurements shall be of total volume of stone pitching with wave breaker and of filter base to the required thickness on the area as directed . No deduction for void will be made .The rates are inclusive of all leads & lifts .

83.5.3 The measurements shall be separately taken for header toe wall and

Paid separately .

83.5.4 The unit of payment shall be as per schedule “B”

SECTION -84

PROVIDING EATRH BACK FILL

84.1 EARTH BACK FILL

Earth back fill is defined as the embankment constructed in the vicinity of concrete or masonry structures by utilization of the suitable excavated material other directly or by rehandling or from quarried borrow material without extra cost, whenever the excavated material fails to satisfy the specification requirements . The decision of the Engineer -in –charge regarding the suitability of material for earth back fill shall be final and binding upon criteria .

- 396 -


The characteristic of back fill shall be in general conformity with the zoning of the dam and satisfy the necessary filter criteria .

84.2 CONTROL OF COMPACTION

Control of placement shall be based on the proctor test of soil compaction with modification approved by the Engineer-in-charge . Optimum moisture content shall be predetermined in the laboratory . Dry and wet densities , shall be controlled by field tests to the degree of compaction . the dry density shall in no case 95 % of the standard density .

84.3 MOISTURE CONTENT Moisture content shall be controlled by necessary operation such as sprinkling mixing and pounding borrow areas drying by exposure, so as to attain the optimum moisture uniformly throughout the layer . The moisture content shall optimum moisture content uniformly throughout the layer . The moisture content shall be within 2% (Two percent ) of the optimum moisture content of determined in the laboratory. If the field moisture content is beyond the range of moisture content prescribed, the rolling operation and adding of future layer shall be deferred till the prescribed moisture content is obtained .

84.4 METHOD OF COMPACTION AND PLACEMENT The material shall be placed in continuous horizontal layer of not more than 15 cm in thickness and shall be compacted as specified below .The laying and compaction shall be commenced when the adjacent masonry has been raise by 2.5 ‘meter above the placement level or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge . Rolling shall be done by tamping rollers when each layer of material has been suitable conditioned . In parts of the structure in accessible to rolling equipment the compaction shall be done by mechanical tamping equipment approved by the Engineer-in-charge The compaction standard specified in para 2,5.8 of section 2 shall , be satisfied irrespective of the equipment use .

84.5 BACKFILL WITH RANDOM SOIL The item covers all excavated or quarried material suitable for backfill Which shall be placed as per paragraph above .

84.6 BACKFILL OF IMPERVIOUS MARERIALS : The impervious should have sufficient low coefficient of permeability and at the same time desired dry and shear strength measured in the laboratory , selected material shall be quarried as directed by the Engineer-in-charge .The back fill, shall be placed and compacted as per specification mention in section 2(Embankment) 84.7 MEASUREMENTS

- 397 -


The quantities will be worked out in cubic meter and paid at the rate mention for the particular item in the contract .The rates-shall include all lifts and leads.

- 398 -


SECTION -85

SLOPING FILTERS (WITHIN THE DAM AND BEHIND ROCK TOE )

85.1 SCOPE The item of slopping filter shall include furnishing all tools, equipments materials and labour required for providing and laying approved filter material including screening and washing the material if necessary watering and compaction.

85.2 MATERIALS The materials such as sand, metal gravel shall comply with the requirement to be used shall be natural, gravel, consisting of clean , hard gravel to be used shall be natural, gravel, consisting of clean, hard, durable, dense lock particulars .It shall be well graded to satisfy the filter criteria prescribed .The percentage of material below 0.074 mm size shall be less than 2 % .The gravel should not contain any organic matter The item includes all charges for supplying and rehandling including collecting , screening and washing. If necessary ,transporting, stacking etc with all leads and lifts involved for supply gravel . 85.3 LAYING The filter materials shall be laid in 0.5 Meter thick layers and shall be watered to the moisture content as directed and compacted by a tamper or light roller or any approved equipment if necessary .The method of laying should be such that the filter materials will not mix up with soil and will remain as clean as laid .If mixing of filter materials with embankment material is observed both the embankment and filter snail be removed to such depth as directed by the Engineer-in-charge and such removal and consequent replacement with approved materials shall be laid in width expense of the contractor, The different filter layers shall be laid in width and slopes as shown on the drawing are tentative and re subject to modifications if found necessary during construction and the contractor is bound to carry out he same at the rates quoted, the rates being on the basis of volume of different type of materials laid while rates quoted ,the laying slant filter it shall be seen that the level filter zone and to strips of adjacent zone ,material are high 0.3 to 0.6meters than the adjoining zone and this is necessary so as to prevent contamination of filter zone farm adjacent fine zones .Traffic over the filter zones shall not be permitted, where this is unavoidable ,the filter zone at that strip shall be covered with sheets etc , while starting fresh work at such location, a top 10 cm. Filter material layer will have to be removed .

85.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS The work shall be measured on the basis of cross section . The cross

Sections will be taken at every 15 meter or at closer distance as found necessary . The quantity snail be in cubic meter . The rate shall be for the combined volume of various filter materials laid .

SECTION -86 DRILLING AND GROUNTING

- 399 -


86.1 SCOPE

The pressure grouting of rock, masonry, concrete dams with cement and with or without suitable admixtures and fillers applicable to general grouting consolidation .grouting , and curtain grouting shall broadly conform to Indian . Standard, IS 6066:1994.The Indian Standards listed in the ANNEXURE are necessary adjuncts to these specifications .

86.2 GENERAL a The design requirements for adopting a grouting programme are as under .The parameters will depend on the type of structure .

A) Curtain Grouting i) To safeguard the foundation against erosion hazard and / or ii ) To reduce quantity of seepage .

B) Consolidating grouting iii ) To reduce the deformability of jointed or shattered rock iv ) Grouting the masonry dams to minimize seepage .

b) To Reduce quantity of seepage . i ) For dams exceeding 30 cm height curtain grouting should be carried out when the water absorption exceeds one lugeon . ii ) For dams under 30 m . height, curtain , curtain , grouting is to be carried out where the water absorption exceeds 3 lugeon .

c) The depth spacing and orientation of grout holes are to be related to the

geological features, for example , inclined holes should be preferred when the rock permeability is primarily due to closely spaced vertical / sub-vertical system of joints . It is sometimes necessary to evolve a pattern of holes consisting of different sets of holes appropriate to each type of discontinuity such as bedding planes, system of jointing and lava contact .

86.3.0 GROUTING METHODS

Rock grouting consists essentially of drilling a series of grout holes in rock and injecting grout under pressure, which eventually sets in the openings and voids in the rock . The drilling and grouting operations can be carried out eight to the full depth in one operation or in successive depths either by stage grouting or by packer grouting .

86.3.1 FULL DEPTH GROUTING :

In the full depth method each hole shall be drilled to the full desired depth , washed , pressure tested and grouted in one operation . This method

- 400 -


shall be usually limited to short holes , 5 m or less in depth , or holes up to 10 m that have only small cracks and joints with no risk of surface leakage . In deep bore hole high grouting pressures shall be used to achieve proper penetration of the grout at a spacing of holes shown in the drawing or directed by the engineer-in-charge . As full depth grouting involves the risk of disturbance in upper elevation , it is not generally considered suitable for grouting deep holes . For grouting in heterogeneous strata , where the nature of rock discontinuities is subject to large variations in relation to the depth , full depth grouting shall not be used and stage grouting shall be preferred to packer grouting in such cases .

86.3.2 STAGE GROUTING :

Stage grouting shall be conducted to permit treatment of various zones individually, by grouting successively increasing depths after sealing the upper zones , Stage grouting , in descending stages , shall be carried out by adopting the procedure given below ,Grouting shall be done by drilling the holes to predetermined depth and grouting this in initial depth at an appropriate pressure . Grout shall be then washed from the hole prior to this final set ( within 2 –4 hours ) and the hole depended for the next stage . Alternatively the grout shall be allowed to harden and re-drilling shall be carried out though the hardened grout and the holes extended to the next stage . In another Procedure called the one stage redrilled method which may be sometimes used , grout is washed out within a small depth of the top of the stage being grouted and only one stage shall be redrilled for proceeding to the next stage . In each of the above procedures the cycle of drilling grouting washing and redrilling shall be repeated until. the required depth of the hole is reached . For stage grouting , the connection at the top of the hole can be made directly to the header or by sealing a packer at the top of the hole in the packer immediately above the stage that is being grouted in order to isolate the upper protection of the hole . Higher pressure can then be permitted for grouting of the lower stage without causing upheaval in the higher stage . Grouting with double packer shall be adopted where a few well defined seams or zones exist and the packers can be seated above and below such zones .Rotary drilling method is preferred when double packers are used . When packers can be seated and there is no risk of upheaval, grouting shall be carried out with single packer in ascending stage . However, in many cases packers may function yet grout may over travel and cause up level in the zones above the section being grouted . At such places stage grouting in descending order shall be adopted in case of badly jointed and fissured strata vulnerable to upheaval .

- 401 -


In relatively compact rocks it may be more convenient to seal the packer at the top of the stage being grouted . The hole shall then be washed ,as soon as the period of initial set of cement is cover ,to the entire depth of the hole up to he bottom of the stage in progress , in strata vulnerable to upheaval , it may be necessary to allow the grout to set and form a sheath around the hole in order to enable high pressures to be used in the lower portions of the hole . In such cases, the washing and single stage re-drilling procedure shall be adopted . 86.4.0 PATTERN AND DEPTH OF HOLES AND SEQUENCE OF GROUTING .

The pattern and depth holes shall be governed primarily by the design requirements and the nature of the rock . When the purpose will be consolidation , the holes shall be arranged in a regular pattern over the entire surface area required to be strengthened and the depth shall be determined

by the extent of broken rock as well as the structural requirements regarding the deformability and strength of the foundation . When the purpose will be impermeability , the grout holes shall be arranged in a series of lines to form a curtain approximately perpendicular to the direction of seepage .The depth of holes shall be dependent on design considerations as also on depth of pervious rock and the configuration of zone of relatively impervious strata . For grouting with cement , 38 mm dia holes may be used . In long holes. The diameter at the bottom of the hole of facilitate telescoping or to allow the wear of the bit .

5.0 PATTERNS OF HOLES FOR CURTAIN GROUTING SINGLE LINE

Single line grout curtains are effective only in rocks /masonry /concrete having a fairly regular network of discontinuities with reasonably uniform size of openings . In such cases a curtain of adequate width can be achieved by grouting a single line of holes . In massive rocks masonry/ concrete / with fine fissures , uplift control shall be primarily achieved by drainage and the grout curtain , shall be used only as a supplementary measure to avoid concentrations of seepage which exceed the capacity of the drainage system . Single line curtain may serve this limited objective in comparatively tight rock formation . In single online curtains a widely spaced system of primary holes, subsequently followed by secondary and tertiary holes at progressively smaller spacing shall be drilled and grouted at spacing as shown on the drawing or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge .The usual practice of splitting the spacing from primary to the secondary and secondary to tertiary phase shall be adopted . At every phase of the grouting operation , the results of percolation tests and grout absorption data shall be

- 402 -


compare With the pervious set of holes in order in order to decide whether a further splitting of the spacing of holes is worth while . When on significant improvement is noticed either in terms of decrease of the grout absorption or water percolation , careful review shall be made of the rock /masonry features . The nature of the rock /masonry and its relations to the patterns of holes . sometimes it may be required to drill another line of hole at a different angle and orientation than to split the spacing further . if the area is too limited , the setting time of the grout becomes important since it is not desirable to drill too close to a freshly grouted hole . Before pressure grouting is started ,drilling of all the holes shall be completed within a distance of 20m of the hole to be grouted . Depending upon initial investigation and strata conditions the spacing of primary hole shall be decided . If the primary holes were spaced more than 6 apart secondary holes should be drilled and grouted . One completion of primary holes spaced closer than 6 m or secondary holes (when the primary holes are spaced more than 6m ) , should the percolation tests carried out in a few test holes indicate that further grouting of the are is necessary secondary or tertiary treatment , as the case may be , shall be carried out systematically thereafter in the whole area or in the particular section where the rock conditions are bad . Similarly tertiary holes shall be taken over the whole area or the full length of the section which requires the treatment . 86.6.0 PATTERN ON HOLES FOR COSOLIDATION GROUTING The choice of pattern of holes for consolidation-grouting shall depend on whether it is necessary to wash and jet the hole systematically . When washing has to be carried out , a hexagonal pattern shall be preferred as this admits for flow reversal . When systematic washing and jetting is carried out to remove all soft material in seams it may not be desirable to test the efficacy and secondary system of holes . when it will be desirable to test the efficacy of consolidation grouting by comparing the grout absorption in primary and secondary holes a rectangular or square pattern of hole shall be preferred .The shall be the case when the joints are irregular and relatively free from in filling or it not necessary to remove the material filling the joints . 86.7.0 SEQUENCE OF GROUTING While carrying out grouting operations it is necessary to ensure that no hole is drilled so close to a hole being grouted that inter connections develop . spacing between primary holes is generally so selected that the drilling could be carried out without interference form grouting due to interconnections from adjoining holes. Sometimes a situation arises when drilling of upper stages of secondary holes may be in progress concurrently with the grouting of the deeper stages of primary holes . In such cases , inter-connections would not be prevented if a sufficient over of rock is not available of secondary holes in nay zone of the foundation shall not be taken up until sufficient cushion of already grouted stages of primary holes in the same area is not available .In multiple line curtains relative sequence of outer and inner rows shall also be strictly followed .When grouting in rock

- 403 -


overlain by pervious soil it is necessary to complete grouting of the contact zones of the rock and soil before commencing the grouting of the rock otherwise the grout would escape .Into the soil and it may not be possible to control of detect excessive leakage 86.8.0 GROUT MIXTURE Rock /masonary/ concrete grouting is usually performed with a mixture of Cement and water with or without additives ;

The cement generally used shall be any of the following :

i ) ordinary Portland - IS 269 : 1989 or - IS 8112 :1989 or - IS11269:1987 ii) Portland Pozzolana - IS 1489 - (Part l): 1991 - (Part ll): 1991 ii) Portland slag - IS 455:1989 iv) Super-Sulphated Cement - IS 6909:1990 v) Sulphate Resisting - IS 12330:1988 Portland 86.9.0 DRILLING AND GROUTING EQUIPMENT DRILLING EQUIPMENT The equipment shall be capable of drilling holes of sizes 38 mm dia to the required depths. The equipment shall be capable of providing a continuous water or air flush of adequate capacity. The various types of drilling equipment can be grouped as under: a) Percussive drilling equipment: i) Diamond drill. ii) Down the hole drilling equipment; and iii) Overburden drilling equipment. b) Rotary drilling equipment with suitable drive, that is hydraulic, electric, diesel or compressed air. Percussive drilling methods are generally more economical in all types of rocks. For deep holes it may be advantageous to use overburden drilling equipment. By virtue of the separate rotation drive, greater speed and economy can be achieved, also by virtue of the greater rigidity of casing tube combined with the drill rods, better control on inclination of holes fan generally achieved in the overburden drilling equipment. Down the holes hammer is also capable of maintaining a better control on the inclination. However, the hammer may get clogged when the drill cuttings from slush soft saturated strata cannot be removed by air flushing.

- 404 -


During percussive drilling in stratified rocks where the resistance of the rocks is prone to variation the holes may get curved and control on inclination may be lost. In such cases guide tubes may be used for ensuring vertically of the holes or alternatively rotary drilling may be used. 86.10.0 GROUT EQUIPMENT The equipment for mixing and grouting shall be capable of effectively mixing in correct and specified proportions, agitating the grout and pumping it into the holes, in an uninterrupted flow at the designated pressure up-to at least of 5kg/cm2 (75psi)7kg/cm2(100 psi) There should be satisfactory arrangements for accurately measuring the quantity of water, cement and other ingredients to be used .The agitator shall have paddles of suitable design and shape to keep the mix in proper consistency till it is pumped into the holes. Standard equipments of approved quality shall be used. The mixing and conveying system shall be laid out to provides sufficient capacity for a heavy grout. The mixer shall be in tow compartments or parts so that grout could be mixed in one when that from the other is being pumped. In general an uninterrupted flow of grout shall be maintained and the grout conveyed from the pump to the hole through a pipe.

The mixer shall be placed as near the hole as possible and long pipe lines avoided .The flow of grout into the holes shall be controlled by the pressure relief valve by passing and returning to the mixer all grout not accepted by the hole at the desired pressure.

Proper pressure gauges shall be provided to measure the pressure of the grout pumped into the hole. They shall be provided with diaphragms to prevent grout from getting into the gauges and clogging them.

86.11.0 CIRCULATION SYSTEM The circulation system requires two pipe lines, a supply line from the grout pump to the grout hole and a return line from the grout hole to the agitator/pump By opening the supply and grout hole valves, grout is forced into the hole as required .Pressure is maintained by adjusting either the supply valve or the return valve, or both, so that complete control of pressure is maintained at the hole .There should be a pressure gauge at the delivery end the pump .No grout is wasted when washing out the grout lines and close control of the grouting operations is maintained. When directed electric or diesel drive pumps shall be employed, use of a return line is necessary. Long supply lines shall be avoided to reduce the chances of change in consistency of the grout and clogging. Field telephones are useful for communication between the pump operator and the grout man at the collar. The circulating system shall be so provided that the grout shall be kept circulating continuously at sufficient velocity to prevent settlement of cement or clogging of pipe line and fittings. The pump and the pipe line shall be flushed with clear water at frequent intervals, to keep them clear. Deposits of grout in the pump, mixer etc. not removed by flushing shall be removed,

- 405 -


scraping, clipping etc. A fine screen capable of being removed, cleaned and replaced would be desirable between the mixer and the pump. proper arrangement shall also be provide with equipment to stock adequate quantity of cement stone dust etc. likely to be required for the grouting. After the grouting operations are completed for shift on the day, the day, the remaining unused grout mix shall be thrown away. Also a mix not used up completely within one hour after mixing or that which in the opinion of the Engineer has set or clogged shall thrown away. At no extra cost to the development. No payment shall be made on account of such wasted labour, material etc. 86.12 DRILLING THE GROUT HOLES In such area as may be designated, holes shall be drilled size 38 mm 50 mm in dia. These will be spaced in rows spaced 3 meters apart or as specified in the in the drawings. The holes specified for coring and exploratory drilling/test holes shall be of 75 mm dia or as directed by the engineer in charge. Drilling in masonry, concrete or combination of these for local drainage or shallow grouting shall also be done by percussion tube drilling method and paid for under the same item as for the above. Grout holes both in the masonry or concrete shall be of varying depth. The drilling in masonry or concrete above will be paid for at the same rate as for as drilling in rock. All holes will drilled with the equipment of the type specified most suitable for the particular job as approved by the Engineer-in –charge. The depth and requirement of the drilled holes indicated are approximate and may be altered as per actual needs, as found necessary. The grout holes shall be drilled normal to the surface of masonry or if so desired inclined to the normal up-to any inclination in the direction as may be indicated without any extra cost. At locations, where the leakages are excessive, masonry might require additional drilling and grouting of any area which may have earlier been drilled. grouted and even covered by concrete or masonry. The contractor shall comply with directions in this behalf the unit rate for all such holes also be the same as quoted in the bill of quantities and shall be paid separately. Redrilling required, if any, in case of incomplete hole because of the contractors failure to clean the hole before the grout has set of for any other reason shall be performed at the contractors expense .Where other reason shall be performed at the contractors expense. Where the grout has been allowed to set as per specific directions or approval of the Engineer-in-charge the required re-drilling shall be paid for at 25% of the tendered rate of drilling grout holes. After the drilling of the grout holes has been completed it shall be temporarily capped or plugged until it is grouted. Any hole that get choked before it is grouted shall be opened to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in charge by and at the expense of the contractor. CLEANING OF HOLES

- 406 -


Before grouting and when a suitable small group of holes has been drilled all but three holes(consecutive or as otherwise considered suitable for the purpose of cleaning ) shall be closed temporarily at the surface. Water and air shall be pumped under pressure as determined by the Engineer-in-charge into two holes and allowed to escape from the third until all possible loose materials and mud etc. has been washed out of communicating seams or other passage ways, if any washed out of communicating seams or other passage ways, if any combination of three holes at a time shall thus be cleaned before applying any grout into the holes. Suitable valves shall be used to permit alternate or continuous injection of air and water and for quickly switching the flow from one hole to other so as to produce turbulent action necessary to dislodge the softer materials if any Water will be connected to one hole and air to the adjoining hole .the water and air connections shall be interchanged at frequent intervals to cause water to flow in every possible direction the operation should be continued till reasonably clean water emerges out of the holes. In general the pressure of water and of air shall be such as to maintain the minimum possible velocity but sufficiently low to prevent heaving and movement of masonry. The normal maximum pressure should be about 5kg/cm2,higher pressure shall be used where so directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The connected holes shall be blown dear of any detritus that might have settled in the seams therein washing shall be so timed as to immediately precedes the grouting. Before the grouting of a hole under grouting in case they are found connected to the hole under grouting.The cost of testing and preparing holes and cleaning them shall be deemed to be covered in the item of drilling. 86.14.0 PRESSURE GROUTING The proportion of cement and water will be as determined by the Engineer-in-charge. cement and water shall be of the same quality as specified under section IC-sub-section A&D Payment shall be made for the quantities of material actually used as assessed by the Engineer which shall be final and binding The grout shall be applied at a low pressure (as may be specified by the Engineer) initially and gradually but within the time as may be specified by the Engineer. increased up to the maximum pressure It shall be maintained for minimum Period of about 10 minutes thereafter case shall however be taken to release the pressure immediately should there be sings of any movement of any part or heaving of rock/ concrete/masonry which might amongst other observations be indicated by sudden and erratic fall in pressure. When grouting has just been commenced in any hole. if it is found that the grout has been freely flowing too far to fast from the hole at low pressure, fine stone dust or other suitable material as may be approved by the Engineer shall be immediately be added in order to block the leakage at sufficient distance from ten hole and thus localize the area to be grouted for any particular hole or set of holes. As a hole approaches refusal the grout shall be progressively thinned and grouting operation continued to refusal at

- 407 -


the specified maximum pressure maintained for a period of minimum 10 minutes as stated in above para the consolidation grouting of the foundations shall be done at pressure up-to 5kg/cm2 or as directed by Engineer-in-charge. Utmost care and precautions shall be taken to ensure that the dam masonry or concrete is not damaged during eh grouting. Any damage caused to the concrete or masonry or any other element, material or structure in the dam or adjacent to it shall be made good by the contractor at his own expenses and to the satisfaction of the Engineer –in-charge. 86.15.0 METHOD OF APPLYING GROUT it is always advisable to begin with a low initial pressure say 0.10 to 0.25 kg/cm2/m of overburden, and build-up the pressure gradually initially the rate of intake may be 20 to 30 lit/min. in order to avoid the premature build up of high pressure a general guideline should be followed that the pressure should be raised only when the intake rate falls below 5 when surface leaks develop pressure should be immediately reduced. Sub surface cracking may in times be indicated by an abrupt rise in the rate of intake after grouting at a constant value f pressure for a considerable period. Grout mixture (ratio by weight of water and cement ranging from 5:1 to 0.8:1 are recommended .It is only in exceptional circumstances that mixtures leaner than 10:1 need be used. The choice of grout mixtures may be based on results of percolation tests conducted prior to grouting The grouting of hole shall be continued till the hole or a combination of holes takes grout mix at rate less than. Rate of grout intake Time in min Pressure 0.03 cum (1 cft) 20 3.5kg/cm2 (50 psi or less) 0.03 cum (1 cft) 15 3.5kg/cm2 to 7kg/cm2 (50 to 100 psi) The grouting shall however be stopped when the pressure gauge registers sudden rise or when other indications are seen of extension or upheaval or rock/masonry/concrete under the pressure being applied. After the hole has been grouted it should be closed by means of a valve to maintain the grout under pressure in the seams or crevices into which it has been forced. After any hole is grouted it should be examined if cement has settled, unduly with water coming up, the amount of settlement depending on the proportion of mix used. Holes where such settlement has taken place are to be cleaned of all soft sediment and grouted again under pressure. shallow grouting (i.e. grouting not exceeding 15mm in depth) operation shall always be started on the side of pattern so that the trapped air may be more easily forced out. Grouting shall be continued until at the specified pressure the hole refuses to take grout more than specified above If for any reasons grouting operations must be stopped before a hole has been grouted to refusal clear water shall be kept running into the hole until grouting is resumed.

- 408 -


86.16.0 TEST FOR GROUTING WORK The test the efficiency and penetration of grouting fresh holes shall be drilled as directed by the Engineer-in charge. after the grouting operations are completed to determine post grouting permeability values. These holes shall be tested by water under pressure actual to the maximum grout pressure actual to the maximum grout pressure adopted at the particular location and the amount and the rate of leakage if any measured in each such hole. if the Engineer-in charge so directs such holes shall be grouted at pressure specified by the Engineer. If not they shall be left open. No extra payment will be made for testing the holes by water if such holes are grouted under direction of Engineer such grouting will be paid for as ordinary grouting on the basis of the quantity of cement land stone dust (where used)actually forced in .cost of drilling of such holes shall paid under the appropriate item of drilling. 86.17.0 RECORDS The information to be recorded daily is as follows:

1 Result of the pressure test. 2 Grouting feature, for example curtain and consolidation 3 Date 4 shift 5 Name of foreman 6 Grouting method packer grouting or full depth grouting and stage

whether first second or third. Hole station number or co-ordinates. 7 Time grouting begun 8 Time of each change in mix pressure or pumping rate 9 Name of inspector. 10 Time of hole completion 11 Total quality of cement used for each pressure or mix change 12 Water cement ratio at the start and each change thereafter. 13 Air pressure. 14 Grout consumption and time required for consumption of each

batch. 15 Pressure recorded at 3 min to 15min intervals and on completion. 16 Rate of injection. 17 Cement washed. 18 Total quantity of cement injected into the hole. 20. Reason for abandoned holes(if any) 21. Number and depth of holes left for re-drilling and 22. In addition the inspector should record under ‘Remarks’ any

change or incident affecting the grouting operation such as tight hole no leakage had leakage leaks caulked grout pump down hole completed and so forth

86.18.0 REPORT

- 409 -


In order to facilitate control and planning of grouting operations reports should be prepared at regular intervals to summarize important observations and data. It serves no useful purpose to maintain elaborate records unless they can be compiled in such a form that significant trends can be determined regarding the efficiency or otherwise the grouting operations In the absence of such reports timely action would not be possible and procedure which may be ineffective or unsuitable may be continued indefinitely These reports may consist of.

a. a hole –wise register of drilling water grouting and interconnections b. for consolidation grouting a plan showing grout hole stage and grout intake c. for curtain grouting--- a ‘L’ section showing driving stages and grout intake

86.18 ROUTING MUST BE DONE IN THE PRESENCE OF TEH

ENGINEER IN CHARGE OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE Whenever pressure grouting is to be done the contractor will give due notice there of the Engineer in charge to enable him or his authorized representative to be present during the grouting operations which will always be done in this presence.

86.19 INISHING The grout mix that might flow out or otherwise get spilt on the concrete or masonry or other surface shall be removed expeditiously without allowing any time for the grout to set on any of the aforesaid surface. After the grout has set the grout holes shall be plugged with cement mortar in the proportion of one to two by volume and the surface finished smooth in live with the floor at that location. 86.20 ALIBRATION OF PRESSURE GAUGES & WATER METERS ETC. The pressure gauges and water meters shall be got calibrated by the contractor at his cost for their accuracy from time to time as may be directed the Engineer-in-charge. The contractor shall produce necessary test certificate for such calibration. The pressure gauges and water meters which have been duly tested and calibrated shall only be used for grouting and testing holes. 86.21 EASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. The exploratory holes shall be measured and paid, for in actual liner meter of depth drilled or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge which ever is less and shall include drilling taking water intake test in stages under pressure wherever specified. Drilling shall be measured for actual depth of drilling and paid to for at the unit price tendered at the relevant item in the bill of quantities. These unit

- 410 -


prices shall include drilling of holes, and maintaining the hole free from choking until grouted, washing and preparing the holes for grouting and all works incidental thereto. Measurement and payment for pressure grouting shall be made on the basis of cement actually forced into the grout holes. All wastage due to any cause shall not be paid for. Payment for grouting shall be made at the unit price per metric tonne of cement tendered in the bill of quantities and shall include all material, plant and labour required for the grouting operation.

- 411 -


SECTION-87

87. DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATION MATERIALS:-

87.1 Deposition of excavated stuff clear off traffic lines etc.

Before any excavation is started the deposition of spoil shall be carefully planned so as not to obstruct traffic lines required for transport of the construction materials. The excavated materials shall be dumped sufficiently clear of the edges of excavation so as not to endanger stability of the excavation and also permit space for tramways, foot paths installation of lifting and pumping devices, stacking construction materials etc.

87.2 SORTING OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS:-

The excavated material shall be carefully sorted for use in the dam ,as directed by the Engineer-in charge and shall be hauled directly to the place of use if possible The excavated material which is not consider fit for use in the embankment , shall be immediately removed and deposited at such place and in such manner as will be directed by the Engineer-in- charge. The materials found unusable should be got approved form the Engineer –in-charge before actually disposing it off. The useful material obtained from the excavation shall be used directly or heaped separately as per requirement for earthen dam and spillway . The material for earth dam shall be heaped for different zones namely.

1 Earth material required for hearting

2 For casing zone

3 Rubble required for masonry, rock pitching etc.

The rubble suitable for masonry , etc, should be stacked separately for following purposes

i Large size rubble for masonry.

ii Small size rubble for crushing

iii Long headers for masonry etc.

iv Chips for back filling etc.

87.3 CONVEYANCE OF MATERIAL :-

All the excavated material from excavation shall be selected by removing roots, grass, organic matter as other objectionable matter and be sorted out into different types of material for use in different zones of dam as directed by Engineer-in- charge same shall be loaded in the vehicles proceeding directly to the use excepts such material as is required to be stockpiled.

87.4 MODE OF HEAPING OTHER USEFUL MATERIALS :-

- 412 -


The useful material that can not used directly shall be heaped in separate areas with reference to the nature of the material. Stockpiles shall be of as regular size as possible allowing of easy measurements. The stockpile shall be mechanically compacted with 8 to 10 T Roller so as to facilitate further stacking . The material once heaped shall be utilized as when and where as required directly by the Engineer-in- charge . The cost of complete item of excavation includes the cost of re-handling of the material so temporarily heaped and reused.

87.5 THE FREE USE OF USABLE EXCAVATED SPOILS:-

All usable spoils of excavation whether done by the contractor’s or departmentally or through other agencies fixed by the department will be available free of cost of use by the contractor in the construction of the dam only when it is not required by the department for their use.

87.6 MODE OF HEAPING WASTE MATERIAL:-

The waste materials shall be heaped in spoil banks in regular shape with suitable slopes as directed and properly trimmed so as to present a neat appearance or that may be wasted in other approved locations. The spoil banks shall be located in such a way that they will not interfere with the natural ( low of the river).

No material shall be wasted where it will detract form the appearance of interferes with the accessibility of the completed structures. Excavated material shall not be carelessly thrown over the premises and shall be deposited directly in permanent positions consistent with proper execution in work.

87.7 LEAD AND LIFTS :-

The unit price shall include all leads & lifts in the above operations.

87.8 MODE OF MEASUREMENTS :-

The rate shall be on cum bask shall be overall excavated Qty of material less quantity of utilization.

- 413 -


SECTION – 88

PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION SURFACE

88.1 SCOPE

Cement mortar/concrete under this item shall confirm to relevant specifications under section 8 (mortar) the item includes furnishing of all tools and plants, labour and material required for preparation of the foundation, i.e. cleaning, scaling and trimming operation for removal of all loose pieces found at the top of foundation level. It also includes dry air jetting and then cleaning with air and water jet under pressure. The rate also includes applying cement slurry and cement mortar 1:3 before laying masonry or concrete on finally finished surface.

88.2 SEALING AND TRIMMING OF FOUNDATION :

Rough excavation completed to the required depth is to be further cleaned and finished as below. The scaling and trimming operation for the removal of all pieces loosened during excavation or partly separated from main rock mass, by seams or crack, shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Engineer-in-charge.

88.3 PREPARATION OF SURFACE PRIOR TO LAYING :

Immediately before laying masonry or concrete, the foundation shall be thoroughly cleaned of all loose material like chips, sand, dirt and even a slightest film of oil or grease. This shall be done by pick, hammers, stiff brooms; jets of water and jets of air at high pressures and/ or wet sand blasting followed by thorough washing. The whole surface and particularly all corners, crevices and joints shall be cleaned of all dirt clinging to them by holding the tip of water hose close to then. The Pressure for jets of water or air shall not be less than 15 meters of water for and 5 Kg/Sq.cm. for air. The finished surface shall be thoroughly scrubbed with still wire brushes The washing and scrubbing shall be continued till all deleterious material, clinging on the surface, is removed This is indicated by the wash water in the trenches becoming clean and free from dirt. In the final cleaning, all water shall be removed by using sponge, so that not the slightest pool of water remains. The foundation area shall kept completely dewatered till such time as would be required for masonry/concrete to set. The dewatering required for such purpose shall be paid for under separate item of diversion of river flow and dewatering in Schedule 'B'

88.4 MORTAR ON PREPARED SURFACE:

Before laying masonry or concrete over the finally prepared surface of the foundation cement slurry of water cement ratio (0.60) by weight shall be applied on rock surface. Over this slurry, a layer of cement mortar (1:2) proportions as directed and with water cement ratio as low as practicable, should be laid to a depth of 50 mm. to 70 mm. The mortar shall be rubbed by trowel, to ensure good adhesion. Payment for this cement slurry and cement mortar will be considered as included in the unit rate of this item.

- 414 -


88.5 TREATMENT OF WEAK LOCAL SPOTS:

All weathered or partly decomposed pieces of rock shall be removed so as not to leave on the foundation any rock other than that which is an integral part of rock mass. Area of low bearing capacity, seams, joint, crevices, steep inclined seams, weak zones, or such other defects shall be corrected by excavation of open trenches to the lines, depth and dimensions as directed by the Engineer-in-charge, If on washing and cleaning such defects in any position of the foundation is found to be unsuitable for the foundation of the Dam, it shall be further excavated to the required depth and refilled with masonry or concrete as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

The cost of such additional rock excavation and masonry and concrete required for refilling shall be paid for under the respective items of rock excavation, masonry and concrete etc.

88.6 MODE OF MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT:

The measurement of this item shall be the surface area (projection of horizontal plant)to be covered by masonry of concrete on the foundation bed as per drawing in sq. m. That rate is inclusive of all leads and lifts . The payment shall be made at unite rate given in schedule "B'.

SECTION – 89

CARRYING OUT WATER INTAKE TESTS AT EVERY 1.5 METRE

89.1 EQUIPMENTS:

- 415 -


1. Drill boring with reciprocating pump.

2. Water meter for water loss calibrated in litres.

3. Pressure meter for recording water pressure under which the test is carried

out.

4. By pass controlling valves for controlling water pressure

5. Rubber packers for preventing leakage at top and bottom of section to be

tested.

6. Perforated pipe 1.5 meters length inner and outer for delivering water test

in all directions.

7. Other necessary equipment such as pipe length, chain spanners, pipe

sockets etc.

8. Stop watch for recording time.

9. Other equipment as may be required for the test.

10. Any damage to equipment machinery and for accessories thereof during

the work shall not be compensated by the Department. ..

89.1.2 This item shall include testing of the test hole under specified pressure and recording the water intake of the hole to assess the success of grouting operation carried out. The record shall be submitted by the contractor in the form prescribed by the Engineer-in-charge immediately after the testing is over.

89.1.3 The contractor shall furnish the necessary equipment and shall carry out water in take test as directed by the Engineer-in-charge. The equipment shall be such so as to enable pressured water tests to be carried out in stages of 1.5 meters. Suitable pressure gauge and water meter shall be tests installed to indicate pressure and water leakage from the holes, the equipment shall be capable of maintaining constant pressure in the hole upto 1.4 kg/cm2.

89.1.4 The water to be pumped should be clear and free from all sediments.

89. 2 METHOD :

i) At every 3,0 metre distance a test hole shall be drilled, when grouting of the hole is completed for 6 meters length on either side of the test hole. The depth of the holes shall be the same as grout holes in the vicinity or as directed by the Engineer-in-charge.

After drilling the hole, the packer test shall be carried out as described, in para II & Ill here in after.

- 416 -


ii) The test shall be carried out from bottom to top of hole in stages of 1.5 meters with packer at top. and bottom

iii) The test shall be conducted for pressures varying from 0 to 4 kg/Sq cm in slab of 0.5 kg /Sq cm and process repeated for decreasing pressures, for every slab minimum three reading should be taken.

The reading should be watched till the intake is found to the constant for at least two minutes or as per instruction of the Engineer-in-charge.

89.3 PROCEDURE:

Packer test should start from bottom 1.5 meters pocket of hole with only one packer at top perforated pipe 1.5 meters should be fixed and pipe inserted in the hole and water intake test carried out as described above. The subsequent 1.5 metre pockets should be tested with double packer one at bottom and other at top of the pocket length. Pressure applied and water loss in particular time (30 minutes) shall be noted for each pressure of 0.50 kg/Sq.cm. slab from 0 to 4 kg/Sq.cm. and preserved as directed by Engineer-in-charge. The reading shall be recorded in tabular form prescribed.

After completion of pressure testing of the hole the same shall be grouted with 3.0 metre pocket from bottom to top.

89.4 MODE OF MEASUREMENT:

Payment for the item of water intake tests shall be on the basis of number of tests, treating all the testing work involved for each section about 1.5 metre depth as one unit. The operation of drilling and grouting shall be measured and paid for under respective items as in the case of ordinary grout holes.

SECTION – 90

BITUMINOUS BOUND MACADAM

Item : Providing and laying 50/75 mm thick bituminous bound macadam (BBM) road surface including supplying all materials, preparing the existing road surface, spreading 40 mm stone metal layers, heating and spreading the bitumen, spreading 12 mm size chips, compacting with power roller etc. complete.

(a) Including picking of existing WBM surface. (b) Including applying tack coat at the rate of 50 Kg / 100 Sq.m. on

existing bituminous surface. 1. General

- 417 -


The work consists of supply of all materials and labour required for providing and laying bituminous bound macadam surface for compacted thickness of 50/75 mm. The item includes preparing the existing road surface to receive the bituminous bound macadam course, spreading of 40 mm size hand broken metal laying in required thickness with compacted with static roller, heating and spraying bitumen with equipment plant etc. spreading key aggregates, 12 mm chips and final compaction with static roller etc. complete. The work shall be finished in accordance with the requirement of this specification and in close conformity with grades, lines, cross sections and thickness as per approved drawings or as directed by the Engineer in charge.

2. Diversions Temporary diversions shall be constructed and maintained by the

contractor at his own cost. Diversions shall be watered if dust is likely to blow on to the road being bituminized. 3. Materials:

(A) Aggregates: The aggregates for providing B.B.M. surface shall comply with specification Nos. Rd-41 for 40 mm and 12 mm size metal, and shall normally comply with the following according to size and quality of aggregate and grade and quantities of bitumen:

Note :- Hand broken metal is preferred. However upto 30 % of total quality of 40 mm size metal, 40 mm crusher broken metal can be used.

(B) Bitumen : The bitumen shall be paving bitumen suitable penetration grade within the range S 35 to S 65 or A 35 to 65 (30/40 to 60/70) as per Indian Standard Specification for 'Paving Bitumen' IS : 73-1992.

Description

Rate of application for 100 Sq.m. 75 mm 50 mm

On asphalt surface

On W.B.M. Surface

On asphalt surface

On W.B.M. Surface

a) 40 mm size hand broken metal

9.00 Cum

9.00 Cum 6.00 Cum 6.00 Cum

b) 12 mm size chips 1.80 Cum

1.80 Cum 1.80 Cum 1.80 Cum

c) Bitumen for grouting I.S. grade S35 with 30/40 penetration or S 65 with 60/70

200 Kg 200 Kg

d) Tack coat for existing bituminous surface.

50 Kg -- 50 Kg --

- 418 -


4. Preparing the base : Any pothole in the existing bituminous road surface and broken edges

shall be patched well and the surface shall be brought to correct level and camber with additional metal and bitumen as required which will be paid separately. Before starting the work the bituminous surface shall be swept clean of all the dirt, mud cakes, animal droppings & other loose foreign material.

If so required by the Engineer, the contractor shall keep the side width & nearby diversion watered to prevent dust from blowing over the surface to be bituminized.

Existing water bound macadam surface shall be picked for and surface loosened for a depth of 2.5 cm and the picked surface shall be brought approximately to the correct camber and section Edge line shall be correctly marked by dog belling the surface to form a continuous vee notch.

There shall always be sufficient length of prepared surface ahead of the bituminous surfacing operations as directed by the Engineer to keep these operations continuous.

5. Tack coat on bitumen surface : Applying tack coat for existing B.T. surface only at the rate of 50 Kg/100 m2 as per specification No. RD 47.3.3. 6. Picking of existing W.B.M. Surface : Picking of existing W.B.M. surface for receiving bituminous bound macadam as per Rd 33.

7. Spreading and Compaction : 7.1 : Spreading of 40 mm metal - 40 mm metal shall be spread only at the specified rate of 9 cubic metric / 6 cubic metre per 100 sq.m. of area so as to form a layer over the width of road correct camber / super elevation as required. Any foreign matter, organic matter, dust, grass etc. shall be removed immediately. The sections shall be checked with camber board and straight edge batten etc. Any irregularities shall be made good by adding aggregates in case of depressions and removing aggregates from high spots checked with camber board and straight edge batten etc. Any irregularities shall be made good by adding aggregates in case of depressions and removing aggregates from high spots. 7.2 : Compaction of 40 mm size metal - The surface of 40 mm metal layer after bringing it to necessary grades and sections shall be rolled with the sue of 8 to 10 tonnes power roller. Rolling shall commence from the edges and progress towards centre longitudinally except on super elevated portion it shall progress from the lower to upper edge parallel to the centre line of pavement. When the roller has passed over the whole area any high spots or depressions, which become apparent shall be corrected by removing or adding aggregates. The rolling shall then be continued till the entire surface has been rolled to desired compaction such that there is no crashing of aggregates and

- 419 -


all roller marks have been eliminated. Each pass of roller shall uniformly overlap not less than one third of the track made in the preceding pass. 8. Application of Bitumen : Bitumen of I.S. grade S.35 or S.35 supplied for the work shall be heated to temperature of 177 Celsius to 191 Celsius (350 F to 375 F) in a bitumen boiler and temperature shall be maintained at the time of actual application. The hot bitumen shall be applied through a pressure sprayer on the road surface uniformly at the rate of 200 Kg / 100 Sq.m. or 175 Kg / 100 Sq.m. The road surface shall be divided into suitable rectangles marked by chalk so as to ensure correct rate of application of the bitumen. 9. Key Aggregates : On completion of bitumen application, 12 mm size key aggregate shall be spread immediately at a uniform rate of 1.8 cubic meter / 1.2 cubic meter per 100 square meter of area when entire surface is in hot condition. Brooms shall be used to ensure even distribution of key aggregate. 10. Final Compaction : Immediately after spraying of bitumen and spreading of key aggregate, the surface shall be rolled with a power roller to obtain full compaction and to force the blindage of key aggregate into the interstices of the coarse aggregate. The rolling shall continue till the asphalt surface hardens and key aggregates stop moving under poser roller. 11. Surface finish and quality control : The surface finish shall conform to requirements of clause 902 of specifications for Road and bridges by Ministry of Surface Transport (copy enclosed) Quality Control Test and their frequencies shall be as per table below :

Sr. No.

Test Frequency

1 Quality of binder Two samples per lot to be subjected to all or some test as directed by the Engineer.

2 Aggregate Impact Value One test per 200 cubic meter of aggregate.

3 Flakiness Index and Elongation Index

One test per 200 cubic meter of aggregate.

4 Stripping value Initially one set of three representative specimen for each source of supply subsequently when warranted by changes in the quality of aggregate.

5 Water absorption of Initially one set of three representative

- 420 -


aggregates specimen for each source of supply subsequently when warranted by changes in the quality of aggregate.

6 Aggregate grading One test per 200 cubic meter of aggregate. 7 Temperature of binder

at application. At regular close intervals.

8 Rate of spreading for binder

One test per 500 cubic meter of area.

12. Items to include :

(i) Diversions unless separately provided in the tender. (ii) Preparing the road surface. (iii) Applying tack coat on existing B.T. or picking the existing W.B.M. surface. (iv) Supplying spreading and compaction of 40 mm and 12 mm size aggregate. (v) Supplying, heating and spraying bitumen. (vi) Supplying, spreading and compaction of 12 mm size chips. (vii) All labour, materials, including bitumen and aggregates used of tools,

plants and equipment for completing the item satisfactorily. 13. Mode of Measurement and payment: The contract rate shall be for

100 Sq.m. The measurements shall be for the width of the road as executed, limiting it to the width specified or as ordered by the Engineer and the length measured along the center line. The measurement dimensions shall be recorded correct upto two places of decimals of a meter and the area worked out correct upto one place of decimal of a Sq.m.

- 421 -


SECTION – 91

ROCK TOE

91.1 General: The item provides supply of rubble of suitable type and size as specified or as ordered by the Executive Engineer including necessary excavation and laying the stones as directed. 91.2 Materials: The rock fill portion shall consist of suitable free draining mixtures of rock fragment, boulders and rubble from the borrow area or approved quarries. The materials shall be well graded, consisting principally of rock fragments of size 15 cm to 40 cm and sufficient coarse material of smaller size, such as rock spauls, cobbles and coarse gravel to fill the voids among the larger particles. The material for rock fill shall be got approved from the Executive Engineer. 91.3 Item to Include: (i) Supply of all materials required for rock fill (ii) Excavation of trench for providing rock toe (iii) Laying rock toe as directed by the Executive Engineer (iv) All labour, material, use of tools and plant necessary for completing the work satisfactorily (v) All tests required to be carried out for obtaining approval to the quality of rock fill 91.4 Mode of measurement and payment: The contractor’s rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre of rock fill. The rock toe shall be measured for its length , breadth and depth,, limiting dimensions to those specified on plan or as ordered by the Executive Engineer. The individual dimension shall be measured correct upto one cm and quantities shall be worked out correct upto two places of decimal of cubic metre.

SECTION – 92

FIBRE REINFORCED PLASTIC MEASURING DEVICE 1. Scope

Measuring device shall be an improved prefabricated fiberglass lining flume for accurate measurement of water flowing through channel made of fibreglass reinforced plastic (FRP) material with inside gelcoat finish and outside rough surface with suitable reinforcement as shown in following table, polyurethane or equivalent chemicals for improving abrasive

- 422 -


resistance, fully moulded without joint except Parshall flume and accuracy in dimensions +/- 5 mm at bottom with float mechanism electronic discharge recorder if and when required.

2. MATERIAL

TABLE – I REINFORCEMENT .

Sr. No.

Type & capacity of Flume Fibreglass reinforcement

1 Cut Throat Flume

a) 0.3 to 0.6 cusecs CSM – 450- 2 no.s

b) 1 to 4 cusecs CSM – 450- 2 no.s

c) 5 to 15 cusecs CSM – 450- 3 no.s

d) 18 to 50 cusecs CSM – 450- 3 no.s & WR – 000-1 no

e) 60 to 80 cusecs CSM – 450- 3 no.s & WR – 600-2 no.s

2 V- Notch

a) 15 Litre/sec to 120 Litre/sec

CSM – 450- 2 no.s

3 Parshall flume with Gauge recorder

a) 100 to 400 cusecs CSM – 450- 5 no.s & WR – 600-2 no.s

b) 500 to 1500 cusecs CSM – 450- 6 no.s & WR – 600-3 no.s

CSM - Chopped strand mat Imulsion E–glass type

WR – Woven rovings E–glass type

Polyester gelcoat- polyester ISO- NGO with UV grade.

TABLE – II MECHANICAL PROPERTIES

Sr. No. Mechanical Property Unit Value

a) Glass content by weight % 30%

b) Density Mg/M3 1.4 – 1.5

c) Tensile strength MN/M2 60 – 120

d) Compressive strength MN/M2 100 – 170

e) Flexural strength MN/M2 110 – 190

- 423 -


f) Shear strength MN/M2 69 – 83

g) Impact strength J/M 210 – 640

h) Heart distortion @ 1.8 MN/M C 175 – 205

i) Water absorption Kg X 10-5

15 - 25

3. DIMENSIONS

TABLE – III DIMENSIONS OF CTF

CAPACITY MIN-MAX MIN-

MAX

SECTION

THROAT

SECTION

BELL MOUT

H

CONVER

LENGTH

DIVER LENGT

H

TOTAL LENGT

H

IN CUSEC

S

IN CUMECS

W X L W B L1 L2 L

0.05-2.0 0.001-0.056 10 X 90 10 30 30 60 90

0.10-4.0 0.003-0.114 20 X 90 20 40 30 60 90

0.15- 6.0 0.005-0.172 30 X 90 30 50 30 60 90

0.25-20 0.007-0.576

40 X 180 40 80 60 120 180

0.38-30 0.011-0.872

60 X 180 60 100 60 120 180

0.42-50 0.012-1.423

60 X 270 60 120 90 180 270

0.70-85 0.020-2.402 100X270 100 160 90 180 270

TABLE – IV V – NOTCH

Sr.No. Capacity Degree of V-Notch

V section in cms

Ever all plate

sizes in cms

1 15 lit/sec 53.6 22.5 x 26 2 15 lit/sec 90 20 x 40 40 x 55

3 30 lit/sec 90 25 x 50 50 x 65 4 45 lit/sec 90 28 x 56 50 x 70 5 60 lit/sec 90 30 x 60 50 x 75 6 90 lit/sec 90 35 x 70 55 x 90 7 120 lit/sec 90 42 x 84 60 x 100

- 424 -


TABLE – V PARSHALL FLUME

CAPACITY MIN-MAX MIN-

MAX THROAT BELL

MOUTH CONVERG

ENCE DIVERGENCE

IN CUSE

CS

IN CUMECS

width

length

depth

width

length

width

length

width

length

depth

W F N P M D B C G K

2.8-141 0.1-4.0 2.4 0.60

0.23 4.17 0.45

3.36 2.4 2.7 0.92

0.072

5.6-303 0.16-8.2 3.05 0.91

0.340

5.90 0.60

4.76 4.27 3.66 1.83

0.152

6.72-518

0.19-14.68 3.66 0.91

0.343

7.01 0.70

5.61 4.88 4.47 2.44

0.152

7.40-440 0.21-12.46

4.267

0.91

0.230 7.01

0.45 5.67 3.34

4.756

1.22

0.076

8.12-884 0.23-25.04 4.57

1.22

0.457 9.52

0.80 7.62 7.62 5.59

3.05

0.203

10.9-1340 0.31-37.97 6.10

1.83

0.686

10.94

0.90 9.14 7.62 7.37

3.66

0.305

13.4-1665 0.38-47.16 7.62

1.83

0.686

12.67

1.00

10.67 7.62 8.94

3.96

0.305

(Note - All dimensions are in centimeter) Section of Parshall flume shall be. selected from above table as per site conditions.

4. OTHER SPECIFICATION AND ACCESSORIES 1. Moulded engraved gauge plate in flume at U/S & D/S sides for both edge with marking in centimeter with least count 2.5 mm & litre/sec with least count 30 litre/sec for U/S & shall fill up with waterproof paint in dark blue colour. .2. Moulded engraved capacity marking showing cusecs capacity of Iitre size 2.5 cm X 2.5cm and shall fill up with waterproof paint in dark blue colour. 3. Moulded arrow direction for flow from U/S to D/S shall fill up with waterproof paint in dark colour.

4. M.S. pipe stiffeners shall be embedded in FRP rnaterial as per capacity of flume as shown below.

a) cut throat flume - ½ cusecs to 6 cusecs- 3 no.s b) cut throat flume -8 cusecs to 20 cusecs - 4 Nos. c) cut throat flume -26 cusecs to 80 cusecs - 6 Nos, & 3 Nos Longitudinal d) V-notch -15 lit/sec. to 120 lit/sec - 3 Nos. e) Parshall flume -100 cusecs to 1500 cusecs - At 30 cm for

- 425 -


both direction.

5. M.S. Hold fasts shall be given 9 Nos. for 10 x 90,

12 Nos. for 20 x 90, 18 Nos. for 40 x 180 and 40 Nos. for

100 x 270 section and 100 Nos. or more for Parshall flume

embedded in chemical with minimum length 15 to 20 cm.

6. Manufactures EMBLAME showing name, address, capacity of flume job No. etc. Complete Shall be moulded on flume and shall be fill up with dark blue colour.

7. Discharge table shall be given on flume and board showing

change in discharge for every 5 mm. Difference in head, calibration formulas for free flow direction and submerged flow condition, values of constants C.N, and submergence Limit for different flow conditions, example showing how to calculate hump etc, complete with all technical information and embedded in 300 towards flume in moulded and engraved marking fill up with waterproof point.

8. Sand treatment shall be given from backside of flume. 9. Removable type tying rod shall be given with flume for

erection work. 5. INSPECTION

Measuring devices shall be Inspected first visually for required shape, sharpness at throat edges and accessories mentioned as above by competent authority before fixing the piece in position on site.

6. MODE OF PAYMENT

Payment shall be given after visual and dimensions inspection of measuring

devices. Dimensions of cut throat flume N-notch and Parshall flume shall confirm to dimension mentioned in specification with tolerance limit +/- 5 mm at bottom side of device. Unit rate of FRP-CTF is per number .

- 426 -


Specificication of work

Bd.A.IO.1. works required for facility of dewatering shall be designed and put up by the contractor to Bd, A 9. 4.

Shoring etc.-Staging, shoring, strutting, sumps and other protective ensure full safety to the work, workmen, machinery and property and shall be removed after they have served their purpose in a manner and to the extent directed by the Engineer. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage and injury caused by the execution of this item.

Bd. A 9. 5. Disposal of water.--The water from the excavated trenches shall be disposed off in the manner detailed below or in any other manner in conformity with the rules in force and approved by the Engineer.

(a) in case the area is developed, such as cities which are sewered or have open gutters along the roadside, the water may be led to the nearest such gutters or sewers.

(b) in undeveloped areas such as countryside where sewering system has not been introduced, the water may be led to the nearest natural drain or pond through properly laid and dug channels or through pipes.

Disposal of water shall in no case cause inconvenience or nuisance to the inhabitants of the area or cause damage to the property and structures nearby. Municipal or Government regulations shall be complied with and rights or private land owners shall be respected regarding

disposal of water.

Contractor shall be responsible for all the incidental formalities like obtaining permission of local bodies (municipalities etc.) and persons concerned. to lead the water to the open' or underground sewers, or digging up channels, making use of lands and properties owned by private persons or public bodies etc. and for the damage caused in the operation of this item.

Bd, A 9. 6. Item to include.---(l) All labour, materials, pumps, plants, equipment, staging, shoring, strutting, sumps and other arrangements necessary for dewatering during excavation and construction of other items requiring dewatering.

(2) Dewatering foundation trenches and construction area and keeping the same dry while excavation, masonry and concrete work is in progress and till the work comes above the water level and till the Engineer considers that the mortar or concrete has sufficiently set.

(3) Dewatering till all the items requiring dewatering are fully completed. This shall also include time required for passing foundation and taking measurements of all the items requiring dewatering.

(4) Removing stuff of any sort which might find access into the trenches by blowing, slip or due to any other cause whatsoever from the sides or bottom of the foundation or excavation or from elsewhere during, after or due to dewatering.

(5) Leading water, to the nearest natural or artificial drains, with all the incidental requirements like taking permission from Municipal and other authorities and private persons concerned.

paying compensations etc. . (6) Compensation for the injury to the workmen and the public or damage to the nearby properties

during and on account of dewatering and disposal of water.

Ed. A. 9. 7. Mode of measurement and ipayment=+ The payment of dewatering shall be lump sum for the complete job or for each sub item as provided in the tender by any suitable and acceptable me.hod of dewatering approved by the Engineer and for the depths shown on the drawings and up to 1.5 metres (about 5') below such depths. The rate for dewatering shall not be reduced if the depth of dewatering is less than that shown in the drawings provided dewatering is actually required and done.

Dewatering required for excavation and other items below this additional. depth of 1.5 rn. win be paid for as extra work, rate for which will be fixed according to the general terms of the contract.

full payment fur the job or dewatering shall be made after completing the: structural wOlk up to the ground level or to such level beyond which no dewatering will be required either for construction Of for allowing the mortar or concrete to set.

Bd. A. 1.0. filling in plinth and floors with approved excavated t/w!cr>!.-:,· I:' 1 'i em. to 20 em tabout 6" to 8") layers including watering and compaction complete.

Bd. A. 10. I. GOlcral. -Aftcr the structural foundation and plinth constructi. n is over, the space bc:ween ground level and such level below top of plinth depending U[1,"11 ~h,: dcptli of flo(;nng, its bedding and foundation is to be filled

- 427 -


arrangements necessary for satisfactory completion of I, h,~ ncrn. Rd. A. 10. 2. Construction.--Firstly the ground over 'which the filling has to be done shall be cleared

of all grass, loose stones, rubbish of all kinds, as well as trees, bushes, roots of trees, etc. If there is water in the area, it shall be pumped or bailed out.

The sides of concrete and masonry in the foundation trenches shall be filled with suitable excavated materials and compacted as provided in the specification No. B. 1.

Next, the approved excavated material, which has been stacked as per the direction of the Engineer shall be cleaned of all rubbish, large size stones etc., clods broken down to a size of 50 mrn. or less, conveyed to the site of filling and laid in 15 em. to 20 ern. (about 6" to 8") layers. Each layer shall be watered and compacted with heavy rammers before the upper layer is laid till the required level is reached so as to form a thoroughly compact base.

The process of filling in plinth, watering and compaction shall be carried out by the contractor in such a way as not to endanger the foundation columns, plinth walls etc. already built up.

Under no circumstances, black cotton soil shall be used for filling in plinth.

Ed. A. 10. 3. Item to inciude.-(l) Cleaning the ground on which filling has to be done and dewatering if necessary.

(2) Cleaning the useful excavated material of rubbish, breaking clods etc.

(3) Conveying the useful excavated material and filling in plinth in layers, watering and compacting.

(4) All labour, equipment and other arrangements necessary for the satisfactory completion of the item.

Bd. A. 10. 4. Mode of measurement and payment.-The contract rate shall be for a unit of one cubic metre (35.3 Cft.) of compacted plinth filling with excavated -materials. The dimensions shall be measured correct upto 2 places of decimals of a metre and the quantity calculated correct up to 2 places of decimals of a cubic metre. The measurements shall be net for the com. pacted filling and no deduction for shrinkage or voids shall be made. The levels of the areas to be filled up shall be taken in advance before filling is started to obtain the height of the compact. ed filling,

Bd. A 11. Filling in plinth and floors with contractor's soil, sand or murum in 15 em. to 20 em. (about 6" to 8") layers including watering and compaction complete.

Ed. A 11. L General.-After the structural foundation and plinth construction is over, and the sides of foundation trenches are filled up to ground level, the space between ground level and such level below top of plinth depending upon the depth of fiooring, its bedding and foundation shall be filled in with contractor's soil, sand or rnurum, as specified and approved by the Engineer, watered and compacted.

BcL A. 11. 2. Construction=: The filling shall be carried out as specified in Bd. A. 10 except that the material to be filled in shall be brought from outside instead of from the foundation excavation,

The material to be brought from outside shall be either sand, rnurum. good yellow soil, or a mixture of these and shall be got approved by the Engineer. In no case, black cotton or similar greatly expansive and shrinkable soil shall be used.

The approved material to be filled in shall be clean and free from all rubbish and perishable mater;al and ~dl clods shall be broken to a size of 50 mm. or less. The stacking of material sluuici be done in such a way as not to interfere with any general traffic, or any constructionat process or activities. The Contractor shall be responsible for any mishap or inconvenience of any kind due to his default in this respect.

Rd. A. 11 3. Item to includc.---(l) Clearing the ground Oll which filling l~ to be done and dcwatcnng i f necessary.

(2) Providing the approved material for filling in.

(3) Cleaning up the material to be used for filling if llcce.,sary (4) ['ding C'(lntr3Clor'~ soil in plinth in layers, watering and compaction.

/5) All !d hour equ ipmeru and other

- 428 -


Dd.A.13.2. Ed. A. l I. 4. Mode of measurement and payment.-According to specification No.

Bd. A. to. 4 except that the material for filling shall be brought by the Contractor from outside instead of from the excavation [or the same building. The rate shall include the cost of material.

Bd, A. 12. Providing dry traplgraniteiquartzlteigneiss rubble stone soling=em. (about-") thick including hand packing and compacting complete.

Bd. A. 12.1. General.-Alter. the structural foundation, plinth construction and filling are completed. rubble soling of specified thickness shall be laid over the consolidated plinth filling. hand packed and compacted.

Ed. A. 12. 2. Materialsr=Tc« stones to be used shall be broken rubble with fairly regular shape and free from weathered. soft and decayed portion. The rubble shall be of sound stones of the type mentioned in the item and selected for their larger size. Stones shall be of the full height of the soling and the length and width shall not generally exceed 2 times the height. The stones to be used for wedging in the joints between larger stones. shall be chips of the largest size possible to fit in the interstices. All sound and suitable rubble obtained from the foundation excavation and approved by the Engineer shall be necessarily made use of first unless otherwise directed.

Bd. A 12. 3. Construction.-The bed on which rubble filling is to be laid shall be cleared of all loose materials, levelled, watered and compacted and got approved by the Engineer before laying rubble soling.

Rubble soling shall be laid to the 'specified thickness closely packed by hand and firmly set with their broadest face downwards. The interestices between adjacent stones shall be wedged in with stones of the proper size and shape and well driven in with wooden mallets to ensure a tightly packed layer. Such wedging shall closely follow the placing of the larger stones. After band packing and wedging, compaction of the soling shall be done thoroughly with logrammers. Adequate. care shall be taken by the Contractor while laying and compacting the rubble soling to see that the masonry or any part of the structure is not damaged. Rubble soling shall be started only after the masonry is fully cured.

Bd. A. 12. 4. Item to include.-(1) Supplying broken rubble of approved quality and size at site.

(2) All labour. material. tools and equipment for handling, laying, hand packing and compacting the rubble.

(3) Any other incidental charges to complete the work as per sanctioned plan.

Bd. A. l2.5. Mode of measurement and payment.-Rubble soling shall be measured in cubic metres limiting the dimensions to those shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The dimensions shall be measured correct to two places of decimals of a metre and quantities worked out correct to two places of decimals of a cubic metre. No deduction shall be made for voids.

The contract rate shall be 'for a unit of one cubic metre (35.3 Cft.),

If suitable rubble is available from excavated material it shall be issued to the Contractor at the rate mentioned in Schedule A and if there is no such provision the rate to be charged shall be that occurring in the Divisional Schedule or at a mutually agreed rate if there is no such rate in the Divisionaj- Schedule. Such rubble shall be used first and only additional rubble required shal; be brought from outside, unless otherwise directed.

Pd. A. 13. Pro: ... iding and {rlling in the foundation with sand of approved quality including compaction.

Ed. A 13. Gc,t;em!.-Thc ilem refers to filling sand in the foundations and pliurh, water. ing and compacting.

Bd. A. 13. 2. Materials. +Sand required for filling in the foundalions and the interstices in the soling shall be clean and COJfSe and generally obtained from the local sources unless found to be unsuitable. It shall not contain m..re than 10 per cent. of clay.

- 429 -


Bd. E. PLAIN CEMENT CONCRETE

Bd. E.!.. Providing and laying in situ, cement concrete 1: 2 : 4/1 : 3 : 6 J 1 : 4 : 8/1 ; 5; 10 of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for foundation and bedding including dewatering,

[orm-work. compacting and curing. .

Bd. E. 1.1. General.-The specifications pertain to cement concrete of the specified proportion to be laid in raft or strip foundations, thin bedding below RCC foundations, bedding below paved floors, etc.

Bd. E. 1. 2. Preparation of foundation for laying concrete ;

Passing foundation.-The foundation shall be passed in writing by the Engineer before concreting is started. The bed of the foundation trenches shall be ·cleaned of all loose material and well wetted, -if dry, to prevent absorption of water from the green concrete.

In the case of paved floors. plinth filling and rubble soling, if any, shall have been well compacted and brought to the required levels. etc., and passed by the Engineer before concrete is allowed to be laid. .

Bd. E. 1. 3. Dewatering.-If the area on which the concrete is to be placed is under water. water shall be removed as specified for Bd. A. 9. Unless dewartering is separately provided for in the tender. the rate for concrete shall include the cost of dewatering also.

Bd. E. 1. 4. Concrete.-The cement concrete shall comply with specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete subject to the following:-

Rd. E. 1. 4. 1. Proportion.-Proportion of materials shall be as mentioned in the wording of the item.

Rd. E. 1. 4. 2. Coarse aggregatesr+Cosrse aggregate shall be broken from sound stones of the type mentioned in the item and of approved quality. Maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed 50 rom. (about 2") when the depth of concrete footing is 20 cm. (about 8") or more and the aggregate shall be well graded between the maximum size and 5 mm. (about 3/16"). For less depths, the maximum size shall not exceed ith the depth.

Rd. E. 1. 4. 3. Forms.-If the trenches are dug exactly to the dimensions of footings, no forms will be necessary. But the sides and bottom of the trenches shall be moistened to the extent necessary to prevent absorption of water from the concrete.

If. however, footings are dug to dimensions larger than those shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer, forms complying with specification No. B. 6. 5(b) shall be used at the contractor's cost. The side forks shall be removed 48 hours after placement of concrete.

Rd. E. 1. 4. 4. Mixing.-The concrete shall be mixed in mechanical mixers if the total quantity to be mixed is more than 15 cubic metres (about 530 cft.). For quantity of concrete less than 15 cubic meters (about 530 eft.) for which machine mixing is not specified in the special provisions, hand mixing shall be permitted with additional cement, etc., as specified in R. 6. 4.

Rd. E. 1. 4. \5. Compaction.-When the quantity of concrete required for a work is less than 15 'cubic metres (about 530 eft.) and the special provisions do not specify mechanical vibration, manual compaction with tamping rods. etc.. shall be permitted. In the case of manual compaction the depth of each shall not exceed 20 cm. (about 8"). However, if the quantity of concrete exceeds 15 cubic metres (about 530 eft) and if the depth of concrete member exceeds 30 cms. (about 12"), compaction shall be done with mechanical vibrators.

In the case of concrete bedding below paved floors, a screed board shall be used to get a level or sloped surface as required for the top of the bedding. All laitance and loose aggregate, if any, shall be removed and top surface left' slightly rough to improve bond with the toppi]1g.

Bd. E. L 4. 6. Tests.-If the Engineer so directs, 6 cubes of 15 em, size shall be cast on the first clay and tested for compression at 7 and 28 days. Later 011, if the Engineer so directs. 3 cubes shall be tested for every 60 cu. metres of the concrete cast. No tests need be made for 1 : 5 : 10 cement concrete. If there is doubt about the strength of I ; 3 : 6 and 1 : 4 : 8 concrete, tests may be carried out and their cost borne by the Department if the results are satisfactory and by the contractor if they are unsatisfactory.

Bd. E. 1. 5. Interval for starting masonry.-Masonry will be allowed to be started on the concrete 48 hours after completion of concrete. Side filling between the concrete and sides of excavation shall also be allowed after 48 hours after placement of concrete. But the material adjoining the concrete shall be kept wet for the duration of the curing period.

- 430 -


Bd.E.3.3. Paving or RCC work over concrete bedding shall be allowed after the concrete is sufficiently

set.

Bd. E. 1. 6. Item to include.-Jn addition to the items mentioned in specification No. B. 6. 14, the item shall include dewatering, if necessary, if not provided as a separate item in the tender.

Bd. E. 1. 7. Mode of measurement and payment.-As in specification No. B. 6. 15.

Bd. E. 2. Providing and casting in situ cement concretel: 2 : 4 of trap I granite I quartzite I gneiss metal for steps including centering, form-work, compacting, finishing the exposed faces with sufficient 'minimum thickness of 1 : 3 cement plaster to give a smooth and even surface or roughening them if special finish is to be provided and curing.

. Bd, E. 2. 1. General.-The specifications pertain to the cement concrete required for the concrete steps. The concrete shall conform to the specification No. B. 6, for ordinary cement concrete subject to the following:-

Bd. E. 2. 2. Proportion.-Proportion of materials shall be 1 : 2 : 4.

Bd. E. 2. 3. Coarse aggregates.-Coarse aggregate shall be crushed from sound stones of the type mentioned in the item and of approved quality. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 40 mm. (about It") and aggregate shall be properly graded from 40 mm, to. S mm. (about If' to 3/16") and shall conform to specification No. A. 7.

Bd. E. 2. 4. Placing.- The concrete steps shall be cast strictly according to the size and. shape as shown on the drawings or as directed ,by the Engineer. When the top surface of the 'step is not to be covered with other materials like tiles or is not to be provided with cheque red design it shall be levelled and floated to a smooth finish while laying the concrete only. The' floating shall be done so as not to bring any excess of mortar to the surface of the concrete. If so directed. chequered design shall be impressed on the treads when it is green at no extra cost.

Bd. E. 2. S. Cbmpaction.- The Engineer may permit manual compaction.

Bd. E. 2. 6. Finishing.-Immediately after removing the forms and within a day thereof. the exposed formed surfaces shaH be roughened and finished smooth with 1 : 3 cement plaster to give a uniform surface and cured. unless special finishing is specified under a separate item. The concreting shall be done in such a way that the thickness of finishing plaster should not normally exceed 6 mm. In case a special finishing like tiling, etc., is specified, the above noted cement plaster finishing shall not be done but the exposed surface, to receive special finish. shall be roughened. The special finishing will be paid under a separate item in the tender.

Any tiling work for the treads and risers shall be done only after 48 hours after the placing of concrete:

Bd. E. 2. 7. Item to include.-In . addition to items mentioned in general specification No. B. 6. 14 the item shall include roughening the exposed faces to receive the special finish specified under a separate item or otherwise finishing with minimum thickness of 1 : 3 cement plaster to give an even and uniform surface to formed surfaces remaining exposed. Treads shall have chequered design if so directed.

Bd. E. 2. 8. Mode of measurement and payment.-According to specification No. B. 6. 15. The dimensions shall be measured before finishing plaster is applied on exposed formed faces.

Bd, E. 3. Providing and casting in situ cement concrete 1: 2 : 4 of trap I granite I quartzite/ gneiss metal for coping to plinth or parapet, moulded or chamfered as per drawing or as directed including centering, form-work, compacting finishing the exposed faces with sufficient minimum thickness of 1 : 3 cement plaster to 'give a smooth and even surface or roughening them if special finish is to be provided and curing.

Bd. E. 3, 1. General.-The specifications pertain to the cement concrete required for concrete coping over the plinth or parapet in building work. The concrete shall generally conform to the specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete subject to the following:-

Bd, E. 3. 2. Proportion.--Proportion of materials shall be 1: 2 : 4.

Bd. E. 3. 3. Coarse aggregates.--Coarse aggregates shall be crushed from sound stones of the type mentioned in the item anJ of approved quality. The maximum size of coarse aggregates shall be 40 mm. (about 1 t") or !th the depth of concrete member whichever is

- 431 -


Bd.E.4.5. smaller and aggregates shall be properly graded from the maximum sizes to 5 nun. (about 3/16") and conform to specification No. A. 7.

Bd. E. 3. 4. Form-work>: The forms shall be prepared to bring out the mouldings. chamfers, etc., correctly to conform to the drawings.

Rd. E. 3. 5. Compaciion.-Concrete in this particular item of work sba1l be . nQJ:Il1aJIy manually compacted but the Engineer . may insist on mechanical compaction by immersion

vibrators if the height of coping is 30 cm. (about 12") or more. .

Bd, E. 3. ·6. Finishing.-Copiilg shall. be constructed strictly according to the lines. curves, slopes, size and shape including moulding. etc., as shown in the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. Immediately after removing the forms and within a day thereof. concrete surfaces shall be roughened. plastered with 1: 3 cement mortar of· minimum Sufficient thickness to give a smooth and even surface and cured unless specialfinishitig is ,spcicified under a separate item. Concreting shall be done in such a way that this thickness ot flnishing shall not normally exceed 6 Dun. In case a special finishing is specific::d then the above finishing with Cement plastering shall not be done fot such areas. The" surface shall be ionly toughened to receive the special finish and cured. The special finishing will be paid undefit

separate item. . . .

Bd. E. 3. 7. Item to include.-As per specification No. Bd. E. 2. 7.

The item shall also ~cIude providing .. moulding, chamfers, etc., wthecon.cr~te and fuilihing the surfaces With 1: 3 cement plaster' of minimum thickness and producing the correct shape and size of mouldings. chamfers, etc.

Bd .. E; 3. 8. M~e oi . measurement and payment.- The tendered rate is for one . cubic metre. the length shall be measured along the centre line correct. to two places of .deeimals of a metre and the sectional dimensions measured correct to half a centimetre. The quantity shall be calculated correct to three places: of decimals of a cubic metre. The sectional dimensions shall be measured overall square to cover the mouldings and chamfers and limited to those shown on the drawings or as directed. The dimensions shall bemeaslii-ed before

finishing plaster; .

Changes ordered' by the Engineer in dimensions shown in the drawings. etc., will not entitled the contractor to make extra claims .

. Rd. E. 4. .. Providing and. casting in situ cement "concrete L: 2 : 4 of trap/granite} quartzite I gneiss when the tendered rate is pet running metre, the length shall bemeasured tis above metal for bed blocks. foundation blocks and such other items inc;ludingtiewm(!ring, iorm-work, compacting, finishing, the exposed faces with sufficient minimum thickness of 1:3 cement piaster to give Ii smooth and even sur/lice or roughening the if special /inlsh is "10 be

prlivided . and curing. . .

Bd. E. 4.1. General.- The specifications pertain to Cement concrete foundation blocks under stanchions. bed blocks under beams or trusses and such other items intire foundation and superstructure of a building. The cement concrete shall generally conform 'to the· specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete subject to the following:-

Bd. E. 4. 2. Proportion.~Proportion of materials shall be 1: 2 : 4.

Bd. E. 4. 3. Coarse aggregates.--O:Jarse aggregates shall comply with Specification No. A. 7 and shall be crushed from sound stones of the type mentioned in the item and of approved quality. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 40 rom. (about If') or lththe thickness of the concrete member whichever is smaller and aggregate shall be properly graded from the maximum size to 5 rnrn. (about 3/16") and shall conform to specification

No. A 7. .

Bd, E. 4. 4. Forms.-Forms shall be provided to the exact shape required for the item and shall be supported and braced adequately to give rigid form-work. It shall generally comply with specification No. B. 6. 5(b).

Bd, E. 4. 5. Laying.-In case of bed blocks for steel trusses or steel stanchions, the necessary anchor bolts as shown on the drawings shall be embedded in the ;oncrete at the correct positions and levels and the top surface shall give full bearing to the base plates. Or else, holes of appropriate size shall be left in the blocks at places specified on the drawings or as directed and anchor boIts shall be grouted in the holes later on. The anchor bolts however shall be paid under structural steel work. The top surface shall be formed to give fun bearing to the base plates in this case also.

- 432 -


A-79-35-A.

R.CC. foundations ;;hall be deposited after the Engineer has inspected and passed the placement of steel and

the torms, measured the steel reinforcement, or structural steel and given permission to place the concrete. Reinforcement and structural steel and lean concrete

will be paid as separate items. (2) As far as possible, concreting of footings, raft and grillage shall be finished in one

,continuous operation. but the Engineer may permit construction joint at suitable sections and allow the concreting to be completed in the next operation.

Inthe case of footings for steel stanchions, anchor bolts as shown on the working drawings or asdtrected shall be fixed in their correct positions with templates when the concrete. is being placed. Alternatively, holes of appropriate dimensions shall be left at the specified places so that later on. anchor bolts could be inserted and concreted or grouted. The anchor bolts' shall be: paid ileparately in steel' work.

Bd. F, 2. 3.3. Compaction.-Compaction shall be done by mechanical vibrators and also by rods so

that a dense concrete is obtained, all reinforcement is properly embedded, all

corners are properly filled and honey-combing is avoided.

":, ... ".

;~." . .. ~:~~

_ Ild .. 1'. 2. 4. Dewat",ing.-ff tho area on which the concrete is to be placed "under .! water, water sPall· be removed as specified for .Item No. Bd, A. 9. Unless dewatering . i.s.~ ,-::::;:;.r .provide<! 10' in the tender. the cost of dew.tering shall be covered by the rate of -i.~

";:\'I; Bd .. F. 2. 5. Item to include.-Acc~rding to specification No. B. 6. 14.

The- item shall also include (1) emlkdding of anchors and/or leaving holes for anchors, ~-etc., and subsequent grouting of the holes with cement concrete 1: 2 : 4 or 1: 2 cement sand

'mortar 'grout.· Anchors will be paid for separately. (2) Dewateripg unless it is provided for under a separate item in the tender.

Bd. :F. :Z. 6. Mode of measurement and payment.-According to specification No. B. 6. 15.

In the case of tapering portion of column footings, the quantity shall be calculated by the prismoidal formula

correct up to -three places of decimals of a cubic metre. . N~deduction shall be made for reinforcing steel bars and anchors. No deducticn shan be .made for embedded structural steel if their combined sectional area is less than 500 sq. ern. -Holes for anchors shall not be deducted nor payment made for grouting these holes.

The- sizes o~ R.C.C. members as assumed in the estimate or preliminary drawings are likely ao be changed. The cnttactor shall not be entitled to extra claims due to such changes.

Bd, F. }, j. GeneraI.~ The specification for this item 3h~1l be the same as tor item No, &1. F. 2 l;l ,~~l

respects except that the proportion of materials for the cement concrete

.shall be 1: 11: 3 as laid down in specificallGD No. B. 6. 3. Bd. F. 4. ProvidinR and casting in situ cement concrete 1 :2:4 of trapf~ranirelqLlartzitel gneiss metal [or R.C.c. columns as per detailed drawings and designs. or as directed including 4ew(1.ter~(1g. centering, formwork. compaction, finishing the formed surfaces with cement mortar I :3 of szdTicien: tr.i:"!;mum thickness to Rive (/ smooth and even surface or roug/Jeninrz it special finish is to he providcd and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement).

A·79-~36·R.

282

/.J"- '-;:.-

B1. t-. :'.. Providing and laying in situ cement concrete 1: J}: 3 of trapjgrmzite/quortzite! iWli!iss H.!t.A :0..' R

c.c. .. work ill fmmdatioltS like raft. strip foundations. grillage and footing of -R .e.c. c:;.1;w·i"!.<:'!Id steel stanchions including de';v(ltering, formwork, compaction, finishing

·,and c;rir~;J Cc:xc!l'dinI; .nild steel reinforcement and strllctural steel).

- 433 -


Bd.F.4.4~ Rd. F. 4. I. General.-This item refers to the cement concrete required for R.C.C. columns in building work. The concrete shall conform to specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete subject to the following:

Bd. F. 4. 2. Materials.

Bd, F. 4. 2. 1. Proportion.-Proportion of materials for the cement ctiDcreteshall be 1 ; 2; 4 as laid down in specification No. B. 6. 3.

Bd. F, 4. 2. 2. Coarse aggregates.-Coarseaggregates shall be crushed from stdneso{ the type mentioned in the item and obtained from approved quarries. The maximum size of the. coarse aggregate shall be fO mm. (about r) unless other maximum size is specified inthe special provisions.

Bd. F. 4. 3. Construction.

Bd. F. 4. 3. 1. Formwork.- The formwork for columns shall comply with . .specification No. B. 6. 5.(h) subject to the following;-

The formwork for columns shall be built up so that planks on three sides are put up to' .... the required height and those on the fourth side put up in stages of a metre (3.28,) or so in. height for facility of placing and compacting. The column formwork shall be kept absolutely plumb during and after placing the concrete and shall be checked and approved by' the Engineer. The forms shall be kept rigidly plumb with inclined or other SUpports from. as many. sides as possible. Plumb bomb shall be kept suspended from the formwork so that verti-: cality of the formwork could be easily checked. If a column is shown. in the drawings to ~:. inclined, then the formwork for such columns should also have exactly the same batter as fOE'the column. Arrangements for providing rounding of the comers, grooves. slots, etc~ for the columns, if shown in the drawings, or mentioned in the special provisions shall be n;.ade by< fillets, grooves, etc., in the formwork.

Bd, F. 4. 3. 2. Mixing.-The cement concrete shall be mixed itl mecftanical mixers. water cement ratio shall not exceed 0.65 unless otpsrise dir.ected by tfte Engineer. The. . "

slump shall be 5 em. to 10 em, (2" to 4").

Bd. F. 4. 3 . .3. Placing . ...:..No concrete shall be deposited until the EngineeJ' has lospectec.f and passed the forms, placement of steel. copper strip and other fixtures for expansion joints .if any. and measured the steel reinforcement, ete., and given permission to place the eencrete; Reinforcement will be paid as a separate item. The copper strip will be paid as a part of ' separate item in expansion joints.

Care shall be taken to avoid segregation of materials while placing. Each column shall b!!. concreted in lifts of a metre or so. Before laying the upper lift. the top surface shall b& cleaned of all Jaitance and loose particles and 6 mm. (about i") coat of cement mortar 1 : i

applied immediately before placing concrete for the upper lift. .

Bd, F 4. 3. 4. Compaction.-Compaction shall normally be done by mechanical vibra-tors to get a dense concrete and also by rods to get all reinforcement properly embedded, all corners properly filled and honey-combing avoided, The Engineer may permit manual com. paction. But a dense concrete must be ensured.

Bd. F. 4. 3. 5. Finishing.-Immediately on removing the forms and within a day thereoj, the formed faces shall be roughened and finished with 1; 3 cement plaster of su~cient min: mum.' thickness to give a smooth and even surface and the same cured. The average thickness of' finishing plaster in such cases should not normally exceed 6 mm. (about t''). If however, it: is intended to give a special finishing to the formed surfaces, then the above plastering shatj not be done and the formed faces shall only be roughened to receive the special finishing.

The special finishing shall be paid under a separate item. .

Bd. F_ 4. 3. 6. Dewaterings-qi the area on which the concrete is to be placed is under water, water shall be removed as specified for item Bd. A. 9. Unless dewatering is separately. provided for in the tender. the cost of dewatering shall be covered by the rate for concrete, ~

Bd, F. 4. 4_ Item to fflc/udc.--· According to specification No. B. '6. 1.<1. The rate shal! also include finishing with 1: 3 cement plaster of required thickness after roughening Of simply' roughening to receive the special finish and dewatering where necessary. .:

- 434 -


Jld.F .6.3.3. Bd, ·F. 4. 5. Mode oi measurement and payment.-As per B. 6. 15. Increase D:t dimensions caused by plaster finish sh~l not be taken into account. Any concrete work in columns carried out in excess of the dimensions shown on the working drawings or as directed by the Engineer shall not be measured and paid. The sizes of RC.C. COlumns as assumed in the estimates or preliminary drawings are- approximate and likely to be changed. The contractor shall not be entitled to extra claims due to such changes in sizes. For columns below plinth level and having piled foundations, the height of column shall be measured from top of pile cap to the top of the plinth: In case of open foundations. the height shali be-rneasuredfrom top of footing to the top of plinth. For columns in upper storeys the height shall be measured from the top of plinth -level to top of upper floor slab surface. Any portion of beam and: slab bearing on column shall be included in the column concrete. The height of column shall be measured correct to 1 em. The sectional dimensions shall be measured correct up to t a centimetre and the quantity worked out correct up to three places ot decimals of a cubic metre.

No deductions shall be made for mild steel reinforcing bars, rneiss metal for RC.C. columns as per detailed designs and drawings or as directed including . . dewaterbig, centering, iormwork, compaction, finishing the formed surfaces with cement mortar 1 ; 3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even sur/ace or roughening if special . finish is lobe provided and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement). .

284

: Bel. F:'<6 'Providing and casting in situ cement coticretel: 2: 4, of trap/granite} 4uartzite/ gneiss' metal for R.C.C. beams and lintels as per detailed designs and drawings or £Y directed, including dewatering, centering, [ormwork, compaction, finishing the [ormed suriaces with cement .mortar I : 3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even .surfaceo~ TiJl.lghening them if special finish is to be provided and curing (excluding mild steel

,.. eeiniorcement ).' Bd. F. 6. 1. General.-The item refers to the cement concrete required for R.c.c. beams (in<rludiJ;J.g

cantilevered) and lintels in building construction. This item shall be carried out according to specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete in all respects subject to

the fo1.lqw~:

Ed. F.6. '2.' - Materials:

Bd. F. 6. 2. 1. Proportioll;-Proportion of cement concrete shall be I: 2 : 4 and shall

conform t~ specification No. B. 6. 3.

~ Bd. I:',. 6. ,2 -. 2 .. Coarse aggregates.--Coarse aggregates shall be crushed from sound stone of the type mentioned in the item and obtained from approved quarries. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall be 20 mm. (:bouc i") or 6 mm. ( about 1") less than Ul the minimum laterial space between the bars or (ii) the cover whichever is less. The maximum size of the coarse aggregate may be reduced around the congcst<:s reinforcement to comply with the

above requirement .

8d. F. 6. 3. Construction.

*,. B. F. 5. Providing and casting in situ cement concrete 1: 1-1: 3 at trap/granite/quartzite I The' specifications for this item shall be the same as for item No. Bd. F. 4 except that the Foporool1 bf materials for the cement concrete shall be I : it : 3 instead of '1 ; 2 ; 4.

.. .

Ed. F. 6. :1. 1. j)S:~";(J!erir;g.---Acco[(L"i5 '" :.)ecJiC":ttion N o. Bu. F. L 4, dewatering. ~E any. f61' piacing plinth or any other beams shall be covered by the rate of concrete unless .a :.;et!-~trate item for dC'rvatering is provkleJ .n th;~ t~nd'~-~

nd. F. 6. 3.2. Mixing.--The concrete shall be mixed in mechanical mixers. Water. cement ratio shall be as directed by the Engineer. Slump shall not exceed .E em. (about 3") but in thin

sections :.mrl where reinforcing bars are crowded, slump up to d2 ern. (about 5") may he ~ !:owect hI' ~";,; Frignccr jf considered necessary.

Bd. F.' 6: '3. 3. Formwork.-According to specification No. B. 6. 5~b). The bottom boards of the formwork: for beams shall be given a camber cf ! /2·:0 of the span or as directed by the Engineer. .

Clamps. hooks. etc., required to be embedded shall be fixed in the formwork at the correct [ocation as. directed by the Engineer. Chamfers. roundings, mouldings, etc .• shall be made in

tbe form itself.

- 435 -


Bd.F.8.3~5. Bd. F. 7. 2. 2. Coarse aggregates.-Accordlng to specification No. Bd. F. 6. 2. 2.

Bd. F. 7. 3. Construetion.-The beams of the portals shall be constructed as specified for R.C.C. beams in Bd. F. 6 and the columns of the portals shall be constructed as per specifications in Bd. F. 4. Where the column and beam join or when the column is to be fixed at the base. the portion near the joints of beam and column or column and foundation concreted in one operation together. If hinges are to be introduced. they shall be constructed as specified on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Reinforcement will be paid

. under a separate item. Bd. F. 7. 4. Item to include.-i),s per Bd, F. 4. 4.

Bd. F. 7. 5. Mode of measorement and payment.-As per Bd. F. 4. 5. Bd. F. 8. Providing and casting in situ- cement concrete 1: 2: 4, oj trap/granitei quartzite/gneiss

metal for R.C.C. slabs and landings as per detailed. design and drawings including centering, ./ormwork, compacting, finishing the formed sur/(l!:es. with cement mortar 1 : 3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even sur/ace .or roughening them if special finish is to be provided and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement).

(a) Upto and inclusive of 10 em. (about 4'') thick. (b) Above 10 em. (about 4'') and upto and inclusive of 12.5 em. (about 5") thick. (c) Above 12.5 em. (about 5") and upto and inclusive of 15 em. (about 6") thick.

Cd) Above 15 cm. (about 6'') thick. ,

Bd. F. 8. 1. General.- The item refers to cement concrete required for R.C.C. slabs and landirig in building construction; The concrete shall conform to specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete in all respects subject to the following :

Bd. F. 8. 2. Materials. Bd. F. 8. 2. 1. Proportion.-Proportion of the materials for the cement concrete shall be 1 :2:4 and

shall conform to specification No. B. 6. 3. Bd. F. 8. 2. 2. Coarse aggregates.-Coarse aggregates shall be crushed from sound stone of the type

mentioned in the item and obtained from approved quarries and shall conform to specification No. A. 7. The maximum size of coarse aggregates shall be 20 rom. (about iN) . or 6 mID. (about !") less than the cover

whichever is smaller unless other maximum size is

". specified in special provisions.

Bd. F. 8. 3. Construction. Bd. F. 8. 3. 1. Mixing.-The concrete shall be mixed in mechanical mixers. Water cement ratio shall

not exceed 0.55 unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. Slump shall be

8 em, to 12 em. (3" to 5''). Bd. F. 8. 3. 2. Formwork.-According to specification No. Bd. F. 6. 3. For cantilever slabs the fonnwork

shall comply with relevant portion of specification No. Bd, F. 9.

Bd. F. 8. 3. 3. Placing.':"-No concrete shall be deposited until the Engineer' has inspected and passed the forms and the placement of steel reinforcement. measured the steel reinforcement and given permission to place the concrete. The reinforcement will be paid as a separate item.

Slab shall be laid to the thickness shown on the working drawings approved)by the Engineer. The required thickness of slab shall be ensured at all points by check gauges and straight edges. As far as possible the concreting of slab shall be done in one continuous operation. But the Engineer may allow the joints at suitable sections and allow concreting to be continued in the next operation. For a slab, the placing of concrete shall be done in such a manner as to avoid the necessity of workmen crossing over green concrete. Bridges shall be provided to avoid walking over the reinforcement and fresh concrete. If any hooks, pipes, clamps, frames or other fixtures are to be embedded, they shall be fixed at their correct position. All these fixtures themselves shall be paid for separately.

Bd. F. 8. 3. 4. Compaction.-Compaction shall be done manually with tamping bat. screed board tampers, rods etc. to get a dense concrete.

Bd, F. 8. 3. 5. Finishing.-Immediate1y on removing the forms and within a day thereof, the formed surfaces of the slab shall be roughened if necessary and finished with 1 : 3 cement plaster of such minimum thickness as is necessary to give a smooth, even and finished surface and cured. Engineer's permission shall be taken for such finishing. Edges and junctions of the slabs and beams shall be rounded or chamfered if so required. Unformed exposed surfaces shall be finished to an even and plain surface at the time of compacting. The surfaces on which paving is to be provided shall be left a little rough for bond. If special finishes and borders are to be provided, they shall be paid for separately, but the formed faces shall be roughened to receive the special finish and the above finishing plaster shall not be done.

- 436 -


Bd.F.9.6.

Bd, F. 8. 3. 6. Bedding=As: .thecase of basement floor slabs, a lean concrete bedding shall be placed first and Cement concrete for the R.C.C. work laid above it. The lean concrete

will be paid as a separate item. .

Bd. F. 8. 3. 7. Dewatering.-If dewatering is necessary. it shall be done according to specification for item No. Bd. A. 9. Dewatering shall be considered as incidental to the item

unless separately provided Ior in the tender. . ~ .

Bd, F. 8. 4. Item to include-s-As per B. 6. The rate also . includes finishing of formed surfaces with plaster 1: 3 of. sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even . surface or roughening the formed faces to receive the special finish if such special finish is to be provided and also dewatering where necessary. Rounding. chamfering of comers_.and edges and labour for embedding fixtures, clamps. pipes, fastenings etc. shall be included In. the rate.

The item shall cover cantilever slabs also. .

Bd. F. 8. 5. Mode of measurement and payment.--"':The contract rate shall be pel cubic metre of the slab laid to exact thickness as shown in the detailed drawings or ordered by the Engineer. The increase in dimensions caused by plaster finish shall not be taken into account. The length and width limited to those shown in the drawings or directed by the Engineer shall be measured correct up to a centiinetre and thickness correct up to half a centimetre. The quantity shall be worked out correct up to three places of decimals. of a cubic metre. If the slab is laid to thickness more than that shown in the drawings or ordered by' the Engineer, the excess of the concrete quantity shall not be paid. The dimensions assumed in the estimate or preliminary drawings are only approximate and may be changed. The contractor shall not be entitled to any extra claims due to such changes.

Any chamfers. rebates, pipes etc. each up to 25 square em. in section provided in the work shall not be deducted from the overall dimensions of the work. and the slab shall be paid for as if these were not existing.

In beam and slab construction, the slab shall be 'taken as running continuously through and the beam as that portion above or below the slab. Any cpncrete in the portion of slab resting over the column shall be paid in the column. Bd. F. 9. Providing and casting in situ cement concrete 1: 2 : 4 of trap/granite/quartzite/ gneiss metal tor R.C.C. chajja as per detailed design and drawings including centering, jormwork, compacting, finishing the formed sur/aces with cement mortar of 1: 3 of !uiJicient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening them ij special finish is to to be provided and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement).

Bd. F. 9. 1. General.-The item refers to cement concrete required for R.C.C. chajja of the section shown. in the working. drawings or as directed. The concrete shall conform to specification No. B. 6. for ordinary cemen.t concrete in all respects subject to the following :

Bd. F. 9, 2. Materials.-According to specification No. Bd. F. 8. 2.

Bd. F. 9.·3. Construction.-According to specification No. Bd. F.;. 3. Theformwork shall be arranged and the concrete cast to obtain the shape. dimensions, slope etc. shown in the drawings. The weight of concrete, centering and shuttering shall be. supported rigidly on the floor below and in other secure ways. Care shall be taken to see that formwork is removed oniy after the period mentioned in B. 6 has lapsed and after full stability for the overhanging portion is obtained by anchoring and / or building up masonry over the bearing for all conditions of loading likely to occur during and after construction. The sequence of removal of centering shall be such that no tension is caused in the bottom face. The supports at the overhanging end shall be removed first after the concrete has developed sufficient and full stability is obtained for all overhang.

The chajja shall be laid to lines, curves, slopes and the sections shown in the working drawings or as directed by the Engineer.

Bd. F. 9. 4. Fillishif1g.-~According to specification No. Bd, F. 8. 3. 5. Grooves, throatings and borders shall be provided in the concrete and finishing plaster if shown in the drawings and shall be included in the item. But special finishing if intended shall be paid under a separate item.

Bd. F. 9. 5. Item to include.-According to specification No. Bd. F. 8. 4. It shall also include grooves, throatings, and borders in the chajja if shown in the drawings.

Bd. F. 9. 6. Mode of measurement and payment.-According to specification No. Bd. F. 8. 5 except for the following:-

Where the chajja is combined with lintel. beam. slab etc., the bearing shall form a part .of the: item with which it j" combined. the chajja being measured only for the projecting portion.

- 437 -


288 Bd.F.13. \

Where chajja is not combined with beam, slab etc., the bearing shall be included in the measurement of the chajja and shall be deducted from the masonry in which it is embedded.

Bd, F. 10. Providing and casting in. situ cement concrete 1: 2 :4. of trapjgranite/ quartzite / gneiss metal for R.C.C. canopy as per detailed design and drawing including centering. formwork, compacting all special finishes and ornamental work and curing (excludIng mild steel

reinforcement). Bd. F. 10. 1. General.-The item refers to cement concrete required for R.c.c. canopy in a building. The

concrete shall conform to specification No. B. 6 for ordinary cement concrete in all respects subject to the following :-

Bd. F. 10. 2. Materials.-According to specification No. Bd. F. 8. 2. Bd. F. 10. 3. Construction.-According to specification No. Bd. F. 9. 3. The· canopy shall be cast to the thickness, dimensions, shape. lines. curves, taper etc., exactly as per

drawings and as directed by the Engineer. As far as possible, the concreting of the canopy shall be done in one continuous operation. But the Engineer may allow joints at suitable sections and allow concreting to be continued in the next opertion with the usual precautions detailed in specification No. B. 6 and Bd. F.· 9. 3. Conduits. clamps, lamp holder, etc., shall be embedded in their appropriate positions as shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Fixtures shall be paid separately. But the labour for fixing shall be included in the item of canopy. Special care shall be taken regarding stability of the canopy while removing the forms.

Bd. F. 10. 4. Finishing.-According to specification No. Bd. !". 8. 3. 5. If any special finishes and ornamental design are to be provided they shall be carried out as per detailed drawings or as directed.

Bd. F. 10. 5. Item to i~lude.-According to specification No. B. 6. 14.

Ail special finish and the ornamental work as per detailed drawings shall also be included in the item. Bd, F. to. 6. Mode of measurement and payment.-According to specification No. Bd.

F. 9. 6. Special finishes and ornaments work if any shall be included in the rate.

Bd. F. 11. Providing and casting in situ, cement concrete 1: 2 : 4, of trap! granite! quartzite/gneiss metal for R.C.C. pardi ................................................. mm. (about-") thick includins

centering, [orm-work, compacting, finishing the formed surfaces with cement mortar I : 3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a snwoth and even surface or roughening them if special finish is to De provided, and curing (exc.luding mild steel Teinjorcement).

Bd.F. 11. 1. General.- The item refers to cement concrete required for R.C.c. pardi of the thickness shown in the detailed drawings approved by the Engineer. The item "hall comply with specifications for item Bd. F. 6 except for the following: -,-Wben the pardi is high, formwork for the pardi shall be built up in stages of a metre or so in height at least on one side. The formwork shall be kept absolutely plumb. during and after the placing of concrete and shall be checked and approved by the Engineer. Compaction may be done manually.

Bd. F. 12. Providing and casting in situ. cement concrete 1: 2 : 4. of trap! granite / quarttite/gneiss metal for R.C.C. coping to plinth or parapet and sills of doors and windows, moulded or chamfered as per detailed drawings approved by the Engineer including centering, [ormwork, compacting, finishing the exposed surfaces with cement mortar I: 3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roguhenin: them if special finish is to be provided and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement).

Bd. F. 12. 1. General.-The specifications pertain to the cement concrete for R.C.C. copings to the plinth or parapet and sills of doors and windows in building construction.

The item shall generally conform to the specilications for item No. Bd. E. 3 subject to the following: Before the concrete is placed the formwork and reinforcement of the coping shall be passed by the Engineer

and the me3surements of mild steel bar reinforcement recorded, The mild steel bar reinforcement shall be paid under a separate item.

1 : 3 finishing plaster referred to in the item shall be provided for all the exposed surfaces

Bd, F. 13. Providing and casting in situ, cement concretel: 2 : 4. of trap/granite! quartl.ite/gneiss metal for KG-C. waist slab. steps and parapet as per detailed drawings for sfc1ircast:s including centering. form work compacting. finishing the formed suriaces with cement mar/til I .. 3 of sufficient minimui11 thickness to give a smooth and even suriaoe or rougHening them it if special finish is to be provided and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement).

- 438 -


Bd.F.19.i. Bd. F. 16. Providing and casting in situ, cement concrete 1: 2 : 4, of trap I granite I quartzit eIgne iss

metal for R.C.C. fins -'- mm. (about-") thick in positions on the drawings or as, directed by the Engineer including centering~i.orm~wOrk, compaction, finishing the [ormed=sur-. faces with cement mortar J: 3.o/suJficient minimumthiCknc$s to give a smooth and eVerLSUl1· face or roughening them it special- finish is to be provided Md curing (excludins: mild sled' reinforcement).

Bd, F. 16,1. General.-The item shall comply with specificatidn for item No. Bd. F. 11. in all pertinent particulars subject to the following: ' ' ' - , (1) The shape, thickness and other dime~sions of the Unsshall be exactly as, shown.' in the drawings or specified in the special provisions. " .

(2) The fins shall be cast in exactly the same place and to the same shape, thickness, curve, inclination. etc., as shown on the drawings and as directed by the Engineer. , , (3) If special finishes are to be applied. the surfaces shall be roughened immediately' on removal

of forms and within a day thereof so as to get a good hold for the finish. . '. ' (4) For the fins, only the clear dimensions shall be measured. Any portioaotahe fin, which is

embedded in masonry or any other part of the building shall not be paid. as fin but shall be included in the item in which it is embedded. No deductions shall be made _ for these embedded parts from the corresponding items.

Bd. F. 17. Providing and fixing in position mild steel bar reinforcement of varil)us, diameters for R.C.C. pile caps, footings, foundations, slabs, beams, columns, canopies, staircases, newels, chaiias, lintels, pardis, copings, fins, arches, etc., as per detailed designs, drawings and Schedules including cutting, bending, hooking the bars. binding with wires or tack-welding and' supporting as required complete.'

General.-The item sbaIl comply with specification No. B. 10 in all respects.

In case of reinforcement for pile caps, the splicing of main longitudinal bars shall be by lap only. The main longitudinal reinforcement bars of the piles protruding above the top. of the piles shall be tied to the reinforcement of the pile cap as shown in the plans or as directed by the Engineer. No separate payment shall be made for tying the protruding bars; :

of the piles with bars of pile caps. '

Bd, F. 18. Providing welded joints jor mild steel reinforcement bars of~ (a) 25 mm. diameter

and under.

(b) 28 mm. diameter.

(c) 32 mm. diameter.

(d) 36 mm; diameter.

(e) 40 mm. diameter. •

Bd. F. 18. 1. General.-The, item provides for welding joints in mild steel rcund ibarsof 25 mm, diameter and under and other larger diameter bars used for reinforcement in R.C.c' work and includes necessary welding materials. use of electric arc I oxyacetylene process of welding. equipment and tests. The item shall be carried out in conformity with specification No. B. 10. 7 in all respects. Welding shall be done when the bars are crowded and if and as; required by the Engineer.

Bd, F. 18. 2. Mode of measurement and payment.-The contract rate shall be per- number of welded joint for different diameters of the bars as below: ~

(a) 25 mm. and below.

(b) 28 mm.

(c) 32 mm.

(d) 36 mm.

(e) 40 mID.

Bd. F. 19. Providing and fixing ill position after hoisting, precast 1 : 2 : 4 R.C.C. fillS of traptgranuelquartzhelgneiss metal ~ mm. (about -") thick in cement mortar 1: 3 in the' positions shown in the detailed drawings or as directed by the Engineer and curing complete (including mild steel reinforcement).

Bd. F. 19. 1. General.-The precast RC.C. fins shall be made by filling. the moulds with· a complete batch of 1 : 2 :4 cement concrete so that the whole may set at one time. If one' batch is insufficient to complete a unit. each succeeding batch should follow the preceding batch as quickly as possible. All the specifications for ordinary cement concrete as per B. 6 shall

A·79~37-B,

- 439 -


Bd.F.20.6.

.apply to this work. The maximum size of coarse aggregate shall not exceed lth, the thickness -of the fins. Coarse aggregate shall be of the type of stone mentioned in the Item.. The fins shall be of the thickness mentioned in the wording of the item. The fins shall- abo .' be of shapes .and . dimensions shown. on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer and all the exposed surfaces and edges shall be smooth without plaster finish.

Bd.F. 19. 2. Reinforcement.-The reinforcement shall be 6mm. (about 1/1), mild steel bars at 15 ems. (about 6") centres vertically and horizontally unless other sizes and spacings are specified in special provisions. Tying or tack welding, fixing, etc., shall be ~riein -conformity with specification No. B. 10. The reinforcement shall be placed along the middle

-of the fins. .

Bd. F. 19. 3. Cement mortar.-Cement mortar shall be of proportion 1: 3 and shall -comply with specification No. B. 5. (0).

Bd. F. 19. 4. Fixing.-The fins shall be hoisted and fixed in cement mortar 1 : 3 in positions and at inclinations' as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer.' The -curing shall be done for 14 days. Care shall be taken to see that edges and surfaces are' kept intact during all stages of handling' and fixing. Damaged fins shall ~ rejected.

Bd. F. 19. 5. Finishing.-If any finishing is required at the Joints they shall be finished with 1 : 3 cement mortar to match with the general finish and as approved by the Engineer.

Bd. F. 19. 6. Item to include.-{I) Providing precast R.C.C. fins' as specified above including reinforcement

(2) All labour, material and equipment required for handling, transporting, hoisting and fixing the fins in position to complete the item as specified above.

Bd. F. 19. 7. Mode of measurement and payment.-The contract rate shall be per square metre. The dimensions shall be measured correct up to a centimetre and the area worked out correct up to 2 places of decimals of a square metre. In tpe case of curved fins, curved length shall be measured along the centre-line of the curved edge. The rate shall be inclusive of reinforcement and fixing the fins. in position. The dimensions shall be measured as specified in item No. Bd. F. 16.'

Bd. F. 20.' Providing and fixing in position=aiter hoisting precast I: 2 cement 'mortar reinforced [ali --":'mm. (about -:-!') thick, ojapproved design, in cement mortar 1: 3 and curing

complete (including. mild steel bar reinforcement). . ..,

Ed; F~· 20. L . General.-The precast jali -. shall be .made by filling the mould .ot the approved design pattern with one complete batch of 1 : 2 cement mortar so that the whole lllay set at one time. If one batch is insufficient to complete a. unit. each succeeding 'batch .should follow the preceding batch as quickly as possible. Ali the specifications for ordinary cement .mortar as .per specification No. B. 5.a shall apply to this work. The sand for the mortar shall 'regraded from coarse sand of 5 mm.. (3/16") downwards. The jali shall be cast to the design and dimensions shown on the detailed working drawings approved by the Engineer. All the" surfaces and edges shall be smooth and sharp without plaster finish.

Bd. F. 20. 2. Mild steel reinforcement.-This shall conform to specification No. B. 10. The reinforcement shall be bent to the exact shape of jali work and fixed exactly in the centre of the jali and fully embedded in the mortar.

The 6 mm. (about <1") bars shall be used.

Bd. F. 20. 3. Cement fw;rtar.-Cement mortar for fixing the jali shall be of proportion : 3 and shall comply with specification No. B. 5.a.

Bd, F. 20. 4. Fixing.-The jali shall be fixed in 1 : 3 cement mortar between supports in grooves as shown on drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Jalis with damaged surfaces or edges shall not be fixed. The joints shall be cured for 14 days.

Bd. F. 20. 5. Item to inc1ude.--(l) Providing the precast jali of the required design conforming to specifications detailed above including reinforcement.

(2) All material, equipment, labour for handling, transporting. hoisting and fixing the jali in position as specified above and curing the joints.

Rd. F. 20. 6. Mode of measurement and payment.--Thc contract rate shall be per square metre. The jali shall be measured between supports, portions in the grooves being not measured and also no deductions shan be made for these grooves from the quantity of the correspond-

- 440 -


Bd.F.23. ingsupports. The supporting pillars, etc., shall not be included in the jali. The dimensions shall be measured correct up to a centimetre and the area worked out c?rrec~ up to. 2. places of decimals of a square metre. No deductions shall be made for the openings m the Ja11.

Rd. F. 21.· Providing and fixing in position, after hoisting, .if necessary, precast reinforced' balusters 0/ 1 :2 cement mortar as per detailed designs, shown on the approved drawings; in cement mortar 1 : 3 and curing (including mild steel reinforcement).

Bd. F. 21: 1. General.-All the specifications for. cement mortar as per specifications.

No: B- 5(a) shall apply to this item. The precast reinforced cementmortar balusters. shall be prepared by filling the moulds: . The moulds shall be formed to give to the balusters the. exact shapes and dimensions shown on the drawings approved by the Engineer. The surfaces of balusters shall be smooth and flawless and no separate finishing shall be allowed. Balusters having chipped edges, rough surfaces or other defects shall be rejected.

Bd. F. 21. 2. Mild steel rein/orcement.-This shall conform to. specification No. B. 10.

The reinforcerttent shall be in the centre of the baluster fully embedded in the mortar. The reinforcement shall be as per drawings or as directed by the Engineer. Bars of 12 nun. diameter shall be used when the size is not specifically mentioned.' .

Bd, F. 21. 3. Cement mor/ar.-The baiusters shall be fixed in the required places in the same way as jali in Bd. F 20. 4. The heads and sills of the openings in which the balusters arefixed shall be cast in situ by arranging to hold the balusters in their correct positicn so as to leave both their ends embedded in sills and heads which shall be .paid under a separate item,

Bd. F. 21. 5. Item to iflclude.-{l) Providing and fixing the reinforced cement mortar balusters of the required design conforming to specifications detailed above including, thereinforcement .

. (2) All material. labour. equipment for handling, transporting, hoisting, and fixing the: balusters are specified above and curing the joints. \

Bd. F. 21. 6. Mode of measurement and payment.-The contract rate shall be per square, metre of the clear area in which the balusters are fixed. The height shall be the clear height between top and bottom members in which the balusters are fixed. The length shall be average clear length between the sides of the balustrade. The dimensions shalt be measured correct upto 2 places of decimals of a square metre and area worked out correct up to 2 places of decimals of a square metre.

The portions of balusters embedded in the RC.C. sills and tops shall not be deducted from', the sills and tops. Sills, tops and sides shall be measured under relevant item.

Bd. F. 22. Providing and casting in situ water proofed cement concrete I: It: 3/1: 1: 2 of trap/granite/quartzite/gneiss metal for R.C.C. columns in required places .as per detailed designs and drawings or as directed including centering, form-work, compaction. finishing the formed faces with water proofed cement mortar 1:3 of sufficient minimum thickness to give a smooth and even surface or roughening them if special finish is to be providetl and curing (excluding mild steel reinforcement).

Bd. F. 22. L General.- The item shall comply with the specifications for itemNo. Bd. F. 4, subject to the following t->-

Bd, F. 22. 2. Water proofing materia/.-Water proofing material to be used as an additive' to the cement concrete and mortar to make it waterproof shall be a proprietory product like Pudlo, Impermo, Accoproof, S'ka, etc., approved by the Engineer.

Rd. F 22. 3. Proportion of concrete,-The proportion of materials for the cement concrete shall be as mentioned in the item and shall comply with specification No. B. 6. 3. The quantity of water-proofing material to be added and the method of addition shall be as specified by the manufacturers. The aggregates of the concrete shall be so graded that there will be'

minimum possible voids. ~

Bd. F 22. 4. MixinR.-The concrete shall be mixed mechanically. The mixing of the' water-proofing material in cement, water or concrete shall be done according to the specifications of the manufacturers.

Bd, F. 23. Providing and casting in situ water proof cement concrete 1:J:!:311:1:7 of traplgranitelquartzitetgnelss metal for R.C.C. beams in required places as per detailed designs and drawings or as directed including centering, form-work. compaction. finishing the'

- 441 -


Bd. G. L Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventiofl{llfI.s .. · type bricks in cement mortar 1 ;- [lime mortar:- in foundations and plinth oi inner walls] in plinth oj external walls including dewatering, striking joints on unexposed faces. raking OUI

joints on exposed faces and watering complete. .. ..

Bd, G. 1. 1. General=« The item refers to second class Burnt Brick masonry in foundations and plinths of buildings. The item shall comply with specification No. 8. 8(b) subject to thee following.

Bd. G. 1. 2. Bricks.-Bricks shall be of second class of the type mentioned in the item. Bd. G. 1. 3. Mortar.--cement mortar or Lime mortar as mentioned in the item shan comply with specification No. B. 5 a or No. B. 3 a, respectively and shall be of proportion as. mentioned in the wording of the item.

Ed. G. L 4. Preparation o/foundation bed.-If the foundation is to be laid directly on theexcavated bed, the bed shall be levelled, cleared of all loose materials. cleaned and wetted before starting masonry. If masonry is to be laid on concrete footing, the top of concrete shall be cleaned and moistened. The contractor shall obtain the Engineer's approval for the foundation. bed, before foundation masonry is started.

Bd. G. 1. 5. Laying=-: The thickness of the joints in brick work shall be 12 mm. (about t"~ for conventional bricks and 10 mm. (about 3/8") for I.S. type bricks. When pucca flooring is. to be provided flush. with the top of, plinth, the inside plinth offset, shall be kept lo~ than

the outside plinth top by the thickness of the flooring, .

In addition to the individual mason's tools like trowel, a set of mason's tools compriSing of. string, plumb bob, mason's square, mason's spirit level and wooden straight edge shall be kept on the work site for every group of three masons or less for frequent use and checking during: the progress of work.

Bond shall be English unless otherwise specified or directed by the Engineer. Quoin bricks. shall be laid header and stretcher in alternate courses, bond being obtained by placing a closer next to the quoin header. The arrangement of quoins in a coarse shall generally be symmetrical. Holes of required size shall be left in the brick work during laying only for fixing pipes. service lines, passage of water etc. After the service lines etc. are fixed, the extra hollow left in the holes shall be filled with 1 : 3 cement mortar or 1 : 3 : 6 cement concrete and the face neatly made up with bricks in cement mortar. When iron fixtures etc. are to be laid in thebrickwork. in lime. the portion of iron fixtures etc. in the brick work shall be entirely covered. with not less thanTf) mm. of 1 : 3 cement mortar to prevent corrosion.

The face of exposed brick work shall be cleaned and mortar droppings removed the very day the brickwork is laid.

Bd. G. 1. 6. Striking joints and raking out joints.-For foundation brick work, joints shall be struck smooth while laying the brick work only. If this is not done, the joints shall be raked out to a depth of not less than the thickness of the joints when mortar is green. If the raking is not done when the mortar is green chipping of mortar in the joints shall be done without. damaging the brick work. The raked out joints shall be cleaned of all loose particles wetted and filled with 1 : 3 cement mortar pressed and struck smooth with trowel. It shall be watered for 14 days. In plinth brick work. the joints in the inside surface shall be struck smooth as described above.

The joints in the outside exposed surfaces up to 15 em. (about 6") below the f:inished ground level sh,d] be raked out for a depth of not 1e:;s than the thickness of the joints ..... hen the mortar is green if pbstering or pointing is to be done.

Bd, G. 1. 7. Item to indude.-According to specification No. B. 8. a. 8.

Preparing foundations, fixing pipes, service lines etc. and filling hollows shall also be included in the item.

Change of dimensions of brick masonry shall not entitled the contractor to create claim.

Bd. G. 2. Providing first class BUm! Brick masonry with convcntionalit.s. type bricks in cement mortar 1:-- [lime mortar ,:- in plinth includino dewatering strikin-. ioints on unesnosed [aces, pointino with cement mortar I : 3 On exposed [aces and watering C/·)tf,:p!f?te.

A-79-38'A.

- 442 -


The beams shall be supported on templates of dressed stone or plain or reinforced concrete fixed in the wall. The templates will be paid for separately. Where the R.C.c. slabs bear on the walls. the top of the wall shall be levelled and finished smooth with 12 mm, thick 1 : 4 cement mortar and cured. The plaster may be white washed of covered with paper to minimise friction when movement of slab is expected. Where require, rebates shall be cut into the brick work to hold the frames of doors, windows. etc. Holdfasts shall be built into the brick work. Holes. chases, sleeves. openings, etc., of the required size and shape shall be left in the brick work during laying only for fixing pipes, service lines, passage 'of water, etc. The dimensions ofopenings shall as far as possible conform to the whole multiples of brick dimensions to mini-mise cutting of bricks. After the service lines, pipes etc., are fixed the extra hollow left in. the' hole shall be filled with 1: 3 cement mortar or 1: 3 : 6 cement concrete and shall be finished neatly with facing bricks. The frames of wooden doors and windows and heavy steel door and window frames shall be built in as the brick work is being constructed. But for ordinary steel doors and windows: required openings for frames, holdfasts, etc., shall be left in the wall and frames embedded later to avoid damage to the frames. Well seasoned tapered wooden plugs of the size shown in the drawings or directed by the Engineer shall be embedded in the brick work during laying only. The joints with frames etc. shall be neatly finished while pointing or plastering.

The top of brick work for receiving slopping roofs. gables, etc., shall be finished to therequired slope and the requited height. No hollow space shall be left between the roof and the top of the wall. Anchors of roof trusses, etc., shall be embedded in the masonry. as it proceeds ..

Fixtures (except wooden plugs), frame, anchors, templates, etc., shall however. be paid for under separate items. .

For the face of brick work where plastering is to be done, joints shall be raked out to tt depth not less than the thickness of joints. Other faces shall be pointed as specified in B. 13. I

The face of brick work shall be cleaned and mortar droppings removed the very day that brick work is laid. Scaffolding shall be double.

Bd. G. 4. 3. Item to include.-As per B. 8. a. 8.

The rate shall also include provision of wooden tapered plugs, leaving holes for fixing pipes: etc., at required places, building in of holdfasts, erecting doors and window frames, filling the hollows with cement concrete or mortar and finishing. forming chases and grooves, rough cutting:" and waste for forming gables, splays at jambs. etc .. pointing with cement mortar 1 ~ 3 on out-: side exposed faces. raking out joints and plastering and white washing for preparing tops of walls under R.C.C. slabs. Holdfast and other fixtures however. shall be paid under separate items.

Bd. G. 4. 4. Mode of measurement and payment.-According to B. 8. 11. 9.

For walling which is more than 3 bricks in thickness. the actual thickness of wan shall be' measured to the nearest one em.

Deductions for doors, windows. etc., shall be made for the actual square opening in the masonry at the frames although the jamb, sills. etc., may be splayed. No deduction shall be: made for the embedded portions of items like cornices, string courses, corbels, etc., which are paid separately on running metre basis. Floor and roof slabs, sills. lintels and portion of R.C.C staircases which occur in the masonry and are separately paid for shaH be deducted.

Bd, G. 5. Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventional/I.S. type bricks; in cement mortar /:- [lime mortar J;- in superstructure including striking joints;

raking out joints, watering and scaffolding complete.

Bd. G. S. 1. Gel!eT(lI.·~- The item refers to second class brick work in superstruCt~iL Jwl shall comply with specification No. Ed. G. 4 subject to the following:

Rd. G. 5. 2. Bricks.-Bricks shall be of second class of the type mentioned in the item.

Bd. G. 5. 3. Thickness of joints.~-Thickncss of joints shall be 10 mm. (about 3/"8) for brick work with 1.S. type bricks and 12 mm. (about }N) for brick work with conven!;onal bricks-

Ed. G. 5. 4. Sca[jolding.--Scaffolding may be single.

Bd. G. 5. 5. Raking OI~t ioirus:-: TIle joints shall be raked Gut to a depth, of not less than the thickness of joints for affording good bond when plas·cr:ng or po:r.:ing i:> to he flcnc. Otherwise joints shall be struck.

- 443 -


Bd.G.7.1~

Bd, G. 5. 6. Item to include.-According to Bd, G. 4. 3.

The item provides for striking joints. Pointing shall be, done when it is specially included in the wording of the item.

Ed. G. 6. Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventionalll.S, type bricks in cement mortar I :- llime mortar I :- in superstructure, as backing in compo-

site masonry including scaffolding, raking out joints and watering complete.'

Bd. G. 6. 1. General=: The -item refers to second class burnt brick masonry in superstructure, as backing in composite masonry. The relevant specifications for item Nos. Bd. O. 3 and Bd. G. 5. .shall also apply for this item subject to the following:-

Bd. G.' 6. 2. Scaffolding.----Scaffolding may be single.

Bd.G. 6. 3. Item to include.-:According to specification No. Bd. G. 3. 4 and Bd. G. 4. 3. Bd. B. 6. 4.

Mode of measurement and payment.-According to specification No. Ed. G. 3."5.

Deductions shall be made as specified in Bd. G. 4. 4.

Bd, G. 7. Providing second class Burnt Brick masonry with conventialll.S, type bricks in cement mortar 1 :- , in half brick thick wall including mild steel longitudinal reinforcement 'of 2 bors.oj 6 mm. '(about 1") diameter, 2 hoop iron strips 25 mm. Xl.6 mm. (16 gauge) at every third course. properly bent and bonded at ends. scaffolding, raking out joints and watering complete;

Ed. G. 7. 1. General.- The item refers to Burnt Brick masonry in half brick wall. exclusive of any finishing on either side. The item shall comply with specification No. B. 8. b. subject to the following:-

Bd. G. 7. 2. Bricks.-Bricks shall be of second class of the type mentioned in the item. ~. , \.

Bd. G.7. 3. Mortar.-Cement mortar shall conform to specifications No. B. 5. a. The .proportion of the mortar shall be as mentioned in the wording of the item.

Bd. t:J. 7. 4. Reinforcement bars.-The mild steel reinforcing bars shall conform to speci'lication No. A. 10. Two bars of 6 mm. (about 1") diameter shall be used longitudinally at every thirdcourse of the brick work. The first reinforcement shall be placed on the top of 'bottom most course. The bars shall be fully embedded in the mortar and the ends shall be properly bonded in the vertical joints of brick work or to the main walls as directed by the Engineer., Laps shall be provided of minimum length 45 d.

Bd. G. 7. 5. Hoop iron strips.-These may be used instead of mild steel bar reinforcement. ':two hoop iron strips of size 25 mm. (about I") wide and 1.6 mm. thick (16 gauge) shall be placed longitudinally in every third joint of the brick courses. The first reinforcement shall come on the top of the bottom most course. The strips shall be fully and properly embedded in the mortar and the ends shall be properly bonded in the vertical joints of the brick work or to the main: walls as directed by the Engineer. If continuous strip is not available. strips shall be rivet jointed with a minimum overlap of 8 cm. (3").

Rd. G. 7. 6. Laying.-All the bricks shall be laid stretcherwise breaking joint with those m the upper and lower courses. Fixtures, plugs. holdfasts, frames of doors, windows shall be housed into the brick work while laying only and at the correct levels and positions. Holes of required size and shape shall be left in the brick work during laying for fixing pipes, or service lines, passage of water, etc. After the service pipes, etc., are fixed. the extra hollow left in the hole shall be filled with I: 3 cement mortar or 1: 3 : 6 cement concrete. Holdfasts for frames or doors and windows shall be accommodated in the joints of the brick work while lay" ing. The joints in the courses where reinforcement is placed shall admit of a mortar cover of ~t least 5 rom, tor the reinforcement. For ioints in other layers the thickness shall not be more than 10 rpm. (about gig") for brick work with LS, type brick and not more than 12 mm. (about 1") for brick work with conventional bricks. A set of mason's tools shall be maintained on work for each group of 3 masons or less for frequent use and checking. The ends of walls shall be bonded into the side walls where necessary.

~. Bd, G. 7. 7. Raking out ;oints.-The joints shall be raked out to a depth of not less than the thickness of the joints,

- 444 -


Bd. G. 7. 8. Item to include.-

According to B. 8(a). 8. but with second class bricks. The rate shall also include-

(1) Providing and fixing of mild steel reinforcement bars as mentioned in the item or hoop iron strips. (2) Leaving holes for fixtures, pipes. etc .• fixing them and finishing.

(3) Building in frames, holdfasts, etc., and forming chases, grooves, etc.,

The fixture, frames, pipes. etc., themselves shall be paid for under separate items.

Bd. G. 7. 9. Mode of measurement and payment.-The contract rate shall be per square metre of the completed brick work area, The dimensions shall be measured correct up to one centimetre and area worked out correct up to 2 places of decimals of a square metre. Where half brick thick wall is joined to the main walls, the measurement for half brick thick wall shall be taken for its clear length from the faces of the main or partition walls.

No deductions shall be made for (a) ends of dissimilar materials. (i.e, joists beams. lintels, posts, girders, ogers, etc.) up to 500 sq. em. each in section and (b) openings up to 0.1 sq. m. in area.

Deductions for doors and windows shall be inclusive of their frames. If R.C.C. or other beams, posts. etc .• are embedded in the brick work and are paid for separately. their face areas :shall be deducted.

Bd, O. 8. Providing Burnt Brick-on-edge masonry. with second class bricks of conventional type, in cement mortar 1 : including mild steel longitudinal reinforcement' 012 bars 0' Q mm. (about 1") diameter/one strip of hoop iron 25 mm.XJ.6 mm. (16 gauge) placed at eve,.., third course. properly bent and bonded at ends, scaffolding. raking out joints and watering complete.

Bd. O. 8. 1. General.-These specifications pertain to brick-on-edge masonry. with second class Burnt Bricks of the conventional type the thickness of wall being the least edge thickness of one brick without plastering or finishing. The specifications given for item No. Bd. G. 7 'shall apply with the following changes:-

Bd, G. 8. 2. Bricks.~Bricks shall be of the second class of the conventional type.

Bd. G. 8. 3. Laying.-Bricks shall be laid on edge. When hoop iron is used for reinforcement, cnly one strip shall be used. .

Bd. O. 9. Providing first class Burnt Brick masonry with conventionalil S. type bricks in cement mortar 1: llime mortar 1: including scaffolding, pointing with cement mortar J: and watering in pillars of-

(a) rectangular or square shape; (b)

curved shapes:

as shown in the drawings.

Bd. G. 9. I. General.- The item provides for the construction of first class Burnt Brick masonry in pillars of sizes and shapes shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The work shall be classed as pillar if the ratio of sides is equal to or less than 3 : 1 and as wall if the ratio of sides is larger than 3 : 1. The specifications given for item No. Bd. G. 4 shall

.apply subject to. the following: - .

Bd. G. 9, 2. Bricks.--Bricks shall be of the type mentioned in the item, Where curved shapes are required specially moulded burnt bricks of the required shape and size shall be used.

Bd. G, <), 3, Mortar=: The type and mix of the mortar shall be as indicated in the item.

Rd. G 9, 4. Layiflg.-·-The brick pillar shall be of the exact shape and size as shown on the drawings or as directed by the Engineer. For shapes other than rectangular or square, specially moulded bricks shall be used. In all cases, joints shall be 10 mm. thick.

Bd. G. 9 5, Cement pointing.-Brick work shall be neatly pointed with cement mortar I : 3 as specified in B. 13.

3d, G, 9. 6. I tcrr: to il!clude.---As per B. 8. a. 8. The rate shall also include specially io")u!rL::d brick" and sett~w'( them to obtain the required shapes for the pillars and cement pointing,

- 445 -


PLASTERING AND POINTING

Bd, L. l.Providing cement plaster 6 mm. (about i") thick in single CQat in cement mortar I : with/without cementlneeru finish to concrete suriaces in all positions including scaffolding· and curing complete.

Bd. L. 1.1 General.- The item refers to provision of 6 mm, thick cement plaster to Concrete surfaces and shall be carried out in conformity with specification No.B. 11 for cement plaster subject to the following additional specifications :-

Bd, L. 1.2. Tools and accessories.-Toois and accessories used in plaster work may advantageously conform to I.S. 1630-1960. All tools shall be cleaned by scraping and washing at the end of each day's work or after use. Metal tools shall be cleaned after each operation. All tools shall be examined to see that they are thoroughly cleaned before plastering is begun.

Bd. L. 1.3. Programme of work in relation to plastering.- The programming of other building operations before. during and after plastering. shall be according to the instructions contained in clause 4 of 1.S. 1661-1960.

Bd. L. 1.4. General precautions in plastering.-All general precautions as specified in I.S. 1661-1960 clause 9, shall be taken and preparation of the backgroundshall be done as laid down in 1.S. 1661-1960 clause 13. Care shall be taken to see that other parts of the work or adjacent works are not damaged while plastering.

Bd, L. 1.5. Plastering.-Plaster of cement mortar shall be laid in with somewhat more than 6 mm. (about 1") thickness and pressed and levelled with a wooden ruler to a finisl<t thickness of 6 mm. Long straight edge shall be freely used to ensure a perfectly even surface, All comers and angles shall be perfectly plumb and soffits of arches true to the specified Q1IVe. All junctions of doors and windows and other frames shall be neatly finished. All architectural panelling, grooves, etc., tobe shown in the thickness of the plaster shall be so worked. When cement or neeru finish is not specified. the external plaster shall be finished with wooden float to give a granular surface and internal plaster finished smooth with steel trowel.

For cement finishing, a coat of pure portland cement slurry (about 1.5 nun. thick ) shall be applied to the plastered surface. with a trowel while the first coat is still plastic. If neeru finish is specified then the surface shall be finished as per specifications for item No. Bd. L. 10. The total thickness of the plaster excluding the cement or neeru finish shall he 6 nun. (l"). ~atering for curing shall be started soon after the initial set of the surface material to avoid damage.

Bd. L. 1.6. Item to including.-As per B. 11. Plastering in all positions will be included in this item. The item shall include rounding up of comers and angles, finishing of tops of dados and skirtings,

junctions of roof and walls and neeru or cement finish when specified in the item. The plastering of brick cornices, brick copings and other brick mouldings shall not be measured nor paid for separately when included in the respective inclusive items. of cornice. coping and moulding. Architectural cornices, mouldings. ribs, architraves and the like when prepared in plaster only of more than 6 nun. thickness shall be paid under separate items unless otherwise provided.

Bd. L. 1.7. Mode of measurement and payment.-As per B. 11. For jambs, soffits. sills. etc .• for openings, not exceeding 0.5 sq. m. each in area. ends of joists, beams,

posts, girders, etc., not exceeding 500 sq. em. each in area and opening not exceed. ing 3 sq. m. each, deductions and additions shall be made in the following manner : ~

(a) No deductions shall be made for ends of joists. beams, posts, etc .• not exceeding 500 sq. em. and for openings not exceeding 0.5 sq. m. each and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs,

soffits, sills. etc., of these openings nor for finishing the plaster around ends of joists, beams, posts, etc. (b) Deduction for openings exceeding 0.5 sq. m. but not exceeding 3 sq. m. each shall be made as follows and no addition shall be made for reveals, jambs, soffits, sills, etc., of these openings-s-

(i) when only one face is plastered no deductions shall be made, (ii) when both faces of a wall are plastered with the same plaster, deduction shall be made for

one face only for square openings without considering splays. if any, (iii) when two faces of a wall are plastered with different plasters or if one face is plastered

and other pointed, deduction shall be made from the plaster or pointing on the side of frames for doors. windows. etc .. on which the width of reveal is less than that on the other side. but no deduction shall be made on the other side.

(c) In case of openings of area above 3 sq. m. each. deductions shall be made for the actual openings but jambs, soffits. and sills shall be measured and paid.

- 446 -


Bd.L.6.2. Ceilings with projecting beams, shall be measured over beams, i.e., the piastered faces of beams shall

be measured and added to the plastering on ceilings when plaster thicker than 6 mm. (about !") or special finish is. to be provided. But finishing plaster up to 6 mm. thick

for R. C. C. work shall not .be paid for separately. . The measurements of lengths of wall plastering shall be taken between walls Of partitions (the

dimensions after plastering shall be taken) and from the top of floor or skirting to the top of the wall for height. Cornices or coves, if any, shall be measured separately and excluded from this item. Ribs and mouldings on ceilings .and beams more than the. thickness of the plaster shall be measured separately as, for the cornice, etc., in . plaster, deduction being made from the plastering for the area covered.

Sides of piasters,projections. etc., shall be added to the plaster 'on walls.

Ed. L. "2. Providing· cement plaster 12 mm. (about 1") 'thick in single coat in cement mortar 1 : with/without cement/neeru finish '0 concrete or brick sur/aces, in all positions

including scatJolding and curing complete.

Bd. L. 2.1. General.- The specifications given for item No. Ed. L. 1 shall apply except that the thickness of the cement plaster excluding cement orneeru finish shall be 12 mm, (about 1-") in cne coat only.

Bd. L. 3. Providing cement plaster 20 mm.(about i") thick in single coat in cement . mortar 1; . .. with/without cementlneeru finish to stone masonry surfaces, in all positions

inp~1l4ing scaffolding and curing complete.

·Bd. L. 3.1. General.---"The specification for itemNo.Bd. L. 1. shall apply except iliat the thickness: of the cement plaster excluding cemeat/neeru finish shall be 20 mm, (aboutr') iIi ~e;coaton1y .

. Bd, L .. 4. Providing cement plaster 20mm. (aboUt ii thick in two coats in cement mofFar- I: with/without cementlneeru fznish to concrete-or brick surfaces, in all positions indud-

ing scaffolding and curing complete.

Bd. L. 4.1. General.-The item shall comply with specification B. 11. b subject to the additional clauses Bd. L. 1.2. Bd. L. 1.3. Bd. L. 1.4 and the following:-

Bd, L. 4.2. Finishing.-When no finish is specified the plastered surface shall be rubbed well to an even plane with a wooden float for external surfaces and finished smooth with a steel trowel for internal surfaces.

When cement finish is specified, a coat of pure portland cement slurry 1.5 llllll.(lj 16''") thick shall. be applied to the plastered surface while the second coat is still fresh. If neeru finish is specified, then the surface shall be finished as per specification for item No. Bd. L. 10 . . ;, The thickness of the cement plaster shall be 20 mm. (about in) excluding cement or neeru

fiiiish; . '.

Bd. L. 4.3. Item to include.-As per Bd. L. 1. 6.

The two coats and the finish as specified shall be included in the item.

Bd. L. 4.4. Mode of measurement and payment.-As per Bd, L. 1.7.

Bd. L. 5. Providing cement plaster 25 mm. (about 1") thick in two coats in cement mortar 1.' with/without cementlneeru finish to concrete, brick or stone surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding and curing complete. '

Bd. L. 5.1. General.- The specification~ for item Bd. L. 4, shall apply except that the thickness of the two coats of cement plaster excluding cement or neeru finish, if any. shall be equal to 25 mrn, (about 1"). The first coat shall be 18 mm. and the second oat 7 rnrn. thick.

Ed. L. 6. Provulins; cornices, coves, mouling ribs and architraves on walls and ceilings in ali positions in I : cement plaster 6 milt. to 40 mm. (about l" to ! 1") thick, (IS shown in the drawings or as directed by the Engineer, ill required number of (~Oa!5 withlwithout cemcntjneeru finish including sca(foldinf; and curing complete.

Ed. L 6.1. GeneraL-The item provides for cornices. coves, ribs, mouldings, architraves. etc., of cement plaster en walls and ceilings as per detailed drawings or as specified by 11:<.: Engineer in required places when the cornices. mouldings. etc., are prepared only in plaster. The item shall be carried out in conformity with the relevant portions of specifications for 2 coat plaster Biven for item No. Bd. L. 5 and further coats if necessary subject to the fr-llowing->

Bd. L 6~ When the cornice, string course, etc., are prepared with cut bricks and plaster they will be treated as brick work cornice, etc., and paid for the inclusive item.

- 447 -


Bd. L. 6.3. The mouldings of cornices, architraves, etc., as shown in the detailed drawings or directed by the Engineer shall be accurately reproduced in the plaster in required number of coats up to a maximum thickness of 40 mm in the correct positions and to exact .dimensions and shapes and finished.

Bd. L. 6.4. Item to inCfude.-As per B. 11 and shall include preparing the mouldings, etc., in plaster in the required number of coats to the designs and patterns shown in the-drawings or directed by the Englneer,

Bd, L. 6.5. Mode of measurement=and payment.--'-As per Bd: L. 1.7. The contract rate shaiJ be for a unit of one square metre. Unless otherwise specified in the special provisions, length shall be measured at the middle of the width in vertical and horizontal surfaces on which the mouldings are provided. The width shall be similarly measured on the flat and not along the mouldings, The area shall be arrived at by multiplying length by the width.' The djmensions shall be measured correct up toa em. and the area worked out correct up to two'places of decimals of a sq. m. The area of the underlying plaster covered by the mouldings, etc.rshall be considered as part of the mouldings. architraves, etc., and shall not be included i\ the surrounding plaster. 'q

Bd, L. 7. Providing' sand faced plaster in cement mortar using Kharsalia/Kasaba or similar type of sand. in all posttionsincludtng base coat. scaffolding, keeping the suriace of the base coat rough to receive the sand faced treatment, finishing the suriace by taking out grains

and curing complete. .

Bd, L. 7.1. General.-The item shall comply with the specification No. B. 11 in ,all pertinent particulars. In addition Bd. L. 1.2, Bd. L. 1.3,Bd. L. 1.4atld the fonowing specifications shall also be complied with.

Bd. L. 7.2. Base coat . .-The base coat plaster shall be of cement mortar 1 :4. Water- proofing compound of approved make. like Pudlo. Sika, Accoproof shaUbI' added according to the maker's instructions to make the mortar waterproof. The plaster with this mortar shall .be laid as specified in Bd. L. 2. with a thickness of 15 mm (about i") for brick work and concrete surfaces, and 20 mm (about i") for rubble stonemasonry. Keys shall be formed on the surface by thoroughly combing it with wavy horizontal lines about 12mm (about !") apart and about 3 mm (about Y) deep when the mortar is still plastic.

The base coat shall be cured for not less than 2 days.

Bd. L. 7.3. Sand Faced treatment.-The cement mortar for sand faced plaster shall have washed Kharsalia or Kasaba or. similar type of approved-sand with slightly larger ... proportion of coarse material. The proportion of cement to sand shall be 1 :4. The water is added gradually to make the mixture homogeneous, The thickness of finishing coat shall not exceed 8 rnm (about 5/16"). After application, the surface should be finished With a wooden float lined with cork and tapped gently to retain a coarse surface texture. When the finishing coat has hardened. the surface shan be kept moist continuously for 14 days.

Rd. L. 7.4. Item to include.-As per relevant portion of Ed. L. 1.6. It shall also in- I dude the base coat and sand face treatment as above.

e.

Bd, L. 7.5. Mode of measurement and payment.-As per Bd. L. 1.7.

Rd. L. 8. Providing TOugh cast cement plaster with cement mortar in two coats to concrete brick or stone masonry surfaces, in all positions including scaffolding and curing 'complete.

Ed. L 81. Con-"ra!.~ The item refers to rough cast cement plaster. The specifications Q.ivcn in R 11. b. shall apply with the addition of Rd. L. 1.2, Bel. L. 1.3, and Bd. L. 1.4, snhiect to [he folJ.')wing:--

Rd I, ~.2. Bnsc Coat-The first coat of plaster shall be of cement mortar of 1: 4 mixed rmd <1pcLeJ according to the relevant provisions of LS. 1661·1960 cia use 14.1. The finished l!lic}:n,,·::, ,,;" '};.; n.r~t coat shall be 12 mm (about l") for brick masonry or concrete surfaces :;nd i '! ,,,~,,~ r;;(Y)l't~lJ! for rubble stone masonry. The plaster shall be bid by throwing the m:.Jr,,,,.;h: [I"inG " o;lr·,mg Whipping motion). on the prepared surface with a trowel in a unif "',z; !t"Y'~', :.~d;;re,:;cd to form a good bond. The surface shall be roughened.

}}J L g 3. Second Coat.·-Thc second coat shall be the rough cast mixture consisting of '1!';":'·"r'f.) which may vary in size from 5 to 8 mm. and may consist of specially graded mixture mixed 'If!!h fine sand and cement. The propc'rtion of cement to sand and aggregate shall be I: 1 ~ . -'1 !t sh'dl h::~ fh'En~ upon the first coat with large trowels to form an even protective C(Y.t The f':~ccnd coat must he applied while the first coat is still soft and nlastic. The work "h:,;! ~(~i1<:"·d.lv ':,'1llnrrn to clause 16.5 of is 1661-1960 The thickness of'thf.! coat shall be :,bnn! 12 mm (',bout 1")

- 448 -


BcJ.MA.

When diamond pattern paving is provided in the item. the slabs shall be square and lar to the diamond pattern with traingular shaped slabs to make up the edges. In plain patte·· stones on each course shall break joint with those in the next.

Bd. M. 1. 2. 3. Pointing.-When pointing is to be done. the joints with cement mortar. of the proportion mentioned in the wording of the item accor(f~ .. B. ·13. If the slabs are smeared with mortar. they shall be cleaned immediately after pointitl

When pointing is not specified joints shall be struck. .

Bd, M: 1. 2. 4. Curing.- The flooring shall be kept well wetted with damp sandQ water for fourteen days. It shall be kept undisturbed for at least seven days. '

. Bd. M. 1. 2. 5. Cleaning.-AII flooring shall be thoroughly cleaned and clean and free from any mortar

stains. etc. Bd, M. 1. 3. Item to include.-The rate shall include. 1. All labour. materials and equipment, cleaning the

sub-base, laying mortar bed cement grout, or sand as specified fixing stone slabs specified above and making up the jo'

2. Any cutting and waste if required. 3. Cement pointing when included in' the item. 4.Curing. S. Cleaning the floor from all stains. etc.

Bd, M. 1. 4. Mode of measurement and payment.- The contract rate shall be per squ metre of the floor area covered by the flooring of the specified type. All work . shall .... measured net. The length and width of the flooring shan be measured net between the fa Of skirtings ordados or plastered faces of walls. Paving under the dado. skirting or plas shall not be measured,

Bd. M. 2. Providing and laying rough Shahabadl Kotahf Tandur stone {looring 12,jJifi to 20 mm (about t" to i") thick and-rem. wide in plain/diamond pattern on a bed of 1 :2 lime mortarjl : 4 cement mortar including cement float. striking joints/cement pointingiTi:,~ mortar 1: 3, curing and cleaning complete.''''

subj~·toM,j,;. ~llO~='!..:~~pecifications given for item N,. Bd. M. l. shall apP1tl Bd. M. 2. 2. Only rough Tandur stone shall be used for the paving.

.,

.~:~

Bd. M. 2. 3. Thickness of Tandur stone Bags shall be 12 mm. to 20 mm. (about til' to::1 il. It shall not be less than 12 rum . (about t") at its thinnest part. .~ ..... ~

Bd. M. 3. Providing and laying polished Shahabadl Tandurj Kotah stone flooring, 2i~~~ mm (about

l")thick and-s-cm wide in plain/diamond pattern on a bed of 1:2 lime morta;(;~ 1 : 4, Cement mortar including cement float, filling joints with neat cement grout, curing.';~ polishing and- cleaning complete. .,,

'.

;

;

Bd. M. 3. 1. GeneraL-The specification for this item shall be the same as for item:~ No. Bd. M. 1 except that-

(1) All the stone slabs shall be square in shape. The dimensions shall be 24.85 em X 24.85 cm.,

29.85 em x 29.85 em or other dimensions as specified in the special provisions or directed by the Engineer. Tolerance in thickness shall be ± 3 mm,

(2) The exposed surface of the specified stone flags shall be machine polished to a smooth, even and true plane and the edges machine cut square and to the required shape when necessary. Samples shall be got approved by the Engineer who will keep them in his office for reference.

(3) The thickness of joints shall not exceed 1.5 rnrn, (4)

(4)Joints shall be grouted with neat cement slurry.

(5) When the bedding and joints of the flooring have completely set, the surface shall be machine polished to give a smooth, even and true plane to the floor and thoroughly cleaned

Bd. M. 4. Providing and laying in all positions polished Shahabad/Tandur/Kotah stone flooring

25 mm (about J") thick and-s-cm wide in plain/diamond pattern with black processed Caddapa stone slabs for borders or for any other approved design on a bed of /;2 lime mortarl lrd cement mortar including cement float, filling the joints witit neat cement grout, curing, polishing and cleaning

- 449 -


complete.

Bd. M. 7. Providing and laying Indian Patent stone 40 mmx50 mm (about 1t"/2") thick with 1:2:4 cement concrete laid to proper level and slope, in altemote bays including compaction, filling joints, marking lines to give the appearance of tiles of 30cm .X30 em. (12" X 12") or other sizes laid diagonally or square etc. finishing smooth (with extra cement) in fJ.ny colour as directed and curing complete.

Bd, M. 7. 1. General.-The specification for this item shall be the same as for item Bd. M. 6, except that the proportion of concrete shall be 1: 2 : 4 instead of 1: 2 : 3.

Bd. M. 8. Providing and layingfiooring of plain cement tiles 01 size em X em on a bed of ]:2 lime mortarll A cement mortar including neat cement float, filling joints witli neat cement slurry, curing. polishing and cleaning without border/with border/with pattern oj

cement tiles of colour.

Bd. M. 8. i. General.- The item provides for flooring of plain cement tiles with or with. out coloured cement tile borders as mentioned in the wording of the item.

Bd. M. 8. 2. Materials:- - Bd. M. 8. 2. 1. Plain cement tiles.-Plain cement tiles shall be of general purpose type.

These shall conform to L S. 1237-1959 in respect of constituent materials. manufacture.' shape and dimensions, tolerances, wearing layer, colour and appearance, general quality of. tiles. strength. resistance to wear, water absorption and tests etc. The size of the tile shall be one of the following as approved by the Engineer. 19.85 em, X 19.85 cm., 29.85 cm.X29.85 em., 24.85 em. X 24.85 cm., 20 em. X 20 cm., 25 em. X 25 cm., 30 em. X 30 em. If there is a doubt about the quality of tiles, they shall be tested and the cost of the tests borne as . specified in I. S. 1237-1959. Samples of tiles shall be got approved by the Engineer, who shall keep them in his office for reference. The supply shall conform to the samples.

Bd. M. 8. 2. 2. Plain coloured cement tiles for border and design.-Coloured cement tiles shall also comply with I. S. 1237-1959 having the colour facing as mentioned in the wording of the item.

Bd. M. 8. 2. 3. Mortar.--As for item Bd. M. 1. 1. 2.

Bd. M. 8. 3. Bedding.-Bedding shall conform to I. S. 1443-1959 Code of practice for laying and finishing of cement concrete flooring tiles.

Bd. M. 8. 4. Laying, curing, polishing, finishing and cleaning.-Polishing, finishing etc., shall conform to I. S. 1443-1959. Polishing shall be done by machine to a smooth and plane surface. When a border of coloured tiles is included in the item, the tiles of the specified colour shall be laid in one tile width all round near the border. If a pattern of coloured tiles is to be provided it shall be mentioned in the special provisions ~d/or shown in the drawings. The joints of the plain tiles shall be filled with neat cement slurry and of coloured tiles with coloured cement slurry. Cleaning of the whole floor shall be done according to I. S. 1443-1959. The flooring shall be kept wet for 14 days.

Bd. M. 8. 5. Item to include.-(i) Cleaning the base and laying the bedding mortar and levelling. (b) Providing and fixing the tiles in neat cement float on the bedding mortar. (iii) When plain coloured cement tile border is included in the item, border of one tile of the

specified colour shall be provided unless other' patterns are specified in the item or shown in the drawings.

Uv) Filling the joints of tiles with neat cement or coloured cement slurry as necessary. (v) Curing. (vi) All labour, materials, and use of tools for carrying out the item as specified above,

Bd. M. 8. 6. Mode of measurement and payment.- This shall be the same as for item Bd, M. 1. Coloured border or pattern when mentioned in the item, shall be included in the rate.

Bd, M. 9. Providing and fixing plain cement tiles for dado and skirting in required positions on plaster of 1: 4 cement mortal' including filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing. rubbing, polishing and cleaning complete.

Bd. M. 9. 1. General.-The item refers to provision of dado and skirting of plain cement tiles, for .walls.

Bd. M. 9. 2. Materials,-Plain cement tiles, mortar and cement shall be the same as for item Bd. M. 8.

- 450 -


Bd.M.33.(C)

Bd. M. 30. 1. General.- The item refers to providing precast marble mosaic tile sills for windows etc. "The item shall comply with specifications given for item No. Bd. M. 14 subject to the relevant stipulations in Bad, M. 28.

Bd. M. 31. Providing sills of white Makrana] ................................. coloured and veined Pepsu] Baroda marble slabs of approved quality, colour and veins ..................... mm (about ") thick

on a bed of 1: 4 cement mortar including neat cement fioat, filing joints with neat coloured cement slurry. to match the colour of the slabs, curing, polishing and cleaning complete.

Bd. M. 31. L General.-The item refers to the provision of sills of marble for windows etc. The item shaH comply with specifications given for item No.' Bd, M. 16 subject to the relevant stipulations in Bd. M. 28. The outside edges of sills of windows shall be rounded when so shown in the drawing or directed by the Engineer. The mortar bedding shall be just sufficiently thick to give an even bedding.

Bd. M. 32. 1. General.-The item refers. to cast in situ sills of marble mosaic fot •• ~ windows etc.

The item shall comply with specifications given for item No. Bd. M. 18 subject': to the following:- (1) The underlayer of Indian patent stone shall be omitted and' only 1: 4 - cement;:? mortar bed

of about 10 mm to 20 mm thickness shall be provided." (2) The marble chips to be used shall be of white and coloured marble. of the same3;~ size as

are used in the flooring. If dado is provided.' the size of the chips shall be the: same as those in the dado. The thickness of top layer for sills shall be 10 mm (about'i,

3/8"). 3) Aluminium or brass strips shall be omitted, when the longest dimension than 2 m. (4) The edge of the sill shall be rounded.

(5) The sills in situ shall be measured net for the exposed area of marble mosaic

Bd. M. 33 (a). Providing and laying precast polished cbeauered cement tiles, oi.c., .. em x ..... em size for flooring and treads in required positions on a bed of 1 : 2 lime mortar/'r

1:4 cement mortar including neat cement float, filling joints with neat cement slurry, curing, polishi ng and cleaning complete

. The item refers to providing and laying polished cement?_tl .:~ tiles of ~e s~ified = with cbequers of approved patten;t. for flooring an~ tr~ds o~steps:. '.;.'.'.1 .. The specifications for Item Bd, M. 8 shall apply for flooring and the specifications given for .' item Bd. M. 23 shall apply for treads with the difference that chequered tiles shall be used ,;z,. instead of smooth ones. The polishing shall be done by hand only, without damaging the}j chequers as specified in I. S. 1443-1959. Machine polishing shall not be done.;~

Bd. M. 33 (b). Providing and laying precast polished chequered coloured cement tiles' >;.

of approved shade of blue I green! red colour for {looring and treads in required position ona .~;, bed of ] : 2 lime mortar]l : 4 cement mortar including neat cement float, filling joints with neat' cement slurry mixed with approved shade of pigment to matr;l'} the colour of tiles, (Juring and polishing complete.

Bd. M. 33 (b). 1. General.-The item refers to providing and laying polished coloured cement tiles of approved colour and with chequers of approved pattern for flooring, landings and treads of steps. It shall be carried out according to specification No. Bd, M. 33 (a) except that chequered tiles shall be of the specified colour.

The specifications for Bd. M_ 10 shall apply for flooring and specification for M_ 24 shall apply for treads, with the difference that chequered tiles shall be used smooth ones. Also polishing shall be done by band only without damaging the Machine polishing shall not be done.

Bd. M. 33 (c), Providing and laying polished chequered marble mosaic tiles of approved colour and pattern with white and coloured chips up to the maximum size oj 6 mml l Z mm] 20 mm for flooring and treads in required positions set in a bed of I : 2 lime mortarjl : 4 ce~ent mortar including neat cement float, filling the joints with neat coloured cement slurry, curtno, polishing and rubbing complete.

- 451 -


Bd. O. 1. Providing and applying 1/2/3 coats oj lead/zinc base oil paint/bituminous pain: 0/ approved colour and shade to new wood work and fibre boards including preparing the surjace, knotting, scaffolding, if necessary, and primer coat complete.

M 0; 1. 1. General.- The item shall be carried out in conformity with specification No. B. 21. b subject to the following :-

(1) Knotting shall be done by anyone of the methods in B. 21. b as approved by the- Engiileer. .

(2) The number of finishing coats shall be as mentioned in the item in addition to the priming coat.

(3) The paint for finishing coats shall be of the shade and colour as approved by theEngineer.

(4) Each coat shall cover the area to be painted completely and shall comprise of crossing across the grain and laying off along the grain.

Bd. O. 1. 2. Item to include.-The rate for the item shall include all labour. materi~s and use of tools necessary to carry out the following operations :_

(1) Supplying the approved oil paints for priming and finishing coats.

(2) Preparing the surfaces including knotting fO(" receiving the pnmerand finishing coats.

(3) Scaffolding including its erection and dismantling. (4) Application of primer coat as specified.

(5) . Application of finishing coats of paint.

(6) Protecting the painted surface till dry.

Bd. O. 1. 3. Mode of measurement and payment.-The contract rate shall be per unit of one square metre of painted surface. The linear dimensions shall be measured correct up to 2 places of decimals of a metre. The area shall be worked out correct up to 2 places of decimals of a square metre.

If uneven areas are to be painted, their equivalent plain areas shall be worked out as given below:-

Serial Descdption of work How measured Multiplying factor No. for area

(I) (2) (J) (4,

Panelled or framed and braced Measured flat (not girthed) including 11 (for each

joinery for doors windows, chowkat or frame. Edges, frames, side). partitions etc. cleats, etc., shall be deemed to be included in the item.

2 Battened, ledged and braced or Measured flat (not girthed) including II (for each battened, braced and framed chowkat or, frame. Edges, frame, side). or plane planked, doors, cleats, etc. shall be deemed to be windows, partitions etc. included in the item.

3 Flush doors etc. Measured flat (not girthed) including 1 (for each side). chowkat or frame. Edges, frame, cleats, etc. shall be deemed to be included in the item.

4 Fully glazed or gauzed doors, Measured flat (not girthed) including 112 (for each windows partitions etc. chowkat ()T [qrne. Edges, frame, side). cleats, etc. shall be deemed to be included in the item.

S Part panelled and part glazed Measured flat (not girthed) including I (for each side). or gauzed doors, windows, chowkat or frame. Edges, frame, partition etc. cleats, etc. shall be deemed to he included in the item.

- 452 -


Btt.O.8.1. 390

Bd. O. 5. 1. General.-The specifications

Bd.O.3.1. 388

Serial No.

Description of work How measured MultiplYing factor

for area

(1) (2) (.3) (4)

6 Fully venetianed or louvered

doors, windows, partitions etc,

7 Weather boarding ..

8 Boarding with cover fillets and match boarding.

9 Trellis work one-way or twoway.

10 Guard bars, balustrades, X P. M.

partitions and cages, gates, gratings, railings, grills etc. with wooden or other frames.

11 Gates and open palisade fencing including, standards, braces, rails, stays, etc. with wooden or other frames.

12 Carved or enriched work J 3 A. C. Corrugated sheets

Measured flat (not girthed) including chowkat or frame. Edges, frame cleats, etc. shall be deemed to be included in the item.

Measured flat (not girthed) supporting framework shall not be measured separately.

Measured flat (not girthed)

Ii (for

side).

11 (for side).

Ji (for side).

2 (for painting all overt."

Measured flat overall, no deduction shall be made for open spaces (supporting members shall not be measured separately).

Measured flat overall, no deduction shall be made for open spaces (supporting members shall not be measured separately).

Do. (See note)-

(for painting" all over both.' sides).

Measured flat Measured flat (not girthed)

2 (for each side). 1-14 (for each

side).

-Note.-The height shall be taken from the bottom of the lowest rail, if the palisades do not go below it (or form the

lower end of palisades, if they project below the lowest rail, up to the top of palisade) but not ,up to the top of standards, if they are higher than the palisades.

All other work shall be measured net on all visible painted surfaces.

Bd. O. 2. Providing and applying 1/2/3 coats of lead/zinc base oil paint bituminous paint oi approved colour and shade to old wood work and fibre boards including scaffolding if necessary, preparing the surface and priming coal complete.

Bd. O. 2. 1. General.- The item shall be carried out in conformity with specifications No. B. 21. c. subject to the lellowing :-

(1) The Dumber of finishing coats shall be as mentioned in the item. (2) The paint for 1lll.isbing coats shall be of shade and colour as approved by the Engineer.

Bd. O. 2. 3. Item to include.--Same as for item No. Bel. 0: 1.

Ed. O. 2. 4. Mode of measurement and payment.-Same as for item No. Ed. 0. 1.

Bd. O. 3. Providing and applying 2/3 coats of lead/zinc base oil paint bituminastic paint of approved colour, to '(he m:l'Y' structural steel work and iron work in buildings including scaffolding of necessary, cleaning and preparing the surface by solvent degreasing and derusting by manual scraping I mechanically by sand blasting / shot blasting / fiame clearing/chemical methods and primer coat complete,

Bd, 0, 3. 1. General=« The item shall be carried out in conformity with specification No. B. 21. a subject to the following :-

0) The degreasing shall be done by either proprietory brands of solvent cleaners approved by the Engineer or by mineral turpentine or petroleum and other petroleum solvents like trichloroethylene or alkali solutions or detergents as directed by the Engineer.

(2) Derusting shall be done by the methods as mentioned in the wording of the item.

- 453 -


and mode of measurement for this item shall be the same as for item No. Bd, O. 3. subject to the following :-

The finishing shall be done with the number of coats of synthetic enamel paint of approved colour conforming to I. S. 2932-1964 as mentioned in the item.

I

Bd, O. 6. Providing and applying 2/3 coats of oil paint of approved colour to the old steel work and iron work in buildings including· scajJolding if necessary and pr.eparing the

complete. . Bd. O. 6. 1. General.-The item shall comply with specifications given in B. 21. (a) subject

to the followiDg :- (1) For the repainting necessitated due to any. specific reason the relevant instructions given in

clause 8.3 of I.S. 1447 (part 1)-1966 shall be followed. (2) Primer of red lead paint shall be applied in one coat after complete cleaning. (3) The finishing shall be done with the. paint of the colour and shade approved the Engineer. The

number of finishing coats shall be as mentioned in the item. The used shall conform to the relevant Indian standard. Bd. O. 6. 2. Item to include=-- The rate shall include all labour. material and use of

mentnecessary to carry out following operations :- (1) Supplying the oil paints for primer and firiishing coats. (2)

Scaffolding including erecting and dismantling. (3)aeaning and preparing the surface as specified for repainting as in B. .21a.

(4) Application of primer.

(5) Applying finishing coats. (6) Protecting the painted surface till dry.

Bd, O. 6. 3. Mode of measurement and payment.-This shall-be as per item Bd. 0.3. Bd. O. 7.

Providing and applying 2/3/4 coats of oil paint of approved colour and shade to plastered surfaces

including scafJolding if necessary, preparation of the surface and priming emit complete.

Bd. O. 7. 1. General.- The item shall comply with the specification B. 21. following :-

(1) The primer shall be applied in one coat. (2) The finishing shall be done with the number of coats of oil paint of approved and shade as

mentioned in the item. The paint shall conform to the relevant Indian Standard. Bd. O. 7. 2. Item to include.-The rate shall include all labour, materials and use of tools-

necessary to carry out the following operations i-e- (1) Supplying the oil paints for primer and finishing coats. (2)

Scaffolding including erection and dismantling.

(3) Cleaning and preparing the surface for receiving the paint. (4)

Applying the primer.

(5) Applying the finishing coats as specified. (6)

Protecting the painted surface till dry.

Bd. O. 7. 3. Mode of measurement and payment.~As given in Bd, L. 1. 7 shall apply Bd. L. 6. 5 for cornices, mouldings, ribs and architraves on walls and ceilings.

Bd. O. 8. Providing and applying waterproof cement paint of approved manufacture and oi approved colour to the plastered surfaces including scaffolding if necessary and preparing the surface complete.

Bd. O. 8. 1. Cement paint.-The waterproof cement paint shall be of approved manufacture and it shalt be of approved colour and shade. The contractor shall bring them to the site in original airtight containers with seals intact.

- 454 -


BHdo-8.2 Brushes----the brushes to be used shall be specified by the manufacturer of the oil p-aint an d they shall be got appro ved by engineer Bd. O. 8. 3. Scafjolding.-ScafIolding if necessary shall be double and as specified in B.9.11.

Bd. O. 8. 4. Preparatory work.- The. surface to be painted shall be prepared as specified by the manufacturer of the paint. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned free from dirt, dust etc., by brushing and washing down with clean water. Any grease, oil paint, or any other foreign material shall be removed by approved methods.

Lime wash and water bound distemper. shall be thoroughly removed by washing, brushing and if necessary. the accumulated coats of old paint shall be removed by thoroughly brushing or scraping and washing and a clean even surface obtained.

Rough cast and pebble dash surface shall be thoroughly brushed and washed to remove dirt and dust

Bd. 0, 8. 5. Mixing the paint.-The dry cement paint shall be thoroughly mixed with dean fresh water so as to produce paint of required consistency which for normal work shall be that of ordinary paints. . In mixing and application, the contractor must follow the manufacturer's instructions. Paint for the application by brush shall be strained through paint strainer. The paint shall be kept stirred and used within the specified time. Hardened or -damaged paint shall not be used.

Bd. O. 8. 6. Application.-The paint shall be applied by means of brushes and in the manner specified by the manufacturer. The number of coats shall be as mentioned in tho wording of the item. When more than one coat is ordered. subsequent coats shall be applied after the preceding coat is properly cured and has thoroughly hardened. inspected and approved. and as per manufacturer's specifications.

Absorbant surfaces shall be evenly damped so as to give even suction. In dry weather, freshly painted surfaces shall be kept damp for at least 2 days and protected from direct sun.

Bd. O. 8. 7. Item to include.-The rate shall include all labour. materials. and use of . tools to carry out the following operations:-

(1) Supplying and mixing the paint as specified. (2)

Scaffolding including erection and dismantling. (3)

Preparation of the surface before painting. (4) Application of paint as specified. (5) Curing and protecting the painted surface.

Bd. O. 8. 8. Mode of measurement and payment.-As per lld. O.

- 455 -


Bd. P. COLOUR-WASIllNG, WillTE-WASHING AND DISTEMPERING

Bd, P. 1. Providing and applying white-wash in 1/2/3 coats on old/new plastered OT, masonry surfaces and asbestos cemem sheets includine sc.aiJol4ing and preparing the surface by brushing and brooming down complete.

Bd. P. 1. L General.- The item refers to white-washing over old and new concrete. stone masonry brick or plastered surfaces and asbestos cement sheets.

Bd. P. 1. 2. White-wash.-White-wash shall be prepared from fresh burnt white stone lime or shell lime. This lime shall be of class C type as given in specification No. A 1; Surkhi lime or lime of equivalent quality may be used. The lime shall be dissolved in a tub with sufficient quantity of water (about 4.5 Iitres/kg. of lime) and the whole well and thoroughly mixed and stiri~ until it attains. the consistency of thin cream. The wash shalf be taken out in small quantities and strained through a clean course cloth. Alternatively read-were. whiting complying with I. S. 63-1964 may also be used. Clean gum dissolved in hot- water shall then be added in suitable proportion of 2 gm. of gum arabic to a litre of lime or whiting (2 ozs. of gum arabic to 1 cft. of lime) to. prevent the white-wash coming off easily when

rubbed. Rice size may be used instead of gum. .

Bd. P. 1. 3. Scaffolding.- This may be double or single according to requirement and shall conform to B. 9. 11. If ladders are used, pieces of old gunny bags or cloth rags shall be tied on their tops to avoid damage or scratches to the wall. Proper stage scaffolding shall be erected when white-washing ceiling. The contractor shall be responsible for accidents if any take place.

Bd .. P. 1. 4. Preparation of surface.-The surface shall be prepared by removiag all mortar dropping and foreign matter and thoroughly cleaned with wire or fibre brush or othes means as may be ordered by the Engineer to produce an approved dean aIld even surface, All loose pieces and the scales shall be scraped off and holes stopped with mortar. In case where the surface have been previously colour-washed the old colour-wash must be entirely removed before the white-wash is applied. In the case of surfaces which have . once: been white-washed, the old loose white-wash shall be broomed down. In case, the loose white-wash cannot be removed by brooming, the Engineer may order scraping of thesudace.

After cleaning the surface as specified .above, the unwanted nails shall be removed and all nail holes. cracks and crevices stopped with mortar similar in composition to the surface

to be stopped. The mortar should be cured. .

Bd. P. 1. 5. Application of white-wash.-on the surface so prepared, the white-wash shall be laid. Each coat shall be laid on with a brush. The first stroke' of the brush shall be from the top downwards. another from bottom upwords over the first stroke. and similarly, one stroke from the right and another from the left over the first brush before it dries.·This will form one coat. Each coat must be allowed to dry and shall be subject to inspection before the next coat is applied. When dry. the surface shall show no signs of craeking.: It shalt present a smooth and uniform finish free from brush marks and it should not come ,off easily when rubbed with a finger.

No portions in the surface shall be left out initially. to be patched up later on. For new work. the white washed surface shalf present a smooth and uniform: finish.

For old work, patches and repairs shall be white washed first. Thereafter, the whole surface shall be white washed with the required number of coats.

Doors. windows, floors and other articles of furniture, etc.. shall be protected from being splashed upon. Splashing and droppings if any, shall be removed and the surfaces cleaned. "

Bd. P. 1. 6. item to include ... -The rate shall include all labour, materials, equipment and devices to carry out the following operations:-

(1) Scaffolding including erection and removal. (2)

Providing and preparing the white wash.

(3) Preparing the surface for white wash including the scaffolding.

(4) Applying the white wash in required number of coats as specified above and prim: white washing of repaired patches.

Bd. P. 1. 7. Mode of measurement and payment.-At specified in Bd. L. 1.7, Bd, L 6~: shall apply for cornices, string courses, mouldings, ribs, architraves on walls and ceilings.

- 456 -


VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT …vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in/tpoimages/vidc/tender/...Act XI of...

Documents

Transcript of VIDARBHA IRRIGATION DEVELOPMENT …vidc.maharashtra.etenders.in/tpoimages/vidc/tender/...Act XI of...